The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutC-3742 - Oasis Senior Center Entrance Remodel(1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEA • CITY CLERK NOTICE INVITING BIDS Sealed bids may be received at the office of the City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, CA 92663 until 11:00AM on the 17th day of April, 2007, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for: (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL Titles of Projects 3742 Contract Number $950.000 Combined Estimate Approved by yen G. Badum Works Director BIDDER'S LIST AVAILABLE ON CITY W EBSITE: hftp://www.citV.newport- beach.Ga.us/pbwbidlist/default.asp Click: Online Services — Public Works Bid List Prospective bidders may purchase a set of bid documents for $75 at the office of the Public Works Department, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, CA 92663 Contractor license classification required: `B" For technical information on project (1), call Jason Briscoe, Architect, at (949) 566 -0080 For technical information on project (2), call David Adams, Structural Engineer, at (559) 688 -15zG3 For technical information on projects (3) and (4), call Paul Ruffing, Architect, at (949) 660 -8062 For general information on the contract, call Lloyd Dalton, Project Manager, at (949) 644 -3328 • 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS .......................................................... ............................... Cover INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ........................................................ ..............................3 BIDDER'S BOND .............................................................................. ..............................5 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) ..................................... ..............................6 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES .............. ..............................7 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ........................................................ .............................11 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES... ....................................................... .......................... 12 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL.. 13 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA .......................................... .............................15 INFORMATON REQUIRED OF BIDDER ......................................... .............................16 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ............................................. .............................19 CONTRACT..................................................................................... .............................20 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND .................................................... .............................26 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND ................................................ ........................ ......28 PROPOSAL................................................................................ ............................... PR -1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................. ...........................SP -1 2 • i CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION. (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The following documents shall be completed, executed and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO BID OPENING DATE (if any) TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearty marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. ' 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 3 0 0 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 8. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 7034774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All.parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 inclusive). The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." 10. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general "partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. The signature below represents that the above has been reviewed. B- General 812085 Contractor's License No. & Classification Big West Construction Corp. Bidder �- Auttibrized Signature/Title H7)oP1_ 07, Zod'7 Dat CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION. (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 BIDDER'S BOND We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Newport Beach, a charter city, in the principal sum of TEN PERCENT OF BID AMOUNT Dollars ($ 10% OF BID AMOUNT), to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL, Contract No. 3742 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) prescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award ", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. Witness our hands this 2ND day of APRIL BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION Name of Contractor (Principal) NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 24800 CHRISANTA DR. SUITE 160, MISSION VIEJO, CA. Address of Surety (949) 461 -7000 Telephone 2007. T. MULLICK, and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) A CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA 1 COUNTY OF IQ M0 10 y On Akqn before me, JENNIFER K. SMITH, Notary Public NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared, YUNG T. MULLICK, ATTORNEY -IN-FACT personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. c �� s° �" �e l 1 YLJ (SEAL) ( lww��w NOTARY P B IC SIGNATURE OPTIONAL INFORMATION TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT DATE OF DOCUMENT JENNIFER K. SMITH COMM. P 1479028 X NOTARYPUE )•CAUFORNIA y ORANGE COUNTY N My ^.MM. E:plm MAR 26, 2088 I NAS SURETY GROUP NORTR AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT Noah American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws ofthe State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City ofManchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute sod appoint: JENNIFER C. UJBONEY, JAMPS W. MOIIANEN AND YUNG T. MULLICK JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its tare and lawful Attamey(s) -In -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and ae its act and deed, bands or other writings obligatory in the nature of abond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of sureysbip as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no band or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority sball exceed the am"m of TEN MILLION (10.000.0(10.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Roafds of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 20 of Match, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, say Executive Vice president, any Vice PreaidaM any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute onbehalf of the Company bonds, ur(hertilkittgs a,rd a8voatracts0f`3GMty; srcdd :zaeh uran9•ofthem bssaby.is.ainhovzedaa........ ... attest to the "winiou of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is RMTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the scat of the Compsny may be atfixat to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate beefing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company wben so affixed and in the fauns with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." mwta•_ q 69Aa Menw'onoenb a+o�WWen `C0pp& SFAL �J� i a ca mnam. vae»w�deer orw„n>osr�kw sow mXwft Cie Vk.Awd'., mrewu wmrtm.9pd+H1a..+wYtwvp..r IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intonational Insurance Company have caused their official aegis m be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized offioera this 25 day of Jaly .2005. North American Spedairy Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Il fools County of Du Page On this 25 day of Ally 2005 , before rne, a Notary Public personally appeared Staven P. Anderxnn , President and CRO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and David M, Cucuta- . Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of Nord] American Specialty Insurazwc Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly mom, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their res ective compowes. "0 LSEW L!� SUBAPt WffEt. tAO PadIcAmadlaws Susan Anse), Notary Public ' -- I, James A, Camenter , the duly elected Assistant cre2ary of North American Specialty Insureoce Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby oartify that the above snit foregoing is a tree and correct copy of a Power of Attemey giveo by said North American Specialty Insurance, Company and Wasbingon International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and efflim. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this? APRIL ZQ�7 day of .20 rums a Gucama, vas pteaMnta Assivmt Stawryorwupanganartav:_ :i `ar.m,srmmpuar e.._....,.... NmNAroedawapexialtyaw ,ew¢Ga,oet¢Y ALL- PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California } ) SS. County of ea- rw: } � n On N "� �—�� before me, 1Tl Qa j , f�a ✓ cT a notary public, personally appeared X personally known to me sAfidfaQIQr xxid=c* to be the person(d whose name06 isAare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that hefsheAhGy executed the same in his4wn4wk authorized capacity(ig), and that by hisFh�guature(� on the instrument the person( , or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. 11auA I RM Comm** e0 1186M "° CaRomlo 1M'Canm.�� WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary's Signature Best's Rating Center -Company Inormation for North American Special Insurance Co View Ratings: Financial Strength Issuer Credit Securities Advanced Search North American Specialty Insurance Co (a member of Syass R. Gro* A.M.Best p: 01866 NAIC 4: 29874 FEIN N: 020311919 Address 650 Elm Street Manchester, NH 03101 -.2524 Best's Ratings Financial Strength Ratings View Definitions Phone: 603 -644 -6600 Fax: 603644 -6613 Web: www.swissre.com Rating: A+ (Superior) Affiliation Code:g (Group) Financial Size Category: XV ($2 billion or more) Outlook: Stable Action: Affirmed Effective Date: August 23, 2006 * Denotes Under Review Best's Ratings Page 1 of 2 Other Web Centers: r Assigned to CO panies.that ha e n our to nion. as p nor ability to eel their op,.nq ohl gauon5 �o policyholders )j. Issuer Credit Ratings View Definitions Long -Term: as Outlook: Negative Action: Assigned Dale:. August 23 „2006 Reports and News Visit our NewsRoom for the latest news and press releases for this company and its A.M. Best Group. Best s Company Report - includes Best's Financial Strength Rating and rationale along with comprehensive analyt detailed business overview and key financial data. Report Revision Date: 08/2312006 (represents the latest significant change). Historical Reports are available in Best's Company Report Archive. Best's Executive Summary Reports (Financial overview) - available in three versions, these presentation style rt �.., sheet, income statement, key financial performance tests including profitability, liquidity and reserve analysis. Data Status: 2007 Best's Statement File - P /C. US. Contains data compiled as of 5/22/2007 (Quality Cross Checkr • Single Company- five years of financial data specifically on this company. • Comparison - side -by -side financial analysis of this company with a peer group of up to five other companies yc • _Composite - evaluate this company's financials against a peer group composite. Report displays both the avera composite: of your selected peer group. Note: Adobe Reader is required to view the reports listed above. This software is available free from Adobe System: option is also available once the report has been opened using Adobe Reader. Bests Key, Rating Guide Presentation Report- includes Best's Financial Strength Rating and financial data as ph :Rating Guide products. ,4,A Data Status: 2005 Financial Data (Quality Cross Checked). Financial and Analytical Products Best's Propeny!_Casualty- Center__ Premium. Data & Reports Best's Key Ratmg_Gude PLC, tJ_S & Canada Best's. Statement file, - t'4,. US Best's Statement File - Global Best's Insurance Reports - PIC, US & Canada Best's: State Line.- P /C, US Best's Insurance Expense Exhibit (IEE) - PIC, US. Best's Statell-ine.(Combined Lines) - P /C, US Best's: State Line - Property] Casualty Single State Besls,Schedule P (Loss Reservea)_P/C US Customer Service i Product Support I Member Center l Contact Info I Careers About A.M. Best I Site Map I Privacy Policy I Security I Terms of Use Legal & Licensing littp:// www3 .ambest.com /ratings/FullProfile .asp ?B1= 0 &AMBNum= 1866 &AltSrc =1 &Alt... 05/23/2007 Best's Rating Center - Company Information for North American Special6Insurance Co Page 2 of 2 Copynght ® 2007 A.M. Best Company, Inc. All rights reserved. A.M. Best Woddwide Headquarters, Ambest Road, Oldwick, New Jersey, 08858, U.S.A. http:// www3 .ambest.com/ratings/FullProfile .asp ?B1= 0 &AMBNum= 1866 &A1tSrc =1 &Ait... 05/23/2007 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State taw requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total. bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid nom . Number Description of Work %of Total Bid Name: H I— Vc na�C; C�A�,ip��t DEeteilTtphJ Address: J(Qk1 '10 J• CIOt.1i OA D'I 2 �� fVjJ14.. m, CA `t2acx; Z Phone: State License Number. 7 -7 Iq -1l 1 1�� Name: 1 S f��C��n��L Address: D 7 L� ✓�1r�n I f�li �liflQ glade, q, 6q iVI Phone: State License Number -7209 Name: N' Alkarosv Address: 941, 04 967ti6 N#-Iq°LVP,/ (�2f �IQ1 Phone: �Z State License Number: C--, - (Ile r� Bid6r r Authorized SignaturelTitle A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 0 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Soecifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for -any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item . Number Description of Work of Total Bid Name: AC, G WALL. Me"rAL_ `i"cvD DRYuMLL / Address: J/"50 M . - R%C(1fiebt L.� kd. �) y/ kycl 'Lorn'(�a- Phone: �I y) C?geo State License Number. -7 // 2P5 Name:GL.,I`AlRRES C_06JL' -Rgri cow�c14'rVe Di 9.3 Address: 41751 1- 151T/Gk A vle. ,/ V -pt , i �I J i V L SjC� CA C�zs 0 Phone: ��)3/�—//?�%�•, State Ucense Number Name: kt4(2WPoQ Co' NS �u�oU E� ?At— �S�Dn� io�rJr Address: 'Z(''cR Wrl3 h% �� unrf � �) ✓ COVP¢S 4lr 5 LaVerne, Lf� gf'75c� Phone: 0-16r�1 6q3—b5 T,5- mil State License Number. 5(aI o49 9161 Lt�J� Qa5�r BiddeV Authorized Signaturerritle CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for -any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used In formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets If needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid item . Description of Work %of Number Total Bld Name: 17E.9,1PO"AuCC 419 sy stems HvAC,, Address:� // ?lrAlorr�Ct Ate. `/ D Vt' e/ �4 � Ana&,..,tn c 9 .2 8ctb Phone: �It�CD_i Yj State License Number. 74123 7Z Name: SQAtt PLLLKeJlWG ?Lu 151, tJG Address: 101-70 NJoO t� VI 2� /V Phone: �% /y) ,9Jc% 77 ,77 State License Number_ Name: W1,Lo4krt5- MA�a 'ELEc't0.tiL j�11 D l ✓. ELELc cs� ff�� Address: 1 O(O jam - 'a iicl7 -y �. ANA, `dal �tnhA CA c icy ► Phone: o /y) gaJ5_ - 5(:) // State License Number. y%OW Bidqbr Authorized Signature/Title 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 0 CONTRACT NO. 3742 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S1 State taw requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: -r�,9,qENo CONS-MUCTtoni CONC9.E+4? Address: 202L{ S. GARNSEYST. -lOi i� i51:NI MASONrsy <70Y SIRnrTA ANA, CA �i'L Ito Phone: -11'1 State License Number:'117(o2-92, Name:'P4%tt,15 900Fkt4G Address: / 3325 Crlc�l! -z � ✓d to'c", Sy %mar, CA 9/5La Phone: __ State License Number. tL� Name: I':PMOMMOe GtA55 �y/i��l�`' Address: 2_Si��Cy�,y v.�y ! Phone: �3L3) /7%o State License Number. -75 ' tff f c�c?5��'1?Y �1�2Y17C�17 ofp �c -- -k Bi r Authorized Signatureffitle CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 0 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State taw requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total. bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for-any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid item . Number Description of Work %or Total Bid Name.W(Lryt C N7( VAIETAL -- VAIV, CA-ro" /t, �I V. . Tq_UcsistLRk. S't•�c- �iEG•s QT TY C- NCAOS"RTC. Address: /yam GV. Orct/2yL�fica4 �' va«tNGS FU/lerki)-7 64 12933�� Phone: 014) 7336-6811 State License Number. a'-7 114b i Name: C-- kAK1EY C M l�GOUSTtG}L CELLIV& 1 /_ Address: �55to �vz• 5lapky J #1(D3 I&I, CA 91 3ss Phone: State License Number_ 7!P2 715 Name: '201N 2 � � i V, AtNT' Address: 6err1-fos, CA c o;U3 q Phone: .Ike •- 6c)gq State License Number.516- l 'EG axrp. c , 7rer,'�� BiddeO Authorized Signaturerritle 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT LL NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES Contractor must use this form!!! Please print or type. Bidders Name Big West Construction Corporation FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION IN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE MANNER MAY BE CONSIDERED NON - RESPONSIVE. For all public agency projects you have worked on (or are currently working on) in the past 2 years in excess of $15,000, provide the following information: No.1 Project Name /Number University Park Elementary Modernization Project Description Renovation of Monument & Landscaping Approximate Construction Dates: From 6/06 To: 8/06 Agency Name Irvine Unified School District Contact Person Spencer Jordan Telephone (941 337-5151v." Original Contract Amount $239, 000Final Contract Amount $ 239, 000.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you-file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you /Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. None No. 2 Project Name /Number Los Angeles Boys & Girls Club. window ep acemen Project Description Replacement of Windows Approximate Construction Dates: From 1 /07 07 Agency Name Los Angeles Boys & Girls Club Contact Person Sam McWhorter Telephone X26) 786 - 8967 ✓ RQj�p Original Contract Amount $152, O0final Contract Amount $ 1.52 000.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) ' I vwX Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you /Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. .None No. 3 Project Name /Number Med Surg Renovation Project Description Renovation of file rooms Approximate Construction Dates: From 3/06 Agency Name University California Irvine TO: 6/06 Contact Person Joe Kuttel Telephone (94)9. 824-0124 Original Contract Amount $21 5, 00¢inal Contract Amount $ 264, 921 .00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders for work not on plans Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you /Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. None No. 4 Project Name /Number Public Services North Wing Phase 2 Project Description Renovation of Police Station Approximate Construction Dates: From 6/06 Tn• 10/06 Agency Name University California Irvine Contact Person Joe Kuttel Telephone (941 824-0124w" Original Contract Amount $ 426, 4717inal Contract Amount $ 426, 477.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you /Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. None No. 5 .{{. Project Name /Number Music & Dance Sudio Renovation Project Description Upgrades to multiple rooms Approximate Construction Dates: From 1/06 Agency Name Contact To: 4/06 (3101 831-3035V al�441 Original Contract Amount $ 210.309inal Contract Amount $ 201 .308.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you /Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. NONE 7 No. 6 Project Name /Number Renovation Lecture Hall Project Description Abatement and renovation of lecture hall Approximate Construction Dates: From 12/05 Agency Name Mount San Antonio Colleae To: 2/06 Contact Person Roger Sneed ✓ Telephone ( 90)9 594 -561 Original Contract Amount $ 195, 61 Final Contract Amount 195,619.00 x400 4WI. AP N If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) &1W Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. None Attach additional sheets if necessary. Attach to this Bid the experience resume of the person who will be designated as General Construction Superintendent or on -site Construction Manager for the Contractor. Upon request, the Contractor shall attach a financial statement and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of the Contractor's current financial conditions. Big West Construction Corp. Bidder 10 *"7 T � (:;,,, _ ?Ieom" Authorized Signature/Title Thomas Carr Tom Carr offers 25 years of experience coordinating and supervising numerous construction and tenant improvement projects. An industry reputation for high quality standards, Tom is extremely particular about quality control and finish details. His greatest satisfactions come from knowing contracts have been fulfilled and tenants and property owners are completely satisfied Maintaining and adhering to strict project schedules while meeting and complying with all building codes and inspection standards, Tom ranks high among inspectors, Building owners, tenants, and subcontractors as well. Committed to the challenge of providing quality and cost effective construction, Tom enjoys juggling the numerous tasks demanded of him. Along with supervising . construction projects, overseeing quality of work and adherence with safety standards, Tom is highly effective in facilitating communication between project teams, subcontractor and property owners. A skilled supervisor with many years experience, Tom is thorough and efficient in completing projects and maintains an extremely high level of client satisfaction. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION. (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) ) ss. County of ) ik117N Afi 1. CA-R.& being first duly sworn, deposes and th t he or she is )'KESlO�vT of Luanf Co�fTR�9ezio�a ��' ftjirmaking the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to for the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. 6iyttJgs� ('T9�- T166jat- tbaVit* -j . — �festog,-i Bidder Authorized Signature[Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this ` 1 l0 ' h day of kerl ) 2007. [SEAL) Notary Public pq J REMO commluan s 145M$ My Commission Expires: — L/ D Dram C Cawwftoawronro _ Q'MVC=M80ftjan14, 11 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidders name Big West Construction Corporation Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance /bond type): The Bond Exchange 2800 Chrisanta Drive. Suite 160 Mission Viejo, CA 92691 (949) 461 -7004 George Brown Insurance P.O. Box 5060 San Clemente, CA 92674 -5060 (949) 361 -2767 12 .J CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Bidders - Big West construnt-ic)n Corporation Record Last Five (5) Full Years Current Year of Record i he intormation required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary-- Occupational Injuries and. Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 13 Current Record Record Record Record Record Year of for for for for for Record 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 Total 2007 No. of contracts 2 g 10 Total dollar Amount of Contracts (in Thousands of $ ) . No. of fatalities O 0 O p a p p No. of lost Workday Cases O O a a O O O No. of lost workday cases involving permanent O 0 O O O a transfer to another job or termination of employment i he intormation required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary-- Occupational Injuries and. Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 13 9 Legal Business Name of Bidder Big west construction Corp. Business Address: 2691 Richter Ave. #123 Irvine, CA 92606 Business Tel. No.: ( 949) 253 -9032 State Contractor's License No. and Classification: 812085 B- General Title President The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title If bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, and, if he is doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set forth. If bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership /joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners /joint ventures or of fewer than all of the partners /joint ventures if submitted with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership /joint venture. If bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by notarized signatures of the corporation President, or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal. Signatures of partners, join venturers, or corporation officers must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such partners /joint venturers, or officers are known to him or her to be such, and, in the case of a corporation, that such corporation executed the instrument pursuant to its bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors. 14 ALL- PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California } } SS. County of On before me, c- a notary public, personally appeared^ a, Ccr l�, . ✓personally known to me fnerevid nce to be the person( whose name( )0 isAwe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she/they executed the same in his+eMheir authorized capacity(), and that by hisfherMteir signature( on the instrument the person( ), or the entity upon behalf of which the person( acted, executed the instrument. PAtl1AJ.pkt40 _ Conunbfion #1466988 r Nolury Pubft - Callcmto i I 1 MVCamm bPkUJ0n14.2n08 1? 1 I': WITNESS my hand and official seal. Lh-��L4 - Ke-Yu Notary's Signature 0 0 California Jurat Loose Certificate State of California County of }SS. PARAJ. _ .„.; � comml�gonll�OWtiO _ Nottrq Rilale btyCamm C&4 Document Subscribed to and swom to (or affirmed) before me this I �x✓ day of & Y+ I , 20_21 by personally known to me to be the person( who appeared before me. " Q oc� Sig ature of Not ry Other Information This information is not required by state law, but is helpful in preventing fraud. s uMV. vl — Mer Info: Journal Entry Signer Information Capacity # of Pages: ek't]roc +I�u.cti ov) �,ry or�> C3Y1 State Notary w .GoldeaStaleNotarvcom (888) 263 -1977 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION. (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders name Big West Construction Corporation The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any, and attach executed copy of addenda to bid documents: Addendum No. Date Received Signature 15 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the following information is true and correct: Name of individual Contractor, Company or Corporation: Big west Construction, Business Address: 2691 Richter Ave. #123 Irvine.CA 92606 Telephone and Fax Number: ( 949) 253 -9032 ( 949) 253 -9049 California State Contractor's License No. and Class: 812085 B- General (REQUIRED AT TIME OF AWARD) Original Date Issued:8 /28/02 Expiration Date: 8/31 /08 List the name and title /position of the person(s) who inspected for your firm the site of the work proposed in these contract documents: Tom Carr - President The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint ventures, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal: Name Title Address Telephone Thomas R. Carr President 2691 Richter Ave. Irvine 949_ 253 =9032 Vice Margaret ,T_ Carr PreciAanf 2.691 Rinhfer Ave. Trvine 949=954 -9()49 Corporation organized under the laws of the State of California 16 The dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: None All company, corporate, or fictitious business names used by any principal having interest in this proposal are as follows: For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements or the like (in or out of court) you have been involved in with public agencies. in the past five years (Attach additional Sheets if necessary) provide: Provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the parties; Briefly summarize the parties' claims and defenses; None Have you ever had a contract terminated by the owner /agency? If so, explain. NO Have you ever failed to complete a project? If so, explain. For any projects you have been involved with in the last 5 years, did you have any claims or actions by any outside agency or individual for labor compliance (i.e. failure to pay prevailing wage, falsifying certified payrolls, etc.)? Yes / No' Are any claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Yes 17 If yes to any of the above, explain. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Failure of the bidder to provide ALL requested information in a complete and accurate manner may be considered non - responsive. -TWHAS R. C (Print name of Owner or President ofCorporation/Company) fC Bidder Authorized Signature/Title T re Si0wo Title W - If'- C� Date Subscribed and swom to before me this day of 2007. [SEAL] �&+zkr, PU�10 1; 18 I. • s CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within seven (7) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date shown on the "Notification of Award" to the successful bidder: CONTRACT WITH REQUIRED INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within seven (7) working days after the date shown on the Notification of Award to the successful bidder. The Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. Insurance companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VIII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. Coverages shall be provided as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. Certificates of Insurance and additional insured endorsements shall be on the insurance company's forms, fully executed and delivered with the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all contract documents have been received and approved by the City. 19 • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this Z4 day of 2007, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, hereinafter " ity," and BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION, a California Corporation, hereinafter "Contractor," is made with reference to the following facts: WHEREAS, City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 WHEREAS, Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, City and Contractor agree as follows: A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non - Collusion Affidavit, Faithful Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, Permits, General Conditions, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 3742, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements) and this Agreement, and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents "). The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. B. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project: All of the work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. 20 C. COMPENSATION As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full. payment the sum of ONE MILLION, NINE THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY -FIVE AND 001100 DOLLARS ($1,009,475.00). This compensation includes: (1) Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, (2) Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the work, (3) Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City. D. NOTICE OF CLAIMS Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. E. WRITTEN NOTICE Any written notice required to be given under the Contract Documents shall be performed by depositing the same in the U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, directed to the address of Contractor and to City, addressed as follows: CITY City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 Attention: Lloyd Dalton, PE (949) 6443328 CONTRACTOR Big West Construction Corporation 2691 Richter. #123 Irvine, CA 92606 949 - 253 -9032 949 - 253 -9049 Fax F. LABOR CODE 3700 LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor, by executing this Contract, hereby certifies: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract." G. INSURANCE Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less than A: VIII and insurers must be a California Admitted Insurance Company. Contractor shall furnish City and County of Orange ( "County") with original certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this Contract. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by City and County before work commences. City and County reserve the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 21 0 9 Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder .by Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. In addition, all subcontractors performing work on behalf of Contractor pursuant to this Contract shall obtain insurance subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth herein for Contractor. Contractor shall not allow subcontractors to work if subcontractors have less than the level of coverage required by the City or County from the Contractor under this Contract. It is the obligation of the Contractor to provide notice of the insurance requirements to every subcontractor, and to receive proof of insurance prior to allowing any subcontractor to begin work. Such proof of insurance must be maintained by Contractor through the entirety of the project for inspection by City or County representatives at any reasonable time. The cost and expense of such insurance shall be included in Contractor's bid. 1. Minimum Scope of Insurance Coverage shall be at least as broad as: a) Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage "occurrence' form number CG 0002 (Edition 11/85) or Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Edition 1/73) covering Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability. b) Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0002 0287 covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto' and endorsement CA 0029 1288 Changes in Business Auto and Truckers Coverage forms - Insured Contract. c) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability insurance. 2. Minimum Limits of Insurance Coverage limits shall be no less than: a) General Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. The general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. The General Liability policy shall contain a severability of interests clause. b) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. c) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and in compliance with the requirements of the Labor Code of the State of California. d) Builders Risk Policy: For the Tower Retrofit ( "Tower') and Utilities Yard Radio Building ( "Radio Building ") portions of the work including, but not limited to, all work associated in any way with the construction of the Radio Building and the Tower retrofit, the Contractor shall secure and maintain a Builder's Risk policy for this work amounting to 100 percent of the insurable value of the work related thereto. A Loss Payee endorsement must name the City of Newport Beach and the County of Orange as the Loss Payees. The Contractor shall be responsible 22 E for securing and maintaining appropriate insurance on any tool, equipment or supply which is expected to remain his property. 3. Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions Any deductibles or self- insured retentions ( "SIR ") must be declared to and approved by City and County. At the option of City or County, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions as respects City or County, their officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. Any self- insured retentions or deductibles shall be clearly stated on the Certificate of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for reimbursement of any deductible to the insurer. In no event, will the City or County approve a deductible or SIR amount greater than $25,000 for general liability and $5,000 for automobile liability. 4. Other Insurance Provisions The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: a) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages City and County, their elected and appointed officials, officers, agents, Board members, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including the insured's general supervision of Contractor; products and completed operations of Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its officers, officials, employees or volunteers. An additional insured endorsement evidencing that the City and County are an additional insured shall accompany the Certificate of Insurance. The inclusion of the City and County as an additional insured shall not affect any right which such organizations would have as a claimant if not so included. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and /or primary source of recovery as respects City and County, their officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with insurance provided by these policies. An endorsement evidencing that the contractor's insurance is primary and non - contributing shall specifically accompany the certificates of insurance. iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City and County, their officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. iv. Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. The insurance afforded by the policy for contractual liability shall include liability assumed by contractor under the indemnification /hold harmless provision contained in this Contract. 23 b) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City and County their, elected and appointed officials, officers, members of the Board of Supervisors, agents, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City. c) All Coverages Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, rescinded by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City and County. This shall be evidenced by an endorsement separate from the Certificate of Insurance. In addition, the cancellation clause must include language as follows, which edits the pre - printed ACORD certificate: SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDERS NAMED TO THE LEFT. All of the executed documents referenced in this contract must be returned within seven (7) working days after the date on the "Notification of Award," so that the City may review and approve all insurance and bonds documentation. If the Contractor fails to provide the insurance certificates and endorsements within seven business days of notification, award may be made to the next qualified contractor. 5. Acts of God Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7105, Contractor shall not be responsible for the repairing and restoring damage to Work, when damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the Contract amount provided that the Work damaged is built in accordance with the plans and specifications. 6. Right to Stog Work or Terminate Contract for Non - Compliance City shall have the right to direct the Contractor to stop work under this Agreement and/or withhold any payment(s), which become due to Contractor hereunder until Contractor demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this article. In addition, if contractor or a subcontractor fails to maintain insurance acceptable to the City or County for the full term of this Contract, the City may terminate this Contract. 7. Rights Retained by City. City and County expressly retain the right to require Contractor to increase or decrease insurance of any of the above insurance types throughout the term of this Contract. Any increase or decrease in insurance will be as deemed by City or County of Orange Risk Manager as appropriate to adequately protect the City or County. City or County shall notify Contractor in writing of changes in the insurance requirements. If Contractor does not deposit copies of acceptable certificates of insurance and endorsements with City and County incorporating such changes within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice, this Contract may be in breach without further notice to Contractor, and City and County shall be entitled to all legal remedies. 24 The procuring oftch required policy or policies of insurat shall not be construed to limit Contractor's liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions and requirements of this Contract. H. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY City and County all their officers, employees and representatives thereof shall not be responsible in any manner: for any loss or damages that may happen to the Work or any part thereof; for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work, for injury to or death of any person either workers or the public; or for damage to property from any cause arising from the construction of the work by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by it. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's work on the Project, or the work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by the Contractor. 3. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend City and County, their officers and employees from and against (1) any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all acts or omissions of Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Contract; (2) use of improper materials in construction of the Work; or, (3) any and all claims asserted by Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers on the project, and shall include reasonable attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in defending any such claim. Contractor shall not be required to indemnify City from the active negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees. Contractor shall not be required to indemnify County from the active negligence or willful misconduct of County, its officers or employees. 4. To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. 5. Nothing in this article, nor any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for in H.3, above. 6. The rights and obligations set forth in this Article shall survive the termination of this Contract. TOWER WORK Contractor shall comply with all safety and hourly requirements for employees, in accordance with Federal, State and local governmental safety and health regulations, and laws related in any way to the Tower work. Contractor shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained and currently certified Tower climbers, using all required climbing safety equipment. The Contractor shall utilize a program of regular climbing apparatus testing. Proof of current certification and documentation of compliance and testing for each employee shall be submitted to the City and County. Contactor shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained in EME Safety compliance and possess RF Safety dosimeter monitoring devices. These devices shall 25 be operated when wing on the Tower. No Tower work sh9be performed without the presence of a Contractor provided safety person at the Utilities Yard. Where necessary, City and /or County operated transmitters shall be turned off to meet FCC EME Safety and occupational regulations for tower workers. Contractor's on -site safety person shall be trained and currently certified in first aid and Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), and maintain an industrial first aid kit in their vehicles at all times. J. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the Project Site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. K. CONFLICT If there is a conflict between provisions of this Contract and any other Contract Document, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. L. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. M. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY County shall be a third party beneficiary to the Radio Building and Tower work. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed the day and year first written above. APPROVED ASTO_fj:ORM: �(ttl AARON C. HARP Assistant City Attorney FU BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORP. By:--k,,—. `5. (Corporate Officer) MMIM. Print Name: 1'HoM45 fi_CAA R • _ Print Name: M . qrr BOND PREMIUM IS INCLUDED IN PERFORMANCE BOND BOND ISSUED IN SET OF THREE ORIGINALS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CONTRACT NO. 3742 BOND NO. 208474 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the c.& 9@yK4)AJVg Qf Each. State of California, by motion adopted. has awarded to i r designated as the - Principal,- a cordrarat for construction of (1) NEWPUR7 trtt:AfRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 3201 GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) IITILITIEs YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL, Contract No. 3742 in the City of Newport Beady, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or Is about to execute Contract No. 3742 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Prindpal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: tt��IS(�)W THEREFORE, We the undersigned Prindpal. and, NORrH.4MERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY duty authorized to transad business under the laws of the State of California, as Surely. (referred to herein as ' Surey) are hound unto the City of Newport Beach, In the sum of ONE MILLION, NINE THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED sevENTrFr lawful mono of the United States of America, said sum bent equal to l00% of the (sr,009,4TS.00 y 9 9 estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under fhe terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemptoyment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, Withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and Subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified In this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3290 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 27 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to foe claims under Section 3181 of ttte California Civil Cade so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in acoordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et seq. of the Civil Code of this State of CaBfomia. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to he performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Sond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the everts that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from ifs obligations untter this Bondi. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and surety, on the 24TH day of MAY 2007 BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION ;� K +V f" Name of Contractor (Prindpal) Authorized Sign fu ills NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety CIO THE BOND EXCHANGE 1 24800 CHRISANTA DR. SUITE 160, MISSION VIEJO, CA 02694 YUNG T M LICK, ATrORNEY -IN -FACT Address of Surety Print y e and Title (949( 461 -7000 Telephone NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY FAUST BE ATTACHED 28 STATE OF CALIFORNIA) ) ss: COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On May 30, 2007, before me, M Locev personally appeared Thomas R. Carr, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they has executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said St M. IOCEY A s 61MV Commission # 1611564 3 Notary Public - Caftntia _ Orates County Comm. EVEN OCl 7, 2 Official Notarial Seal CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF ORANGE On Z5 � lC7� before me, JENNIFER K. SMITH, Notary Public NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared, YUNG T. MULLICK, ATTORNEY -IN-FACT personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. N t5F'�`0e >yPw JENNIFERK.SMITH COMM. 01498025 NOIARYPUBt C•CAUFORNW ORANGE COUNTY N �„ NY CCmm. E�lrae MAR 26, 1008 N k ) K- _kL'�M_ (SEAL) NOTArJUBLIC SIG A PURE OPTIONAL INFORMATION TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT DATE OF DOCUMENT BOND PREMIUM IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON FINAL CONTRACT PRICE BOND ISSUED IN SET OF THREE ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS BOND PREMIUM IS $13,595.00 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CONTRA .3742 BOND NO. 2oe4774 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond i5 $ 13,595.00 being at the rate of $ 1.3457% PER thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, trMAr %"' UaCfT H+ City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, awarded tOCORPORATION hereinafter designated as the "Prindpar, a contract for construction of (1) Nftwrvrc r r n=ATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL, Contract No. 3742 in the City of Newport Beach, in street conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHERE, Principal has executed or is about to axecuta Contract No. 3742 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful perforrnanoe of the Contract; NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY NOW, THEREFORE, via, the Prindpal, and ��dr�u�l�y� {alyu�thorized to atrraensaaakcdIt business under the laws of the State of California as Surety ('ONE1rifCLRYN,n�i�USAND FDU NONti SEoun�dry u�nto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum OfFIVEDOLLARS ($1,009,475:0077 _ laWfUl money of the United States of Amedca. Said sum cerng aqua. w !00% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach. its successors, aril assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns. jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or ell the work,. covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmi"s the City of Newport Beach, its offioers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Stfrety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified In this Bond. otherwise this obligation shall become null and timid. 29 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shell be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees. including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond- Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications 0000mparlying the some shall in any way affect Hs obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice.of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from Its obligations under this Bond_ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 24THday of MAY. 2007. BIG WESTCONSTRUCTION CORPORATION Name of Contractor (Principal). Mthoriz -ed Sigq re/Td1 NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety Authorized AVCK, ature n CA) THE BOND EXCHANGE " 24800 CHRISANTA DR. SUITE 160, MISSION WEJO, CA 92691 YUNG T. M TORN EY- IN-FACT Address of Surety Print NOP6 and Title (94 9) 461-7000 Telephone NOTARY ACKNOWLE =MENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED cWEE STATE OF CALIFORNIA) ) ss: COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On May 30, 2007, before me, M Locev personally appeared Thomas R. Carr, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they has executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said S Official Notarial Seal CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF ORANGE On D4Q Ica me, JENNIFER K. SMITH, Notary Public NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared, YUNG T. MULLICK, ATTORNEY -IN-FACT personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ,e.� °`�.4 JENNIFER K. SMITN� w �' COMM. � 1479028 _ 'c � NOTARY PUBt C.CaLIFORNIA y '4i gRANGECOUNTY W tr. Ny Comm Esgree MAR 18, 2W6 �2 UUn,Li� �L ` �? (SEAL) T RY PUBLIC SIGNATURE OPTIONAL INFORMATION TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT DATE OF DOCUMENT NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WAS$TNOTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY TIMSE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws Of the State of New Hampablre, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New ,Llampshim. and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint JENNIFER C. UMONEY, JAMES W. MOILANEN AND YUNO T. MULLICK JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its true and lawful Adomey(s) -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal end deliver, for and on its behalf sad AA its act and dead, brads or other wriings obligatory in the nature of abond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or smetyship executed under this authority shell exceed the amount of T13N MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Interaadooal Insurance Company at meetings duty called and held on the 24'x' of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, Any Executive Vice Ptcstdem, any Vice President, any Assistant vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each Or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power ofAtmmey to execute on behalfofthe Company bonds, undervAings and-olf wmisactsofsurctyj— aad;hat OW11- or a;g•eftbPM bUshy- +s-Whatxedm ........ ... attest to the execution of any such Paver of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such otficcra and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any each Power of Anomey or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and Pay such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimmle signatures Or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed end In the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which It Is attached." m ��YYStakfC y„ rp erYaolLr: 4 �, '7�g@ SEAL = sm as..s.s.w., wamratem.rermnws drn.a.rwmmew,nwsaaarru...�xc cssxwma $f R19X I e VkeRvOO Mnae4swanao INOw�mcNaVeo aa� °S nr.nw tuna M1e rra�.,vlur,w:dew gwidtbgw mxnnswi t.wrmec rmara+r b V � Pmih., O eons A,ce,1tan yjd.G� Imaru,tt Cempuy IN WITNESS V41SREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seats to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized uffaera this 25 day of July , 2005 . North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington Internationet Inaoranca COMPANY State of Illinois County of Du Page as, On this 25 day of July . 20 0$ . before me, *Notary Public personally appeared atewn P Anderson , President and C&O of Wnahurgton International 14AM ice Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and David M. LPyman , Vice President of Washington ]memadonal Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, peraonally known to me, who being by me duly mom, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attomey as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their re eetivs companies. /I stlsari SANP wVEL _POdk,patcdltkrxa Susan Ansel, Notary Public 1, James A. Carotittgr the duly elected Aaa;stant- §ecietary " "- - "- - -of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Inroruational Insurance Company, do bereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Wasbiogton International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. 1N W ITNWS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 24da Hf MAY 20 07 Jmrcs a Cwpmtri, Vkt P,Wdem s I.ssenx SMHYroIY'ofiMaloaartS.�E ss L- ...mwen.wu'l r - ...,...... tb,a, A,entmn SpmvltY bemuse eomnwr CERTIFICAS OF INSURANCE d 05/24)2007 DATE ! 05/24)2007 GEORGE L. BROWN INSURANCE AGENCY P.O. BOX 5060 SAN CLEMENTE, CA 92674.5060 (949) 361 -1400 FAX (949) 361 -2767 Ce1T# 40827 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND i CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION 2691 RICHTER AVE #123 IRVINE, CA 92604 REDUCEDBYPAID I COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A UNITED NATIONAL INS CO NAIC#13064 COMPANY B SAFECO INS CO NAIG#24732 C COMPANY ALL :O ,� TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE(MNOOM) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MMA)DANI LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY LAMITS MADE F3Q OCCUR X OWNERS S CONTRACTOR'S PROT. X PER PROJECTAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES _ L7211306 I MAY 231 7 MAY 23 08 GENERAL AGGREGATE Is 2,000,000 PRODUCTS- COMPICPAGG. $ 1.000,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1.000,Ogq EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,400,000 FIRE DAMAW(Any One fire) $ 50,000 MED . EXPENSE(Arry(We Person $ 6,040 B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANYAUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON- OWNEDAUTOS 24CCO81786 -2 JUL 1106 JUL it 07 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT s 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (PwPo ) $ X BODILY INJURY (Pa A..Wd) $ X PROPERTY DAMAGE $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANYAUTO — AUTO ONLY. FAACCIDENr s OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT i AGGREGATE $_ EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA FORM OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY THE PROPRIETORI F INCL FMTNERSIEXECUTFVE _ OFFICERS ARE EXCL I EACHOOCMRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ sralUraaY LIMrrB carHACCIDENT $ DISEASE-POLICY LIMN S DISEASEFACHEMPLOYEE $ _ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF ORERATIONSILOCATIONSA 'EHICLESISPECWL ITEMS CITYJTS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS IS INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OPERATIONS(WORK) PERFORMED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED. THE INSURANCE SHALL BE PRIMARY AND ANY OTHER INSURANCE MAINTAINED BY THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IS EXCESS AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY. PROJECT- NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION,RETRO OF GUYED TOWER.UTILJTIES YARD RADIO BUILDING AND UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 CERTIPIVA` EROLDER AS ADDITIONAL INSURED _ CANCELLATION � I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH - DPW SHOULD ANY OF TI-E ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING GOMPANY WILL MAIL W DAYS ATTN: SHAUNA LYN OYLER, PUBLIC WORKS SPECIALIST WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. 3300 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 E n L� POLICY RUMBER L7211306 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILW THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ R CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - (FORM B) This endorsement moMu lnarrance provided wuier Ore tebmnF COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABiLiTY COVERAGE PAK r SCHEDULE Name o<Pareon orOrpnintion: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS Any person or orgaLtrattert to which you ere oNtgated by Virtue of a wneiar contract to provkth cisurarce such as is aforded by Ode pof1c , but only with respect to (1) ocaarenras tWmg place after such mftn contract has been eamar6ed and (2) occurrences resulting from work Performed by you during the policy period. (ti no entry appears above, Wbrmati0n required to complete Ode endorsement wN be shown fn the Dedarat[ons as appOcable In this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 14 Is anemfed to hutude as an hmW the person or orgeabmwn down In the Schedule, but any with respect to MIRY erishtg out of "your woWforthat insured by or for you. Coverage provided by this Poky to the AdM nal Insured(s) shown In the Sdmdula shaft be prknary inatrave end any other Insurance maintabW by Ora Additlonel Insured(s) shag be mom and non- contrlbutory, but ony as respects any dakn or I aMTiy ctetemtined to be the remit of the sole negligence or nwpon*Ny of the Named hawed and only If required of the NSMW Insured by written contract. CO 20101189 Copyright Insurance SeMcss O81ce, Inc, low Page If of 1 0 0 0 Poky Number. L7211306 THIS E14DORSEMF -NT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFU"Y, WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modffiw fnsurance provkred under the fofiaving! COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: pie CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC11, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS (if no entry appears above, infamadon required to coMoste this endorsemtaM will be shown in the Dedarstfons as aP- pflcable to this endorsemwt) . The Transfer Of Rights of Recovery Against Others To Us OendWon (SECTION IV " CQfAMMIAI ISMERAL LIA• SaM CONDMNS) Is amended by the addition of the flowing: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization slhmn in the Schedure above because of payments we make for IMay or damage arising art of your cngoln9 operasofts or ^putt work' done under a Contract with that person or organization and Inchtded In the " products- caumWeted- operations hazard." This waiver applies only to the person or orgenizallon shown in the Schedule above. CG 24041099 Copyright, insurance Services Ottics, Inc., 1992 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER. 24CCO81 OMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED ---- DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the falfowing: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH - DPW ATTN. SHAUNA LYN OYLER, PUBLIC WORKS SPECIALIST 3300 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 82663 WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule as an insured but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of a covered "auto ". ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS Copyright, insurance Services Office, Inc. 1884 Pmrance COMMERCIAL AUTO CA T1 10 09 05 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ULTRA AUTO PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM Wish respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION Paragraph 2.b. of the CANCELLATION Common Policy Condition is replaced by the following: . b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. TEMPORARY SUBSTITUTE AUTO — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE Under paragraph C. — CERTAIN TRAILERS, MO- BILE EQUIPMENT AND TEMPORARY SUBSTITUTE AUTOS of SECTION 1 — COVERED AUTOS, the following IS added: If Physical Damage coverage is provided by this Cov- erage Form, then you have coverage for Any "auto" you do not own while used with the per - mission of its owner as a temporary substitute for a covered 'auto" you own that is out of service be- cause of its breakdown, repair, servicing, "loss" or destruction. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED SECTION 11 — LIABILITY COVERAGE — AI. WHO IS AN INSURED provision is amended by the addition of the following: d. Any business entity newly acquired or formed by you during the policy period provided you own SD"/" or more of the business entity and the business entity is not separately fnsured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage is extended UP to a maximum of 160 days following acquisi- tion or formation of the business entity. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period, BLANKET ADDITIONAL .INSURED ZVI SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE — A.S. WHO IS AN INSURED provision is amended by the addition of the.foliowing: _ e. Any person or organization. for whom you are re- quired by an 9nsurad contract" to provide Insur- anca• is an Insured ", subfect to the following additional provisions: (1) The °insured contract" must- be in effect during the policy period shown in•the Deets - raticns, and must have been executed prior to the °bedilyinfury'a or. •property dafnege ".. - -- (2) This person or organization is an Insured" only to ffre extent you are liable due to your ongoing operations for that insured, whether the work Is performed by you or for you, and only to the extent you are held liable for an -accident' occurring.whlfe a covered °auto" is belrg driven by you or one of your em- ployees. (3) There Is no coverage provided to this person or organization for "bodily injury" to its em- ployees, nor for `property damage" to its property. (4) Coverage for this person or organization shall be limited to the extent of your negll- gence or fault according to the applicable principles of comparative: negligence or fault (5) The defense of any claim or "suit" must.be tendered by-ft person or organization as soon as practicable to all other insurers which potentially provide insurance for such claim or "salt ". Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc„ 1997 Sakes and Nk Sarem ago are a-krad hdem h of Safem 05Mo m CA 71 10 09 05 Page t of 5 EP UVA , 01 0 return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 4: In the event that there is more than one ap- plicable deductible, only.the highest deduct - Ible will apply. In no event will more than one deductible apply. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION We wahre the right of recovery we may have for pay- ments made for 'bodily Injury" or °property damage - on behaff of the persw s or organizatSons added as 'Insure ds" undue Section II' - LIABILITY COVERAGE — A.1.D. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED and A.1.e. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED. CA 71 10 09 05 0 PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A. SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE, A.4. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS, Is amended by adding the following: c. Personal Effects Coverage For any Owned "auto" that Is involved in a covered °foss", we will pay up to $500 for 'Personal effects" that are lost or damaged as a result of the covered 'loss ", without applying a deductible. B. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended by ad- ding the following: Q. " Parsonal effects" means your tangible property that Is worn or carried by you, ex- cept for tools, jewelry, money, or securities. ?age 5 01 5 EP POLICY NUMBER: 24CC COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ R CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -- DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the fallowing: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM . SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH - DPW ATTN: SHAUNA LYN OYLER, PUBLIC WORKS SPECIALIST 3300 NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an Insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule as an insured but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of a covered "auto". ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS PRIMARY WORDING: THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THIS POLICY TO THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS NAMED ABOVE SHALL BE CONSIDERED PRIMARY INSURANCE AND ANY OTHER INSURANCE MAINTAINED BY THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS SHALL BE CONSIDERED EXCESS AND NON- CONTRIBUTORY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION: IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD THAT THE INSURANCE COMPANY WAIVES ANY RIGHT OF RECOVERY THEY MAY HAVE AGAINST THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS SHOWN IN ABOVE BECAUSE OF PAYMENTS THEY MAKE FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF THE ONGOING OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSUREDS WORK DONE UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS AND INCLUDED IN THE PRODUCTS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS HAZARD. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1984 Fax #: • E CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach This checklist is comprised of requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach. Date Received: 5 -24 -07 Dept. /Contact Received From: Shauna Oyler Date Completed: 5 -25 -07 Sent to: Shauna By: April Walker Company /Person required to have certificate: Big West Construction I. GENERAL LIABILITY A. INSURANCE COMPANY: United National Ins. Co. B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): A IX C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? ® Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1 M or greater): What is limit provided? 2mil agg/Imill occ E. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must include): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No F. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No G. PRIMARY & NON- CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be included): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No H. CAUTION! (Confirm that loss or liability of the named insured is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement include "solely by negligence' wording? ❑ Yes ® No I. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. II. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Safeco Ins. Co. B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): AXV C. ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? D. LIMITS (Must be $1M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM): What is limits provided? lmil E. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No F. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste Haulers only): Is it included? N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No G. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. 0 In. WORKERS' COMPENSATION A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Not B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): C� C. LIMITS: Statutory D. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To include): Is it included? ❑ Yes ❑ No HAVE ALL ABOVE REQUIREMENTS BEEN MET? ❑ Yes ® No IF NO, WHICH ITEMS NEED TO BE COMPLETED? Workers' Compensation: coverage not provided. Lti.T��f r IT l � �ef t L pq r° i .• L 4 � 1 f ti,. a a _. IE P.O�B0X °420807 SAIV,FRANCISGO CA941420807 1 COM PEN S'ATION r �" *a a- i µf'1u f ls'F �vt� y,eaa ,�'€'�x� 4 r{F; `'pFv war" ��'t+ I•s ��Ik � ��k ti ' ;•F�fD CERTIFIGATE'OF WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURQNCEL' S4 a k+ TM MAY 25 2007 , POLICY NUMBER 16B682b 0�7 ,k z ICERTIfICATE EXPIRES "I+'1 OB' r} ,'id,` y , i -.1 i•.Y' .) ',. � + a,' t i' .. -u- YF � 31.r,pt Y t+� II , tl " CITYFi NEWPORT BEACH'` } zt' ?z' y 't s �rUBLIC, -WORKS, IDEPARIMEN T `' y4 < Al .r 3 ,F3 00 NEWPORT BLVDa - E; w - a, r P'• kf- a o ,I �, -w NEWPORT BEACH :..,CA +9x663 3916 kt yip": ,.,,�$ •JDH , CONTR UTSLIxTIES YARD RAC °B03BLDf h It Yn1 { Y J t' N4'\ y §T` S.`iY;Zi� FE \Y Jfia Y�� '4i 5,p. 9'j Lv< IL �y �'a'�t'".F,b)'r r,Y l" ��'n �., e Ft �Y 7 pry; bi. f'r ✓�t {3 airor 4y,r ^P s�f ��y. fir'r`s''-�a.'n'3F v -.� r� ti r r i+kaa it�t br;., S ^.v "'?. .,<�� c(•�t;,j �xr6 t. `�'i ..x rt �=.,'5.�4 `Insiurance Co miss onerlto the em tlo eana ed below forPhe s otl c ner od'ndieated n a,o'ml app oved�by�he 2'•F 'x �� - %r x•rr p"'y... 'ri pa aP '}rr.,'.i x'' n.ir r'a„°"+H S•rai -a':s >S`r Thi 6-policy is•,not subject to ancellapon by the Fund excep t. upon to d'ays advance +wntten +notice to the empI 'r 'i' •' '� -a' -' - •u � i7 _� x r` !, y,XX � x• ac i'' - ...% �2 tk a ..14, v +i j' tr t t '7 Igo z4. vve<wlll also give yoy T,,LEtNadays aaad{eva a nc} e notic�e i ynshto4 u ld M t hls>4pY llcyyjfrbe k c:a. n celley d `�prior two I•7ts c nTo'rr6 m a" l exzphiri a t.2on ll� XX? 4 "' r } ,• :S,_ 2e' r?l�,,M}i ix ' h13R This certificate of�lnsuranee Is notman insurance policy and-does ^not,amend extend 66blter the coverage afforged14byythe / Nil fff policies .listed herein ryNotwithstancling� any requiremehim, ml%rori'condition�dfaany` conTract ora�otl,er�tloeum,. "en, mow, itlk aVa .a s respectwto:wliic,l ,thisxi. certificate`, o�fr nsurancev�m'a`y�be issued or, ,nay pefif aiin�._- the insurrance ,affordedvby.,,the,,`po s descnbed herei�sis sublect,to all the'terms,,ex lusionsband "conditions of such policies �'+„. •- ,a. slYBe £ x Y x r 4 R, MR 7F ." 5" •k i M t � a, y a?rr S�:i SaF.+ s"y. [ • �J >z [` ��`rv�1t. ad TT b+ a oh�n .'Tr�">`_+'.pt r �� i�s rho ti' w.d;e a -•. � :r c r �'�,'':vP-r.� S'�1'4 vy ax °.4, x+n {��ay Y'af`° pT >r ;�✓"� y�r � AIIIH LCD IiEPRES6i:IT TIVC�7 , � � r tj f 4` � i � �a4k'�'�t� � � � tPRESIUFNT'�" s 3 +° � t Steil` t,y '.§.S��rclZ �> a� b 1�, ��• T- l yh t �Ia.< a�ht 44��;G xy 4 �f s� A�•y��.A i:�i it x +r � C'�� r s} d. 5£� � I .• � .F• -ti rt� � 7t. �1 ti .y t5 .,r",a i .±EMPLOYER 5bLIAB;ILITY ��I'I'IIT;INGL +UD`�{TNG DEFENSE COSTS �51�000�OOO��ERrOCGU�RRR �Y`h+��} �f'r$'� ;� If+ t .. _ 4?_S� 7: f SIFT r r a r , )-. � s { �° .. Ji s, i fF i•^+= + < <+ :< i"4.. _i'�i Nrx�;3�. �"C?f._. 9 d'lw�`�, ...°' A fl','Mrt " F ' y', ?. Ai. WA, STJ PO BOX X120807 SAN LFRANCISCO CA 94142 OS( ATE WORKERS COMPENSATION INS J, 7,WPORr BEACHi ,,� CITY '01 NE `,1A ZPUBLIC P-AR.TMENV'-,-:Z,-�:-,- 7k, FUR 61i6V,in Fa 'Insurance Commissioner to the employei named below fo'r the i i ted Vk by the 4 n1l k. S c f •. y ,4 j 1 µ ,. Tdw''v { n 1 PO BOX420807 SAN;FRANCtSCO cA x^t h COMPENSATION ( .,I r yTl'N SU R:ANCE E ©F OS CO.c nPENSI AT ERTIFC CATN VII - s �� T '• MAY 25F9 200,7,11 Y, CITY )Fs NEWPORT HEACH, y PFi u PUBLIC- `WORKS DEPARTMENT �Q 4 t i7 r 3300 NEWPORT NEWPORT HEACH ` C`Ay 92663 381'6 ' ,t� a s sr } JOH - a a - Th(s (syto certr Jhat we =P ave issuetl a valid, Worl<e4s Compensation insurance r Insurance,C,pmro(ss(oner to theEemployer named below�for,:fihe policy =penod inc > wa :x Tb(s policy, is,;not subfect,to,cancellatio1 by the,Fund except upon tPdays adv� We will also givetyoutT�QJrdays ao ance notice "should th(s.pOhcy be cancelled ) xxrr ^p� 1Y r t tk 4 4Y� i ,RArT ION n tf @ tix ti` � i x x r. '. z rY 3 �t. r a[ ku i' „yl r 1 S w 7 /� �I 4 k S+ y-a '/�+��G' ^` F 0 BOX 420807 SAt 1422.08 07 re } t INSU R�A N ®CE `' � 2 i ai 14 '` 4 � + -t v>�vn ' ..� ,r ?CERTIFICATE OF WORKER. S COMPENSATION INSURANCE a 1'�FT " or e 3 e u z `"•- "`z r i.- a �.rg+- 2r . + 't,F�' a e <.. MAY 25 200Z k a .FOLICYNUMBER 1686826r07 sx z � i x S. • t t h, N-�vA r y e �r' 3• I, v zv `�F t �'i._ y � _ .� i Yit � h .t. i m:':'+ b rya , it g, m"tt ! ♦�y .* } - . nsry 1 K I 3 _. F 'cE' t`y �y �t'd n T""L „r x '4 L � �' -^°- ' ° `- n "; Q a'•v - S _ � - e` CTY QF NEWP,OIT BERCHd (µx e zr ws . ,�' ~.,s Fr i'1'gr erg; r xw PUBLIC.^WORKS DEPART EttlTs r =t < ` ; At' `NEWPORT BEACH"' CAI 926¢3 3816p -, r'r:k ,+ �.JDH evCONTR #,3742 „,�,�r, ,r "ter * ,rIAZ �t i r >. UTSL' ITTESkYARD rIBLtDG r T = v y �x �yREMDDELt "1 d «a j K ti is,to¢cer3 atifw i a¢fytha w@ +have ssuetl a valid °WorkersCorrptninsurancpollcylan om pproJ ve.dbaJ b y " th�e � t CaIfl"l` f o9 ml;a''tr zt4 _ + ,t 'Insurance Commissioner to the employer ;��'�� policy is3not subject to ancellation by the.,Fund except upon tQdaysfadvanae +written nonce tD�t �eemployer xx` +t `sue �- ,�� L i a v4 `. - XX `F { a n"r'hih ' np'"',y w a y[ 1 .++>• We will also groe you i QJ +days ad ence notice should th is`policyrbe cancelledtprlor toyits normal +expiration certificate otAnsw'raCnce)is'hot,an insurance policy, and doess,}not?amend eztendror>i' alter =the coveragezafforded�by` the pblicie3 listed herein:+Mtwithstanrding any `requirement term hoc condihon�'Rfvany contractor, other °docum, °e'nT wdh +,}-may h'�a. -ter t tr Awn.. y to x vx "�- respect to�.which'^i ISIcerti icate of insurance,may be "'issued ors,mayNpertain; ihevinsuranceSfafforaded bya3the.,policies „r"'s�, s<r v, x cfescnbed hereinris sut leict to all fne'jerms, exclusions and_condt ionsmnt such poo"liciibs' t ,q, "�,' , r U. mid u>•,a �F `S, -,,� "t ✓,. '��3� 1}` �h �� 4�^ �'�f � e '°�+" A`4.� ifs`' -i "''„ K }x i4.r l A� rt t Iy i�'%fil �e S, y , � ��v `,J 4.e t a, t 'fr Y r K`✓aSV � � � ,�ul �C„V b.. a. ^ r+Tii C S 5 f- `7„c - kYn.rK z • as}Y P i x�v'v ! s �3 +r� }L.yacn aq S,H,''F c •'°rv,' °fit acF �'.F? +i - ss:' d� +ya,4 �4kf' i ib� K4' x,3``4 ',ate �,y1 a.. �f. {Ce�+S'�„ °l iyt> T I 9 kt:R.1 J 4t5 *q w'Cir'r 'r, 4 ,4 r'9=A ^ 7 S nil+X Fi u.s z'.flja V' va "Xi.4 syrL -'" ,3 lei ;,vC ky AU�TH ZF..D R E P,R ES E.NTATIV s c, s F' FMPLOYER SA LIAHILtITY {iL`:IMi�T;I'NCL'UDJNG DEFENSE - COSTSr ptSl OOeO LOUD PERfiOGCURF2E{JCE { mfr spa t �,v� ti 3,tfr v Ek�`oK.atF3 ✓Y *�<j°Y" ".4 `'v 5< «' ?a) '�' A ;4` ENDORSEMENT, i#0015 ENTITLED ADDITIONAL INSURED,EMPLOYER E FECT UE s s ,n 14 j4k n� 05 /25h,O7yMnIS ATpT;"ACHED TOAaANDWDRMS A PART .OF 1 THIS POLIGY sky Gy'NAME�OFs ADD +ITIONALxrLNSURE'D BiIO W"EST CONSTRUCTION CDRPORATION i2T+L.:a�vYCi sR. l''. California Business Search Page 1 of 1 DISCLAIMER: The information displayed here is current as of MAY 18, 2007 and is updated weekly. It is not a complete or certified record of the Corporation. Blank fields indicate the information is not contained in the computer file. If the status of the corporation is "Surrender ", the agent for service of process is automatically revoked. Please refer to California Corporations Code Section 2114 for information relating to service upon corporations that have surrendered. http: // kepler. ss. ca. gov/ corpdata/ ShowAliList? QueryCorpNumber— C2426905 &printe =ryes 05/23/2007 Corporation BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION Number: C2426905 Date Filed: 5/2/2002 Status: active Jurisdiction: California Address 2691 RICHTER AVE #123 IRVINE, CA 92606 Agent for Service of Process THOMAS R CARR 5041 BORDEAUX AVE IRVINE, CA 92604 Blank fields indicate the information is not contained in the computer file. If the status of the corporation is "Surrender ", the agent for service of process is automatically revoked. Please refer to California Corporations Code Section 2114 for information relating to service upon corporations that have surrendered. http: // kepler. ss. ca. gov/ corpdata/ ShowAliList? QueryCorpNumber— C2426905 &printe =ryes 05/23/2007 License Detail Page 1 of 3 License Detail CA__LIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD Contractor License # 812085 DISCLAIMER A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Before relying on this information, . you should be aware of the following limitations: • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B &P 7124:6). If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and /or legal action information. • Per B &P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. • Arbitrations .are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. • Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license data base. Extract Date: 05/23/2007 * * * Business Information * * * BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION 2691 RICHTER AVE #123 IRVINE, CA 92606 Business Phone Number: (949) 253 -9032 Entity: Corporation Issue Date: 08/28/2002 Expire Date: 08131/2008 * * * License Status * * * This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. http: / /www2.cslb.ca.gov /CSLB LIBRARY /License +Detail.asp 05/23/2007 • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT PROPOSAL (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER. (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the City and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 3742 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP TOTAL AND UNIT SUM PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE Lump Sum Mobilization 2+1 / � VUVAw$ Dollars and Cents $ $o,ocb.no Per Lump Sum ' 2. Lump Sum Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Additio , r. (�4� L`'� 0V(u Wb @� �IJDi� �t�L44 Qf4�i7 )Dollars iejuL and 'Cents $ 288, 373,00 Per Lump Sum 3. Lump Sum Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower S .I we f w�j Q �fl �`( �f1G 14tax/54c �il� Dollars `^ and Cents Per Lump Sum C� • PR2of2 ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP TOTAL AND UNIT SUM PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE 4. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Radio Building t� @ T I / Dollars I. *A1 'cents g 3031, 63o,o_ o Per Lump Sum 5. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel @ 0+22,tih- Q�jovsq� Dollars �Ilp►�l Cents s--M, f07, od Per Lump Sum $ 1.60q4 u-15 06 TOTAL PRICE (Figures) TOTAL PRICE (Words) (II�SZ PI i d1 ►0N bye C 6VSlwt t-R in 44A,9 A,9 %eYz -A A eDolars and Cents 41- 17 — ®'7 Date ADlt� 9gq -�2-5- 3 - 7011_ Bidder's Telephone and Fax Numbers g1-206 j 3 Bidder's License No. and Classification Bidder's a -Mail Address _,lf tJ2fr �N(7sve.iBtry `k "�oc+ Bidder Tom ,Q a,rr- Bidder s Authorized Signature and Title X 9 1 7LJc41 T, aL 12-3 Bidder's Address 'a&Lv -e, C1. , 9-v6 66 Within two calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the four lump sum construction items listed in his proposal. The Engineer will use said schedule to calculate monthly progress payments during the tens of construction. The Lump Sum for Mobilization will be divided in half for payment at the two sites. 0 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 CONTRACT NO. 3742 INTRODUCTION PART 1 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2 -3 SUBCONTRACTS 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE SECTION 3 CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing SECTION 6 PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6 -7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General 6 -7.2 Working Days 6 -7.4 Working Hours 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 • • 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4 SECTION 7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 7 -5 PERMITS 4 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK 4 7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 5 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water 5 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 5 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets 5 7 -10.4 Public Safety 5 7- 10.4.1 Safety Orders 5 7 -15 CONTRACTOR LICENSES 6 SECTION 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 9 -3 PAYMENT 6 9 -3.1 General 6 ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 6 f: \users \pbw\shared\contracts\fy 06- 07\neuPort theatre arts lobby c- 3742 \tac - utilities buildings c- 3742\nnaster specs index.doc 0 9 SP 1 OF 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, and (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 INTRODUCTION All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with 1) these Special Provisions; 2) the Plans (Drawing Nos. B- 5192 -S, B- 5196 -S, M- 5380 -S and B- 5197 -S); 3) the City's Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, 2004 Edition, including Supplements; 4) the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition, including supplements; the California Building Code (2001 Edition); and 6) the Building Permits for Plan Checks #2873 -2005, 2115 -2006, 0055 -2006, and 2114 -2006. Copies of the Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings may be purchased at the Public Works Department. Copies of the Standard Specifications may be purchased from Building News, Inc., 1612 South Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA 92802, 714 - 517 -0970. The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2-- -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2 -3 SUBCONTRACTS. Add to this section, "A portion of the 320' Guyed Tower Retrofit consists of tower work that may only be performed by a select few contractors who are experienced in such work. City staff has consulted with Mr. John Hignite, a tower erection and maintenance contractor (Class D46 - Steeple Jack Work), concerning the work required on this tower. The Contractor may contact Mr. Hignite at (562)925 - 1951." L SP2OF6 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE. Add to this section, "The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of 1) obtaining building permits, removing certain interior portions of Newport Theater Arts Center at 2501 Cliff Drive, and constructing a lobby addition and accessibility improvements; 2) obtaining building permits, removing interior portions of Utilities Yard Building 3 at 949 W. 16 Street, and reconstructing interior improvements; 3) obtaining building permits and constructing radio tower improvements at 949 W. 16th Street; and 4) obtaining building permits and constructing a new Utilities Yard Radio Building at 949 W. 16" Street. SECTION 3 - -- CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup. Replace this section with, "(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............. ............................... 20 2) Materials ........ ............................... 15 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent shall be added for compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3- 3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. SECTION 4 - -- CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing. All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48 hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. • • SP3O176 The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed his work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor. SECTION 6 - -- PROSECUTION. PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall complete all work at the Utilities Yard site before work may commence at the Theatre Arts Center site. The. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a construction schedule for work a minimum of five working days prior to commencing any work. The schedule may be bar chart or CPM style. No work shall begin until a "Notice to Proceed" has been issued, a pre- construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of work has been approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will review the schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the schedule to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. If work falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional work until he has exerted extra effort to meet his original schedule and has demonstrated that he will be able to maintain his approved schedule in the future. Such stoppages of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job. The term "work" as used herein shall include furnishing acceptable contract documents, demolition, removals, construction, installations, adjustments, cleanup, etc." 6 -7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall complete all work at the three projects within the Utilities Yard within 100 consecutive working days after the date on the Notice to Proceed. Work shall be scheduled such that all work on this contract (the Utilities Yard and the Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition) will be completed within 150 consecutive working days. The Contractor shall ensure the availability of all materials prior to the start of work. Unavailability of materials will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work." 6 -7.2 Working Days. Revise 3) to read: "any City holiday, defined as January 15t t the third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day), the third Monday in February (President's Day), the last Monday in May (Memorial Day), July 4 th, the first Monday in • • SP4OF6 September (Labor Day), November 11 th (Veterans Day), the fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving Day and the day after), December 24th, (Christmas Eve — half day), December 25th (Christmas), and December 31St (New Year's Eve — half day). If January 1st, July 4th, November 11th or December 25th falls on a Sunday, the following Monday is a holiday." 6 -7.4 Working Hours. Normal working hours are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday. The Contractor and his subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after these normal working hours. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $60.00 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Revise sentence three to read: "For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6 -7.1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of $1000." Revise paragraph two, sentence one, to read: "Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1000 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting work in an orderly, preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to the patrons and Friends of the Newport Theater Arts Center and noise to nearby residents as a result of construction operations." SECTION 7--- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 -5 PERMITS. Replace this section with "The projects are deemed 'permit - ready' (Plan Checks #2873 -2005, 2115 -2006, 0055 -2006 and 2114 -2006) by the City's Building Department. The Contractor shall obtain building permits for the four projects from the Building Department. City of Newport Beach plan check, building permit and inspection fees will be waived." 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Add to this section: "City personnel will be on duty at Utilities Yard continuously during construction. The workers will continue to require access to the Utilities Yard and to buildings and garages within it during construction. The Theatre Arts Center will not be in use during the construction period prescribed herein; however, Theatre staff and City maintenance personnel will need to access the Theatre at various times during the construction period. 0 Accordingly, the Contractor shall: 0 SP5O1`6 1. Make every effort to conduct his work in a manner that will not interfere with operations within the Utilities Yard and /or the Theatre Arts Center. 2. Control his dust and debris at the sites. 3. Remove construction debris from the work sites at the end of each work week. 4. Provide restrooms, telephone and trash service for construction personnel. 5. Maintain vehicle access to and from the Utilities Yard through both driveway entrances and the Theatre Arts Center parking lot at all times. 6. Use only vehicle parking, storage and work areas that are designated by the Engineer. Ample space will be provided for the Contractor's use. 7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add to this section: "The Contractor will have gratis use of the City's water and power at each site." 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Delete the first paragraph and add the following: "The Contractor may store construction materials and equipment in streets, roads, or sidewalk areas with prior approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of areas for storing equipment and materials prior to arranging for or delivering equipment and materials to the sites. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of the storage areas. Upon completion of construction, the Contractor shall restore the areas to their pre- construction condition. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide new pavement if the existing pavement has been damaged because of the Contractor's work." 7 -10.4 Safety 7- 10.4 -1 Safety Orders. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job -site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. The Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site." • 0 SP6OF6 7 -15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES. At the time of the award and until completion of work, the Contractor shall possess a General Building Contractor B License. At the start of work and until completion of work, the Contractor and his subcontractors shall each possess a Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. 7 -16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS /AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain "As- Built" drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up -to -date and submitted to the Engineer at the time each progress bill is submitted. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer "As- Built" corrections upon a copy of the Plans. The "As- Built" plans shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to final payment or release of bonds. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. SECTION 9--- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9 -3 PAYMENT 9 -3.1 General. Revise paragraph two to read: "The lump sum prices bid for each item of work shown on the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work, including restoring existing improvements, to complete the item of work in place and no other compensation will be allowed." 9 -3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Add to this section: "Partial payments for mobilization shall be made in accordance with Section 10264 of the California Public Contract Code." The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for NEWPORT THEATER ARTS CENTER ADDITION, UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, and UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL, which augment, but are not referenced to, these special provisions and sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S ARHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02221- DEMOLITION SECTION 02300- EARTHWORK DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300- CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - MASONRY NONE IN THIS PROJECT DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120- STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION 05811- ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEM DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC SECTION 06100- ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06185- STRUCTURAL GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER SECTION 06402- INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07210- BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07511- BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING SECTION 07620- SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM SECTION 07920- JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOOR AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110- STEEL FRAMES SECTION 08211- FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 08411- ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES &STOREFRONTS SECTION 08711- DOOR HARDWARE TABLE OF CONTENTS • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 DIVISION 9- FINISHES SECTION 09512- ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES SECTION 10801- TOILET & BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT NONE IN THIS PROJECT DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS NONE IN THIS PROJECT DIVISION 13- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NONE IN THIS PROJECT DIVISION 14- CONVEYING SYSTEMS NONE IN THIS PROJECT DIVISION 15- MECHANICAL SEE DRAWINGS DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL SEE DRAWINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 02221 - DEMOLITION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes demolition and removal of the following: 1. Portions of buildings and structures. 2. Site improvements including site utilities. 1.2 DEFINITIONS JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse. C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historic items, relics, or similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, or other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during building demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA - approved certification program. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Standards: 1. Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 2. "Greenbook" standard specifications for Public Works Construction, 2006 Edition, DEMOLITION 02221-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACAD • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner or Tenants will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to demolition area. Conduct building demolition so Owner's or Tenant's operations will not be disrupted. 1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's - operations. 2. Maintain access to existing parking, driveways, walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. a. Do not close or obstruct. without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. B. Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings or structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's or Tenants' on -site operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS[(Not Used)) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of demolition required. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. DEMOLITION 02221-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACIP • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with demolition operations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Remove and store refrigerant according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities serving areas being demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass areas of demolition and maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. C. Existing Utilities: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, ,disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. D. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction being demolished. E. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following: 1. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during demolition operations. DEMOLTTION 02221-3 CITY ORNEWPORT BEACID • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 JA No. 0523 04/11106 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during demolition cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after demolition operations are complete. C. Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. D. Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 1. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. . 2. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 3. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures. 4. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations. 3.4 DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish indicated existing areas buildings, structures, or site improvements completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Do not use. cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain fire watch and portable fine- suppression devices during flame - cutting operations. 2. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 3. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct demolition and debris - removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. DEMOLITION 02221-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # 13- 5192 -S 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental- protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 3.5 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Remove portions of buildings, structures, or site improvements intact when permitted by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on next lower level. C. Remove debris from elevated portions by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 1. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to minimize ground impact or dust generation. D. Concrete: Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. E. Masonry: Cut masonry at junctures with construction indicated to remain, .using power -driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. F. Concrete Slabs -on- Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished at junctures with construction indicated to remain, then break up and remove. G. Structural Steel: Dismantle field connections without bending or damaging steel members. Do not use flame - cutting torches. 1. Transport steel trusses and joists as whole units without dismantling them further. H. Carpet or Pad: Remove in large pieces and roll tightly after removing demolition debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. I. Building Components: Remove the following components, as whole units, intact and undamaged: 1. Metal gratings. 2. Metal ladders. 3. Doors. 4. Windows. DEMOLITION 02221-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION &, RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 .5. Door hardware. 6. Cabinets. 7. Mirrors. 8. Chalkboards and marker boards. 9. Tackboards. 10. Toilet accessories. 11. Plumbing fixtures. 12. Light fixtures. JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 J. Equipment: Disconnect equipment at nearest fitting connection to services, complete with service valves. Remove as whole units, complete with controls. K. Below -Grade Construction: Abandon foundation walls and other below -grade construction. Cut below -grade construction flush with grade. L. Below -Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below -grade construction that is within 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of footprint indicated for new construction. Abandon below - grade construction outside this area. 1. Remove below -grade construction, including basements, foundation walls, and footings, to at least 12 inches (300 mm) below grade or to greater depths indicated. M. Existing Utilities: Demolish existing utilities and below -grade utility structures that are within or outside 5 feet (1.5 m) of footprint indicated for new construction. Abandon utilities outside this area. 1. Fill abandoned utility structures with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.6 EXPLOSIVE DEMOLITION A. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. 3.7 SITE RESTORATION A. Below -Grade Areas: Rough grade below -grade areas ready for further excavation or new construction. 3.8 REPAIRS A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by building demolition operations. B. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. DEMOLITION 02221 -6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 C. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.9 RECYCLING DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Separate recyclable demolished materials from other demolished materials to the maximum extent possible. Separate recyclable materials by type. 1. Provide containers or other storage method approved by Architect for controlling recyclable materials until they are removed from Project site. 2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from demolition area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Transport recyclable materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling building demolition materials shall accrue to Owner. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be,recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA- approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not bum demolished materials. C, Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.11 CLEANING D. Clean adjacent 'structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02221 DEMOLITION 02221 -7 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing subgrades. 2. Excavating and backfilling. 3. Drainage course for slabs -on- grade. 4. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation. • JA No. 0523 B. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving. 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 C. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. E. Drainage Course or Capillary Water Barrier. Layer supporting slab -on -grade used to ■ninitni�w capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. 1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man -made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. EARTHWORK 02300-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 121:011 . 1.1 KK : t ►Y t • JA No. 0523 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 0.4/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S K. Utilities include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, of a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, fivzen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols. D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Subbase: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1 -1/2- inch (38- mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075 -mm) sieve. F. Base: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075 -mm) sieve. G. Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1 -inch (25 -mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075 -mm) sieve. H. Drainage Fill: Washed, narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse - aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2- inch (38 -mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36 -mm) sieve. EARTHWORK 02300-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 I. Detectable Warning. Tape: Polyethylene film warning tape encasing a metallic core, minimum 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, freezing temperatures or frost, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. B. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil - bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared .subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. D. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. B. Excavate for structures, pavements, and walks to indicated elevations and dimensions. Extend excavations for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. C. Excavate utility trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and invert elevations of uniform widths to provide a working . clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit. Excavate trenches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation, 6 inches (150 mm) deeper in rock, 4 inches (100 mm) deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe. EARTHWORK 02300-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities. E. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect. F. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory soil materials, without intermixing, in shaped, graded, drained, and covered stockpiles. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations and outside drip line of remaining trees. 3.3 BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Utility Trench Backfill: Place, compact, and shape bedding course to provide continuous support for pipes and conduits over rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. 1. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm), to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. 2. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs. B. Fill: Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations. C. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1 Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. D. Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. Hand - operated tampers shall be utilized throughout project. E. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to ASTM D 698: EARTHWORK 02300-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 n . 1 . d"MMIMIMMIM :1111 t LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent. 3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent. F. Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements, and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. Grade lawns, walks, and unpaved subgrades to tolerances of plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) and pavements and areas within building lines to plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). G. Subbase and Base Courses: Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on prepared subgrade. Place base course material over subbase. Compact to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. H. Under slabs -on- grade, place drainage course on prepared subgrade. Compact to required cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698, 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner may engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Allow testing agency to test and inspect subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. C. . When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved deg ree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.5 PROTECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic or erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially.completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. EARTHWORK 02300-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S D. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK 02300-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTACT # 3742 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. This Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. See Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protection of in -place concrete. 2. Formwork and form accessories. 3. Steel reinforcement and supports. 4. Concrete mixtures. 5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Formwork: Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. B. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY. EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S C. Concrete Materials: . 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 11 2. Normal- Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33; uniformly graded, not exceeding 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) nominal size. 3. Water: Complying with ASTM C 94. D. Admixtures: 1. Air- Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 3. Water - Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. 4. Water - Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. E. Vapor Retarder: Multi -ply reinforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, not less than 15 mil. Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier, seam tape, mastic and pipe boots. Equivalent products of W.R. Meadows Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core or Zero -Perm by Alumiscal. Fine - Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75 -mm) sieve and 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15 -mm) sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. F. Joint - Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt- saturated cellulosic fiber. G. Curing Materials: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 2. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf. 3. Moisture- Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap- polyethylene sheet. 4. Water: Potable. 5. Clear, Waterborne Membrane- Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.2 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal- weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 2. Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S C. Add air- entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content 3 percent maximum. 2.3 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Formwork: Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. B. Vapor Retarder: Install, protect, and repair vapor - retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. C. Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSrs "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. D. Joints: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Isolation Joints: Install joint -filler strips at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, or other locations as indicated. a. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1 03300-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 3. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: a. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with groover tool to a radius of 118 inch (3 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. b. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond- rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch- (3 -mm -) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. E. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. C. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.3 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form - facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) in height rubbed down or chipped off. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form - facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth - formed finish. 3. Apply smooth - rubbed finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth - formed finished concrete. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open - textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. 1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finish, unless otherwise indicated. D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid- applied or sheet waterproofing, built -up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system. F. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. G. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber - bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI306.1 for cold - weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11/06 CONTACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, -dry, or windy conditions occur before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist with absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. 2. Moisture- Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes structural steel and grout. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator to withstand ASD- service or LRFD loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction, Load and Resistance Factor Design," or AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design ". 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC- Certified Plant, Category Sind. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." C. Comply with applicable provisions of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W- Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M or ASTM A 572/A MM, Grade 50 (345). B. Channels,Angles, M, S- Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cold- Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type S (seamless), Grade B. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High - Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. 2. Direct - Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8) compressible- washer type. a. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. B. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type; cold - finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B. C. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 or ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, weldable, straight. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. D. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead - and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust- inhibiting primer. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory- packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30- minute working time., 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification' for Structural Steel Buildings." B. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• . • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 2.6 . SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High- Strength Bolts: Shop install high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTMA325 or A490.Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high- strength bolted with slip - critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire - resistive materials. 5. Galvanized'surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Comply with testing and inspection requirements of Part 3, Article "Field Quality Control." B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. In addition to visual inspection, shop - welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Examination: Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry- bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." C. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry- bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate. 3. Snug - tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base or bearing plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage - resistant grouts. D. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 3.2 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High- Strength Bolts: Shop install high - strength bolts according to RCSC's' "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or .A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Pretensioned. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, . appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds or high - strength bolted connections. B. Bolted Connections: Shop - bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. 1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 05811 - ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEMS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 1 SUMMARY JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. This Section includes exterior and interior joint systems for the following applications: 1. Areas subject to pedestrian traffic. 2. Walls. 3. Ceilings. 4. Soffits. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide joint systems incorporating fire barriers that are identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per UL 2079, including hose - stream test of vertical wall assemblies, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Products: .Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063 -T5 for extrusions; ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy 6061 -T6 for sheet and plate. 1. Apply manufacturer's. standard protective coating on aluminum surfaces to be placed in contact with cementitious materials. B. Compression Seals: Preformed, elastomeric extrusions having internal baffle system complying with ASTM E 1612 in sizes and profiles indicated or as recommended by manufacturer. C. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, when fire tested after cycling, designated to resist the passage of flame and hot gases through a movement joint. ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEMS 05811-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742. PLAN # B- 5192 -S D. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard anchors, clips, fasteners, set screws, spacers, flexible moisture barrier and filler materials, drain tubes, lubricants, adhesives, and other accessories compatible with material in contact, as indicated or required for complete installations. 2.3 ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEMS A. General: Of design, basic profile, materials, and operation indicated and with the capability to accommodate joint widths indicated and variations in adjacent surfaces. 1. Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize number of end joints. 2. Include closure materials and transition pieces, tee joints, comers, curbs, cross - connections, and other accessories as required for continuous joint systems. 3. Frames for Strip Seals: Designed with semiclosed cavity that provides a mechanical lock for seals of type indicated. 4. Public Arena Seals: Non -slip seals designed for installation on treads and risers and to lie flat with adjacent surfaces, and complying with ADA guidelines for public areas. 2.4 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Applying a strippable, temporary protective covering on exposed surfaces to protect mechanical finishes from damage by before shipping. B. Aluminum: Mill Finish: AA -M10 Mechanical finish as fabricated. Class 11, Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 607.1. a. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Cut, drill, and fit architectural joint systems as required for complete installation. Install with hairline mitered comers where units change directions and hairline joints where unit lengths abut or units abut other materials. Secure to in -place construction. Install fire barriers to provide continuous, uninterrupted fire resistance throughout length of joint, including transitions and end joints. END OF SECTION 05811 ARCHITECTURAL JOINT SYSTEMS 05811-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACAS NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT -CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1- GENERAL A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood framing. 2. Wood supports. 3. Wood blocking. 4. Wood cants. 5. Wood hailers. 6. Wood furring. 7. Wood grounds. 8. Wood sheathing. 9. Wood underlayment. 10. Plywood backing panels. 11. Building wrap. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS • JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.2 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factoy mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2- inch nominal (38 -mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S B. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. Allowable Design Stresses: Meet or exceed those indicated per manufacturer's published values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 3. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial." 2.3 WOOD- PRESERVATIVE- TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. C. Mark each treated item with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review: D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.4 FIRE- RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire - retardant treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire - retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664, for lumber and ASTM D 5516, for plywood. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 3. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. B. Grade(s) or species shall be as indicated by structural drawings. 2.6 TIMBER AND MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. For timbers of 5 -inch nominal (117 -mm actual) size and thicker, provide material complying with the structural drawings. B. Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Blocking. 3. Cants. 4. Nailers. 5. Furring. 6. Grounds. C. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content of any species. D. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Eastern softwoods, No. 2 Common grade; NELMA. 3. Northern species, No. 2 Common grade; NLGA. 2.7 SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 B. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I Exposure 1 sheathing. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. 3. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts, and, where indicated, flat washers. B. Metal Framing Anchors: Made from hot -dip, zinc- coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation. Available Manufacturers: a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc, b. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. C. Harlen Metal Products, Inc. d. KC Metals Products, Inc. e. Silver Metal Products, Inc. f. Simpson Strong -Tie Company, Inc. g. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. h. United Steel Products Company, Inc. 2. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project. 3. Allowable Design Loads: Meet or exceed those indicated per manufacturer's published values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Building Paper: Asphalt- saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. D. Building Wrap: Air- retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross - laminated films, woven strands, or spun - bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and complying with ASTM E 1677, Type I. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 b. DuPont (E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company). C. Parsec, Inc. d. Raven Industries, Inc. e. Reemay, Inc. f. Simplex Products. g. Sto -Cote Products, Inc. h. Tenneco Building Products. 2. Tbickness: Not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm). 3. Permeance: Not less than 10 perms (575 ng/Pa x s x sq. m). 4. Flame- Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84. 5. Allowable Exposure Time: Not less than three months. JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 E. Building Wrap Tape: Pressure - sensitive plastic .tape recommended by building wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. F. Sheathing Tape: Pressure - sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required. G. Sill- Sealer Gaskets: Glass- fiber - resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1 -inch (25 -mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. H. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, milers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber and plywood. C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying, with the following: 1. CABO NER -272 for power - driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 23- II -B -1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23- II -B -2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code. 4. Table 2306. 1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail beads and fill holes with wood filler. E. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. F. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. G. Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural -use panels and applications indicated. 1. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in above - referenced guide. H. Fastening Methods: 1. Combination Subfloor - Underlayment: Glue and nail to wood framing. 2. Subflooring: Glue and nail to wood framing. 3. Sheathing: Nail or staple to wood framing. 4. Underlayment: Nail or staple to subflooring. 5. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports. I. Apply building paper horizontally with 2 -inch (50 -mm) overlap and 6 -inch (1'50 -mm) end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4- inch (102 -mm) overlap. J. Building Wrap Application: Cover wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated. Cover upstanding flashing with 4 -inch (102 -mm) overlap. Seal seams, edges, and penetrations with tape. K. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing. Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 06185 - STRUCTURAL GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes framing using structural glued -laminated timbers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For structural glued -laminated timber and connectors. JA-No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of structural glued - laminated timber system and full dimensions of each member. Indicate laminating combination. C. Certificates of Conformance: Issued by a qualified testing and inspecting agency indicating that structural glued- laminated timber complies with requirements in AITC Al 90.1. D. Certificates of Chain -of- Custody: Signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to produce structural glued - laminated timber was obtained from forests certified by an FSC - accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." Include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain -of- custody by an FSC - accredited certification body. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide factory-glued structural units produced by an AITC- or APA- licensed firm. Factory mark each piece of structural glued - laminated timber with AITC Quality Mark or APA trademark. Place mark on surfaces that will not be exposed in the completed Work. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AITC A190.1, "Structural Glued Laminated Timber." C. Forest Certification: Provide structural glued - laminated timber produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC- accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with provisions in AITC 111, "Recommended Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber during Transit, Storage, and Erection." B.. Individually wrap members using plastic - coated paper covering with water - resistant seams. STRUCTURAL GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER 06185-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Species and Grades for Structural Glued- Laminated Timber: Provide structural glued - laminated timber made from Douglas fir that complies with structural properties, combination symbols or beam stress classifications indicated. B. Species and Grades for Beams: Provide structural glued - laminated timber that complies with AI TC 117 -- MANUFACTURING or research /evaluation reports acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and the following: 1. Species and Beam Stress Classification: Douglas fir - Douglas fir, 24F -V8. 2. Lay -up; Balanced. C. Appearance Grade: Architectural appearance grade, complying with AITC 110. D. Adhesive: Wet -use type complying with ASTM D 2559 that contains no urea- formaldehyde resins. E. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, colorless wood sealer that is effective in retarding the transmission of moisture at cross -grain cuts and is compatible with indicated finish. F. Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, penetrating wood sealer that .is compatible with indicated fmish. G. Connectors, Anchors, and Accessories: Fabricate from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M; round steel bars complying with ASTM A 575, Grade M 1020; and hot - rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1011 /A 1011M, Structural Steel, Type SS, Grade 33. 1. Finish steel assemblies and fasteners with rust- inhibitive primer, 2 -mil (0.05 -mm) dry film thickness. 2. Hot -dip galvanize steel assemblies and fasteners after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate for connections to greatest extent possible, including cutting to length and drilling bolt holes. B. Camber: Fabricate horizontal and inclined members of less than 1:1 slope with either circular or parabolic camber equal to 1 1500 of span. STRUCTURAL GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER 06185-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 C. End -Cut Sealing: Immediately after end- cutting each member to final length, apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross -cut surfaces, keeping surfaces flood - coated for not less than 10 minutes. D. Seal Coat: After fabricating, sanding, and end -coat sealing, apply a heavy saturation coat of penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Erect structural glued - laminated timber true and plumb, with uniform, close - fitting joints. Provide temporary bracing to maintain lines and levels until permanent supporting members are in place. 1. Lift with padded slings and protect corners with wood blocking. B. Fit structural glued - laminated timber by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match specified surfacing. 1. Predrill for fasteners using timber connectors as templates. 2. Dress exposed surfaces to remove planning or surfacing marks and to provide a finish equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No. 120 grit sandpaper. 3. Coat crosscuts with end sealer. C. Cutting: Avoid extra cutting after fabrication. Where field fitting is unavoidable, comply with requirements for shop fabrication. D. Repair damaged surfaces after completing erection. Replace damaged structural glued - laminated timber if repairs are not approved by Architect. E. Do not remove wrappings on individually wrapped members until they no longer serve a useful purpose including protection from weather, sunlight, soiling, and damage from work of other trades. END OF SECTION 06185 STRUCTURAL. GLUED - LAMINATED TIMBER 06185-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1- GENERAL JAXlu .: 1 JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. This Section includes interior woodwork including for the following applications: 1. Standing and running trim. 2. Solid- surfacing - material countertops. 3. Wood paneling and trim. 4. Shop finishing of woodwork. B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood fiming, blocking, shims, and hanging strips, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork. B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with WI's "Manual of Millwork" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. 1. Provide WI- certified compliance certificate indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. 2. Provide WI- certified compliance certificate for installation. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS A. Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide interior architectural woodwork by any listed "Active" member of Woodwork Institute, as listed in Membership Roster & Resource Guide, Effective May 2003. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood for Transparent Finish: JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 1. Species and Cut: Teak; match existing grain pattern and color B. Solid- Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ANSI Z124.3, for Type 5 or Type 6 material and performance requirements, without a precoated finish. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Avonite, Inc.; Avonite. b. DuPont Polymers; Corian. C. Formica Corporation; Surell. d. International Paper, Decorative Products Div.; Fountainhead. e. Swan Corporation (The); Swanstone. f. W ilsonart International, Div. of Premark International, Inc.; Gibraltar. 2.3 FIRE- RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire - Retardant- Treated Lumber and Plywood: Materials impregnated with fire- retardant chemical formulations to comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood), Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire - retardant- treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln -dry material after treatment. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, fire- retardant- treated, kiln -dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to- Project site. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Interior Woodwork Grade: Custom complying with the referenced quality standard. 2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 3. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 4. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 5. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. B. Solid- Surfacing - Material Countertops: 1. Solid- Surfacing - Material Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 3. Fabricate tops in one piece with shop - applied backsplashes and edges, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid - surfacing - material manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. C. Flush Wood Paneling and Wainscots: Lumber Trim and Edges: Solid wood trim and edges. 2. Match Panels to existing for grain pattern color. 3. Fire- Retardant- Treated Paneling: Provide panels with a flame -spread index of 25 or less and smoke - developed index of 450 or less per ASTM E 84. 2.6 SHOP FINISHING A. Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling. 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming before installation. B. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply .with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish. F. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full- length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base, if finished. G. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through comer blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." H. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel- hanger clips. Do not use face fastening, unless covered by trim. END OF SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cavity wall insulation. 2. Concealed building insulation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface - burning characteristics, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards and, for .preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool: 1. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 2. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1, faced with foil - scrim -kraft, foil- scrim, or foil - scrim - polyethylene vapor - retarder membrane on one face. 3. Basis of Specification: Johns Manville Formal de hyde -free FSK -25 Faced Batts, for wood framing, at Attic /Ceiling space R -30, 10 ' /a" thick, and at 2 x 4 stud walls R -11, 3 '/2" thick, Flame - spread 25 or less, smoke - developed 50 or less, noncombustible. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA_ No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 2.2 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Fire - Retardant, Reinforced - Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either a nonwoven grid of nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 22 lb /1000 sq. ft. (10 kg/100 sq. m), with maximum permeance rating of 0.1317 perm (7.53 ng/Pa x s x sq. m), and flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of not more than 5 and 60, respectively. B. Vapor - Retarder Tape: Pressure- sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor - retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated.. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. B. Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 1. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 2. For wood -framed construction, install mineral -fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows: a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to sides of framing members. b. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is in place. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 C. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation. 1. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. 2. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor - retarder tape according to vapor - retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor - retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. 3. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor - retarder manufacturer. 4. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor - retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. 5. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor - retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07210-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No.0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION CENTER CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 SECTION 07511 - BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL JSTlu EMU A. This Section includes built -up asphalt roofing systems. 1.2 . DEFINITION A. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for mopping application and 75 centipoise for mechanical application, within a range of plus or minus 25 deg F (14 deg C), measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from approved roofing system manufacturer. C. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire- test - response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated. 110 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. Failure includes roof leaks. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07511-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No.0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION CENTER CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Built -up Asphalt Roofing: a. Barrett Company. b. CertainTeed Corporation. C. GAF Materials Corporation. d. Johns Manville International, Inc. e. Tremco, Inc. 2.2 BASE -SHEET MATERIALS A. Sheathing Paper: Red -rosin type, minimum 3 lb /100 sq. ft. (0.16 kg/sq. m). B. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type I, nonperforated, asphalt - impregnated and - coated, glass - fiber sheet, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. 2.3 ROOFING MEMBRANE PLIES A. Ply Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt- impregnated, glass -fiber felt. B. Cap Sheet: ASTM D 3909, asphalt- impregnated and - coated, glass -fiber cap sheet, with white coarse mineral- granule top surfacing and fine mineral surfacing on bottom surface. 2.4 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Backer Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt- impregnated, glass -fiber felt. B. Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 6163, Type I or II, glass- fiber - reinforced, SBS- modified asphalt sheet; granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified and as follows: 1. Granule Color: White. 2.5 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41. B. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type III. BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07511 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No.0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION CENTER CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S 2.6 AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built -up roofing. B. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application. C. Cold - Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt- based, one- or two - part, asbestos -free, cold - applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with built -up roofing base flashings. D. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength; and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 2.7 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads: Mineral- granule - surfaced, reinforced asphaltic composition, slip - resisting pads, manufactured as a traffic pad for foot traffic and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer, 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick, minimum. 1. Pad Size: 2'0" x 2'0" PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install built -up roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Built -up Roofing." B. Where roof slope exceeds 1 inch per 12 inches (1:12), install sheets of built -up roofing membrane parallel with slope and backnail. C. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation and roofing membrane sheets are not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. D. Substrate -Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. E. Loosely lay one course of sheathing paper, lapping edges and ends a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) and 6 inches (150 mm), respectively. BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07511-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No.0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION CENTER CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 F. Install one lapped course of base sheet, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten to substrate. 2. Spot- or strip -mop to substrate with hot roofing asphalt. 3. Adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. G. Cap Sheet: Install lapped granulated cap sheet starting at low point of roofing system. Offset laps from laps of preceding ply sheets and align cap sheet without stretching. Lap in direction to shed water. Extend cap sheet over and terminate beyond cants. Embed cap sheet in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. 3.2 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof, and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above roofing membrane and 4 inches (100 mm) onto field of roofing membrane. C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. D. Install stripping, according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, where metal flanges and edgings are set on built -up roofing. 3.3 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads using units of size indicated or, if not indicated, of manufacturer's standard size according to walkway pad manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Sweep away loose aggregate surfacing and set walkway pads in additional flood coat of hot roofing asphalt. END OF SECTION 07511 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07511 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manufactured reglets. 2. Formed wall flashing, trim, and copings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNAs "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting.. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt - saturated organic felt, nonperforated. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized paper, minimum 3 lb /100 sq. ft. (0.16 kg/sq. m). SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER • JA No. 0523 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11%06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self- tapping screws, self - locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or factory - applied coating. 2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim:. Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 3. Blind Fasteners: High - strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. D. Sealing Tape: Pressure- sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric [polyurethane] [polysulfide] [silicone] polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single- component, solvent- release butyl rubber sealant, polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam- cementing compound. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film thickness per coat. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. C. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. D. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-2 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER • JA No. 0523 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT #.3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed -to -view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of metal being secured. G. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch- (2400 -mm -) long, but not exceeding 10 -foot- (3-m-) long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter comers, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Fabricate copings from the following material: a. Galvanized Steel: [0.0396 inch (1.0 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use :fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform; neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with [ elastomeric] [butyl] sealant concealed within joints. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 14/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic- Coated Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless -steel fasteners. 3. Copper: Use copper or stainless -steel fasteners. 4. Stainless Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 3.2 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at * -inch (200 -mm) centers. C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 8 -inch (200 -mm) centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers 16 -inch (400 -mm) centers. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-4 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 0 JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a waterproof manner. Extend counterflashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant. E. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof - penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. END OF SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART1- GENERAL "FINNEWY) ERN JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. This Section includes joint sealants for the [following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section:] [following applications:] 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1.2 'PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water - resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants to joint - sealant manufacturers for testing according to manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to Punish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-1 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 0 JA No.0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, .products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid- applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain- Test - Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise. indicated. D. Single- Component Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Available Products: a. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elastosea1230 Type I (Gun Grade). b. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI -7000. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). JOINT SEALANTS 07920-2 • �. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 E. Single- Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Available Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 1a. b. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 15LM. C. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Ultra. d. Sonnebom, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 1. e. Tremco; Vulkem 116. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 100150. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 2.4 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. Available Products: a. Pecom Corporation; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.5 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg Q. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-3 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION &'RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 - 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS JA No. 0523 04/11706 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Primer: Material recommended by joint - sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint - sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote.optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. a. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 2. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete. a. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint- sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-4 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. END OF SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS 07920-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 08110 - STEEL FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel frames. 1.2 QUALrFY ASSURANCE JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Steel Frame .Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire - protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. Ceco Door Products; a United Dominion Company. . 3. Curries Company. 4. Pioneer Industries Inc. 5. Republic Builders Products. 6. Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll -Rand. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. B. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), , or ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher- leveled standard of flatness. C. Metallic - Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an A40 (ZF120) zinc -iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating; stretcher- leveled standard of flatness. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. Electrolytic Zinc - Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 5911A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating; mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcher - leveled standard of flatness where used for face sheets. A. General: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. B. Frame Steel Sheet Thickness: 1. 0.0478 -inch- (1.0 -mm -) for level 1 steel doors. C. Door Silencers: Three silencers on single - door frames and two silencers on double -door frames. D. Plaster Guards: 0.016 -inch- (0.4 -mm -) thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close off interior of openings. E. Supports and Anchors: Not less than 0.042 -inch- (1.0 -mm -) thick zinc- coated steel sheet. 1. Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177 -inch- (4.5 -mm -) diameter, steel wire complying with ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 510M) maybe used in place of steel sheet. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc -coat items that are to be built into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. B. Clearances for Non - Fire -Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads,. except not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) at bottom. C. Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80, D. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. E. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI Al 15 Series specifications for door and fiame preparation for hardware. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 F. Frame Construction: 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers and seamless face joints. Provide temporary spreader bars. 2. Fabricate knock -down frames with mitered or coped corners, for field assembly. 3. Fabricate knock -down, drywall slip -on frames for in -place gypsum board partitions. 4. Provide terminated stops[ where indicated]. G. Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. H. Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated. 2.5 FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory- applied coat of rust- inhibiting primer complying with ANSI A250.10 for acceptance criteria. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Wall Anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. For openings 90 inches (2286 mm) or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs. 2. Gypsum Board Partitions: For in -place partitions, install knock -down, drywall slip -on frames. 3. Fire -Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. B. After installation, remove protective wrappings from frames and touch up prime coat with compatible air -drying primer. END OF SECTION 08110 .STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENO_ VATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes solid core doors as follows: 1. Doors with wood - veneer faces. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with WI's "Manual of Millwork." JA No.0523 . 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 B. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. 2. Buell Door Company. 3. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 4. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 5. Weyerhaeuser Company. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Custom (Grade A faces). 2. Species and Cut: Match existing building doors. 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: [Book] [Slip] [Pleasing] match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Running match. 5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. B. Interior Veneer -Faced Solid -Core Doors: 1. Core: Either glued or nonglued block or structural composite lumber. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • . JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04 /11 /06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 2. One face only: Provide Teak Paneling glued with blind fasteners. 3. Construction: Seven plies, either bonded or nonbonded construction. C. Fire -Rated Doors: 1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type. of face indicated or manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated -edge construction with improved screw - holding capability and split resistance. 3. Pairs: Furnish formed -steel edges and astragals[ with intumescent seals) for pairs of fire- rated doors, unless otherwise indicated. D. Blocking: For mineral core doors, provide blocking as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware. For mineral -core doors use composite blocking with improved screw - holding capability. E. Provide doors with either glued -block or structural composite lumber cores instead of particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame- opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 1. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pans of fire -rated doors. D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.4 SHOP PRIMING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-2 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER . LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. General: Finish doors at factory to match existing building doors B. Grade: Custom. C. Finish: WI System which will match existing building doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. END OF SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACP • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 08411 - ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Exterior aluminum- framed storefronts. a. Glazing is retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 2. Exterior manual -swing aluminum doors. 3. Exterior aluminum door frames. JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum- framed systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects of the following: 1. Structural loads. 2. Thermal movements. 3. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 4. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 5. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Thermal stresses transferred to building structure. C. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements, to glazing. d. Glazing -to- glazing contact. e. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. f Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. g. Sealant failure. h. Failure of operating units to function properly. B. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on drawing S101. 2. Seismic Loads: As indicated on drawing S 101. C. Deflection of Framing Members Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans up to 13 feet 6 inches (4.1 m). ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT .04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 D. Structural -Test Performance: Systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, systems do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, systems, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10 seconds. E. Temperature Change (Range): Systems accommodate 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. F. Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of systems of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.03 Lis per sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static - air - pressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa). G. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: Systems do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static -air- pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa). H. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have condensation - resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 53 when tested according to AAMA 1503. . I. Average Thermal Conductance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have average U- factor of not more than 0.69 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.92 W /sq. in x K) when tested according to AAMA 1503. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Acceptable to manufacturer and capable of preparation of data for aluminum -framed systems including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E "699 for testing indicated. 1.4. WARRANTY A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that deteriorate as defined in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC. JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. . b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Adhesive or cohesive sealant failures. C. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas. f. Failure of operating components to function properly. 2. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of- Design Product: The design for aluminum -framed systems is based on Kawneer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., hic. 2. Commercial Architectural Products, Inc. 3. Pittco Architectural.Metals, Inc.. 4. United States Aluminum. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 3088 308M. B. Steel Reinforcement: With manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant primer. 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold- Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008 /A 1008M. ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 3. Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011 /A 1011M. 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS JA No. 0523 04'/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded - aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum with non- staining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant, non - staining, non- bleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self - locking devices. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Where exposed fasteners are used countersink Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system finish. D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast -iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements. E. Flashing: Minimum 0.050" thick aluminum corrosion- resistant, non - staining, non - bleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. Form exposed flashing from sheet aluminum finished to match framing and of sufficient thickness to maintain a flat appearance without visible deflection. F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Glazing: As specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types, replaceable, molded or extruded, that maintain uniform pressure and watertight seal. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric types. D. Bond- Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE- fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion. ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 E. Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and O; neutral- curing silicone formulation compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact. a. Color: Dark Bronze 2.5 DOORS A. Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 1 -3/4 -inch (44.5 -mm) overall thickness, with minimum 0.125 -inch- (3.2- mm- )thick, extruded - aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. a. Thermal Construction: High- performance plastic connectors separate aluminum members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior. 2. Door Design: Medium stile; 3 -1/2 -inch (88.9 -mm) nominal width. a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches (255 mm) above floor or ground plane. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap -on, extruded - aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide non - removable glazing stops on outside of door. B. Door Hardware: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." 2.6 DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide heavy -duty units in sizes and types recommended by entrance system and hardware manufacturers for entrances and uses indicated. B. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. C. Cylinders: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." D. Cylinder Keying: Master key system to owner's system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-5 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 E. Strikes: Provide strike with black - plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. F. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. 1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon - fabric or aluminum -strip backing. G. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. H. Silencers: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1. 2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Insulating Materials: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." B. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum -framed systems, as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." C. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt- mastic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil (0.762 -mm) thickness per coat. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Form aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to. exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS . 08411 -6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S 6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. 7. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing (without projecting stops). E. Structural - Sealant - Glazed Framing Members: Include accommodations for using temporary support device (dutchman) to retain glazing in place while structural sealant cures. F. Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing hardware. 1. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. 2. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metal -to -metal contact. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single -door frames and two silencers on head of frames for pairs of doors. G. Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware. 1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. H. Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory - installed hardware before applying finishes. I. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES, A. Color Anodic Finish: Class I, color anodic coating complying with AAMA 611. 1. Color: Dark bronze PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of buns and distortion. 2. Rigidly secure non - movement joints. 3. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-7 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -8 4. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, without warp or rack. F. Install glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." 1. Structural- Sealant Glazing: a. Prepare surfaces that will contact structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. b. Install weatherseal sealant according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. G. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Entrances: Install to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weathertight closure. 2. Field - Installed Hardware: Install surface- mounted hardware according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. H. Install insulation materials as specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. J. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum -framed systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 1. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/4 inch (6 mm) over total length. 2. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). b. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurement to 1/8 inch (3 min) 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner may engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75 feet (23 m) by 1 story of aluminum- framed systems designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. C. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. See Specification Section 08711, Door Harware END OF SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08411-9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 08710 — DOOR HARDWARE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Door Hardware. JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S B. Scope of Work in this Section: Provide door hardware necessary to complete work. Hardware items not specifically specified or identified are to be provided of type and quality suitable to the service required and comparable to other hardware, and at no additional cost. C. Provide templates to door and frame manufacturers for hardware preparation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Steel Door Institute (SDI) standards as specified. B. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) as specified. C. California Building Code (CBC) standards as specified. D. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 criteria as specified. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) standards as specified. F. National Fire Protection (NFPA) standards as specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware Supplier: Provide hardware from company specializing in supplying institutional door hardware with five years experience and approved by specified hardware manufacturers as a factory direct supplier. B. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) or equivalent to prepare submittal required by this section. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.' Conform to CBC "Means of Egress" requirements. B. Conform to CBC Standard 7 -2 / UL10C requirements applicable to positive pressure fire rated doors and frames. Provide all necessary hardware for complete fire labeled opening including, bearing hinges, latching hardware, non - flaming fluid closers, smoke seals and intumescent hot seals. C. Conform to SFM Standard 43.7 requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACHr • JA No, 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S D. Conform to applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 regarding accessibility requirements for door and entrance hardware. E. Conform to applicable requirements of California Building Code regarding exiting and accessibility requirements for door and entrance hardware. F. All hardware shall meet the requirement of CBC Sections 1133B.2.1, 11338.2.5.1 and 1003.3.1.8. 1.05 CERTIFICATIONS A. Architect's Consultant shall inspect preparation and initial installation of each type of hardware condition. B. Architect's Consultant shall inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been provided and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide five (5) copies of vertical format hardware schedule showing each application including door index, headings, hardware sets, door number and location, door and frame size and material, degrees of opening, quantity required, part numbers and finish of each item. 1. Projects with multiple buildings and /or multiple floor levels must be submitted so each building and /or floor level is not mix with another starting with Building A, 1St floor etc. 2. Architects review of such schedule does not relieve the Contractor of providing hardware required for the work, whether or not such hardware was inadvertently omitted from this Section. B. Accompanying. schedules, provide two (2) manufacturer's brochures of each item scheduled, indicating function, finish, dimensions, and related features. No hardware schedule will be accepted for review without submission of such brochure package. C. Submit manufacturer's certificate of warranty with submittal, otherwise material will be rejected. D. When alternate manufacturers are proposed by contractor, provide two (2) brochures of proposed items two weeks prior of bid date. E. Submit only manufacturers specified as approved or alternate. Provide samples indicating hardware design and finish when required by Architect. G. Defiver 2 keys per lock to Owner 1.07 COORDINATION DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -2 . CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections involving manufacturers of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1. In particular, coordinate door preparation in accordance with applicable regulatory and trade standards specified. 2. Review details and conditions prior to ordering hardware. When a door hand is changed during construction, coordinate and change hardware as necessary at no cost to the Owner. 1.08 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include data on operating hardware. Lubrication requirements and inspection procedures related to preventive maintenance. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Package hardware items individually; label and identify packages with door opening code to match hardware schedule. 1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide-two year guarantee against defects on hardware, including electrical components, five years warranty for cylindrical locks, mortise locks and exit devices and ten year warranty for surface, floor concealed closers and continuous hinges. B. Submit guarantee on form provided in Documents. C. Submit manufacturer's certificate of warranty with submittal, otherwise material will be rejected. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOOR HARDWARE CRITERIA A. Manufacturers DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S Item Manufacturer Approved Alternate 1. Hinges: (HAG)-Hager Bommer, McKinney 2. Continuous Hinges: (MAR) - Markar McKinney 3. Locks and Latchsets: (C -R)- Corbin Russwin Yale 4. Cylinders: (C -R)- Corbin Russwin None 5. Closers: (NOR) -Norton Yale 6. Auto Bolts: (DCI) -Door Control Int'I Don-Jo Mfg. 7. Coordinator: (DCI) -Door Control Int'I Don-Jo Mfg. 8. Push, Pull, Kick Plates: (DJM)- Don-Jo Mfg. Rockwood 9. Flush Pulls (TRM)- Trimco Rockwood 10. Stop and Bumpers: (DJM)- Don-Jo Mfg. Rockwood 11. OH Stops: (RIX)- Rixson Don -Jo Mfg. 12. Doors Seals, Sweeps: (NGP)- National Guard Products Pemko 13. Thresholds: (NGP)- National Guard Products Pemko 14. Hasp Bolks: (MMI) -Major Manufacturer, Inc. Lawrence 15. Track & Hardware: (HEN) - Henderson Richard Wilcox 2.02 HINGES A. Unless noted otherwise, provide steel hinges, with finish as shown in schedule. B. Unless otherwise noted or required, provide full mortise hinges, with non - rising loose pins and ball bearings. Oilite bearings will not be accepted. C. Provide set screw (NRP) type at outswing doors to prevent pin removal when door is in closed position. Add security stud (SH) to exterior outswing doors. D. Where necessary to maintain door clearance at jamb trim, frame conditions, door reveals and similar conditions, Provide wide throw hinges as approved by the Architect. E. Continuous Hinges 1. To be barrel -type of 14 gauge 304 stainless steel material with 0.25" diameter stainless steel teflon- coated pin. Gear type is prohibited. 2. Hinge guard models to be provided with Adjusta -screw fasteners. A. Establish a new factory generated master key system and provide cylinders that are factory keyed as directed by City Engineer or Representative. B. Provide cylinders with a restricted keyway. Cylinder collar shall be solid and free spinning. The cylinder face shall recess into cylinder collar and be flush with edge of the collar. C. Provide temporary construction cores during construction period. Ship all construction cores and temporary keys in accordance with hardware supplier instructions. D. All keys to be factory cut. Keys to be nickel silver and stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE." Provide industry standard Visual Key Control stamping for each permanent cut key. Provide three change keys per cylinder and four master keys per master. Provide 2 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT.# 3742 PLAN # B -51925 control keys. E. Provide key control system including envelops, labels, tags with self - locking key clips, receipt forms, 3 way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of the number of locks require for the project. 1. Provide complete cross index system set up by key control manufacturer and place keys on markers and hooks in the cabinet as determined by the final key schedule. 2. Provide hinge -panel type cabinet, for wall mounting. 2.03 LOCKSETS, LATCHSET AND STRIKES A. Unless noted otherwise in schedule, locksets, latchsets, cylinders and component parts shall be the products of single manufacturer. B. Provide strikes at locks with curved lip strike of sufficient length to protect trim and jamb. Each strike will include wrought strike box. C. Manufacturer shall be Schlage Lock Company, an Inersol -Rand Company (SCH) or approved equal using 9 -pin system. 1. Lockset case shall include quick reversibility without removing lock body cover. 2. Lockset case shall include stainless steel latch bolt. 3. Lockset shall be ANSI BHMA Operational and Security Grade 1 Listed. 4. Lever design to return within Y2" of door face. D. Security Locksets shall be Adams Rite MS1850S Series. 1. Lock case shall be steel with corrosion resistance plating. 2. Bolt throw to be 1 -3/8" and shall include anti saw material. 3. Provide appropriate backset so lock body fits in center of door stile, coordinate with door supplier. E. Unless noted otherwise, provide 2 -3/4 inch backset. F. Lock Throw: Comply with UL requirements for.throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. G. Auto Flush Bob: Minimum % throw latch bolts, fully automatic extending into top strike and dust proof strike at sill. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding T -o" in height. 2.04 DOOR CLOSERS A. Surface mounted closers to be full rack and pinion type with pressure cast shell, with no more than 2 -1/8" projection from the door surface. Closer body to have 1 -112" diameter piston and heat - treated hardness enhanced pinion with two -tooth engagement. The sweep and period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3- inches from the latch, measured to the landing edge of the door. The maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5- DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -5 r � CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B -51925 pounds for exterior -and interior doors, such pull or push effort being applied at right angles to hinged doors and at the center plane of sliding or folding doors. 1. Provide drop brackets, mortise shoes, long arms and low profile arms as required. Parallel and regular arm closers will be capable of 180 degrees swing. 2. Provide non - handed door closers with multi -sized springs, with separate adjustable valves for latch, sweep speed, and backcheck. 3. Template and adjust closers per manufacturer's recommendations and to meet accessibility requirements. 2.05 KICK PLATES A. Provide stainless steel kick or armor plates as scheduled, 18 gauge, ten inches high, two inches less than door width on single doors, one inch less than door width on pair, 36 inches high on armor plates, with four beveled edges. 2.06 STOPS A. Provide a floor or wall stop at every door. B. Provide carpet risers for floor stops where required. C. Where specified floor or wall stop would present a pedestrian hazard or cannot be used, provide Rixson model overhead stop or provide closer with integral stop. 2.07 SILENCERS A. Provide silencers at hollow metal or wood door frames that are without seals in quantities as follows: 1. Single Doors: 3 silencers 2. Pairs:. 4 silencers 2.08 SEALS A. Provide seals complete with retainers, fasteners and trim. B. Provide UL listed seals at rated openings. C. Provide UL listed intumescent seal at fire rated wood doors when doors are not being provided with intumescent seal. D. Unless noted otherwise, provide silicone seals at door jamb and head conditions. Use of vinyl seal prohibited. E. Where specified, provide solid neoprene seals complying with MilSpec R6855, Class II, Grade 40. 2.09 THRESHOLDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated provide standard metal threshold unit of type, DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S size and profile as shown or scheduled: 1. Where required by fire code, provide appropriate model thresholds at openings where combustible floor material extends through the door opening. 2. Provide threshold as scheduled or as indicated in details. 3. Provide stainless steel fasteners with anchors. B. Thresholds must comply with the requirements of ADA and ANSI -117.1 and CBC section 1133B.2.4.1. 2.10 TRACK & HARDWARE A. General: Provide aluminum track and heavy -duty hangers accommodating door weight up to 200 pounds. Use stainless steel track and rollers at exterior openings. 2.11 FINISHES A. Finishes are identified in Schedule at end of this Section. B. Where finish not shown, match finish of lockset. C. Provide black colored seals unless specified otherwise. D. Provide fasteners matching in finish, base material and color. 2.12 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufacture to conform to publish templates, generally prepared for machine screws installation. B. Provide screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. C. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. D. Provide sex bolts for installation of exit devices and closers on wood or composite core doors. Do not use thru -bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each thru -bolt or use sex screws fasteners. E. Provide torx - security fasteners for exterior hardware units, which are exposed when door is closed. F. Provide stainless steel machine screws and anchors for all thresholds to be installed over concrete floor material. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -7 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN.# B- 5192 -S G. Provide Stainless Steel machine screws unless otherwise noted or required by hardware type. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that work of this Section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. Verify that power supply of proper voltage and type is available to power operated devices. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Hardware shall be installed by a qualified mechanic, skilled in the application of institutional grade builders or architectural door hardware. B. Install hardware with manufacturer supplied screws for each item. Install hardware in full compliance with Manufacturer's instructions. C. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of SDI, ANSI /NFPA 80, AW I, and BHMA. Select applicable standard based on door function, type and regulatory criteria. D. Where door is designated as receiving new hardware, package and label hardware type and function, and deliver to Owner. E. Predrilled pilot holes in wood for screws. Drill and tap for surface mounted hardware on metal. Set hinge leaf snug and flat in mortises, turn screws to flat seat [do not drive]. Mount surface closers with sex bolts on side of door away from corridor, inside rooms or in stairs. Install regular or parallel arm closers as required. G. Provide ADEQUATE BACKING in stud partitions for the attachment of all respective fmish hardware. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B -51925 H. Floor mounted door stops are to be installed at maximum of four inches from the face of the wall or partition. I. Install thresholds in full bed of sealant at front and side edges. 3.03 INSTALL HARDWARE USING TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER A. Prior to finishing door, fit hardware to door, utilizing fasteners and templates as specified. B. Remove hardware, carefully label and store. C. Re- install after door finish is complete 3.04 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, MOUNT HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA:, A. Latchset and Lockset handle: 38 inches above finish floor. Verify manufacturer's template with door design. B. MS locks: 40 inches above finish floor to center line. Verify manufacturer's template with door design. C. Door Pulls: 40 inches above finish floor to center line. 3.05 ADJUST CLOSER OPERATING EFFORT CONFORM TO CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION 11338.2.5 A. Exterior and Interior Doors: 5.0 pounds force. B. Fire Rated Doors: Verify with AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction) not to exceed 15.0 pounds force. 3.06 ADJUST CLOSER DELAY AND OPERATING SPEEDS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AND THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ARCHITECTURAL GUIDELINES, ARTICLE 4.13.10 A. The sweep period of the door closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Closer Certification: Provide written certification, signed by door closer representative, stating closers were inspected and installed in accordance with specked opening force and delay requirements. 3.07 CLEAN AND ADJUST A. At completion, all hardware shall be left clean and free from disfigurement. Contractor shall make a final adjustment to all door closers and other items of hardware. Where DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -9 0 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 hardware is found defective, repair, replace, or otherwise correct as directed B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper. operation or function of every unit. Adjust hardware so that moving parts operate freely, without bind, or excessive play., Hardware shall be free of paint, corrosion, or damage of any kind. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Contractor is responsible for the proper protection of all items of hardware until the owner accepts the project as complete. 3.09 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Door Number 101 Pair Aluminum Doors in Aluminum Storefront Frame Single Acting Lobby to Exterior 6'- 0" x 8'— 0" x 1 %" (Transom above) Panic Devices 2 each Pull Plate 2 each Floor Hinges 2 each with cast -in floor boxes Top Pivots 2 each Cylinder Lock Deadbolt 1 each Weather- stripping I each set Threshold 1 each Door Number 102 Theatre to Lobby Pair Wood Solid Core with applied wood paneling (one side only) Doors in Pressed Steel Frame Single Acting 6'- 0 "x7' -0 "x2118" Panic Devices 2 each Pull Plates 2 each Hinges 3 pair Closers 2 each Kickplates 2 each width of door less 2" x 18" high END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* NEWPORT BEACH THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 09512 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY • JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 A. This Section includes acoustical tiles and concealed suspension systems for ceilings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acoustical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing laboratory or an NVLAP- accredited laboratory. B. Seismic Standard: Comply with the following: 1. ASTM E 580. 2. CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings- - Seismic Zones 0 -2." 3. CISCA's "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies -- Seismic Zones 3 & 4." 4. UBC Standard 25 -2. 1.3 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full -size units equal to 10.0 percent of quantity installed, but not fewer than four full boxes. 2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each concealed grid and exposed component equal to 10.0 percent of quantity installed. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512-1 CITY. OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT BEACH THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 2.2 GENERAL A. Acoustical Tile Standard: Comply with ASTM E 1264. • JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 B. Metal Suspension System Standard: Comply with ASTM C 635. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc- coated carbon -steel wire; ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, 'Direct Hung ") will be less than yield. stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- (2.69 -mm -) diameter wire. E. Seismic struts and seismic clips. F. Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES A. ' Products: 1. Armstrong, Fine Fissured Tile & Tegular, Medium Texture. B. Classification: Class A; Flame spread 25 or under (UL Labeled) per ASTM E 1264. 1. Pattern: Fine Fissured C. Color: White. D. LR: Not less than 0.85. E. NRC: Not less than 0.55, Type E-400 mounting per ASTM E 795. F. CAC: Not less than 35. G. Edge Detail: Angled Tegular. H. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15 mm. I. Size: 24 by 24 inches by 5/8 inch (600 x 600 x 15mm). ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC. JA No. 0523 NEWPORT BEACH THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT PLAN # B- 5192 -5 CONTRACT # 3742 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM <Insert drawing designation, e.g., SS -1> dK Armstrong, 9/16" Exposed Tee System, Armstrong Detail 31, with shoadow molding - #7824 B. Direct -Hung Suspension System: Intermediate- duty structural classification. C. Access: Upward, with each access unit identified by manufacturer's standard unobtrusive markers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical tile ceilings to comply with UBC Standard 25 -2 and seismic requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less - than-half -width tiles at borders. C. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members, plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers, use trapezes or equivalent devices. D. Install edge moldings and trim at perimeter of acoustical tile ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. Screw attach moldings to substrate with concealed fasteners at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.2 mm in 3.66 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT BEACH THEATRE ARTS CENTER 04/11/06 LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT PLAN # B- 5192 -5 CONTRACT # 3742 F. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Place splines or suspension system flanges into kerfed edges so tile -to -tile joints are closed by double lap of material. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for accurate fit at borders and around penetrations through tile. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf -type, spring -steel spacers between tile and moldings, spaced 12 inches (305 mm) O.C. END OF SECTION 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512-4 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT CONTRACT # 3742 SECTION 10801 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 2. Underlavatory guards. IW�lfn. �t a7 \�IIY`I JA No. 0523 04/11/06 PLAN # B- 5192 -S A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of- Design Products: The design for toilet and bath accessories described in Part 2 are based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories: a. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc. b. American Specialties, Inc. C. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation. e. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO). is McKinney/Parker Washroom Accessories Corp. 2. Underlavatory Guards: a. Brocar Products, Inc. b. Truebro, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312 -inch (0.8 -mm) minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801-1 0 0 CITY OENEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 B. Brass: ASTM B 19, ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), or ASTM B 30 castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M, 0.0359 -inch (0.9 -mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180). E. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). F. Baked - Enamel Finish: Factory- applied, gloss - white, baked - acrylic - enamel coating. G. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD- M-411. H. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. I. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. J. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. 2.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Paper Towel Dispenser: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B -262 2. Mounting:. Surface. 3. Towel Type and Capacity: 400 c -fold or 525 multi -fold 4. Material: Stainless steel. 5. Lockset: Tumbler type. 6. Refill Indicators: Pierced slots at sides or front. B. Toilet Tissue Dispenser: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B -2730 2. Type: Single -roll dispenser. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted with concealed anchorage. 4. Material: Satin -finish aluminum bracket with plastic spindle. 5. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with standard spindle. 6. Capacity: Designed for 5 -inch- (127 -mm -) diameter -core tissue rolls. C. Liquid -Soap Dispenser: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B -132 classic series soap dispenser. 2. Mounting: Surface. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -5 3. Capacity: 32 fluid ounces. 4. Materials: satin finish stainless steel. 5. Stainless -Steel Soap Valve: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid form. 6. Lockset: Special key. D. Grab Bars: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B -6806 x 48" and Bobrick B -5837 48" x 24" 2. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick. 3. Mounting: Concealed. 4. Gripping Surfaces: Slip- resistant texture. 5. Outside Diameter: 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) for heavy -duty applications. E. Seat -Cover Dispenser: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B4221 2. Mounting: Surface. 3. Capacity: 250 toilet seat covers. 4. Material: Stainless steel. 5. Lockset: Tumbler type. F. Mirror Unit: 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Bobrick B -165 series. 2. Frame: Stainless -steel channel. G. Underlavatory Guard: 1. Basis- ofDesign Product: Truebro Lav Guard2 2. Insulating Piping Coverings: White, antimicrobial, molded -vinyl covering fot supply and drain piping assemblies intended for use at accessible lavatories to prevent direct contact with and burns from piping. Provide components as required for applications indicated with flip tops at valves that allow service access without removing coverings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. . Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. . Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 2501bf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC• • JA No. 0523 NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY EXPANSION & RENOVATION PROJECT 04/11/06 CONTRACT # 3742 PLAN # B- 5192 -S B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10801 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801-4 • • RADIO BUILDING TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION APPENDIX DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Refer to City of Newport Beach Guidlines DIVISION 2 - SOT -WORK Section 02060 Demolition DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 -MASONRY Section DIVISION 04220 5 - MEEALS Concrete Masonry Units 05500 Metal Fabrication DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07200 Building Insulation 07560 Membrane Roofing ' 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07800 Roof Accessories 07900 Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Custom Metal Windows 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08500 Metal Windows 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass & Glazing TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 2 0 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09200 09250 09900 DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES Section 10500 Lath & Plaster Gypsum Wall Board Painting Specialties DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Applicable) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS tNot: Applicable) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Applicabli� DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (Not Applicable) DIVISION 15 - MECHANIf Section 15050 15080 15150 15732 15880 15990 Section .000 Basic Materials and Methods Mechanical Insulation Plumbing Piping Wail Mounted Package Units Air Distrubution Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Eiectricia Outline Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 2 0 • P.41311 --GENEROL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. r Mijavaeum A. Extent of demolition work is shown on drawings. B. Drawing show intent of demolition that is necessary to construct new improvements. All miscellaneous connections, fittings, materials and items that may not be identified Contractor shall inspect the project site to ensure that complete demolition necessary is included in the bid. C. All demolished materials became the property of the contractor, unless salvaging for the City is requested. 1.03 SCHEDULE: Submit proposed methods and operation of demolition to the City for review prior to start of work. Include in schedule coordination of shut - off, capping and continuation of any utility services as required. �*: • I • A. Use of explosives will not be permitted. B. Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied ar used facilities. C. Ensure safe passage for persons around area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent Buildings, structures, other facilities and persons D. Provide shoring, bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent facilities to remain. E. Promptly repair any damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations at no cost to the owner. F. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service and protect against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Applicable DEMOLITION 02060 Page 1 of 2 3.01 DEMOLITION A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work. A. Remove from site debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations, by approved hauling routes and in approved manner. 1. Burning of removed materials from demolition operation will not be permitted. DEMOLITION 02060 Page 2of2 • r rr W303 TCOM07M 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. r • 500MUfrom Provide all work constructed of cast -in -place concrete as indicated, specified and required. A. Work in this section: Principal items include: 1. Fumishing, placing, and curing of cast -in -place concrete. 2. Grout and drypack work. 3. Placing of embedded anchor bolts and inserts. 4. Sand and vapor barrier under interior floor slabs on grade. 5. Reinforcing steel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Concrete Manufacturer: Furnish all concrete from licensed commercial ready -mix concrete plants conforming to ASTM C94 and approved by the City B. Allowable Tolerances: Construct concrete conforming to tolerances specified in ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ", as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements of regulatory agencies or otherwise indicated or specified. r� +�iTi ► :.. � � Testing laboratory selected by contractor and approved by the City shall design concrete mixes for all concrete requiring 28-day compressive strength exceeding 2,500 psi. Contractor shall bear all costs for concrete mix designs. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division '1' for procedures 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in a timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress. Store materials by method to prevent damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification. Do not place concrete during rain or adverse weather conditions with out means to prevent any damage. Conform to AC 305 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" as required except do not use calcium chloride or accelerators. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 1 of 3 191 -:•9 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Furnish materials that meet the test requirements of paragraph "Source Quality Control" hereinbefore, as applicable, and following requirements: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type V low alkali. Do not change brand without prior approval. 2. Stone grggates: ASTM C33, from approved pits, free from organic matter and or opaline, feldspar, and siliceous magnesium substances; dean, hard, fine- grained sound crushed rock or washed gravel not over 5°% by weight of flat, thick elongated, friable or laminated pieces having the major dimensions over 5 times average dimension) or over 2°% by weight of shale or cherry material. 3. Lightweight Aggrwgates: ASTM C330, Ridgelite, Rocklite, or another coated expanded day or shale product; coarse aggregate, dry loose weight minimum 38 pounds per cubic foot and maximum 9/16" size; fine aggregate, dry loose weight of 62 to 66 pounds per cubic foot, uniformly graded from #8 to #0 sizes; all aggregates vacuum or thermally fully saturated for pumped concrete. 4. Water: From portable domestic source. 5. Vapor Barrier: ASTM D2103, polyethylene sheeting, 10 mil thickness, with minimum 2" wide waterproof plastic tape, self - adhering type. 6. Non i Shrink Grout: Master Builders 'Embeco° or approved equal, non -gas- forming type free of oxidizing catalysts and accelerators. 7. Reinforcing Steel. Refer to Structural Drawing sheet S0.01. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXING: A. Furnish ready -mix concrete from an approved commercial off -site plant. Conform to ASTM C94, except materials, testing, and mix designs as specified herein. Use transit mixer trucks equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. Slump: Ad'ust quantity of water so concrete at time of placing does not exceed the following sumps when tested according to ASTM C143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by part of the structure being cast, not exceeding 4" slump. EXECUTION PREPARATION •: CONCRETE A. Remove free water from forms before concrete is deposited. Remove hardened concrete, debris and all foreign materials from forms and from surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment. CAST -IN -PLACE .CONCRETE 03300 Page 2 of 3 • • 1. Wetting: Wet wood fors sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficientiy to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability. 2. Earth Subgrade7 Lightly dampen subgrade 24 hours before placing concrete but do not muddy. Re -roll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose material. 3. Sand Fill: Reoompact disturbed sand fill and bring correct elevation. 4. Vapor Barrier Install under interior floor slabs on grade. Lap all joints 6° in the direction of concrete spreading and tape seal. Seal the joints at walls and around penetrations with tape. Cover barriers with 2° layer of dean sand. 5. Screeds:. Set screeds at all walls and maximum 8-foot centers between. Set to Provide level floor. Check with and instrument level, transit, or laser during placing operation to maintain level floor. 6. Scxeeds & Use weighted pad or cradle type screeds and do not drive stakes vapor barrier. Check with instrument level, transit, or laser. r Use water curing method, wring material, or a dear liquid membrane- forting curing compound except as otherwise specified. Do not use any type of finishing or curing materials or methods that interfere with the correct application or bonding of subsequent materials; verify exact requirements with all applicable trades. Keep forms containing concrete in a wet condition until removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least 76 days after placement. Keep concrete moist with a fine fog water spray until protected by curing media. A. Interior Slabs: To have fine steel trowel finish, without trowel marks or tool marks. B. Exterior Slabs: To have medium broom finish. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Supervision: Perform work of this section under the supervision of a capable concrete superintendent. B. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing operations to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level. transit, or laser. C. Inspeco: Construct all structural concrete of design strength exceeding 2,500 psi under continuous inspection. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 3 of 3 PART 1- GENERAL Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Extends of masonry work as indicated on the drawings B. Work Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units 2. Setting and attaching all bolts, anchors, inserts, etc. 3. Reinforcing steel, refer to drawings sheet S0.01 4. Grout and mortar. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Masonry construction, materials and methods shall be in strict compliance with written standards of the UBC latest edition and the Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada. B. All masonry units are to be from one manufacturer in uniform texture and color. Masonry units shall match approved sample exactly. 1.04 SUBMITTAL: Submit manufacturer's specification and data for each type of masonry unit. Submit certification that each type of masonry complies with requirements of the specifications. Submit sample of masonry units for review by the city. A Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Type I light weight units with minimum face shell thickness of 1 1/4 ". To MATCH EXISTING BUILDING, Orco Block- Tan. CMU to have center vertical score(both faces). CMU to be 16" x 8" x 16" as shown on drawings. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type Ii, Low Alkali. C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C144. D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade 60. F. Water: Potable. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04220 Page 1 of 2 0 • Shall be in accordance with The Uniform Building Code current edition 1994, A. Materials shall be adequately and accurately measured in suitable calibrated boxes. Shovel measurements will not be allowed. B. Sand, cement and water shall be placed in the mixer in that order. Mix for at least two (2) minutes. Add lime and continue mixing to a uniform mass, but in no case less than ten (10) minutes. C. Use mixers of at least one (1) sack capacity. Batches requiring fractional sack will not be permitted. D. Mortar unused within one (1) hour after initial mixing shall be discarded and disposed of. E. Grout: Refer to structural drawings sheet S0.01. F. Admixture: "Suconem GA" (Grout Aid) Type 2, as manufactured by Super Concrete Emulsions, Ltd. Los Angeles, California, or approved equal, and used in strict accordance with manufacturer's latest printed recommendations. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL Accurately set and place reinforcing steel and ties in accordance with the drawings and notes thereon. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Refer to Structural Drawings. • Masonry materials shall be packed in a manner to prevent damage from transportation and weather. Cement and lime to be delivered to the job in the original unopened containers. Handle masonry materials in a manner to prevent chipping, spalling, cracking or other injury. Store off ground and protect from the weather. Dampening of masonry units to reduce suction is prohibited 3.02 CURING No water shall be applied to wall after tooling mortar joints. 3.03 LAYING: Lay units plumb and true. Carefully cut where necessary to fit around adjoining construction, inserts, etc. Fit all angles and corners square and true. A. All joints shall be carefully raked and tooled to produce a dense surface, well bonded to block on all edges. B. Aline all joints (vertical and horizontal), including center score. C. Remove all mortar and grout that lands on the face of the masonry immediately. Do not allow it to dry on the surface. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04220 Page 2 of 2 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. Provide miscellaneous metal fabrications indicated, specified and required, including but not limited to the following; A. Window channels B. All miscellaneous metal fabrkation required to complete the work A. Shop drawings: Submit Shop Drawings fully detailing all work of this Section, including accessories, fastenings,m and welding. Include minor connections and fastenings not indicated or specified to meet required conditions; indicate in detail on Shop Drawings. A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following as applicable: AISC Standards: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; specification for Design, fabrication and erection of Structural Steel for Buildings; and Steel Construction Manual. 2. AWS Standards: AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code. i9gam • Protect material from damage during shipping, handling and storage,. Work showing dents, creases, deformation n, weathering, or other defects is not acceptable. Delivery welding electrodes to site in unbroken packages bearing manufacturers name and contents identification. Verity all field measurements as required. Report any major discrepancy between the Drawings and field dimensions to the City before fabrication of Work. Exercise caution to protect concrete floor surfaces and adjacent work free from damage. Wm.-HRIminel � 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS: A Fumish materials conforming to the following: METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 1 of 3 E 1. Steel Shapes 2. Steel tubing 3. Bolts and nuts 4. Electrodes 5. Primer 6. Nan -Shrink Grout: 7. Galvanizing 8. Galvanizing repair material ASTM A 36 ASTM A501, OR ASTM A 36 ASTM A307 AWS D1.1, E70XX Series as required for intended use. Red lead per Fed. Spec., TT -P- 86G,j Type I, II or III; zinc per Fed. Spec. TT- P -645D. or alkyd type per Fed. Spec. TT- P -636D. Per Fed. Spec. TT- P -636D. Master Builder'EmbeW W.R. Grace "Vibrofil' or approved equal ASTM A123 hot dip, 2.0 ounce psf on actual surface with minimum 1.8 ounce on any specimen. All States Galvanizing Powder, Drygalv by American solder and Flux, or equal hot applied material or anodic zinc-rich galvanizing. Conform to the approved submittals, reference standards as applicable to the Work, and the requirements herein. Fabricate and form the Work to meet actual installation conditions as verified at the site. Obtain necessary templates and information and provide all holes and drilling indicted or required for securing Work in other frames to metal fabrications. A Welding: Conform to AWS D1.1, as modified by reference RISC Standards, and as indicated or noted on Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, weld joins by shielded electric arc method. Grind exposed welds subject to contact to smooth surfaces free of holes, slag, or other defects, flush with adjoining surfaces. Not finishing treatment is required for permanently concealed welds and other exposed welds except as specified herein Cut out defective welding with chisel or air arch and replace. B. Shop Priming- Clean surfaces according to AISC Specification. Apply shop coat of metal prime to minimum 1.0 mil dry film thickness. Work primer into joints. Do not prime galvanized items or items embedded in concrete or masonry. C. Galvanizing: Galvanize specified items after fabrication is completed. Produce coating free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, barbs, sags, and other surface blemishes. D. Miscellaneous items: fabricate items not specifically mentioned according to the Drawings, approved shop drawings, and as required to complete the entire work. Galvanize exterior items and shop prime interior items unless otherwise gown or specified. • Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions foe installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves; anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site. METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 2 of 3 0 3.02 INSTALLATION: A General: Fastenin g L to In -place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrication to in -place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through -bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other required. All such connectors and hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel. 2. Cutting. Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set wok accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plum, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in form work for items which re to be imbedded into concrete, masonry or similar construction 3. Fit exposed connections accurately together to farm tight hairiine joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch -up shop paint cost. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. 4. Field welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal - arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. B. GwWng Provide grouting for Work of the Section as shown, specified and required. Us non -shnnk grout and conform to manufacturer's directions. C. Galvanizina re air Wire brush welds and damaged coating to clean bright metal. Apply three coats of galvanizing repair paint where surfaces are concealed or are to be finish painted. Use the specified hot - applied galvanizing repair compound where surfaces remain exposed and unpainted. D. Shop Prime Coat Repair: Do not apply metal primer in wet weather unless steel is protected from dampness and is dry. Clean fields, field bolts, and all damaged shop primer after erection and apply a spot coat of the same primer used for the shop coat. E. Fasteners: Provide fasteners and connectors of approved types as required for the installation, whether or not indicated. Provide galvanized fasteners for galvanized items and for exterior items METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 3 of 3 0 0 �► �. it -GM IRLWAII ; PART - IGENERAL Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Definition: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. r "i*� iI ►1 Delivery and Storaag Keep materials dry at all times. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood, and provide air circulation within stacks. �e• rr 00111191M Coordination: Fit carpentry work with other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment with other work. PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS7 A. Lumber Standards, with PS 20. B. Plywood Standards: Comply with PS 1. C. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mil and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed with transparent finish of without finish. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Lumber, General: 1. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. a. Provide dressed lumber, 34S, unless otherwise specified. b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at the time of dressing. 2. Framing Lumber (2" through 4" thick) : a. For 2" x 4" stud framing, provide "construction" grade lumber No.1 for larger pieces, Douglas Fir. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 1 of 2 0 0 b. For structural framing, provide No. 1 grade, Douglas Fir. 3. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nails blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes shown or specified, worked into shapes shown. L-1j11T1= 179T9T1nUVF1MM9R 1. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommending nails. 2:03 WOOD TREATMENT: r A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber is indicated as °treated", or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of AWPB Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements. All lumber in contact with Concrete or Masonry is to be preservative treated" 1. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. if cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. A. General: 1. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. 2. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking and Sleepers: Provide wherever shown and where required for screening or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 2 of 2 0 0 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. Extent of work is shown on drawings. A. Thermal conductivity: Thickness shown are for thermal conductivity (K -value at 75 degrees F o r 24 C) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal value, provide appropriate thickness. B. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire- resistance, flammability, and comply with governing regulations as interpreted by authorities. General protections: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet or soiled. Comply wish manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation required ••� 2.01 MATERIALS: A. GeneraI7 Insulating materials shall be manufactured by Owens - Corning Fiberglass or approved equal. B. Roof SDaceS: Thermal insulation with straping flange for wood frame construction 24"x 94• x 6', R -19 value. C. Interior Sound Attenuated Walls: Noise barrier batt insulation, 15• x 94" x 31/2 "; R -11 value. r ► • A. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be Insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with replacement. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for each condition. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over the entire area to be insulated. INSULATION 07200 Page 1 of 1 0 0 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions. Extent of built -up roofing is shown on drawings and is hereby defined to include non- traffic- bearing membrane system intended for weather exposure as primary roofing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Applicator Qualifications: Built-up roofing system applicator shall be a current Certified Roofing Contractor acceptable to the Built -up Roofing manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to job site on pallets. Package labels shall indicate material name, product date and /or product code. B. Store bulk asphalt in heated tanker in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation of 325 - 350 degrees F temperature. Care should be taken not to overheat asphalt over long periods of time or a modification of physical properties Chould result, affecting the ability of the asphalt to perform the waterproofing function. C. Store material in dry, protected areas in an upright position. Control temperature of storage areas in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. A. Follow local, state and federal regulations, safety standards and codes. When a conflict exist use the stricter document. B. Follow insurance underwriter's requirements acceptable for use with manufacturer's products or systems. C. The roof deck shall be structurally sound to support the live and dead load requirements of roofing system and sufficiently rigid to support construction traffic. 1.07 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE7 r: Built-up Roofing Guarantee will be provided for a minimum 10 -year period from the date of Project Substantial Completion of the project. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation required MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 Page i of 3 r-I u 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: • A. Products manufacturered or accepted by GAF, or approved equal. U _* * 0 __ J A Built-up roof on nailabie deck: On areas indicated on drawings as built -up roof, apply GAF N -65 G Roof System, with the appropriate approved base flashing and metal counterflashing or wall covering as specified in the current edition of Roofing Products Company Specification Manual. Roof shall be installed by a Roofing Contractor authorized by GAF Roofing Products Company to install the specified Roof Membrane Warranty Roof System. B. Summary of Materials per 100 square feet: Sheathing paper 4 tbs. Flintglass PIy Sheet (4piies) 40 tbs. Type I or II Coal Tar Pitch Mopping 75 lbs. (3 @ 25 Ibs, each) Type I or II Coal Tar Pitch Flood Coat 75 tbs. Gravel Surfacing 400 tbs Approximate Total Finish Weight 594 tbs C. Coal Tar Pitch: Apply coal tar at a temperature between 350 degrees F and 400 degrees F. Flood coat shall be applied to provide a coating of uniform thickness. D. Cants: In angles of roof deck and vertical surfaces, the Roofing Contractor shall furnish and install a Fiber Cant Strip with a minimum of 3" face. E. Gravel: Surfacing shall be light tan (to match existing), clean, moisture not to exceed 2% and conform to ASTM D -1863. Gravel shall be 1/4" to 5/8" in size with no more than15% fines through a No. 4 screen nd 5" through a No. 8 screen. Surfacing weights shall be increased approximately 15% when mix ration exceeds 50% 1/2" to 5/8" sized aggregate. A Roof Deck shall be smooth, dry, clean and free of sharp projections and depressions. Properly grade surfaces to outlets. Roof accessories shall be available before Roofing Contractor begins his work. B. Drainage outlets shall be installed below roof deck surface to permit free flow of water and to prevent forming water dams at rims. 3.02 PREPARATION: A Sheet Metal Flashings shall be field primed with asphalt primer and allowed to dry before roofing materials are applied. B. Asphalt primer to be applied to all vertical surfaces using 1/2 gallon per 100 square feet and allow to dry. MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 Page 2of3 r C. Cants to be installed over dry primed surface, embed the cants in flashing compound. The cants shall fit flush at ends and to vertical surfaces. Where scuppers occur, apply cant 2" back form flange bevel cant 8" form ends. A. Outlets: Set base sheet at drains in flashing compound 9° wide around ring and flange. Install a minimum 300 square using either 21 /2 lb. to 4 Ib. lead or 16 oz. soft copper flashing set in flashing compound over the completed membrane. Flashing shall be stripped in with two collars of base sheet extending 4• and 60 beyond outside edge of flashing, Set flashing in coal tar pitch, and while hot, install damp ring and tighten. 3.04 CLEANING: A. Remove trash, debris, equipment and parts from job site. B. Remove stains from walls, walkways and driveways. A. Finish roof areas shall be protected from damage by the contractor during construction. MEMBRANE ROOFING 07500 Page 3of3 0 0 SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. The extent of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. . B. The types of work specified in this section includes the following: 1. Metal parapet caps. 2. Metal reveals and flashing. 3. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. 4. Roof scupper and Downspout. 5. Wall Louver and Flashing 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings - Submit drawings showing layout, jointing, profiles and anchorage of all fabricated work. Prepare full size details. Vii: •�■ � Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protect of materials and finishes. 1.05 EXISTING BUILDINGS: Contractor shall review existing scuppers, downspouts, flashing and trim on existing buildings where indicated on the plans. ,Repair and/or replace the existing sheet metal items to there original condition ready for repainting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS' A Galvanized Metal: Conform to ASTM A525, coating G90, gages as recommended by SMACNA 1979 standard edition. 1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 1 of 3 0 0 2. Bituminous Coating: FS TT -C-494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, normally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. 3. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 4. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with FS TT- S0027, TT -S- 00230, or TT -S- 001543. 5. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2 part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by manufacturer for exteriornnterior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. 6. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproofing/ feather - resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. 7. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal dips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of wok, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. 8. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. C. Wall Louver Galvanized steel louver 6" wide with 1/2" x 1/2"x 919 gauge bird screen, as manufactured by Greeheck or approved equal. Model Number FSJ -602, Provide AMCA certification Seal 2.02 FABRICATED UNITS: Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown , and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproofing and weather - resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running wok, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil- canning, buckling and tool marks. 1. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. 2. Expansion Provisions; Where expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less that 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3. Sealant Joints; Where movable, non - expansion type Joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with industry standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 2of3 Manual". Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completing of the project. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 3of3 i • 1 . *IQINJ , Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. [KIT16111119:&T4 M.2 A. The extent and locations of roof accessories is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. B. The types of units specified in this section include the following: Roof hatch and ladder. 2. Roof ventilators. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, rough -in diagrams, details, installation instruction and general product recommendations for City review prior to purchase of products. FgAn N111119061 1 � 2.01 ROOF HATCH AND LADDER: Roof Hatch shall be O'Keeffe Horizonite Roof Hatch RH -6 Model 3036, a factory fabricated unit consisting of galvanized steel cover and curb. Access ladder to be model 520 -CH. �• � •- Ventilators shall be Western, 12" round vent, W.R. -12, Type d Flat base. ft��c�xl�i�9 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, and with vapor barriers, roofing and flashing; as required to ensure that each element of work performs property, and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. B. Flange Seals: Except as otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement, to form a waterAveather tight seal. ROOF ACCESSORIES 07800 Page 1 of 2 • Ll C. Operating Units: Test operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. Adjust for proper operation. DIMIGUMMM 0 A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. B. Installer shall advice Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of roof accessories; so that units will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of substantial completion of the project. ROOF ACCESSORIES 07800 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 07900 -SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. This section contains specifications pertaining to all weather - sealing and caulking throughout the project unless specified otherwise, and becomes a part of all sections containing reference to this Section, or where materials of the types specified in this section are required by the drawings. B. The work includes caulking and sealing of openings and joints indicated, specified, and required to make entire building weather proof and watertight. C. Specific requirements contained in the various trade sections making reference to this Section supersede general or conflicting requirements herein. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. rr n : Provide written warranty for all caulking and sealants against all defects of material for five years after date of acceptance. All failures that may occur within the warranty period, due to defective application or materials, upon written notification of such failure, shall be repaired or replaced with proper materials and labor at no additional cost to the City. B. Submit to the Architect samples of the various types and colors where applicable of materials specified, prior to delivery of materials to the job and the portions of the work for which the materials are intended. C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name product designation and date of manufacture. Products upon which the shelf date has expired shall not be permitted on the job. D. install materials specified herein in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Send copies of manufacturer's instruction to the City at least 2 weeks before application. n•� 2.01 MATERIALS: Use sealants of the following types. Unless specific or directed otherwise, use materials to match color of adjacent materials. Where adjacent materials on each side of the joint are different colors, the architect will select sealant colors. If the desired color is not available from one manufacturer, select proper color from another manufacturer. A. Joint Conditions: Joints between metal frame and plaster Sealant #2. 2. Expansion and control joints. Sealant #3 SEALANTS 07900 Page 1 of 3 0 0 3. Exterior sills, jambs and heads or window frames, door frames, louvers and similar openings, and where metal, or other materials abut or join concrete or each other, shall have sealant applied around their perimeters. Sealant #2. 4. Other exterior joins as indicated or shown. Sealant #1, #2 or #3. WIMFT, 1. Sealant #1 shall be a three -part polyeproixide urethane sealant meeting Federal Specification TT- S- 00227E, Class A, Type II, such as Tremoo Dymenc, as manufactured by Tremco Incorporated Cleveland, Ohio or equal. 2. Sealant #2 shall be a one -part solvent cure acrylic sealant meet Federal Specification TT -S -230, such as Tremco Mono, as manufactured by Tremco Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio or equal. 3. Sealant #3 shall be a two-part chemical) curing polyurethane meeting Federal Specification TT- S- 00227E, Class A, Type I, (Self - Leveling) or Class A, Type II (Non -Sag), such as THCV - 900/901, as manufactured by Tremoo Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio or equal. C. PRIMER7 for sealants shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. JOINT FILLER: (backing) for sealant shall be a dosed cell, non - absorbent, non- staining material such as Ethafoam as manufactured by Dow or equal. E. BONDBRAKERS: shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. F. Materials shall be delivered to the job in sealed containers with manufacturer's original labels attached. Materials shall be used according to manufacturer's rinted instructions. Color of all sealants shall be as selected by the CITY manufacturer's stand colors, PART 3 - EXECUTION: 141101 u' •. A. Provide sealant manufacturer's inspection of conditions prior to start of the work and initial supervision at the start of each application, in order to insure that an physical conditions which would result in defective work ar properly corrected before materials are applied, that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work, and that proper procedures are being followed. Provide such inspection and supervision by qualified personnel. Report all unsatisfactory conditions existing at the time of inspection in writing to the General Contractor for correction before proceeding with the sealant work. + FAXXTADOIN A Joints and surfaces which are to be caulked are sealed shall be dean, dry and free of dust, loose mortar and other foreign materials. Surfaces to receive sealant shall be prepared in strict conformance with written instruction of manufacturer. B. Do not caulk joints until they are in compliance with requirements of the approve manufacturer of the material, the details as shown on the drawings and the specific of other sections of the specifications. SEALANTS 07900 Page 2of3 0 •.i • A. install joint backing with a blunt instrument so as not to puncture the surface skin. Size of jant backing should be determined by taking the joint width and adding 25% to assure proper compression of backer cord. B. Apply sealant with a caulking gun, using proper nozzles. Use sufficient pressure to properly fill the joints with sealant to the back -up material. C. After joints have been completely filled, they shall be neatly tooled to eliminate air pockets or voids, and to provide a smooth, neat appearing finish in intimate contact with interfaces and with out lapping over onto exposed finished faces. After tooling, surface of sealant shall be free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities. D. Immediately dean adjacent materials which have been soiled; leave work in a neat, dean condition. E- MO..u: Workmanship shall be of the highest quality in accordance with the best practice and in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being used. The contractor shall be prepared to show evidence of workmanship of jobs at least three years old. SEALANTS 07900 Page 3of3 0 0 • % mehyl u.. :__„ PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS• Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. Extent of custom interior metal frame work is indicated on the drawings including: A Door frames. B. Window frames. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and installation recommended for components required for project. B. Samples: submit sample of frame with approved color as selected by City PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 METAL FRAMES A. Frames and trim shall be as manufactured by Timely, Western Integrated, or equal pre - finished door frames. Series shall be as indicated on details. 2.02 FINISHES A Standard color selected by City. All frames, trim and accessories shall match color. IZL•� c • .c • A Field measurement: take field measurements prior to fabrication to insure proper fitting of work. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of metal frames. B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or panels. Anchor securely in place. CUSTOM METAL FRAMES 08100 Page 1 of 1 jr1*1IIC• 43Ha R&I L:I;I 111111191619 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. r • WIST30mill A. Extent of standard steel doors and frames is indicated and scheduled on drawings. B. Finish hardware is specified on the drawings. A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI -100) and herein specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire -rated door and frame assemblies that comply with "NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows ", and have been tested, listed and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 "Standard Methods of Fire Test of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 SUBMITTAL: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit before fabrication and installation. Including elevations, types, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcement, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule and frames using same reference number for details and opening as those on the contract drawings. C. Label Construction Certification for doors and frame assemblies required to be fire - rated, submit manufacturer's certification for that each door has been constructed to conform to design, material and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled oonstruction. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory- finished doors. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respect to new work and acceptable to the Architect otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store door and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blocking. Avoid use of non - vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 1 of 3 • 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS' A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the work include: Allied Steel Products, Inc. Ceco Corp. Fenestra, Corp. Johnson Fire Doors Republic Builders A. Hot - Roiled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569, and ASTM A 568. B. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. C. Shop Applied Paint: 1. Primer: Rust - Inhibitive enamel or paint, either air - drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. D. Glass to be 1° with 1/4" solar bronze, 1/2° air space, 1/4" dear. A. Doors: 1. Fabricate steel door to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Comply with SDI -100 requirements as follows: Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grace ill, extra heavy -duty, Model 2, minimum 16 gage faces. 2. Fabricate exterior doors: panels and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16 gage inverted steel channels. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips head for exposed screws and bolts. 4. Finish Hardware: Prepare doors to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI Al 15 series specifications for preparation for hardware. 5. Reinforce Doors to receive surface applied hardware. Drill and tapping for surface- applied finish hardware may be done at project site. B. Frames: 1. Frame material shall be cold rolled steel and as supplied in Commercial Series rolled steel °C° (16 gage) for heavy commercial usage. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 2 of 3 E 0 2. Hinge reinforcing plates (14 gage) shall be factory attached to accommodate specified hinge size. Plated adjustable strike plates and door silencers shall be furnished by frame manufacturer. 3. Frames shall be prepared to receive door mutes (silencers) minimum of three (3) per each frame. 1112 1 &CIMAN l A. Prime Coat Touch -up: Immediately after erecton, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air - drying primer, B. Final Adjustment: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 3 of 3 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Provide all Jabot, materials, tools, equipment and services to furnish and install metal windows and related components as shown on drawings and specified herein. A. Ggneral7 Windows are component structures. Test shall equal or exceed "voluntary Guide Specifications for Aluminum Architectural Windows ", as published by AAMA unless more stringent requirements are specified. A. Shop drawings: Complete and full scale where practical showing construction of all components dimensions and details. V-1 a IMMI :•Ba 2.01 Products shall be of Torrance Aluminum Window Co. Inc., Series 1500 Commercial, Windows to match existing. 1. Extruded aluminum prime billet 6063T5, aluminum sheet 5005 H34. 2. Minimum principal window member wall thickness 1 /8". 3. Minimum frame and vent depth front to back 1 1 /2". 1. All steel components 300 series stainless steel (SS), Le. Strikes, fasteners, hold open arms, etc. 2, All aluminum components 6063T5 (T6). 3. Locking handles and cases, white bronze. METAL WINDOWS 08500 Page 1 of 2 Imull 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Install square, plumb and in true alignment and in accord with details and reviewed shop drawings. Surfaces free from dents, buckles, dimples or other defects. B. Anchor frames and other items securely to contiguous construction to result in a rigid installation and in accord with requirements safety factors. C. At junctures between frames and adjacent materials, seal entire perimeter on both sides. D. Protection of contact surfaces: Protect aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials or with incompatible materials such as concrete and other materials, by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint before installation or isolate with non - abrasive tape or gaskets. A. After installation, dean metal and glass surfaces on both interior and exterior. B. After cleaning protect all work against damage until Substantial Completion. METAL WINDOWS 08500 Page 2of2 SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Definition: "Finish Hardware" includes items known as cornmercially which are required doors and miscellaneous accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Hardware Schedule: Submit six copies of schedule at earliest date prior to delivery of hardware. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper locations (shop or project site) for proper installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of hardware is to be indicated on the schedule. 2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: HDW -1 (Dr. #R -1 & R -2) Hinges 1191 - 4.5 x 4.5 x 5.5 Hager Handles D172 -RHO x 626 Schlage (Both Deadlock 6736P E1171 626 Schlage Exit Device 88276 (surface) Von Duprin Stop 240W Wall Hagerr Drip 5090 28DM x 72" Stanley Threshold 270D Pimco Lock Guard FINISH HARDWARE 08700 Page 1 OF 2 awl A. Install each item in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mount hardware units at heights required by industry standards and recommendations. B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation and function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. FINISH HARDWARE 08700 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. A. Glass and glazing shall include all glass as shown on drawings including Installation as follows: 1. Exterior Windows and Doors 2. Sealant and accessories -•• 2.01 GLASS A. Exterior Glass: Heavy float tempered glass, 1" insulating unit, 1/4" solar bronze, 1/2" air space, 1/4" dear. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS A. Glazing Tape: Close cell, self adhesive, flexible foam tape as recommended by glass manufacturer. B. Cleaners. Primers and Sealants: Type as recommended by glass manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. fly with combined recommendations and technical reports by manufacturers of glass and glazing products as used in each glazing channel, and with recommendations of Fiat Glass Marketing Association "Glazing manual ", except where more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation, and subsequent operation of glazed components of the work. During installation, discard units with significant edge damage or other imperfections. 3.02 GLAZING: A. install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located 1 /4th of glass width from each comer. Set blocks in thin course of heel -bead compound, if any. GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 Pagel OF 2 0 9 B. Provide spacers inside and out, of proper size and spacing, for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets or preshimmed tapes are used for glazing. Provide 118" minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. � _ 'its •► :►� A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by use of cross streamers attached to framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass. Remove non - permanent labels and dean surfaces. Cure sealants for high early strength and durability. B. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. C. Wash and Polish glass on both faces but not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Comply with glass product manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 Page 2OF2 0 0 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS7 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. i ; • MiUMMI ;. Includes exterior plaster where indicated on drawings including: A. Reinforcing lath systems B. Plaster moldings and accessories C. Portland cement plaster A Fire - resistance rating: Where plastered assemblies with fir- resistance rating are indicated or are required to comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities. B. Portland cement plastering standards;s ANSI A42.2 and A 42.3. r• ' = Submit two samples of all plastering items and materials including polystyrene molding and plaster finishes. 1.05 SCAFFOLDING AND PROTECTION: provide, install and maintain for the duration of the work all scaffolding, staging, trestles and planking necessary for the work in strict conformity with applicable laws and ordinances, an so as not to interfere with obstruct the work of others. Provide all forms of protection as necessary to preserve the work of other trades free from damage. 1.06 CODES: materials and work shall conform to building codes. In case of conflict between these specifications and the building code. The most stringent shall govern. u 2.01 MATERIALS: 1. Plaster molding shall be as manufactured by Fry Regtet Corporation as shown on the drawings. 2. Plaster accessories shall be as listed by manufacturer and catalog number; a. Corner Beads: K -Lath Kwick Corner. b. Casing: Inryco/Milcor, no. 66 Short Flange. c. Foundation Weep Screed: Fry FWS 875 LATH AND PLASTER 09200 Page 1 of 3 0 0 B. Plaster: 1. Portland cement- ASTM C150, Type II or III. 2. Hydrated Lime - special finish hydrated conforming to ASTM C206, Type S 3. Aggregates; a. Sand aggregates (washed natural sand)- dean, sharp, and free from clay, loam or other foreign matter. b. Cement plaster - conforming to ASTM C144. 4. Water- dean and from a source intended for domestic consumption. 5. Prepared finish coat - factory prepared finish for Portland cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for texture indicated. 202 FINISH: A. All exterior plaster surface are to have a SAND finish to match existing on the site 2.03 MIXES: A Portland Cement Plaster; 1. Scratch coat -1 part cement, 4 parts sand, 1 /10 part hydrated lime, and water. 2. Brown coat -1 part cement, 5 parts sand and 1 /10 part hydrated lime, and water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A Stucco -Rite 1. NO string wires required. 2. Apply with long dimension at right angles to supports. 3. Extend both horizontal and vertical factor flaps. 4. Vertical laps should be staggered. B. Gun -Lath 1. Apply with long dimension at right angles to supports. 2. Bend into and around corners and extend not less than on stud space on adjoining walls. 3. Horizontal joint must lap a minimum of one mesh. Vertical joints must lap a minimum of one mesh. Horizontal flaps must be wire tied or "dip -ties" between supports. 4. Vertical laps should be staggered. Laps should not occur in One with framed member of openings. 5. When framed wall is a continuation of a concrete or masonry wall and is to be plastered, extend the late at least 3 mesh onto the concrete or masonry When a wall, ceiling or soffit meets concrete or masonry to be plastered, bend the lath into the corner and extend at least 3 mesh onto the concrete or masonry, or if butted ate the intersection, provide reinforcing extending at least 3" on each adjacent surface. 6. When lath abuts ground, screed, etc, where there is no backing between supports, the horizontal side which has the "stitch" wire at the outer edge should be applied adjacent to the grounds. C. Lathing accessories: set metal accessories plumb, level and t rue, skimmed where necessary. Miter accessories at comers and accurately and tightly fit all exposed joints. Install sections in longest practical length and hold splices to a minimum. Fasten at not more that 12" centers. Include expansion joints at maximum 17 -foot centers in plaster surfaces unless other shown. LATH AND PLASTER 09200 Page 2 of 3 E D. Exterior comer reinforcing: Install for fun length of external angle of exterior plastering. E. Casing beads: Install at all free edges of plaster wherever plaster abuts against other finish material and elsewhere as indicated. 3.02 PLASTERING A Perform the work in accordance with the best standards of practice related to the trade, and properly coordinate the plastering work of other trades. Comply with all applicable requirements of the government building codes, including fire - resistive standards. B. Rod and straightedge plaster to uniform surfaces in true plane or curve an finish edge of laps, cracks, checks or other structural defects, and surface imperfections, and flush with grounds, corner beads, base screed, outlet boxes and similar details. C. Plane surface shall not vary more than 1/8• when tried with a 8 -foot straightedge. D. Take special care when working into re- entrant comers to see that the plaster is not allowed to build out beyond the established finished wall plane. Do not lap successive coats over laps from former coats. A. Thickness of plaster: not less than 718" thick for 3 -coat work. B. Portland cement plaster base coats on reinforcing lath: apply scratch coat to reinforcement with sufficient material and pressure to embed the reinforcement in a full 1 /2" of plaster. Before the scratch coat has hardened, rake in a horizontal direction to provide keying for the brown coat. After initial set, keep continuously mast for 48 hours, the allow to dry. Apply brown coat to scratch coat bring out to grounds, straighten the true surface, float and compact, and leave sufficiently rough to assure adequate bond for the finish coat. Make no cold joints in the brown coat over cold joint in the scratch coat. Moist cure brown coat for 72 hours and allow to set for 14 days before applying the finish coat C. Finish coat: 1 /8" thick, smooth troweled color coat to match approved sample. 3.04 CLEAN UP Upon completion of the work of this Section, and as a condition of acceptance completely remove from the job site all tools, equipment, scaffolding, debris and surplus materials. Remove any over spray or spattered materials from adjacent surfaces as acceptable to the owner. LATH AND PLASTER 09200 Page 3of3 IMMSEFEWRIAM Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. A. Gypsum drywall. B. Accessories and fastenings. C. Drywall finishing (joint tape- and - compound treatment). A. Gypsum Board Standard: GA -216 by Gypsum Association. B. Fire Resistant Rating: Comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL. C. Manufacturer: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. M :G•-1-:4019 A. Exposed gypsum Board: (Also known as gypsum wallboard). Regular type with tapered long edges. Thicknesses: As indicated, as where not otherwise indicated, comply with thickness requirements of GA -216 for each application and support spacing. Comply with requirements for indicated fire resistance rating indicated. Thickness: 5/8" 2. Sheet Size: Maximum length available which will minimize end joint 2.02 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Fasteners: Comply with GA -216. C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Mastic type, non - shrinking, non- drying, non- migrating and non - staining. GYPSUM BOARD 00250 Page 1 of 2 0 0 2.03 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS• A. Primer: Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish. + New walls and ceilings - smooth level surface ready to receive paint system that will not show tape joints, fasteners or blemishes. EXECUTION 3.01 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS,' A. Gypsum board systems shall be installed and adequately anchored In accordance with Uniform building Codes and Material Manufacturer's recommendations. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 1 "11 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. ftbrl'mg iola= I [Olik, - A. Definition: Extent of painting work shall be as required by drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. B. The work indudes preparation, painting and finishing of items and surfaces throughout project, both new and existing, except as specifically excluded, Including the following. A. Gypsum Board B. Masonry C. Metal 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Sample& Submit for approval by the City three (3) 8 1 /2" x 11" samples of each color and finish identify each sample as to color, finish type and texture, color. B. teri I : Submit three (3) copies of a complete fist of all materials proposed foe use in the work, including manufacturer's technical data, identified by manufacturer's name and product number. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work, equipment and materials must conform to applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, including compliance with all air quality regulations applicable to the Project location. Current manufacturer's material safety data sheets for all materials in use and/or stored at the project site must be on site at all times. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING' A. All materials shall be of the [rand and quality specified and shall be delivered at the project site in clean, original,m unopened, labeled containers bearing the manufacturer's name, type of paint and instructions for mixing and /or reducing. B. Store materials as designated. Storage area shall be kept neat and clean at all times. All damage to storage area and surrounding areas shall a cleaned and repaired to new condition. PAINTING 09900 Page 1 of 5 0 9 •-• ol Z RVINOT A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply materials unless moisture contents are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Board - 12% 2. Masonry, Concrete and Concrete Block -12% 3. Wood -15% B. Ensure surface temperature fall within recommendations of a material manufacturer, r : u :. l�►L[�L�L�I A, Provide the City with unopened, dearly labeled containers of each type and cola of finish material installed for maintenance use. Quanitiies provided shall not be less than one gallon of each -•11 A. Materials necessary to complete the painting and finishing schedule as specified herein are taken from the stock list of architectural finishes of the following, and are standards for kind, quality and function. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. All materials shall conform with specified standards of quality and shall be fresh stock unused, free of defects and imperfections. B. Where two or more identical or compatible materials are required, they shall be of the same manufacturer. C. Material shall be ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings. Field tinting of materials will not be permitted. D. Materials shall have good flowing and brushing characteristics and dry or cure free from streaks or sags E. Paint accessory materials such as putty,.spackle, thinner. Reducers, and primers shall be of he highest quality and fully compatible with the specified materials. 2.03 FINISH SCHEDULE: All colors shall match existing, unless otherwise noted by the City. Spot prime and two (2) full coats, color may be lighter. Primer PVA Primer Sealer !st Coat 2nd Coat 1463 Acrylic Eggshell PAINTING 09900 Page 2 of 5 B. Gypsum Drywall - Semi - Glos Primer PVC Primer Sealer 1 st Coat 2nd Coat 3028 Acrylic Semi -Gloss C. Metal - Ferrous - Eaashell Prirner 4020 DTM Waterbome Primer 1 st Coat 2nd Coat 1003 Acrylic Eggshei Cleaner Mild Add wash 1st Coat 2nd Coat Clear Sealer, "Seal Krete" � 1 3.01 INSPECTION: 0 A. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to commencing work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application and appearance. Do not commence until such defects have been corrected. B. Where directed by the City, correct defects in surfaces which may adversely affect work of this section. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect unpainted surfaces and adjacent surfaces against paint and damage. Repair damage resulting from inadequate protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent overspray or spatter from damaging surfaces not being painted. C. Remove electrical plates surface hardware and related fittings prior to commencement of work Carefully store, dean and replace these items on completion of work in each area D. Protect all surfaces, equipment and fixtures from damage resulting from use of fixed, hanging and movable scaffolding, planking and staging repair damage resulting form inadequate protection. PAINTING 09900 Page 3 of 5 0 0 A. Concrete Masonry surfaces shall be sanded, dry, dean and free from efflorescence, encrustatons and other foreign matter. B. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, powder and other foreign matter from Masonry surfaces which are to be painted. C. Remove mildew from affected surfaces with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate (TSP) and bleach/ Rinse with dear water and allow to dry completely. D. Remove all oils and contamination from galvanized and aluminum surfaces scheduled to be painted by washing with compliant solvent wash. E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from ferrous metal surfaces. Primer coat shah be applied not less than 30 minutes, nor more than hours after preparation of surface. F. Sand and scrape shop primed metal to remove loose primer and rust. Touch up bare, abraded and damaged areas with metal primer. Feather edges to make tough up patches inconspicuous H. Preparation of other surfaces shall be performed following specified recommendations of the coating manufacturer. A. All work shall be executed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions for materials used. Use application a equipment and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. All materials shall be applied smoothly without runs, sags, skips, holidays or other defects. C. Enamels shall be lightly sanded between coats, dusted, and wiped dean before recoating. D. Allow each coat to dry completely before applying succeeding coat. E. Number of coats specified are minimum that shall a applied. Additional coats shall be applied when undercoats, stains, cloudy or mottled conditions or other defects appear in the finish, until the pain film is of a uniform, color and appearance. All work shall be subject to approval by the City. Work not in compliance with specifications shall be properly and promptly corrected '►o -•• PAINTING 09900 Page 4 of 5 0 0 A. Clean -Up: During progress of work, remove from site discard paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. B. Protection: Protect work from other trades, whether to be painted or not against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to City 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly - painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. PAINTING 09900 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 10500 - SPECIALTIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS- Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. A. Furnish and install equipment Items listed below as shown on plans. Provide all labor, materials and accessories as may be necessary for acceptable installation. B. Specialties: 1. Fire Extinguishers 2. Detectable Warning Products 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL: A Coordinate locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and installation. B. Provide and install specialties in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Product Data - Submit 6 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instruction for each item. Submittal must be approved by the City prior to purchase and /or delivery. -•• 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHER A Provide Potter- Roemer Figure 3005, 5 pound, ABC Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Portable Fire Extinguisher, UL Rating 2A:10B:C. B. UL Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extinguisher which are UL- Listed and bear UL "Listing Mark" for type, rating and classification of extinguisher indicated. i 3OP A. Surface applied dectable warning surface to be 36"x 24" nom., tactile surface per ADA standards and City of Newport Beach, Building Code Policy. Install per code and manufacturer's written instructions. Provide minimum 5 year warranty., Submit color samples sto City prior to purchasing., Product shall be manufactured by Armor Tile, ADA Solutions or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, of if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Securely fasten mounting brackets square plumb to comply with manufacturer's instruction. SPECIALTIES 10500 Page 1 of 1 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work .under this ,Section shall comply with the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements, and shall include all Mechanical Sections specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE OF THIS SECTION A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Compliance with all codes and standards applicable to this jurisdiction. 2. Record Drawings 3. Start-up Service 4. Instruction, Maintenance, and O & M Manuals 5. Work associated with Delivery, Storage, and Handling of products 6. Meeting Project Safety and Indemnity requirements 7. Proper Cleaning and Closing 8. Supplying proper Warranty information 9. Supply specified Guarantee documentation 10. Design and provision of Supports and Anchors 11. Design and provision of Seismic Restraints and Vibration Isolation 12. Access Panels and Doors 13. Identification Markers 14. Coordination of Electrical requirements for equipment provided 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contract Documents, including Specifications and Construction Drawings, are intended to provide all material and labor to install complete plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and fire protection systems for the building and shall interface with all existing building systems affected by new construction. B. The Contractor shall refer to the architectural interior details, floor plans, elevations, and the structural and other Contract Drawings and he shall coordinate his work with that of the other trades to avoid interference. The plans are diagrammatic and show generally the locations of the fixtures, equipment, and pipe lines and are not to be scaled; all dimensions and existing conditions shall be checked at the building. C. The Contractor shall comply with the project closeout requirements as detailed in General Requirements of Division 1. D. Where project involves interface with existing building and site systems, every effort has been made to note existing utilities and services. However, the Contractor should thoroughly familiarize themselves with existing conditions and be aware that in some cases information is not available as to concealed conditions, which exist in portions of the existing building affected by this work. 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF BID DOCUMENTS A. Specifications: 1. Specifications, in general, describe quality and character of materials and equipment. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2. Specifications are of simplified form and include incomplete sentences. B. Drawings: 1. Drawings in general are diagrammatic and indicate sizes, locations, connections to equipment and methods of installation. 2. Before proceeding with work check and verify all dimensions. 3. Assume all responsibility for fitting of materials and equipment to other parts of equipment and structure. 4. Make adjustments that may be necessary or requested, in order to resolve space problems, preserve headroom, and avoid architectural openings, structural members and work of other trades. 5. Where existing pipes, conduits and/or ducts prevent installation of new work as indicated, relocate, or arrange for relocation, of existing pipes, conduits and/or ducts. Verify exact location and elevation of existing piping prior to any construction. 6. If any part of Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Architect or Engineer for his interpretation and decision as early as possible, including during bidding period. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. "Above Grade ": Not buried in the ground and not embedded in concrete slab on ground. B. "Actuating" or "Control" Devices: Automatic sensing and switching devices such as thermostats, pressure, float, electro- pneumatic switches and electrodes controlling operation of equipment. C: "Below Grade": Buried in the ground or embedded in concrete slab on ground. D. "Concealed ": Embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces, or in enclosures. In general, any item not visible or directly accessible. E. "Connect": Complete hook -up of item with required service. F. "Exposed ": Not installed underground or "concealed." G. "Furnish ": To supply equipment and products as specified. H. "Indicated," "Shown" or " "Noted ": As indicated, shown or noted on Drawings or Specifications. I. "Install ": To erect, mount and connect complete with related accessories. J. "Motor Controllers ": Manual or magnetic starters (with or without switches), individual push buttons or hand - off - automatic (HOA) switches controlling the operation of motors. K. "Piping ": Pipe, tube, fittings, flanges, valves, controls, strainers, hangers, supports, unions, traps, drains, insulation, and related items. L. "Provide ": To supply, install and connect as specified for a complete, safe and operationally ready system. M. "Reviewed," "Satisfactory" or "Directed ": As reviewed, satisfactory, or directed by or to Architect/Engineer/Owner. N. "Rough -In ": Provide all indicated services in the necessary arrangement suitable for making final connections to fixture or equipment. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15650-2 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) O. "Shall ": An exhortation or command to complete the specified task. P. "Similar" or "Equal ": Of base bid manufacture, equal in materials, weight, size, design, and ' efficiency of specified products. Q. "Supply": To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories. R. "Typical" or "Typ ": Exhibiting the qualities, traits, or characteristics that identify a kind, class, number, group or category. Of or relating to a representative specimen. Application shall apply to all other similarly identified on plan or detail. S. "Will ": A desire to complete the specified task. Allows some flexibility in application as opposed to "Shall." T. "Wiring ": Raceway, fittings, wire, boxes and related items. U. "Work ": Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories, and other items required for proper and complete installation. 1.6 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All Division 15 Mechanical sections included herein. B. Division 2: Site Work. 1. Coordination of excavation of trenches and the installation of mechanical systems and piping on site. C. Division 7: Thermal and Moisture Protection. 1. Flashing and sheet metal. 2. Sealants and caulking. 3. Firestopping. D. Division 9: Painting: 1. Division 15 installers shall perform all painting, except where specifically stated otherwise in Division 9. 2. Painting of all exposed steel, piping, ductwork, insulation, equipment and materials. 3. Paint all exposed gas piping, interior and exterior to the building, yellow. E. Division 10: Miscellaneous Metals. 1. Exterior louvers and grilles shall be included in this Section. F. Division 16: Electrical is related to work of: 1. Fire protection alarms and relays. 2. Smoke detector and monitoring. 3. Power connections to all mechanical equipment. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The Contractor is cautioned that code requirements not explicitly detailed in these specifications or drawings, but which may be reasonably inferred or implied from the nature of the project, must be provided as part of the contract. B. Perform all tests required by governing authorities and required under all Division 15 Sections. Provide written reports on all tests. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-3 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) C. Electrical devices and wiring shall conform to the latest standards of NEC; all devices shall be UL listed and labeled. D. All plumbing and mechanical work shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). E. All excavation work must comply with all provisions of state laws including notification to all owners of underground utilities at least 48 business day hours, but not more than 10 business days, before commencing an excavation. F. Provide in accordance with rules and regulations of the following: 1. Building Codes enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in California: a. 2001 California Building Code (CBC) based 1997 Uniform Building Code (UBC) with State Amendments. b. 2001 California Mechanical Code (CMC) based 2000 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) with State Amendments. c. 2001 California Plumbing Code (CPC) based 2000 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with State Amendments. d. 2001 California Fire Code (CFC) based 2000 Uniform Fire Code (UFC) with State Amendments. e. 2004 California Electric Code (CEC) based 2002 National Electric Code with State Amendments. f. 2005 Title 24, Part 6 California Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings 2. Local, city, county and state codes and ordinances. 3. Local Bureau of Buildings. 4. Local Health Department. 5. Local and State Fire Prevention Districts. 6. State Administrative Codes. G. Provide in accordance with appropriate referenced standards of the following: 1. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. 2. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council. 3. CSA - Canadian Standards Association. 4. ADC - Air Diffuser Council. 5. AMCA - Air Moving and Conditioning Association. 6. ANSI - American National Standards Institute. 7. .ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute. 8. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers. 9. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 10. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials. 11. AWS - American Welding Society. 12. AW WA - American Water Works Association. 13. FM - Factory Mutual. 14. MSS - Manufacturer's Standardization Society. 15. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. 16. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 17. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories. 18. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act. 19. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories. 20. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineers. 21. PDI - Plumbing and Drainage Institute. 22. IAPMO - International Association of:Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. 23. CISPI - Cast. iron Soil Pipe Institute. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-4 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Nameplates: Nameplates on manufactured items shall be aluminum or Type 304 stainless steel sheet, not less than 20 USG (0.0375 "), riveted or bolted to the manufactured item, with nameplate data engraved or punched to form a non - erasable record of equipment data. B. Current Models. All work shall be as follows: 1. Manufactured items furnished shall be the current, cataloged product of the manufacturer. 2. Replacement parts shall be readily available and stocked in the USA. C. Experience: Unless more stringent requirements are specified in other sections of Division 15, manufactured items shall have been installed and used, without modification, renovation or repair, on other projects for not less than one year prior to the date of bidding for this project. 1.9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Examine all existing conditions at building site. B. Review contract documents and technical specifications for extent of new work to be provided. C. Provide and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. D. Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing. This work shall include furnishing and installing all access doors required for mechanical access. E. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. Refer to Equipment Specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough -in requirements. F. Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building components. G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. H. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical installations. I: Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. J. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient Flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing -in the building. K. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of mechanical equipment and materials. Contractor to provide for all cutting and patching required for installation of his work unless otherwise noted. L. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned,, install mechanical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. M. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, without interference with other installations. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-5 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) N. Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipment above ceilings with ductwork, piping, conduits, suspension system, light fixtures, cable trays, sprinkler piping and heads, and other installations. O. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. P. Coordinate with Owner in advance to schedule shutdown of existing systems to make new connections. Provide valves in new piping to allow existing system to be put back in service with minimum down time. Q. All materials (such as insulation, ductwork, piping, wiring, controls, etc.) located within air plenum spaces, air shafts, and occupied spaces shall have a flame - spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) Method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., label or listing, or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove the fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. R. Coordinate installation of floor drains and floor sinks with work of other trades, such that finished floor slopes to drains and floor sinks are flush with surrounding floor. S. Products made of or containing lead, asbestos, mercury or other known toxic or hazardous materials are not acceptable for installation under this Division. Any such products installed as part of the work of the Division shall be removed and replaced and all costs for removal and replacement shall be borne solely by the installing Contractor. 1.10 MINOR DEVIATIONS A. The Drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangements of all mechanical work and requirements to be performed. It is not intended to show or indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories which will be required as a part of the work of this Section. B. The Contractor shall review the structural and architectural conditions affecting his work. It is the specific intention of this section that the contractor's scope of work shall include 1. Proper code complying support systems for all equipment whether or not scheduled or detailed on drawings or in these specifications 2. Minor deviations from the mechanical plans required by architectural and structural coordination. C. The Contractor shall study the operational requirements of each system, and shall arrange his work accordingly, and shall furnish such fittings, offsets, supports, accessories, as are required for the proper and efficient installation of all systems from the physical space available for use by this section. This requirement extends to the Contractor's coordination of this section's work with the "Electrical Work Should conflicts occur due to lack of coordination, the time delay, cost of rectification, demolition, labor and materials, shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not be at a cost to the Owner. D. Minor deviations in order to avoid conflict shall be permitted where the design intent is not altered. E. Advise the Architect, in writing, in the event a conflict occurs in the location or connection of equipment. Bear all costs for relocation of equipment, resulting from failure to properly coordinate the installation or failure to advise the Architect of conflict. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-6 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1.11 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contractor shall certify the following items are correct when using substituted products other than those scheduled or shown on the drawings as a basis of design: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2. The Contractor shall pay for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing, structural supports, and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. 3. The proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts available locally are readily obtainable for the proposed substitute. B. The Contractor further certifies function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. C. The Contractor agrees that the terms and conditions for the substituted product that are found in the contract documents apply to this proposed substitution. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction submit for review all materials and equipment in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Before commencing installation, obtain an extra set of prints from Architect, marked "Record." Keep this set of Drawings at the job site at all times, and use it for no other purpose but to mark on it all the changes and revisions to the Contract Drawings resulting from coordination with other trades. At the completion of the project, 1. Obtain a clean set of reproducibles from the Architect or Engineer, at cost plus, and transfer the revisions to these reproducibles in a neat and orderly fashion. 2. Edit project AutoCAD files to incorporate all site markups, changes, and revisions to the Contract Drawings. Submit plots of Record Drawings and six copies CD Roms labeled with all record AutoCAD drawing files. B. Provide copy of Record Drawings to Testing and Balancing Contractor for use when doing his work. C. Refer also to Special Conditions in Division 1 for full scope of requirements. 1.14 START -UP SERVICE A. Prior to start-up, be assured that systems are ready, including checking the following: Proper equipment rotation, proper wiring, auxiliary connections, lubrication, venting, controls, and installed and properly set relief and safety valves. B. Refer to other Division 15 Sections for additional requirements. 1.15 INSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND O &M MANUALS A. O &M Manuals: Upon completion of the work, and prior to training of Owner's personnel, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect complete set of operating instructions, maintenance instructions, part lists, and all other bulletins and brochures pertinent to the operation and BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-7 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 0 maintenance for equipment furnished and installed as specified in this section, bound in a durable binder. Refer to Division 1. B. Contractor shall be responsible for providing proper instruction of the of Owner's personnel for operation and maintenance of equipment, and apparatus installed as specified in Division 15 to be no less than two hours for each piece of equipment. The Contractor shall develop and submit training materials prior to this training. These materials shall include qualifications of the trainer, training agenda, learning objectives, and a written test to be administered at the end of the training session. Operation and Maintenance manuals must present, incorporated and referenced in the training sessions. 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades,' compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling. B. Store equipment and materials in an environmentally controlled area at the site, unless off -site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage. Piping shall be stored in bundles covered with visqueen. Piping showing signs of rust shall be removed from site and replaced. C. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. 1.17 SAFETY AND INDEMNITY A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal hours of work. B. No act, service, Drawing, review, or Construction Review by the Owner, Architect, the Engineers or their consultants, is intended to include the review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site. C. The Contractor performing work under this Division of the Specifications shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers and their consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents from any and all liability claim, losses or damage arising, or alleged to arise from bodily injury, sickness, or death of a person or persons, and for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work under the Division of the Specifications, and from the Contractor's negligence in the performance of the work described in the Construction Contract Documents; but not including the sole negligence of the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers, and their consultants or their officers, employees and agents. 1.18 CLEANING AND CLOSING A. All work shall be inspected, tested, and approved before being concealed or placed in operation. B. Upon completion of the work, all equipment installed as specified in this section, and all areas where work was performed, shall be cleaned to provide operating conditions satisfactory to the Architect. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-8 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1.19 WARRANTIES A. All equipment shall be provided with a minimum one -year warranty to include parts and labor. Refer to individual Equipment Specifications for extended or longer -term warranty requirements. B. Provide complete warranty information for each item, to include product or equipment, date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names, addresses, telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. C. Service during warranty period: Contractor shall provide maintenance as specified elsewhere during the 12 -month warranty period. 1.20 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee and service all workmanship and materials to be as represented by him and shall repair or replace, at no additional cost to the Owner, any part thereof which may become defective within the period of one (1) year after the Date of Final Acceptance, ordinary wear and tear excepted. B. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for any damages caused by or resulting from defects in his work. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install all new material, equipment, and apparatus hereinafter specified unless specifically noted otherwise. All material, equipment, and apparatus shall be identified by the manufacturer's name, nameplate, and pertinent data. B. All materials, equipment, and apparatus are mentioned as standards unless noted otherwise. The words "or approved equal" shall be considered to be subsequent to all manufacturers' names used herein, unless specifically noted that substitutes are not allowed. 2.2 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. General: Comply with applicable codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products, which are UL listed and FM approved. 2. MSS Standard Compliance: Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS). 3. SMACNA: "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 4. NFPA: Pamphlet number 13 and 14 for fire protection systems. 5. Provide copper plated or plastic coated supports and attachment for copper piping systems. Field applied coatings or tape is unacceptable. 6. Manufacturer: B -Line, Grinnell, Michigan, Tolco, Kin -Line or Superstrut. B. Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated hangers and supports of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1. 2. Adjustable Steel Swivel Band Hangers: MSS Type 10. 3. U- Bolts: MSS Type 24. C. Vertical Piping Clamps: Provide factory- fabricated two-bolt vertical piping riser clamps, MSS Type 8. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-9 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) • D. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated hanger -rod attachments of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. 2. Steel Clevises: MSS Type 14. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15. 4. Malleable Iron Eye Sockets: MSS Type 16. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17. E. Building Attachments: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated building attachments of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18. 2. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: a. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. b. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. c. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33. 3. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58. 4. Anchor Bolts: Heavy duty, drilled -in concrete expansion wedge anchor bolts, Hilti or Red Head. F. Saddles and Shields: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles or shields under piping hangers and supports, factory- fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. G. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Metal Framing: Provide products complying with NEMA STD ML1. 2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36. 3. Cement Grout: Portland Cement (ASTM C150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration. 4. Pipe Brackets: "HoldRite" copper plated brackets. Insulate brackets attached to metal studs with felt. 2.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINTNISRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment, piping, ductwork and all system appurtenances (including weight of normal operating contents) shall, be adequately restrained to resist seismic forces. Restraint devices shall be designed and selected to meet seismic requirements as defined in Chapter 16 of the latest edition of the UBC, with State Amendments, and applicable local codes in accordance with Seismic Zone 4 and the applicable Importance Factors and Soil Factors. 2.4 ACCESS PANELS AND ACCESS DOORS A. Provide all access doors and panels to serve equipment under this work, including those which must be installed, in finished architectural surfaces. Frame of 16 -gauge steel, door of 20 gauge steel 1 "flange width, continuous piano hinge, key operated, prime coated. Refer to Architectural Specifications for the required product Specification for each surface. Contractor is to submit schedule of access panels for approval. Exact size, number and location of access panels is not shown on Plans. Access doors shall be of a size to permit removal of equipment for servicing. Access door shall have same rating as the wall or ceiling in which it is mounted. Provide access panel for each trap primer or concealed valve, for fire and combination fire /smoke dampers, and for volume dampers. Use no panel smaller than 12"x 12" for simple manual access, or smaller than 24" x 24" where personnel must pass through. Provide cylinder lock for access door serving mixing or critical valves in public areas. B. Included under this work is the responsibility for verifying the exact location and type of each access panel or door required to serve equipment under this work and in the proper sequence to BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-10 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) keep in tune with construction and with prior approval of the Architect. Access doors in fire rated partitions and ceilings shall carry all label ratings as required to maintain the rating of the rated assembly. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Milcor, Karp, Nystrom, or Elmdor /Stoneman. D. Submit markup of architectural plans showing size and location of access panels required for equipment access for approval by Architect. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. Mechanical Identification Materials: Provide products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division 15 Sections. Where more than single type is specified for application, selection is installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. Stencils are not acceptable. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Snap -On Type: Provide pre - printed, semi -rigid snap -on, color coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Pressure Sensitive Type: Provide pre - printed, permanent adhesive, color coded, pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. Secure both ends of markers with color coded adhesive vinyl tape. 3. Insulation: Furnish 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125 °F (52 °C) or greater. Cut length to extend 2" beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. 4. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as separate unit of plastic. C. Underground -Type Plastic Line Markers: Provide 6" wide x 4 mils thick multi -ply tape, consisting of solid metallic foil core between 2 layers of plastic tape. Markers to be permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, intended for direct burial service. D. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 1 112" diameter 19 -gauge polished brass valve tags with stamp- engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4." high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. 2. Plastic Laminate Valve Tags: Provide 3/32" thick engraved plastic laminate valve tags, with piping system abbreviations in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve number 1/2" high, and with 5132" hole for fasteners. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 4. Access Panel Markers: Provide 1/16" thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8" center hole to allow attachment. 5. Non - potable Water Tags: 1/16" thick, engraved, plastic tags as indicated on Drawings. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: Craftmark, Seton, Brady, or Brimer. 2.6 ELECTRICAL A. General: 1. All electrical material, equipment, and apparatus specified herein shall conform to the requirements of Division 16. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-11 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2. Provide all motors for equipment specified herein. Provide motor starters, controllers, and other electrical apparatus and wiring which are required for the operation of the equipment specified herein. 3. Set and align all motors and drives in equipment specified herein. 4. Provide expanded metal or solid sheet metal guards on all V-belt drives to totally enclose the drive on all sides. Provide holes for tachometer readings. Support guards separately from rotating equipment. 5. Provide for all rotating shafts, couplings, etc., a solid sheet metal, inverted "U" cover over the entire length of the exposed shaft and support separately from rotating equipment. Cover shall extend to below the bottom of the shaft and coupling, and shall meet the requirements of the State Industrial Safety Regulations. 6. Specific electrical requirements (i.e., horsepower and . electrical characteristics) for mechanical equipment are scheduled on the Drawings. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Electrical components and materials shall be UL or ETL Iistedflabeled as suitable for location and use - no exceptions. C. Low Voltage Control Wiring: 1. General: 14 gauge, Type THHN, color coded, installed in conduit. 2. Manufacturer: General Cable Corp., Alcan Cable, American Insulated Wire Corp., Senator Wire and Cable Co., or Southwire Co. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Workmanship shall be performed by licensed journeymen or master mechanics and shall result in an installation consistent with the best practices of trades. B. Install work uniform, level and plumb, in relationship to lines of building. Do not install any diagonal, or otherwise irregular work unless so indicated on Drawings or approved by Architect. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. Follow manufacturers' directions and recommendations in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used on this Contract furnish directions covering points not shown on the Drawings or covered in these Specifications. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the work between the various Mechanical Sections and with the work specified under other Divisions. If any cooperative work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper and timely provisions, the alternations shall be made to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the Contractor's cost. Coordinate wall and ceiling work with the General Contractor, and his subcontractors in locating ceiling air outlets, wall registers, etc. B. Inspect all material, equipment, and apparatus upon delivery and do not install any damaged or defected materials. 3.4 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors, and associated work, installer shall meet at project site with Contractor; installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives, (if any), installers of other work with requirements specified. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-12 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Installation of Building Attachments: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed. Fasten insert securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive'strength less than 2,500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through opening at top of inserts. C. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including, but not limited to, proper placement of inserts, anchors, and other building structural attachments. D. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. E. Install hangers within 12 inches of every change in piping direction, end of pipe run or concentrated load, and within 36 inches of every major piece of equipment. Hangers shall be installed on both sides of flexible connections. Where flexible connection connects directly to a piece of equipment only one hanger is required. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. G. Support sprinkler piping and gas independently of other piping. . H. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. Hanger Spacing in accordance with following minimum schedules (other spacings and rod sizes may be used in accordance with the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual and UPC using a safety factor of five): 1. Steel Pipe (Water Filled): Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 112" to 1 1/4" 5 feet 3/8" 1 112" to 2" 7 feet 318" 2 112" to 3" 10 feet 1/2" 4" and larger 12 feet 5/8" 2. Steel Pipe (Gas /Air Filled): Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 1/2" to 1 1/4" 6 feet 318" 1 1/2" to 8" 10 feet 1/2" 10" and larger 10 feet 518" 3. Copper Pipe: Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 112" to 2" 6 feet 3/8" 2 1/2" to 8" 8 feet 1/2" 10" and larger 10 feet 518" J. Sloping, Air Venting, and Draining: 1. Slope all piping as specified and as indicated, true to line and grade, and free of traps and air pockets. Unless indicated otherwise, slope piping in the direction of flow as follows: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-13 K. Provisions for Movement: 1. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors. 2. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connecting equipment. 3. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: a. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers, (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation. b. Shields: Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install shields or inserts. c. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated install protection saddles. L. Equipment Supports: 1. Provide all concrete bases, unless otherwise furnished as work of Division 3.. Furnish to.. Division 3 Contractor scaled layouts of all required bases, with dimensions of bases, and location to column centerlines. Furnish templates, anchor bolts, and accessories necessary for base construction. 2. Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure. Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory- fabricated tank saddles for tanks. M. Adjusting: 1. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. 2. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations. 3. Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.5 . ROOF CURBS, EQUIPMENT RAILS, PIPE PORTALS A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate with other trades so units are installed when roofing is being installed. C. Verify roof insulation thickness and adjust raise of cant to match. 3.6 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with Division 16 work to provide complete systems as required to operate all mechanical devices installed under this Division of work. B. Installation of Electrical Connections: Furnish, install, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicated) all heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, etc., motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC, and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these Specifications. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-14 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) Service Inclination Slope Domestic Water Down 1" per 100' Soil and Waste Down 1/4" per foot Storm Water Down 1/4" per foot Sanitary Vent Up (towards roof terminal) 14" per foot K. Provisions for Movement: 1. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors. 2. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connecting equipment. 3. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: a. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers, (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation. b. Shields: Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install shields or inserts. c. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated install protection saddles. L. Equipment Supports: 1. Provide all concrete bases, unless otherwise furnished as work of Division 3.. Furnish to.. Division 3 Contractor scaled layouts of all required bases, with dimensions of bases, and location to column centerlines. Furnish templates, anchor bolts, and accessories necessary for base construction. 2. Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure. Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory- fabricated tank saddles for tanks. M. Adjusting: 1. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. 2. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations. 3. Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.5 . ROOF CURBS, EQUIPMENT RAILS, PIPE PORTALS A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate with other trades so units are installed when roofing is being installed. C. Verify roof insulation thickness and adjust raise of cant to match. 3.6 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with Division 16 work to provide complete systems as required to operate all mechanical devices installed under this Division of work. B. Installation of Electrical Connections: Furnish, install, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicated) all heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, etc., motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC, and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these Specifications. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-14 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.7 PAINTING A. All painting shall be provided under this Division work, unless otherwise specified under Section 09900: Painting. Painting schemes shall comply with ANSI A13.1. Paint all exposed materials such as piping; ductwork, equipment, insulation, steel, etc. The inside surface of visible ductwork above diffusers/grilles shall be painted flat black. All exposed work under Division 15 shall receive either a factory finish or a field prime coat finish, except: 1. Exposed copper piping. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. General: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting, or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. 3.9 TESTING. A. Provide all tests specified hereinafter and as otherwise required. Provide all test equipment, including test pumps, gauges, instruments, and other equipment required. Test all rotational equipment for proper direction of rotation. Upon completion of testing, certify to the Architect, in writing, that the specified tests have been performed and that the installation complies with the specified requirements and provide a report of the test observations signed by qualified inspector. B. Ductwork: Test all air quantities as specked in Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. Pressure tests per SMACNA. C. Registers and Diffusers: Test for proper operation of manually operated control feature. Test all air quantities as specified in Section 15990 — Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. D. Ductwork Specialties: Test all operable ductwork specialties for proper operation. Check all fire, smoke and fire /smoke dampers to ensure that they are 100% open. E. Temperature Control: Test all control functions to assure that all systems are controlling as specified or as otherwise necessary and that all controls are adjusted to maintain proper room temperatures. The manufacturer's representative shall perform all tests. END OF SECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-15 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, providing insulation for the following: 1. All supply air ductwork, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Al return air ductwork, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 3. Acoustical duct lining where shown on drawings. 4. Domestic hot water supply piping. 5. Condensate drains inside the building from cooling coil drip pans to discharge point. B. Types of mechanical insulation specified in this Section include the following: 1. Fiberglass pipe insulation. 2. Fiberglass duct insulation. 3. Insulation jackets. 4. Insulation accessories. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods. B. Section 15180: HVAC Piping. C. Section 15400: Plumbing. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Ambient: The air temperature to be maintained in a conditioned room. Typically between 70 °F and 78 °F. B. Insert: Spacer placed between the pipe support system and the piping to allow for the space required for insulation. C. Insulation Group (IG): Definition of Insulation Materials and Operating Temperatures. D. Insulation Shield: Buffer material placed between the pipe support system and the insulation to prevent the insulation material from crushing. E. Jacket: Protective covering over the pipe insulation; may be factory applied such as "all service jacket' or field applied to provide additional protection; of such materials as canvas, PVC, aluminum or stainless steel. F. Piping Insulation: Thermal insulation applied to prevent heat transmission to or from a piping system. G. Vapor Barrier Jacket: Insulation jacket material that impedes the transmission of water vapor. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15086-1 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) H. Freezing Climate: Where outdoor design temperature is less than 33° F, as stated in ASHRAE fundamentals under 99% column for winter.design conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Provide products conforming to the requirements of the following: 1.. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Manufacture and test insulation in accordance with the ASTM Standards, including: a. 8209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plat. b. C165 - Recommended Practice for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulation. c. C167 - Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Blanket or Batt Thermal insulations. d. C177 - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission. e. Properties by Means of the Guarded- Hot -Plate Apparatus. f. C195 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. g. C196 - Specification for Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Thermal Insulating Cement. h. C302 - Test Method for Density of Preformed Pipe- Covering -Type Thermal Insulation. i. C303 - Test Method for Density of Preformed Block -Type Thermal Insulation. j. C305 - Test for Thermal Conductivity of Pipe Insulation. k. C356 - Test for Linear Shrinkage of Preformed High - Temperature Thermal Insulation. I. C411 - Test for Hot - Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation. m. C423 — Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. n. 6449 - Specification of Mineral Fiber Hydraulic- Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. o. C518 — Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. p. C533 = Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. q. C534 - Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. r. C547 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. s. C552 - Specification for Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. t. C553 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket -Type Pipe Insulation (Industrial Type). u. C592 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket -Type Pipe Insulation (Metal -Mesh Covered). v. C612 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. w. C916 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. x. C921 - Practice for Determining Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. y. C1104 — Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Vapor Sorption of Unfaced Mineral Fiber Insulation. z. C1071 - Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation. aa. C1338 — Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. bb. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. cc. E119 - Test for Fire Resistance. dd. G21 — Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. ee. G22 — Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Bacteria. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air - Conditioning Engineers ( ASHRAE): Provide and install pipe and duct insulation in accordance with the following ASHRAE Standard: a. 90 Energy Conservation in New Building Design. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Manufacture insulation in accordance with the . following NFPA standards: MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-2 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) • a. 255 Test Methods, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials B. Do not provide materials with flame proofing treatments subject to deterioration due to the effects of moisture or high humidity. C. Flame /Smoke Rating: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame - spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) Method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., label or listing; or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove the fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. D. Corrosiveness: Provide insulation such that when tested in accordance with the following test, the steel plate in contact with the insulation shows no greater corrosion than sterile cotton in contact with a steel plate for comparison. 1. Test Specimen: Two specimens shall be used, each measuring 1 "by 4" by approximately Y:" thick. 2. Apparatus: Provide a humidity test chamber in which two polished -steel test plates, I" wide, 4" long and 0.020" thick, shall be placed. Plates shall be dear finish, cold - rolled strip steel, American quality, quarter hard, temper No. 3, weighing 0.85lb /sq. ft. 3. Procedure: The steel test plates shall be rinsed with cp benzol until their surfaces are free from oil and grease and allowed to dry. One piece of cold - rolled steel shall be placed between the two insulation specimens and secured with tape or twine. The test specimen and uncovered plate shall be suspended vertically in an atmosphere having a relative humidity of 95% (plus or minus 3 %), and a temperature of 120 °F (plus or minus 3 °17), for 96 hours, and then be examined for corrosion. E. Insulation thickness shall be the greater standard of that specked here or the State energy conservation requirements. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, K- value, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Also fumish necessary test data certified by an independent testing laboratory. Submit samples. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data and product in maintenance manual. 1.7 . DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coating to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Store and protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Johns Manville, Owens- Coming, Knauf, Armstrong, Pittsburgh- Coming, Certainteed, Halstead, Rubatex, 3M FireMaster, Pabco, Reflectix, or approved equal. Manufacturer and insulation types listed below indicate a minimum acceptable level of quality required for each classification. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-3 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2.2 DUCTWORK INSULATIONS A. Flexible Fiberglass Blanket: Johns Manville Microlite Type 75 Flexible Blanket: 1. 'K' Value: ASTM C518, 0.27 Btu•in. /(hr•ft2• 017) at 75 °F installed full thickness. 2. Density: 0.75 lb/cu ft. 3. Vapor Barrier, Jacket: FSK (Foil -Scrim -Kraft) aluminum foil faced reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to fire - resistant kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and /or outward clinched expanded staples and vapor barrier mastic as needed. B. Fiberglass Duct Liner: Johns Manville Linacoustic R -300 Permacote, Flexible Blanket with Anti - Microbial Treatment. 1. 'K' Value: ASTM C518, 0.23 Btu9in. /(hr•ft2.cF) at 75 °F. 2, Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.65 or higher based on "Type A mounting." 3. Maximum Velocity on Mat or Coated Air Side: 5,000 ftImin. 4. Adhesive: UL listed waterproof type compliant with ASTM C916. 5. Fasteners: Duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened. 2.3 PIPE INSULATIONS A. Glass Fiber: Molded fibrous glass pipe insulation shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 547 and meet ASTM C 585 for sizes required in the particular system. For all fluid distribution temperatures below 45 °F the system shall be of a wicking type. 1. Non - Wicking: Johns Manville Micro -Lok Meeting ASTM C547; Rigid Molded Noncombustible or Micro -Flex CTS (pipe sizes larger than 67): a. 'K' Value: 0.23 at 75 °F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 0F. c. Vapor Retarder Jacket: AP -T PLUS white kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminum foil, secure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or AP jacket with outward clinch expanding staples or vapor barrier mastic as needed. 2. Wicking: Owens Corning VaporWick Meeting ASTM C547; Rigid Molded Noncombustible: a. 'K' Value: 0.23 at 75 °F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 °F. c. Jacket: Polymer facing with factory- applied adhesive closure to provide positive mechanical and vapor sealing of longitudinal seams. B. Field Applied Jackets (For Interior Applications): 1. All longitudinal seams shall be located on bottom of pipes. 2. PVC Plastic: Johns Manville Zeston 2000. One piece molded type fitting covers and jacketing material, gloss white. Connect with tacks and pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. 3. Canvas Jacket: UL listed fabric, 6 oz/sq. yd. plain weave cotton, treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. 4. Aluminum Jacket: 0.016" thick sheet, [smooth/embossed) finish, with longitudinal slipjoints and 2" laps, die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 5. Secure aluminum jackets with 3(8" or 1/2" stainless steel bands on 12" centers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that piping and ductwork has been tested for leakage in accordance with specifications before applying insulation materials. All piping and ductwork shall be inspected by Owner's Representative prior to installation of insulation. Any insulation applied prior to inspection shall be removed and new insulation applied at no additional cost to Owner. Notify Owner's Representative five (5) working days prior to insulation installation. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-4 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) . B. Verify that all surfaces are clean, dry and free of foreign material. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, building codes and industry standards. B. Remove and replace any insulation that has become wet or damaged during the construction process. C. Continue insulation and vapor barrier at penetrations and duct supports, except where prohibited by code. Instances where this is required include: 1. Ductwork support angle or struts. To prevent crushing of low density insulation, provide separator or high density insulation at point of support. Vapor barrier to continue unbroken at point of support. D. External Ductwork Insulation: 1. Provide insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature (below room temperature) with vapor retardant jacket. Seal all vapor retardant jacket seams and penetrations with UL listed tapes or vapor retardant adhesive. 2. Provide insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature (above room temperature) with or without vapor retardant jacket. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations except where prohibited by code. 4.. The underside of duct work 24" or greater in width shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately 18" on center. The protruding ends of the fasteners shall be cut off flush after the speed clips are installed, and then, when required, sealed with the same tape as specked above. E. Duct Liner: 1. Adhere insulation to sheet metal with a UL listed adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied to the sheet metal with a minimum coverage of 90 %. 2. Secure insulation.with mechanical liner fasteners as indicated by SMACNA or manufacturer. Pin length should be as recommended by the liner manufacturer. 3. All exposed edges of the liner must be factory or field coated. Unless factory coated, all . transverse edges and longitudinal joints of the duct liner shall be coated. 4. Duct dimensions indicated on plans are net inside dimensions required for airflow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. Piping insulation: 1. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations unless otherwise specified. 2. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3. For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature, secure jackets with self sealing lap or outward clinched, expanded staples. Bevel and seal ends of insulation at equipment, flanges, and unions. 4. Provide insert between support shield and piping on piping 1%" diameter or larger. Fabricate of Johns Manville Thermo -12, or other heavy density insulating material suitable for temperature. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths: a. 1%" to 2 1/2' pipe size 10" long 5. Use of metal saddles is acceptable as specified in Section 15050. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation matching adjoining pipe insulation. 6. Use of pipe hangers designed as an insulation coupling is acceptable in lieu of saddles and other devices. Klo -Shure coupling or equal. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-5 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code and mechanical code requirements as noted below. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior "K" factors. B. All air distribution system ducts and plenums, but not limited to, building cavities, mechanical closets, air handler boxes, and support platforms uses as ducts or plenums, shall be installed, sealed , and insulated to meet the requirements of the code. Portions of supply -air and retum -air ducts conveying heated or cooled air located in one or more of the following spaces shall be insulated to a minimum level of R-8. 1. In a space between the roof and an insulated ceiling. 2. In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or opening to the outside or unconditioned spaces 3. In an unconditioned crawlspace.. 4. In other unconditioned spaces. C. Flexible Fiberglass D. Thicknesses in the above table shall have insulation values as follows: 1 1/2"=R-6, 2"=R-8.0, 3" = R -12. Greater thicknesses are permitted to achieve identical values if space constraints allow. E. Duct Liner: THICKNESS inches FINISH REMARKS Supply ducts within building envelope 1 -1/2 FSK Where indicated 1" unless Linacoustic Return ducts within building envelope 1 -1/2 FSK noted on plans Supply and return ductwork located as described in 3.3.13 above. 2 Linacoustic D. Thicknesses in the above table shall have insulation values as follows: 1 1/2"=R-6, 2"=R-8.0, 3" = R -12. Greater thicknesses are permitted to achieve identical values if space constraints allow. E. Duct Liner: 3.4 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code requirements as noted below. Increase thickness V if exposed to exterior ambient air. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior X' factors. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-6 THICKNESS FINISH REMARKS inches Where indicated 1" unless Linacoustic otherwise noted on plans Exterior ductwork in sandwiched 2 Linacoustic in double wall sheetmetal Within 20' of Air Handling Unit in 1 Refectix Natural Fiber supply and return ducts 3.4 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code requirements as noted below. Increase thickness V if exposed to exterior ambient air. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior X' factors. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-6 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Fiberglass Insulation END OF SECTION MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-7 PIPE SIZE inches THICKNESS inches REMARKS Domestic hot water Up to 2 1 2 Y2 and over .1 '/z END OF SECTION MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-7 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15150 - PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished.and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Pipe and Fittings a. Condensate Drain Piping 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: 1. Manufactured items furnished shall be the current, cataloged product of the manufacturer. B. Codes and Standards: 1. All work shall be in full accordance with all applicable codes, ordinances and code rulings. 2. The Contractor shall furnish without any extra charge the labor and material required for compliance of codes. 3. Perform all tests required by governing authorities and as required under all Division 15 Sections. Provide written reports on all tests. 4. Electrical devices and wiring shall confirm to the latest standards of NEC; all devices shall be UL listed and so identified. 5. All plumbing work shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 6. All excavation work must comply with all provisions of state laws including notification to all owners of underground utilities at least 48 business day hours, but not more than 10 business days, before commencing an excavation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for condensate drain piping and specialties. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating underground piping installation showing all fittings with inverts. Indicate all footings and grade beams. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install all new material, equipment, and apparatus hereinafter specified unless specifically noted otherwise. All material, equipment, and apparatus shall be identified by the manufacturer's name, nameplate, and pertinent data. Plumbing Piping Valves and Specialties 15150 -1 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. All pipe shall be manufactured in North America. Alternatives may be acceptable, but must be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to bidding. C. Products made of, or containing, lead, asbestos, mercury, or other known toxic or hazardous materials are not acceptable for installation under this Section. Any such products installed as part of the work of this Section shall be removed and replaced and all costs for removal and replacement shall be bome solely by the Contractor(s). 2.2 STANDARD PIPE AND FITTING A. Condensate and indirect drains: 1. Pipe: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn copper water tube. 2. Fittings: ANSI B16.22, wrought copper. 3. Joints: Lead -free solder joints. Solder shall be lead -free nickel /silver bearing solder meeting ASTM B -32, ASTM B -828. Flux shall be water soluble and shall meet CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM B813 -91. 4. Insulate interior condensate drain pipes with minimum '/2" insulation to prevent moisture dripping from pipe. 2.3 PIPE COATING A. All underground steel and copper pipe fittings, and all above ground steel and copper pipe and fittings in corrosive air environments shall be covered with one of the following methods: 1. Twice Wrap 20 Mil. Scotch Wrap PVC No. 51, 50% overlap. 2. Prefabricated extruded plastic cover with joints sealed with two coats of 20 Mil: Scotch Wrap No. 51 or Pasco Wrap 20 mil weight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Workmanship shall be performed by licensed journeymen or master mechanics and shall result in an installation consistent with the best practices of trades. B. Install work uniform, level and plumb, in relationship to lines of building. Do not install any diagonal, or otherwise irregular work unless so indicated on Drawings or approved by Architect. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the work between the various Mechanical Sections and with the work specified under other Divisions of the work or contracts toward rapid completion of the entire project. If any cooperative work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time, then the work hereunder shall include all expenses of such changes as are necessary in the work under other contracts, and such changes shall be directly supervised by and made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. The cooperative work not included in the Mechanical Division related to the general construction work is as follows: 1. All formed concrete work. 2. Framed openings in masonry and other Architectural and Structural elements. 3. Wood grounds and nailing strips in masonry and concrete. 4. Sloping of floors to drains and floor sinks. 5. Sloping of roof -to -roof drains and overflow drains. Plumbing Piping Valves and Specialties 15150 -2 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) C. Inspect all material, equipment, and apparatus upon delivery and do not install any that maybe subject to rejection as a result of damage or other defects. Provide tarps and visqueen cover to protect equipment and piping delivered to and stored at the site. 3.3 PIPES SIZES TO EQUIPMENT A. General: Pipe sizes indicated shall be carried full size to equipment served. Any change of size to match equipment connection shall be made within one foot of equipment. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints or couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance or replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1116" misalignment tolerance. Comply with ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. B. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details, and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, and other structural and permanent - enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 112" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1" clearance outside insulation. Whenever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs. in solid partitions, except as indicated. C. Elevator Machine Rooms, Switchgear, Generator, Telecommunications, Telephone Rooms, and Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical spaces. Route drip pan drain piping to floor drain, floor sink or other approved receptor. 3.5 PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS A. All piping shall be cut squarely, free of rough edges and reamed to full bore. Piping shall be mechanically cleaned prior to make -up of joints and fully inserted into fittings. B. Solder copper tube and fitting joints with lead free nickel /silver bearing solder meeting ASTM. B- 32, in accordance with IAPMO IS 3 -93, ASTM B -828 and Copper Development Association recommended procedures. Joints shall be cleaned by other than chemical means prior to assembly. "Shock" cooling is prohibited. Fluxes shall be applied liberally to the outside of the pipe and the solder cup of the fitting. Fluxes shall be water soluble for copper and brass potable water applications, and shall meet CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM 8813 -91. Solder shall be applied until a full fillet is present around the joint. Solder and flux shall not be applied in such excessive quantities as to run down interior of pipe. Lead solder or corrosive flux shall not be present at the jobsite. 1. Manufacturers: a. Solder: JW Harris "Bridgit" or Englehard "Silvabrite 100 ". b. Flux: Laco "Flux -Rite 90 ", MW Dunton "Nokorode CDA Flux ", Hercules "Fluid Action Solder Flux ". Plumbing Piping Valves and Specialties 15150 -3 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) C. Piping shall be capped during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. 3.6 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS (SEE 15050) 3.7 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Underground piping shall be installed in stable; open trench work. Trench excavations shall be a minimum of 16" wide, true to line and grade. Contractor shall exercise all due shoring and safety procedures. No stones larger than 1" may be present in the trench to a minimum depth of 4" below the trench bottom. The trench shall be free of job site debris, and free of corrosive media. Pipe crown shall be not less than 24" below the finished ground surface for metallic pipe, and 30" for non - metallic pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or directed by the Architect. Trenches shall be kept free of excess moisture, and shall be kept open for only a short a time as necessary for installation, testing and inspection. Dispose of surplus excavation and seepage water as directed by the Architect. B. Piping shall be properly bedded and backfilled over stable trench bottom to a level of at least 12" above the pipe crown with thin layers of unwashed sand, dampened but not puddle, and free of organic or corrosive materials and excessive moisture. Backfili shall be placed in thin layers not to exceed 6" and tamped by mechanical tampers to a minimum 90% Modified Proctor Density, in accordance with ASTM D- 1557 -58T. Trenches shall be backfilled to a minimum depth of 36" prior to being wheel loaded. Replace to their original condition all turf, plants, concrete, asphalt, or other improvements which constitute landscaping, traffic areas or other improved areas which become disturbed by excavation. In graded and undeveloped areas, in addition to procedures specified above, backfiil trenches with crown 8" above the surrounding surface. C. Excavated and backfill in soils of unstable nature shall be provided as directed by Architect 3.8 PIPE INSPECTIONS A. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that systems be inspected at completion of each phase while under tests required for administrative authorities, and prior to concealment, i.e. "Rough -in" "top -out" and final. B. Inspection — Below Grade: All piping installed below grade shall be inspected prior to burial by the Architect, the Owner's Representative or the Engineer. Contractor must notify Architect no less than 24 working hours prior to inspection time. Should the piping be buried prior to inspection the contractor may be requested to uncover the piping at no delay to the project and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Inspection —Above Grade: All piping installed above grade shall be made available for inspection upon completion and prior to finish of walls and ceilings. Notify the Architect, the Owner's Representative or the Engineer. Contractor must notify Architect no less than 24 working hours prior to the desired inspection time. Should the piping be hidden within the structure prior to inspection the contractor may be requested to uncover the piping at no delay to the project and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.9 CLEANING, FLUSHING, DISINFECTING A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). B. Flush out piping systems with clean water. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. END OF SECTION Plumbing Piping Valves and SpeciaRies 15150 -4 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15732— WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division I - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Packaged unit. . 2. Controls and control connections. 3. Electrical power connections. 4. Mounting frame. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods. B. Section 15080: Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15880: Air Distribution D. Section 15990: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing E. Division 16: Electrical 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide packaged units that are the standard product of an equipment manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such units who issues complete catalog information on such products. Units shall not be fabricated by the Contractor. B. Codes and Standards: Provide air handling units conforming to the requirements of the latest addition of the following: 1. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): a. 99 Standards Handbook b. 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating [Unit shall bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal] c. 300 Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans [Unit shall bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal] d. 301 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data e. 500 Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings . b. 11 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings c. 900 Test Performance of Air Filter Units 3. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): a. 210 Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment b. 270 Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING 15732 -1 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio -Building) 4. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Except for motors, provide electrical components required as part of air handling units, which comply with NEMA Standards. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Provide unit internal insulation having flame spread rating not higher than 25 and smoke developed rating not higher than 50: a. 70 National electrical Code b. 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems c. 96B Standard for the Installation of Wean Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 7. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. (SMACNA): Comply with applicable SMACNA standards including "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 8. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Except for motors, provide electrical components required as part of units, which have been listed and labeled by UL. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for packaged units showing dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance with operating point clearly indicated, motor electrical characteristics, finishes of materials, installation instructions, sound and vibration test report, and bearing life calculations. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in operating and maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. 1:7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver units to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. 'Store and protect units against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged units - remove from project site. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide general one -year (12 months) parts and labor warranty with five (5) year warranty on compressors. The warranty shall include parts, labor, travel costs, and living expenses incurred by the manufacturer to provide factory authorized service. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bard 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Provide wall- mounted, with electric refrigeration capabilities. WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING 15732 -2 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Unit shall be self - contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre - wired, consisting of supply fan, controls, air filters, evaporator coil, compressor, condenser coil, condenser fan, and R -22 refrigerant. C. Unit fabrication shall meet following requirements: 1. Cabinet: Galvanized 20 gauge zinc coated steel, cleaned, rinsed, sealed and dried before polyurethane primer is applied. Baked on textured enamel to withstand 1000 hours of salt spray exposure. 2. Twin Blowers: Multispeed blower motor providing airflow adjustment for high and los static operation. Motor overload protection. 3. Air Filters: One4nch thick glass fiber. 4. Economizer: 100% outside air economizer. 2.3 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide phenolic coated copper tube/aluminum fin coil assembly. 2.4 COMPRESSOR A. Provide hermetic scroll compressor resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection. B. Five minute timed off circuit shall delay compressor start. 2.5 CONDENSER A. Provide phenolic coated copper tube /aluminum fin coil assembly. B. Provide slide out direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 2.6 SUPPLY /RETURN A. Dampers: Outside air damper shall fail to closed position on shutdown.. B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets. C. Damper Operator 24 -volt operation. D. Mixed Air Controls (Economizers as specified): Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position when ambient air temperature exceeds return air temperature. 2.7 CONTROLS A. Model TCS lead /lag controller with remote temperature sensors. Ethernet network module. PART 3EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that mounting surface, e.g. roof, is ready to receive work. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING 15732 -3 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide layout drawings of units, locations and power requirements to electrical installer. C. Install minimum 30% efficiency air filters in unit during installation phase. Do not operate the unit without filters in place. D. Mount rooftop unit on factory built roof mounting frame. Install roof mounting frame level. E. Install 3" flexible duct connection at inlets and outlets of units. F. Install condensate drain piping and traps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Drawings. G. Control installers shall install thermostat and all wiring associated with control signals into the units. H. Electrical installer shall install all line voltage power wiring and conduit. Coordinate with Division 16 work. I. Install a new set of filters prior to final air balance and substantial completion. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S START -UP SERVICES A. The manufacturer shall provide start-up service in the form of a factory trained service technician. The service technician shall verify correct installation, verify unit mounting, verify fan rotation, verify spring isolator adjustments, verify control wiring, verify power wiring, start-up the fans, and check for proper operation. The service technician shall provide final adjustments to meet the specified performance requirements. Fully staffed parts and service personnel shall be within four hours travel from the job site. END OF SECTION WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING 157324 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 -Bask; Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A: All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following applicable items: 1. Ductwork - Rigid, Flexible and Fabric 2. Ductwork Specialties 3. Flexible Connections 4. Sealants, Adhesives and Tapes 5. . Flashings 6. Bird Screens 7. Duct Access Panels and Doors 8. Diffusers, Grilles, and Registers 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15080: Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15990: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing D. Division 16: Electrical 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Provide products conforming to the requirements of the following: 1. ARI 885 -98 "Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Tenninal and Air Outlets." 2. AMCA -210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. 3. ANSI S1.23 - Designation of Sound Power Emitted by Machinery and Equipment. 4. ASC -A7001 - Standard for Duct Sealants. 5. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. Type 304 or 304 stainless steel. 6. ASTM A525 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Hot -Dip Process. G90 zinc- coated. 7. ASTM A527/A527M - Standard Specification for Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot - Dip Process, Lock - Forming Quality. 8. TIMA AAC -101 - Standard for fiberglass duct liner with erosion proof facing. 9. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connections, Class 1. B. Conform to NFPA 90A "Standards for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems ". C. Provide and construct ductwork systems in conformance with the latest editions of the following documents: 1. SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible- 1995" (HDCS) AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -1 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1 SMACNA "Accepted Industry Practice for Industrial Duct Construction" for duct pressures above +5" W.G. positive pressure or below -5" W.G. negative pressure. Where differences exist between SMACNA and the prevailing building code, the gauge or construction method of the submitted ductwork shall be the more stringent of the two standards 3. ASHRAE Systems and Equipment Handbook "Duct Construction" chapter 4. ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook "Duct Design" chapter D. Alternatives: The SMACNA standards and publications referenced in this Section of the specifications establish ductwork construction requirements. 1. Alternatives to these standards and publications may be submitted. Approval will be based on demonstration that such alternatives are equivalent and satisfy the functional requirements described in the referenced standards. 2. Such demonstration shall include evidence that the alternatives proposed were tested in accordance with SMACNA procedures and with test results certified by an independent testing laboratory. E. All ductwork and equipment shall be seismically supported and braced per the SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems ". F. Flame /Smoke Rating: All materials, including sealants and adhesives, shall have a flame- spread index of 25 or less, and smoke developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction, submit for approval on all materials and equipment: 1. Ductwork - Rigid, Flexible and Fabric 2. Ductwork Specialties 3. Diffusers, Grilles,, and Registers 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. Store and protect products against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged components. Remove damaged products from project site. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK A.. All interior ducts shall be constructed with 6-60 or better galvanized steel (ASTM 527) LFQ, chem treat. Exterior ductwork or duct exposed to high humidity conditions shall be G -90 or better galvanized steel LFQ, them treated. Construct all ducts and plenum of gauges, and with joints, bracing, reinforcing, and other construction details in accordance with the latest construction standards previously listed. Metals shall be manufactured by United States Steel, Kaiser, Rolok or equal. B. Duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are net, inside, clear dimensions. For internally lined ducts, add lining thickness to determine metal duct dimensions. C. Ducts shall be constructed of material. gauges and reinforcement per SMACNA pressurization classifications to meet 150% of the pressure requirements for external static pressure scheduled on drawings for the fans serving each system. Where differences exist between SMACNA and the prevailing building code, the gauge or construction method of the submitted ductwork shall be the more stringent of the two standards. See also Part III Execution for matrix of requirements. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -2 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) D. All ductwork, fittings, grilles /diffuser, etc, shall.be constructed of aluminum or stainless steel in, and around, magnetically /electrically sensitive rooms. Refer to all construction documents for location of these critical rooms. 2.2 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Joints — Sealing 1. Duct tape is not allowed. Rolled elastomeric duct sealants are not allowed. 2. Solvent -based and oil -based sealants are not allowed. 3. Seal all transverse joints - this includes mechanical joints similar to Ductmate on all supply, return, exhaust and outside air intake ducts. 4. All sealant systems to be meet VOC limits as specified in South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule #1168 limiting VOC's to 100 gfl. Sealants by Hardcast, Ductmate, Mon -Eco Industries, United McGill or equal, as recommended for ductwork application. 5. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, suitable for high velocity and high pressure applications, UL 181 B -M listed, UL 723 classified, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. a. Outdoor Application: Resistant to UV light when cured, Hardcast Duct -Seal 321, Ductmate EZ -Seal, or equal. b. Indoor Application: Hardcast Iron Grip, Ductmate PROseal, Mon -Eco EZ Seal 44-44, or equal. 6. Two -Part Tape Sealing System: Woven -fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic/silioone activator to read exothermally with tape to form hard, durable airtight seal. Hardcast Two Part II, McGill Uni -Cast, or equal. B. Joints - Rectangular Ducts 1. Slip drive joints, standard seams, flanges or welding as required by SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for system static pressure. Ductmate, MEX Industries, or equal are acceptable joint methods, but must be sealed as described previously. Transverse joints shall be constructed per Figure 1 -4 for types T-8 through T -25. T -1 and T -5 slip joints are NOT allowed. Joint T -2, T -3, T -6 and T -7 reinforced slip joints are allowed below 2" static pressures. C. Joints - Round 1. Exposed Ductwork: Slip drive and sheet metal screws. 2. Concealed Ductwork: Sheet metal screws. D. Elbows 1. Construct long radius elbows with centerline not less than 1.5 times the dud width. Shorter radius elbows may be used where required to fit in restricted spaces, or as shown. Provide single thickness turning vanes on all short rectangular radius elbows less than 25" wide. Provide double thickness turning vanes for short rectangular radius elbows 25" wide and greater. Number of vanes per SMACNA. Elbows with square throat and radius heel are NOT allowed. E. Transitions 1. Construct transitions with minimum slope of 1 to 5 ratio and in conformance to SMACNA. Branch Connections 1. Provide 450 entry boots or radius taps for rectangular dud take -offs and conical or bellmouth taps for round duct take -offs. Straight 900 taps are not allowed, except where round take -off duct size equals round branch duct size. Provide volume dampers at take -offs for balancing if not specifically noted as provided at outlet or inlet. Provide insulation guards at transitions to lined ductwork. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -3 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2.3 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK A. Construct rectangular ductwork to meet all functional criteria defined in Section VII, of the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition. This shall be subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply with all local, code requirements. Ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized steel. Diagonally cross break all panels on ducts 30 inches wide and larger, or bead using automatic bead machine with beads at 12 inches on center or less. All connections shall utilize 45" boot take -offs. Bullhead tees and straight taps are not permitted. All ductwork shall be aluminum or stainless steel in, and around, magnetically /electrically sensitive rooms. 2.4 ROUND DUCTWORK A. Round and oval ductwork shall be constructed to SMACNA round ductwork requirements of galvanized sheet steel. Spiral lock seams, only, to 50" diameter. Lap or snap lock seams are not permitted for round ductwork of any size. Provide beaded sleeve joints or Flanges with gasket joints. Elbows shall be 5 -gore mitered and welded. All elbows shall be long radius type with centerline radius to duct diameter of 1.5, exceptions will only be allowed at restricted space locations. All connections shall utilize welded conical tees, aluminum conical fitting with damper by Flexmaster #CBD, or 45" boot take -offs by Flexmaster #STOD. Spin -in type or other types of butt tees, bullhead tees or straight taps are not permitted. Flat oval shall be utilized in space - restricted areas. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Flexible one -inch thick insulated round ductwork may be utilized where shown on the Drawings and at the last seven (T) feet to each air outlet and inlet, unless shown otherwise on the plans. Maximum of only one 90° bend in any length. No intermediate joints are allowed. Connect each end with stainless steel screw operated drawbands. Support duct to maintain smooth shape without sagging. All connections shall utilize welded conical tees, aluminum conical fitting with damper by Flexmaster #CBD, or 45" boot take -offs by Flexmaster #STOD. Spin -in type or other types of butt tees, bullhead tees or straight taps are not permitted. B. Flexible ductwork for low pressure systems with static pressure at or below 2" w.g. positive pressure shall be a trilaminate of aluminized foil, fiberglass insulation, and aluminized polyester, mechanically locked to galvanized steel helix without adhesives, exterior I" fiberglass insulation and fire retardant plastic outer jacket. Flexmaster #Type 5 or approved equal. C. Flexible ductwork for medium and high pressure systems with static pressures above 2" w.g. through 10" w.g. positive pressure shall be a heavy coated fiberglass cloth fabric mechanically locked to galvanized steel helix without adhesives, exterior 1" fiberglass insulation and fire retardant plastic outer jacket. Flexmaster #Type 4 or approved equal. 2.6 DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES A. Volume and Splitter Dampers: Galvanized sheet metal blade and frame with Ventfabrics Inc., Ventlok operating hardware. For accessible dampers, provide #641 self - locking dial regulators and #644 self - locking dial regulators for insulated ductwork, #637 square and bearing, and #635 spring end bearing, as applicable. For inaccessible dampers, provide #666 or #677 concealed locking damper regulator with bearings as above. For static pressures above 3" W.G., provide #640 HiVel dial regulator and #609 HiVel end bearing for accessible dampers. Regulators shall extend to and through ceiling with neatly installed hardware at the finished ceiling. For inaccessible dampers requiring adjustment through diffusers use Young Regulator, Bowden cable control system. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -4 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Multi- louver Volume Dampers: 16 gauge galvanized steel frame. Opposed, 6" wide, 16 gauge galvanized steel blades. Concealed linkage in frame. Titus #AG -35 -B, Ruskin #CD35 /OBD or equal. C. Flexible Connections: Provide flexible connectors at the discharge and inlet of fans, air handlers, rotating mechanical equipment, and where shown on the Drawings for proper vibration isolation. Neoprene impregnated glass cloth with 24 gauge galvanized metal frame. Neopreneonly connectors are not allowed. Minimum dimensions - 3" metal, 3" fabric, 3" metal. Ventrabrics #Ventglas or approved equal by Duro Dyne, Q Industries, consolidated Kinetics, Ductmate Proflex or Elgen. D. Ducts through roof shall be 16 gauge (or minimum of 2 gauges heavier than attaching ductwork), flashed and counterflashed, and provided with storm collars to secure a watertight construction. E. Bird Screens: 14 gauge, 1/2", galvanized wire mesh, set in a galvanized steel frame, screw set. 2.7 DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS A. All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be selected to provide proper air distribution for the intended occupant application. All supply air devices shall be selected to provide a maximum air velocity of 50 fpm at three feet above the floor, unless otherwise noted. Manufacturer's representative shall carefully review Architectural and Mechanical drawings and ensure diffuser /grille /register selections will provide proper air distribution at NC 25 or less. Manufacturer at no additional expense to the Owner shall replace diffusers, grilles, and registers not providing proper distribution or excessive noise at scheduled airflow. B. All frames shall be selected to fit the ceiling type. Verify with Architectural Drawing. Each diffuser, grille and register shall be individually capable of balancing via duct mounted balancing dampers or attached opposed blade dampers. Provide unit opposed blade damper where individual duct mounted balancing dampers are not provided. C.. Sizes, capacities and pattern s shall be as shown on the Drawings. Manufacturer: Metal Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Carnes, Price or Tuttle &Bailey. 2.8 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS (DSD) A. Duct mounted photoelectric smoke detector. One required for each heating or cooling 'system supplying air in excess of 2,000 cfm, for systems serving more than one occupancy type, and for control of each combination fire/smoke damper when not controlled by Div. 16 area wide detection system. Coordinate with Div 16. work and electrical installer for power to smoke detector. Detector shall be mounted in the supply air ductwork downstream of the air handler and filters, or upstream of combination dampers. Coordinate with control installer to assure that detector shall shut down the air - moving equipment when smoke is detected and close associated damper actuator(s). Sensor shall be selected to operate with air velocity rating from 100 to 4000 fpm. Provide with metal sampling tube. Provide remote test and reset station at ceiling or as otherwise indicated. Duct smoke detector shall be installed in compliance with the applicable mechanical or building code. Coordinate with Section 15900 and 15990 work. System Sensor #DH100LP series or approved equal. B.. Additional requirements for duct smoke detectors include requirements per Section 6.4 of NFPA- 90A. Provide one duct smoke detector at each story to the connection to a common return and prior to any recirculation or fresh air inlet connection in air return systems having a capacity greater than 15,000 cfm and serving more than one story. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -5 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DUCTWORK AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Ductwork is generally diagrammatically indicated and shall be generally installed as indicated. Do not scale Drawings for exact location of ducts. Install ducts to best suit field conditions and cooperate with other trades. Do not penetrate Structural members without consent of Architect or Structural Engineer. Check with Structural drawings prior to locating any penetrations. Duct sizes are indicated as net inside dimensions on the Drawings. The indicated dimensions shall be altered at the job site for the purpose of avoiding interferences and clearance difficulties to other dimensions producing the same air handling characteristics, provided such altered dimensions are approved by the Architect. Ducts shall be constructed in accordance with, the latest edition of codes and standards identified in Part 1 and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Clean and pretreat surfaces before application of sealant. Conform to the manufacturer's cleaning procedures. Install sealants in conformance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Vertical ducts or horizontal ductwork penetrating fire rated ceilings, roofs, walls and floors shall be fire separated with UL listed and labeled fire dampers. Provide additional fire dampers indicated on the Drawings and as otherwise required by the UBC.and building inspector. Provide approved firestopping between damper frames and firewalls. Install fire dampers in accordance with NFPA Standards, requirements of the State Fire Marshal, and applicable codes. Ensure that fire dampers are installed in the open position. 3. Provide 16 gauge metal sleeve with 1" clearance and pack space around ducts through walls tight with fiberglass, and seal with Schuller Duxseal or approved 3M fire proof caulking, as required. For exposed ducts through walls, provide flat, sheet metal escutcheon to conceal fiberglass and wall opening. 4. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Install flush, squared, tightly sealed, and entirely covering sheet metal ductwork and gaskets. Thread sheet metal mounting screws tightly into sheet metal. All frames shall be selected to fit the ceiling type. Verify with Architectural Drawing. Each diffuser, grille and register shall be individually capable of balancing via duct mounted balancing dampers or attached opposed blade dampers. Provide unit opposed blade damper only where individual duct mounted balancing dampers are specifically noted as not provided. Duct connections shall fit securely to necks or collars behind face area. Provide all necessary transition pieces and duct collars to make connections from ductwork to. neck sizes. Where ducts connect directly to necks or collars provide a minimum straight duct section of two times the duct diameter to the last elbow. Where minimum straight duct sections are not physically possible provide sheet metal plenum sized for approximately 500 fpm air velocity with duct tapped directly to side of plenum. Where building walls, floors and ceilings form portions of duct or plenum, provide gasketed angles or channels at junction points, securely bolted and sealed to building structure. 5. Install turning vanes in all mitered elbows in all ducts, so that tips are parallel with the sides of the ducts. Vanes shall be single thickness type. Tips of acoustical turning vanes on outside radius shall be flush with acoustical lining. 6. Provide flexible connections to completely isolate fans from direct contact with all sheet metal work. 7. Provide access panels or doors, as required, for access to valves, controllers, fire dampers and humidifier dispersion tubes. Access doors required in Product Conveying Vapor /Moisture Ductwork (see applicable paragraph above) shall not be installed in the bottom of the duct or in a manner to allow leaks. 8. Volume Dampers: Provide manual volume dampers in all low pressure supply, return and exhaust branch ductwork to grilles, diffusers, inlet and outlet openings to facilitate balancing of systems. These are to be provided as part of contract whether shown on plans or not. Where ceilings are not accessible, provide access door or remote damper operator. B. Hangers and Supports: Securely fasten all ductwork to the building construction by means of hangers, supports, guides, anchors, and sway braces to maintain duct alignment, to prevent AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -6 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) sagging, and to prevent noise and excessive strain on ductwork due to movement under operating conditions. 1. Maximum spacing between hangers shall not exceed eight (8) feet. 2. Adequately mount and anchor all material and equipment as required. Include lateral bracing as required to prevent horizontal, seismic movement. Refer to UBC and architectural Drawings for seismic requirements. 3. Do not support ductwork from fans or any other pieces of equipment. 4. Powder driver fasteners shall not be used to support rectangular ducts of 40" maximum dimension. Powder driven fasteners shall not be allowed in existing facilities where electronic equipment is located. 5. Support round duct, 30" and larger, with two hangers at each support point 6. Hangers and supports shall conform to SMACNA section "Hangers and Supports ". Nail inserts; hangers and supports to formwork before slabs are poured. Cut off or remove nails, strap -ends and other projections, flush with concrete after forms are removed. 7. Support vertical ducts, passing through floors with two continuous angles screwed to the duct and bearing to the floor and conforming to SMACNA section °Riser Support-From Floor". Blocking or shimming ducts will not be permitted. C. Other: 1. Fans: Align fans, motors, and drives. Install fans to render bearings accessible for lubrication without dismantling fans or ducts. Provide extended bearing oilers as required. Mount all fans on vibration isolators as specified. 2. Insulation: Properly and neatly apply insulation on all material and equipment and apparatus, as specified, including all fittings. Apply insulation over clean, dry surfaces, with adjoining sections firmly butted together and canvas smoothly pasted over. When vapor barriers are specified, install continuous overall external surfaces of the entire system. 3. Duct Sizing: Where duct sizes are not specifically shown on the plans or must be modified due to physical limitations, supply ducts may be sized at a maximum velocity of 1,500 fpm or 0.08" sp friction per 100 feet, whichever provides the larger duct, and return /exhaust/intake ducts may be sized at a maximum velocity of 1,000 fpm or 0.06" sp friction per 100 feet, whichever provides the larger duct. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING CRITERIA A. 15880 — Unless called out otherwise on drawings the pressure classification of ductwork shall be as follows: B. 15880 — The default leakage classification of ductwork is as follows: Duct working press. Working to Build to SMACNA Duct system: Location pressure SMACNA Seal class: Sealing Applicable Transverse joints Transverse and pressure class . only Low press From AC unit to 24 12 Supply Air grilles, registers or low pressure +1" we B diffusers.. Low press From return grilles to Low pressure -1" we B Return air AC unit. Washroom From grille to exhaust _1" we -2" we B exhaust fan Washroom From exhaust fan to +1" we +2" we B exhaust discharge at ambient B. 15880 — The default leakage classification of ductwork is as follows: Duct working press. - Low pressure - +/ +l -1" — +1 -3" class: 0.5 "wc SMACNA Seal Class C B Sealing Applicable Transverse joints Transverse and only longitudinal Joints Rectangular sheet 24 12 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -7 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) Duct workina press. class: metal SMACNA Leakage Class Round sheet metal SMACNA Leakage Class Low Pressure - +/- +l- 1 " — +/3" 0.5 "wc 12 3.3 MANDATORY CALIFORNIA DUCTWORK TESTING A. All duct systems shall be sealed to a leakage rate not to exceed 6% of the fan flow if the duct systems are: 1. Connected to a constant volume, single zone system, air conditioners, heat pumps or furnaces, and 2. Serve less than 5,000 square feet of floor area, and 3. Have more than 25% duct surface area located in one or more of the following places: a. Outdoors, or b. In a space directly under a floor where the U- factor of the roof is greater than the U- factor of the ceiling, or c. In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces, or d. In an unconditioned crawlspace, or e. In other unconditioned spaces. 4. The leakage rate shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with procedures set forth in the Nonresidential ACM Manual. 3.4 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. All HVAC equipment and machinery shall be anchored to withstand forces generated by earthquake motions. As a minimum, equipment and equipment frames shall be designed to withstand a force of 100% of the weight of the equipment and frame acting at its center of gravity. Anchorage of the equipment and/or-frame to the structure shall be for a force of four times gravity also acting at the center of gravity. B. Piping and ductwork connecting to equipment shall be seismically braced per SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems". C. The seismic calculations shall be the responsibility of contractor. 3.5 EQUIPMENT A. Install equipment as shown on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations. 3.6 SUPPLY DIFFUSER AND REGISTER LOCATIONS A. Coordinate location of supply outlets with ceiling mounted smoke detectors. Locate outlets or outlet distribution so as to prevent airflow from inhibiting the operation of smoke detectors. Locate ceiling outlets a minimum of T -0" from smoke detectors. 3.7 PAINTING A. Where the interior surfaces of ductwork are visible through the blades of supply outlets, return inlets, and exhaust inlets - paint the interior visible surfaces with one coat of flat black paint. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -8 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not insulate or conceal ductwork before inspection by Owner's Representative, Architect or Engineer. If ductwork is insulated and concealed prior this inspection the Contractor shall remove insulation and ceiling to permit inspection at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall replace the insulation and ceiling after final inspection at no additional cost to the Owner. Ductwork Deflection Criteria: 1. Maximum inward and/or outward deflection at sheetmetal panels shall be Wunder maximum static pressure operating conditions. - Additional intermediate stiffening angles shall be installed where deflections exceed 3/:'. 2. Maximum inward and /or outward deflection at sheetmetal elbows andjoints shall be' /." under maximum static pressure operating conditions. Additional stiffening angles shall be installed where deflections exceed W. C: Acceptance of duct systems shall be contingent. upon conformance with the requirements specified in Section 15990 "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ". 3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean the inside of plenums, casings, enclosures, fans, and accessible ductwork before starting fans. Blowout coils and condensate piping with compressed air. Install a clean set of filters in each system prior to testing and balancing. Proceed with testing and balancing. All dampers shall be locked in place. END OF SECTION AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -9 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 WORK RELATED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15880: Air Distribution C. Division 16: Electrical. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Scope: Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work required by this Section is indicated on the drawings, in schedules, and by the requirements of this Section, and Section 15050 -Basic Mechanical Requirements. Systems: Testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this Section shall include, but not be limited to, the following systems: 1. Air distribution ductwork including supply, return and exhaust. 2. General exhaust systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tester's Qualifications: A specialist certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) with at least 3 years of experience in those testing, adjusting and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not the installer of the system to be tested and is otherwise independent of the project. B. Codes and Standards: Provide testing, adjusting and balancing conforming to American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air - Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and either NEBB or AABC, the following: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Comply with the following: a. S1.4Specification For Sound Level Meters. . b. 51.11 Specification For Octave -Band and Fractional- Octave -Band Analog and Digital Filters, 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (AHSRAE) -1995 HVAC Applications, Chapter 34: Comply with. ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to measurements, instruments, and testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3. NEBB or AABC: Comply with NEBB'S "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems" or comply with AABC MN -1 "National Standards," as applicable to mechanical air and hydronic distribution systems, and associated equipment and apparatus. C. Penalty: The Contractor shall submit the name of the organization he proposes to employ for approval within 30 days after contract award. If the Contractor fails to submit the name of an acceptable agency within the specified time, a firm may selected to accomplish the work, and this selection shall be binding upon the Contractor at no additional cost. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -1 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) U D. Retainages: In addition to any other sums retained or withheld pursuant to the provisions of this Contract, the amount of dollars will be withheld from payments to the contractor until such time as the work has been completed and accepted. In no event will this amount be paid to the Contractor prior to 60 days following acceptance of the project; during such time, the Contractor shall investigate and correct any reported deficiencies unless such deficiencies are a result of unauthorized tampering by building occupants. E. Calibration of Testing Instruments: All measurement instruments used for testing, adjusting, balancing, and commissioning shall be calibrated. The time between the most recent calibration data and the final test report date shall not be over 3 years. F. Testing and balancing agency, as part of its contract, shall act as authorized inspection agency responsible to Consulting Engineer and Owner, and shall list all items that are installed incorrectly, require correction, or have not been installed in accordance with contract Drawings and Specifications, pertaining to air distribution, cooling and heating systems. The testing and balancing agency is required to provide written reports of all deficiencies and proposed recommendations to the Owner' Representative, Contractor, Architect and Engineer. G. The testing and balancing agency shall provide with his bid a performance guarantee covering all phases of the work as herein specked. H. The General and mechanical contractors shall cooperate with the selected testing and balancing agency in the following manner: 1. Provide sufficient time before final completion dates so that tests and balancing can be accomplished. 2. The various system installers, suppliers and contractors shall provide all required materials, labor and tools to make corrections when required without undue delay. Install balancing dampers as required by testing and balancing agency. 3. The contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of the same during each working day of testing and balancing. 4. Testing and balancing agency shall be kept informed of any major changes made to the system during construction, and shall be provided with a complete set of Record Drawings. 5. The General Contractor shall make space and other facilities available to the testing and balancing agency to enable their work to progress. The General Contractor shall schedule the work of other trades to avoid conflicts with this work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the Submittals requirements of Division 1. B. Forms: The Contractor shall deliver a complete copy of either NEBB or AABC standard forms for testing and, balancing work associated with the project. These forms shall serve as specific guidelines for producing final test report. Hybrid or non - standards forms are not acceptable. Data shall include, but not be limited to, a title page with building information. instrument lists, air flows, water flows, temperatures, sound levels, capacities, nameplate data. C. Test Reports: Provide six (6) certified test reports, signed by the test and balance supervisor who performed the work. The final reports shall include identification and types of instruments used, and their most recent calibration date, and key plans identifying all inlets and outlets. Final test reports shall be typed. Hand written reports are not acceptable. D. Maintenance Data: Include, in maintenance manuals, copies of certified test reports and identification of instruments. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -2 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) E. Qualifications: The Contractor shall submit the certified individual qualifications of all persons responsible for supervising and performing the actual work and the name of the certifying engineer. Provide a reference list of five (5) similar size projects with contact person and telephone number. 1.6 AGENDA A. Agenda: A preliminary report and agenda shall be submitted and approved prior to the start of testing and balancing work. 1. Review plans and specifications prior to installation of any of the affected systems, and submit a report indicating any deficiencies in the systems that would preclude the proper adjusting, balancing, and testing of the systems. 2. The agenda shall include a general description of each air and water system with its associated equipment and operation cycles for heating and cooling. 3. The agenda shall include a list of all air and water flows to be performed at all mechanical equipment. 4. The agenda shall incorporate the proposed selection points for sound measurements, including typical spaces as well as sound sensitive areas such as conference rooms. 5. The agenda shall also include specific test procedures and parameters for determining specified quantities (e.g. flow, drafts, sound levels) from the actual field measurements to establish compliance with contract requirements. Samples of forms showing application of procedures and calculations to typical systems shall be submitted. 6. Specific test procedures for measuring air quantities at terminals shall specify type of instrument to be used, method of instrument application (by sketch) and factors for: a. Air terminal configuration. b. Flow direction (supply or exhaust). c. Velocity corrections. d. Effective area applicable to each size and type of air terminal. e. Density corrections. 7. The agenda shall include identification and types of measurement instruments to be used, and their most recent calibration date. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. General: Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until the following conditions have been met. 1. Work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work yet to be completed on the tested equipment. 2. Work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials. 3. All architectural openings (doors, windows, and other openings), which may affect the operation of the system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced shall be at their normal states. 4. All related mechanical systems which may affect the operation of the system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced shall be at their normal operating conditions. PART21PRODUCTS. 2.1 TEST HOLES A. Test holes shall be provided in ducts, housings and pipes as necessary for the proper air and water measurements and to balance systems. At each location where ducts or plenums are insulated, test holes shall be provided with an approved extension with plug fitting. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -3 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2.2 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Material: Seal, patch and repair ductwork, piping and equipment drilled or cut for testing purposes. 1. Plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork and housings. 2. Piping shall be capped with materials the same as the piping system. 3. Insulation shall be neatly hemmed with metal or plastic edging, leaving test points visible for future testing. 2.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS A. Standards: Utilize instruments and equipment of type, precision, and capacity as recommended in the NEBB "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and AABC manual MN -1. B. Test Instruments: All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibration histories for each instrument shall be available for examination. Each test instrument shall be calibrated by an approved laboratory or by the manufacturer. A representative has the right to request instrument recalibration, or the use of other instruments and test methodology, where accuracy of readings is questionable. C. Additional Instruments: Permanently installed measuring instruments, such as temperature and pressure gauges, shall be checked against transfer standard instruments. Any instrument which does not meet specification requirement shall be replaced or recalibrated. D. Cone Instruments: The Contractor shall employ manufactured enclosure type cones, capable of - air volume direct readings, for all diffuser /grille/register air flow measurements. The readout meters shall meet calibration requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES AND INSTRUMENTS, GENERAL A. Requirements: All systems and components thereof shall be adjusted to perform as required by drawings and specifications. B. Test Duration: Operating tests of heating and cooling coils, fans, and other equipment shall be of not less than four hours duration after stabilized operating conditions have been established. Capacities shall be based on temperatures and air and water quantities measured during such tests. C. Instrumentation: Method of application of instrumentation shall be in accordance with the approved agenda. 1. All instruments shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's certified instructions. 2. ' All labor, instruments, and appliances required shall be furnished by the Contractor. Permanently installed instruments used for the tests (e.g., flow meters and Btu meters) shall not be installed until the entire system has been cleaned and ready for operation. 3.2 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. The testing and balancing agency shall direct the placement of all duct mounted smoke detectors. 1. Obtain information from the Contractor who is to furnish the smoke detectors on the proper device placement and installation limitations and on the proper differential pressure across the sampling tubes of the duct detectors. 2. Based on the submitted manufacturer's installation guidelines indicate the proper mounting location to the installing Contractor. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -4 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 0 B. After the installation of all smoke detectors test them again in the final installation position and report differential pressures. 3.3 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES A. Adjustments: Adjust all air handling systems to provide approximate design air quantity to or through, each component, and to maintain stable and comfortable interior temperatures, free of drafts or stagnant conditions. Adjusting and balancing of all systems shall be conducted during periods of the year approximating maximum seasonal operation. B. Equalizers: Equalizing devices shall be adjusted to provide uniform velocity across the inlets (duct side for supply) of terminals prior to measuring flow rates. C. Balance: Flow adjusting (volume control) devices shall be used to balance air quantities (i.e., proportion flow between various terminals comprising system) to the extent that their adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound (i.e., in excess of specified limits). 1. Balancing between runs (submains, branch mains, and branches) generally shall be accomplished by flow regulating devices at, or in, the divided -flow fitting. 2. Restriction imposed by flow regulating devices in or at terminals shall be minimal. 3. Final measurements of air quality shall be made after the air terminal has been adjusted to provide the optimum air patterns of diffusion. D. Fan Adjustment: Total air system quantities, generally, shall be varied by adjustment of fan speeds or axial -flow fan wheel blade pitch. Damper restriction of a system's total flow may be used only for systems with direct - connected fans (without adjustable pitch blades), provided system pressure is less than 112 -inch W.G. and sound level criteria is met. E. Air Measurement:. Where air quantity measuring devices are specified in other sections such systems shall be used as a cross -check of portable measuring equipment. 1. Except as specifically indicated herein, pitot tube traverses shall be made of each duct to measure air flow therein. Pitot tubes, associated instruments, traverses, and techniques shall conform to the ASHRAE "Handbook Fundamentals Inch Pound Edition." 2. For ducts serving modular office areas with movable partitions, which are subject to change, pilot tube traverses may be omitted provided the duct serves oniya single room or space and its design volume is less than 2000 dm. In lieu of pitot tube traverses, airflow in the dud shall be determined by totaling volume of individual terminals served, measured as described herein. 3. Where duct's design velocity and air quantity are both less than 1000 (fpm /cfm), air quantity may be determined by measurements at terminals served. F. Test Holes: Test holes shall be in a straight duct, as far as possible downstream from elbows, bends, take -offs, and other turbulence generating devices, to optimize reliability of flow measurements. G. Air Terminal Balancing: Generally, measurement of flow rates by means.of velocity meters applied to individual terminals, with or without cones or other adapters, shall be used only for balancing. Measurement of air quantities at each type of air terminal (inlet and outlet) shall be determined by the method approved for the balancing agenda. Laboratory tests shall be conducted to prove of methodology when so directed. Such tests shall be conducted in conformance with applicable ASHRAE or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) codes and shall be made at no cost. H. Air Motion: Air motion and distribution shall be as specified and indicated on drawings. The Contractor at no additional cost shall, in addition to air motion measurements, make smoke tests wherever requested to demonstrate the air distribution from air terminals. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -5 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 0 Air System Test and Balance Procedure: Perform the following tests, and balance each system in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Test and adjust blower RPM to design requirements. 2. Test and record motor full load amperes. 3. Make pilot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at fans, 4. Test and record system pressures, suction and discharge. 5. Test and adjust system for design recirculated air, CFM. 6. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. 7. Test and record entering air temperatures. 8. Test and record leaving air temperatures. 9. Adjust all supply, return and exhaust air ducts to proper design CFM. 10. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return. 11. Test and adjust duct systems and each diffuser, grille, and /or register to within 10% of design requirements. 12. Each grille, diffuser and register shall be identified as to location and area. 13. Size, type and manufacturer of VAV boxes, diffusers, grilles, registers and all tested equipment shall be identified and listed. Manufacturer's ratings on all equipment shall be used to make required calculations. 14. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers shall include required FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustment. 15. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, setting adjustments of automatically operated dampers to operate as specked, indicated, and /or noted. Testing agency shall check all controls requiring adjustment by control. installers. Room thermostats shall be checked for cooling and heating response. 16. All diffusers, grilles and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts in all areas. 17. Adjust overall system balances to allow all self - closing exterior doors to close from any open position. Maximum interior air pressure in a 100% outside air intake mode shall not exceed 0.05" static pressure relative to the outside air pressure. 18. As part of the work of this contract, the HVAC contractor shall make any changes in the pulleys, belts and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance as recommended by air balance agency, at no additional cost to Owner. 19. After air balancing is completed and RPM determined, HVAC Contractor shall provide fixed pitch pulleys. 20. All mixing boxes, VAV air valves, control dampers, smoke dampers and similar devices which operate at 100% shut off shall be tested for leakage. 21. Variable Air Volume Fan Systems: The primary balancing mode is 100% outside air with all terminal boxes on a full call for cooling. Also check and record performance at minimum outside air with all terminal boxes on call for full cooling and at minimum outside air with all terminal boxes on call for full heating. Verify that the systems are operating on a stable part of the fan curves in each mode. Record final duct static controller settings., 22. Provide certification for pressurization of stairs and vestibules as required by the local codes and fire marshal. 3.4 AIR SYSTEM DATA A. Report: The certified report shall include for each air handling system the data listed below. 1. Equipment (Fan or Factory Fabricated Station Unit): a. Installation data 1) Manufacturer and model 2) Size 3) Arrangement, discharge and class 4) Motor hp, voltage, phase, cycles, and full load amps 5) Location and local identification data b. Design data 1) Data listed in schedules on drawings and specifications. c. Fan recorded (test) data TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -6 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1) cfm 2) static pressure 3) rpm 4) motor operating amps 5) motor operating bhp 2. Duct Systems: a. Duct air quantifies (maximum and minimum) main, submains, branches, outdoor (outside) air, total air, and exhaust: 1) duct size(s) 2) number of pilot tube (pressure measurements) 3) sum of velocity measurements (Note: Do not add pressure measurements) 4) average velocity 5) recorded (test) cfm 6) design cfm b. Individual air terminals 1) terminal identification supply or exhaust, location and number designation 2) type size, manufacturer and catalog identification applicable factor for application, velocity, area, etc., and designated area 3) design and recorded velocities - fpm (state "core," "inlet," etc., as applicable) 4) design and recorded quantities - cfm (deflector vane or diffusion cone settings) 3.5 CERTIFIED REPORTS A. Submittals: Six (6) copies of the reports described herein, covering air and water system performance, air motion (fpm), and sound pressure levels, shall be submitted prior to final tests and inspection. B. Instrument Records: Types, serial numbers, and dates of calibration of all instruments shall be included. C. Reports: Reports shall conspicuously identify items not conforming to contract requirements, or obvious malfunction and design deficiencies. D. Certification: Certification shall include checking of. adherence to agenda, of calculations, of procedures, and evaluation of final summaries. END OF SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -7 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements of Division 1 shall apply to this section. B. These General Requirements apply to entire Division 16 and to electrical work, . material and equipment specked in other divisions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Work under this section consists of all labor, material, equipment, services, permits, fees and transportation necessary for, and/or reasonably incidental to, the construction and completion in working order of electrical work shown on the accompanying drawings and /or specified herein. B. Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Distribution systems for power and lighting. 2. Grounding system for equipment. 3.. Lighting system including fixtures, lamps, supports, outlets, devices, plates, branch circuiting and control. 4. Outlet system including outlets, devices, plates and branch circuiting. 5. Telephone and data raceway system including raceways, outlets, pull wires, sleeves, terminals, grounding. 6. Conduit and wiring system for heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing, including connection, disconnect switches and items of industrial control (where not part of package controls). Connection to packaged controls furnished under Division 15. 7. Conduit and wiring for HVAC control where not furnished under mechanical section. 8. Conduit, wiring, outlets, devices and connections to electrical equipment furnished under other sections or by Owner for a complete installation. Installation of controls furnished under other sections. 9. Code required access panels to electrical equipment in concealed locations. Location coordinated with Architect. 10: Excavation and backfill for work under this section. 11. Precast pull boxes, pull irons, cable racks, concrete conduit encasement. 12. Templates and coordination of installation of formed concrete for electrical work such as concrete bases, trenches, equipment pads, curbs. 13. Shop drawings, wiring diagrams, equipment data, record drawings, operation manuals. 14. Hanger, anchors, sleeves, chases, core drilling, metal supports, channels, plywood backing, vibration isolation, seismic bracing, as required for work under this section. 15. Cleaning, patching, repairing and touch up painting as required for work under this section. 16. Permits and fees. Include SCAQMD permit for emergency generator in conjunction with Owner, and fees. 17. Testing, adjusting of completed work, inspections and instruction. 18. Temporary power and lighting for work under this section. 19. Emergency standby power and /or lighting system. Electrical 16000 -1 A. Codes and regulations: Comply with applicable sections of national, state and local codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including: 1. California Energy Commission (CEC). 2. California State Building Code, Title 24. 3. City and State Electrical Codes. Applicable portion of local Building Codes. 4. National Electric Code (NEC). 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 7. South Coast Air Quality Management (SCAQMD). 8. State and local fire regulations and requirements. 9. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). B. Standards: Comply with latest editions of applicable regulations and standards Of'. 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). 4. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) National Energy Conservation Amendments (NAECA). S. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. National Institute of Standards and Technology.(NIST). 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 9. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 10. National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines (NUSIG). C. Permits: Obtain permits and inspections, and pay for all fees, unless otherwise specified. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the Architect. Electrical 16000 -2 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 20. Signal and communication empty raceway and outlet systems. Equipment and wiring under other sections or by Owner. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE OR BY OTHERS A. Temporary service and wiring except as required for this section (Division 1). B.. Setting of motors fumished under other divisions (Trades). C. Finish painting of Hush mounted electrical equipment in public areas (Section "Painting "). D. Formed concrete except templates (Section "Concrete "). E. Furnishing of packaged air conditioning (Division 15). F. Telephone cable and instruments (utility company or Owner). G. Signal and communication systems wiring and equipment (separate section or by Owner). 1.4 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS A. Codes and regulations: Comply with applicable sections of national, state and local codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including: 1. California Energy Commission (CEC). 2. California State Building Code, Title 24. 3. City and State Electrical Codes. Applicable portion of local Building Codes. 4. National Electric Code (NEC). 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 7. South Coast Air Quality Management (SCAQMD). 8. State and local fire regulations and requirements. 9. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). B. Standards: Comply with latest editions of applicable regulations and standards Of'. 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). 4. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) National Energy Conservation Amendments (NAECA). S. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. National Institute of Standards and Technology.(NIST). 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 9. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 10. National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines (NUSIG). C. Permits: Obtain permits and inspections, and pay for all fees, unless otherwise specified. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the Architect. Electrical 16000 -2 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1.5 SUBMITTALS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. General: Make submittals in accordance with the General Conditions, in order as listed. Submit material list, and obtain review, prior to . submission of manufacturer's data and shop drawings. 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record of Installation: At the conclusion of the work, purchase from the Architect a set of electronic (Auto Cad) files of electrical drawings and have incorporated by a competent CAD operator all installed data in a dearly legible manner- utilizing contract drawing symbols and notations. 1.7 VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion of the, work, provide an engineer from each supplier of major equipment or system to instruct Owner's designated operating personnel using the Operating and Maintenance data. Include both classroom instruction and on- the-job training, conducted before and during the system test period. 1.8 INSPECTIONS A. In addition to required service calls, make a minimum of two inspections accompanied by operating personnel, within the warranty period, at no expense to the Owner, to insure that all systems are maintained properly and in satisfactory operating condition. 1.9 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. Comply with guarantee requirements of Division 1 B. Guarantee all material, equipment and work for a period of one year (or greater where specified elsewhere) from written acceptance of the work, against defects of any kind, covering all parts. C. Obtain guarantees and/or warranties for factory assembled equipment and include with Operation Instruction Manual. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide material and equipment of new and recent manufacture, currently UL labeled and /or listed for the specified use. B. Where UL labeling is not available, provide certification by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). C. Use products of the same manufacture and type for each category of material and equipment. 2.2 RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS A. Rigid or Intermediate Metal Conduit including Couplings, Locknuts, Nipples: Steel, hot - dipped galvanized inside and out after threading, galvanized, threaded malleable iron or steel fittings, notched locknuts with gripping teeth. Electrical 16000 -3 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Electric Metallic Tubing including Locknuts, Couplings and Connectors: Galvanized steel, lacquered or enameled interior; raintight gland ring compression type fittings, insulated throat connectors C. Flexible Conduit: Manufactured from single steel strip, galvanized on all four sides prior to fabrication, die cast twist -in connectors, UL listed for ground continuity. Reduced wall or aluminum flexible conduit is not acceptable. D. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit: Flexible galvanized steel core, with extruded polyvinyl chloride cover. Liquid tight insulated throat fittings to seal and ground conduit. Provide separate bond wire where integral ground conductor is not available. E. Gutters and Wireways: Galvanized sheet steel, hinged covers, elbows and fittings without sharp edges or projections. F. Nonmetallic Conduit: High impact 90 °C polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 40 extruded to iron pipe sizes with factory spacers, couplings, bends and offsets. Plastic to metal connection with UL listed adapters. Bell endings are not acceptable. 2.3 FITTINGS, OUTLETS AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide bright new stock, stored where continuously protected from the weather and as described herein. B. Outlet Boxes and Covers: Steel, knockout type, with full access screw -on covers or plaster rings, hot - dipped, galvanized, with cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws. C. Cast Outlet Boxes: Cast ferrous metal construction, galvanized, complete with threaded hubs for rigid conduit, number and location as required, and plugs in unused hubs; gasketed cast covers; cast device plates suitable for indicated device D. Small Junction and Pull Boxes: As specified for outlet boxes. E. Large Junction or Pull Boxes: Galvanized code gauge sheet steel construction, with full access screwed on covers and cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws; minimum size per the governing electrical code or as noted on the drawings, whichever is greater. F. Backboxes: Refer to Communication and Signal Sections of the specifications. Provide outlet boxes of dimensions and configuration required for devices and equipment specified therein. Verify with equipment supplier. 2.4 CONCRETE PULL BOXES, TRANSFORMER PADS A. Precast Concrete Pull Boxes Outside Building, Branch Circuiting: bottomless, 13 "x19 "x 12" deep minimum. B. Pull Boxes Distribution: 48" square by 48" deep, minimum, with bottomless sump, pull iron and racks. C. Hand Holes (Grounding): 10" round. Electrical 16000 -4 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 2.5 CONDUCTORS - 600V A. GENERAL: Soft drawn copper of not less than 98 percent conductivity. B. Conductor Insulation: XHHW -2, THHW/THWN 2.6 PANELBOARDS A. General Features: 1. Code gauge galvanized or galvannealed sheet steel cabinets, with corners lapped and welded or riveted, dead front, dead rear, front accessible. 2. Flush mounted in areas exposed to public view. Surface mounted in electrical, communication, mechanical and storage rooms. 3. Full height unreduced copper bus, rigidly supported. 4. Copper equipment ground bus for termination of feeder and branch circuit grounding conductors. B. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards Additional Features: 1. Minimum size 20" wide by 5 -3/4" deep, unless specifically indicated otherwise. 2. Automatic circuit breakers, 1" wide nominal, molded case, trip free, quick -make, quick - break, thermal magnetic type, bolted to the bus, use UL listed SWD switching duty breakers. 3. Minimum panel interrupting rating of 10,000A below 150V to ground including main and subfeed breakers. 14,000A (25,000A where noted) above 150V to ground, RMS symmetrical. Where panels are subject to higher short circuit current on the basis of series rated systems. 4. GE type AE (277/480 volt) and AQ (120/208 volt), or equal by Cutler - Hammer, Square D. 2.7 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS (UNLESS OTHERWIDE INDICATED) A. Full voltage, across - the -line, nonreversing, horsepower rated, size No. 1 minimum with three thermal bimetallic type overload relays, ambient compensated where starters are remote from motors, and with under voltage release. Overloads sized for actual motor nameplate data per manufacturer's recommendations. Coil 120V rated and fused. B. Arc extinguishing characteristics and silver to silver renewable contacts. C. For 480V separately mounted starters or where control circuit is shown as energized from motor circuit conductors, provide individual control transformer with 480V primary and 120V secondary and with (2) primary and (1) secondary fuses, adequate for controls. D. Enclosures to be NEMA type 12 dust tight for separately mounted. units, NEMA Type 3R for weatherproof units. E. Allen Bradley, GE, Siemens, Square D, or Cutler- Hammer 2.8 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Voltage as required, horsepower rated, padlockable, toggle operated, with pole and bimetallic overload heater for each ungrounded leg, ON, OFF and TRIPPED Electrical 16000 -5 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) indication, integral RUNNING pilot light, flush mounted where practical. Square D class 2510 or equal by GE or Cutler- Hammer 2.9 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Heavy duty (HD) horsepower rated, quick -make, quick- break, safety type, externally operated, rating and number of poles required. Fused for branch circuit protection, and in elevator machine rooms, with UL rejection type Gips. GE, Square D, Siemens, or Cutler- Hammer 2.10 FUSES, LOW VOLTAGE A. NEC dimension, rejection type. B. 600A and Smaller: Class RK1, low peak dual element with separate overload and short circuit elements. Buss LPN -RK (250V) LPS -RK (600V) or equal by Gould Shawmut, Littlefuse 2.11 TRANSFORMERS, DRY TYPE A. UL listed, dry type, rated at 220 °C (180 °C for encapsulated type). Normal life expectancy and winding temperature rise not exceeding 150 °C in a maximum ambient of 40 0C, and an average ambient of 30 °C. B. Delta primary and wye secondary connections for three phase units. C. Acme, BE, Square D, or Cutler- Hammer 2.12 WIRING A. General 1. Specification grade. 2. General Use: Ivory color (as available) unless otherwise noted or specified. 3. Emergency Standby: Red color (refer to Paragraph titled 'Identification and Warning Signs "). 4. Screw type terminals on all devices, suitable for up to No. 10 solid copper conductors. B. Toggle Switches: 1. Flush tumbler, AC type, insulated base, completely enclosed. 2. 20A, tungsten load rated, at 277V. 3. Momentary type, three position, single pole, double throw, two circuit, spring return to center OFF position. Symbol: SR. C. Receptacles: 1. General: Number of poles and ampere rating as shown on drawings and of NEMA standard configurations. Ground pole connected to circuit grounding conductor. 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 20A, 125V; grounding third pole; side wired for 2 wire circuit use. Where 2 circuits are indicated, provide individual circuit for each half. NEMA 5 -20R. 3. Ground Fault Interrupting (GFI) Receptacles: NEMA 5 -20R duplex receptacle with integral ground fault protection and lift cover. Electrical 16000 -6 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 4. Weatherproof Receptacles: NEMA 5-20R duplex GFI outlet in single gang box with gasketed cast aluminum lift cover. D. Wall Plates: 1. Device plates of one make and design for all outlets, smooth, satin finish, Type 302, stainless steel, beveled edges, to fit device. 2. Galvanized pressed steel plates, to conform with box and device. 3. For Exterior Locations: Cast aluminum lift cover unless otherwise indicated. E. Telephone and Signal Systems: 1. Telephone, Data and Signal Outlet on wall: Single gang box with blank cover plate. 2. Telephone, Data, and Signal outlet in floor: Two gang box with blank cover plate 2.13 LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL A. Provide complete lighting system, wired, assembled and operable, including lighting equipment and accessories as shown on the drawings, described in the fixture schedules, specified herein and covered by allowance. Accessories include canopies, suspension of proper lengths, hickeys, castings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster and mounting frames, lamps, recessing boxes, supporting brackets and channels, where required to span structural members. Provide only UL listed lighting fixtures. 2.14 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE BALLASTS A. General: 1. Provide electronic ballasts throughout. Electromagnetic (core and coil) type, may be used only where electronic type are not available or not applicable. 2. Sound rating of "A ". 3. Rated 50 "F minimum for fixtures on interior. Rate 0 "F minimum for fixtures on exterior, in parking garages and in refrigerated spaces. 4. HPF throughout including for compact lamps. 5. Start lamps in Rapid Start mode. 6. Advance, MagneTek, Triad, Motorola, Valmont, GE 7. Maximum light regulation ± 5% with ± 10% input voltage variation. 8. Solid -state consisting of rectifier, high frequency inverter, power control and regulation circuitry, in steel case, marked with manufacturer's name, part number, supply voltage, sound rating, power factor, open circuit voltage, RMS current draw, input watts, starting current, crest factor, efficiency and UL listing. 9. Minimum ballast factor of 95 %. 10. Maximum total harmonic distortion of 10 %. 11. Minimum power factor of 90 %. 2.15 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE A. Temperature Rating: Design fixtures to limit ballast case temperature installed in fixtures to applicable UL Standards. B. Fixture Construction: Electrical 16000 -7 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 1. Lampholders: Bipin type. Permitting full entry of lamp pins in a vertical plane, after which entry, a 900 rotation shall property seat the lamp. 2. Ballast: Fasten directly to metal fixture housing at three points, using captive bolts or screws, or equivalent method. C. For fluorescent fixture specked to be chain hung, provide machine type steel chain, closed welded links, hot - dipped galvanized finish, 750 lb. rated tensile strength, weighing approximately 13 Ibs/100 feet, capable of supporting fixture weights of 30 to 60 lbs. 2.16 LAMPS A. General: Unless specified otherwise herein, furnish and install lamps for each . fixture of type and wattage indicated on drawings or other section of the specification, compatible with specified ballast. For fixtures on exterior or in cold locations, use lamps suitable for 0 °F start. B. Fluorescent Lamps: General: Rapid start, suitable for operation with electronic ballasts LION, 3500K, RE 835. 2.17 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Provide California Energy Commission approved, UL listed, passive infrared occupancy sensors in individual rooms, at locations, at locations indicated on drawings. My -Tech or Watt - Stopper B. Passive infrared Wall Sensor: 1. Automatic on -off control of lighting loads in rooms as indicated. Rated for both incandescent and fluorescent lighting. Up to 600 VA at 120V and up to 1200 VA at 277V with zero minimum. Capable of switching electronic fluorescent ballasts. C. Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor: 1. Automatic on -off control of lighting loads in rooms as indicated. Unit complete with low voltage power supply, relay for switching multiple circuits with local manual switches single or multiple sensors in opposite directions as indicated on drawings. 2.18 EMERGENCY STANDBY SYSTEM: A. General: Provide complete system, employing new and current equipment, meeting the requirements of NFPA 110 and NFPA 37, designed to automatically supply standby service within 10 seconds, on failure of normal power, to stair and egress lighting, exit lights, and designated equipment. B. Include the following components. 1. Diesel engine driven electric generating set, 60 Hz, 3 phase, 4 wire, capable of 100 percent of full load operation for two hours without damage to the generator set. Engine to start from contact closure in automatic transfer switch or switches. Manufactured by Cummins. 2. System to start largest motor with remainder of load on, with maximum voltage dip of 16 percent. KW rating to be exclusive of engine driven radiator fan. Assume fire pump with across the line starter, unless otherwise noted. Electrical 16000 -8 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3. Sub -base tank including float switch assembly, pump and flexible fuel piping to engine. Provide all test fuel and full tank after testing. Pryco, Simplex 4. Engine start-stop control system mounted on generator set control panel. Remote annunciator where indicated. 5. Battery and automatic charger. Mead, Nife, Charles /Sens, La Marche, 6. Remote mounted automatic transfer switch or switches and control with accessories as specified. 7. Critical type Exhaust silencer and piping. Donaldson, Maxim, Nelson, Burgess Manning 8. Generator Control Panel and Remote Annunciator Panels 9. Main Line Circuit Breaker and Subbreakers: Generator mounted; per paragraph titled "Circuit Breakers, Molded Case. If remotely mounted, include all installation and interwiring costs. 10. Housing: For generator sets located on exterior, enclose set and accessories in factory built, insect screened, ventilated, raintight, sheet metal housing. 2.19 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH: A. Listed per applicable UL standards as a recognized component for emergency systems, rated for all classes of loads including 100% tungsten lamp loads. B. Electrically operated, mechanically -held device utilizing momentarily energized, positively locking, incorporating arc barriers for main contacts, with separate . arcing contacts in ratings 400A and larger. Bus and contacts of silver plated copper. C. Closed transition transfer in either direction within one -sixth of a second. D. For four wire systems where neutrals pass through transfer switch provide 4 pole switches with fully rated, overlapping neutral transfer contacts. E. Manufactured by Cummins PART 3= EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CONDITIONS A. Examine the drawings of all trades and all specification sections, survey the existing conditions, and include all necessary allowances in bid proposal. B. Resolve all conflicts with code requirements, site conditions and the work of other trades. C. Verify the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction and protect them from damage. D. Pay all costs incurred due to damage of existing utilities or other facilities. 3.2 LOCATIONS A. Drawings are essentially diagrammatic, and although the size and locations of equipment are generally shown to scale, make use of data in all Contract Documents, and informational documents, and verify this information against field conditions. Electrical 16000 -9 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY A. Provide complete functioning systems and include all labor, material and associated tools and transportation required for the system to operate safely and satisfactorily. Provide empty conduit systems where specified, complete, clear, and with pull wires, ready to accept conductors and allow for equipment installation. B. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedules for work of other trades to prevent delays in total work. C. Resolve code conflicts prior to installation. 3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide an experienced superintendent in charge of erection of the work, together with all necessary journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust, operate and test the work involved to provide a neat, workmanlike installation. Latest industry standards are considered minimum. B. For the actual fabrication, installation, and testing of the work of this section, use only thoroughly trained and experienced personnel who are completely familiar with the requirements for this work and with the installation recommendations of the manufacturers of the specified items. Where specified, provide factory personnel for testing and adjusting. C. For major equipment such as transformers, panelboards, transfer switches, circuit breakers, Emergency Generator, etc., submit letters from principals of the equipment manufacturing company, with bid proposal, specifying the location of factory authorized parts and service organizations intended to serve the subject project. 3.5 EXISTING FACILITIES A. Examine the drawings and specifications of the completed work and inspect the site to establish the scope of demolition work and new work to be provided under this sections and clarification of the phasing of the work. B. Based on project phasing and scheduling, demolition work will be taking place in and around existing areas that are to remain in service. Where the work under this section affects or interferes with the operation of any existing areas to remain in service, or portions of the work already in operation, provide all necessary work and material including premium pay, required to avoid shutdown of these areas during normal operations. Obtain Owner's approval for shutdown, in writing, 48 hours prior to shutdown. C. Existing electrical and signal facilities outside of the demolition area to remain in place and in service during demolition. D. Unless specifically noted or otherwise indicated or directed, remove all existing electrical equipment in the areas to be demolished. Deliver all equipment removed, including lighting fixtures, to the Owner's representative. Electrical 16000 -10 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.6 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING A. General: Provide excavation, backfilling, and pumping required for work under this section, in accordance with requirements of Earthwork Section, Division 2, of the specifications. Remove surplus materials as directed. B. Existing Paving: Where trenches are required through existing paving, resurface, after installation, to match existing in accordance with appropriate sections of Division 2, using accredited journeymen of respective trades. C. Conduit Trenches: Provide cover over buried conduit, where not otherwise detailed or noted, and in accordance with NEC limitations, as follows: 30" over duct banks; 30" over secondary and signal conduits outside building; 24" for 1 Y2" and larger secondary and signal conduit within building footprint. Cut trenches to bottom of conduit, allowing for concrete encasement where specked, and make cuts as narrow as possible. For nonmetallic conduit without encasement where permitted elsewhere herein, excavate 4" below conduit and backfill with sand. Snake conduit to allow for expansion. In rock, excavate 6" below conduit and backfill with gravel for encased conduit and sand for direct buried conduit. Separate signal and power conduit in a common trench by 12" of tamped earth or 6" of concrete. For electric and telephone utility services, conform with utility company requirements where more restrictive. D. Within Building Footprint: Run buried conduit, 11/4" nominal and smaller, 6" minimum below slabs in contact with earth. Encase as described for underground conduit. Conduits with diameter less than 113 of slab thickness may be run in slab on grade where practical and where accepted by the Architect in writing. 3.7 EQUIPMENT PADS AND CURBS A. Install floor mounted generators, transfer switches and transformers on 3" high level concrete pads in basement, ground floor where on grade and roof levels, in mechanical rooms on all levels, and where indicated. Coordinate with equipment supplier so that device handles do not exceed 6' -6" above working surface per NEC. Extend pad in front of devices or metering to maintain code or utility company height limits. Provide exact pad size, location, and conduit entries based on equipment shop drawings to concrete section for construction. 3.8 SLEEVES, OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Locations of Openings: Locate all chases, shafts, sleeves, openings, anchors and inserts required for the installation of the electrical work during framing of the structure and before concrete placement. Obtain approval from the Architect, in writing, for penetration of structural members or blockouts through slabs for grouped conduits, prior to installation. B. Cutting and Patching: Provide, per Architect's requirements, cutting, core drilling and associated patching required due to improperly located or omitted openings, using accredited journeymen of the respective trades and without cost to Owner. In a like manner, patch openings in existing walls or floors cause by removal of conduit. Do not sleeve, cut nor drill structural members nor footings without Architect's written approval. Fill all blockouts and preformed openings provided Electrical 16000 -11 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) for work under this section with concrete in a manner to maintain the fire rating integrity of the floor or wall. C. Location of Sleeves: 1. Place conduits, which rise through slabs on grade before concrete is poured. 2. For 1" or smaller conduits penetrating non -rated interior walls, solidly grout around conduits in concrete and masonry and solidly plaster around conduits in plaster or dry wall. 3. For all conduits penetrating rated walls and floor slabs and for 1'/4" or larger conduits penetrating walls, provide sleeves of ample size to provide '' /z" minimum annular space. Center conduit in sleeve and support independently of sleeve. D. Types of Sleeves: 1. Sleeve Assemblies: Provide UL listed assemblies for penetrating rated walls or floors in accordance with their fire rating. Requirements herein are minimum. Submit shop drawings. 2. Suspended Floor Slabs: Standard weight, galvanized steel pipe, stubbed 1 "above finished floor. Cap unused sleeves to maintain floor rating. 3. Interior Walls and Partitions: Adjustable galvanized sheet steel with wall flanges and plaster lip. Provide 22 gauge for 2" and smaller conduit, 20 gauge for larger conduit. 4. Membranes: Stub sleeve 6" beyond membrane and provide flanges suitable for sealing of membrane. Obtain Architect's approval of sleeve detail. 5. Exterior Walls Below Grade: Provide, where entering rooms below grade, sealing fitting consisting of oversized sleeve and modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and sleeve (or wall opening for existing walls). Tighten bolts to form watertight seal. Install per manufacturer's directions. E. Installation: Cut all sleeves smooth, ream. and install perpendicular to floor or wall. F. Escutcheons: In finished locations exposed to public, provide chrome plated split type escutcheons held on by setscrews where conduits pass through floors, walls, and ceilings. Provide plates on conduit extending through sleeves. 3.9 CAULKING A. Provide as specified herein and detailed on the drawings. B. Conduit Penetration: Through exterior walls, caulk conduit penetrations for full wall thickness for waterproofing. At fire rated floors and partitions, pack sleeves with approved packing for full sleeve depth and caulk both ends. C. Conductor Penetration: Where sleeves or openings in fire rated floors and partitions contain conductors not enclosed in a raceway, provide UL approved seal of the sleeve or opening per manufacturers' instructions and code requirements. D. Compound Characteristics: Putty like; workable with hands down to 35 °F; firm up to 300 "F; remain pliable when exposed to air; adhere to metal, plastic, Electrical 16000 -12 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) concrete, masonry and cable insulation; harmless to hands; seal without causing deterioration of materials sealed. E. Fire Rated Walls, Partitions or Floors: UL classified fire retardant assemblies. 3.10 FLASHING A. Wherever conduit extends through roof, install a four pound seamless lead flashing assembly and counter flashing. Coordinate installation of flashing with roofing installation. Provide pitch pockets as option and where indicated. 3.11 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. General: Provide systems free of noise and /or vibration transmission to building from transformers, rotating machinery or electrical equipment through structure or conduit connections. Provide sleeved openings for all conduit penetrations between rooms of low and high ambient sound levels, caulked to ensure airtight resilient closure. Correct, at no cost to Owner, conditions resulting in noise transmission to facility from work under this section. B. Connections: Connect to motors, transformers and all isolated or vibrating equipment with 24" minimum length of liquid tight flexible conduit, slack connected. For dry type transformers, conduit may be stubbed into bottom, not connected to, but bonded to, frame, in lieu of flexible connections. C. Vibration Isolation: Provide between structure and vibrating or rotating equipment furnished and /or installed under this section. *Equipped with preapproved seismic restraint as noted by an assigned 'R" number. D. Transfer Switches: Manufacturer to size, brace and arrange bus within gear and design enclosure to preclude hum and vibration. Provide sound baffles and shock mounts for mechanically -held relays and contactors. E. Wiring: In multiple runs of feeder conductors in conduit or wireway, twist associated phase and neutral conductors together to avoid abnormal field generation. Equipment Frames: For vibrating or rotating equipment to be isolated, provide mounting frames and /or brackets to carry the load of the equipment without causing mechanical distortion or stress to the equipment. Electrical 16000 -13 Design Equipment Deflection Isolator Transformers (Below 100 KVA) Slab, On Grade 0.06" PN Above Grade, Supported 0.3" HMN* Above Grade, Suspended 0.2" HN* Engine Generator, Motor Generator 2.0" MSL* *Equipped with preapproved seismic restraint as noted by an assigned 'R" number. D. Transfer Switches: Manufacturer to size, brace and arrange bus within gear and design enclosure to preclude hum and vibration. Provide sound baffles and shock mounts for mechanically -held relays and contactors. E. Wiring: In multiple runs of feeder conductors in conduit or wireway, twist associated phase and neutral conductors together to avoid abnormal field generation. Equipment Frames: For vibrating or rotating equipment to be isolated, provide mounting frames and /or brackets to carry the load of the equipment without causing mechanical distortion or stress to the equipment. Electrical 16000 -13 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) G. Machinery Rooms: 1. In machinery and electrical rooms located above occupied spaces, do no penetrate floor slab without specific approval in writing. Where floor has membrane, avoid penetrations and run all conduit overhead. 2. In general, run conduits to motors and equipment overhead. For overhead drops exceeding 8' in length or floor risers over 2' high, provide unistrut or pipe brace to floor or structure. For slabs in contact with earth, run conduit as specified under other paragraphs herein. Verify stub -up location with equipment supplier. 3. Do not run conduit through vibration isolated (floating) concrete slabs. H. Outlets: 1. Do not use back -to -back outlets or through boxes. Separate outlets on opposite sides of wall by 12" minimum unless otherwise detailed. 2. In rated walls provide separation as required by Code. 3. In sound insulated floors, ceilings, and wall partitions, provide acoustical outlet box pads, pliable, putty-like, Y," thick, per manufacturer's instructions. Include boxes for receptacles, switches, telephone and data outlets. Isolate all conduit within the sound rated floor ceiling assembly from the building construction at points of support or contact by means of approved resilient sleeves, mounts or underlayments Y," thick. 3.12 SEISMIC AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS A. Scope: Brace electrical systems and equipment to withstand lateral and vertical forces that result from earthquake or wind, in accordance with NUSIG guidelines. B. Equipment: Anchor all equipment, switchboards, panelboards, transfer switches, motor and engine generator sets and transformers by securely bolting them in place to the building structure. Install vibration isolation devices where specified. Provide bolts, anchors and bracing to withstand acceleration of 0.5 g. Equipment manufacturer to submit weight, center of gravity and method of fastening required for seismic anchoring. 1. For equipment weighting 1000 pounds or more, submit calculations for anchorage prepared by a structural engineer, registered in the State, conforming to all applicable codes. C. For conduits, 2" nominal and larger, suspended more than 12 ", provide diagonal bracing to structure at hangers, at changes in direction, and on approximate 30' centers, installed along with conduit in accordance with NUSIG and .using approved components. Rework of other trades due to late installation of bracing is the responsibility of this section. D. For conduits crossing seismic separations, provide approved fittings or combinations of fittings, that permit horizontal expansion or contraction and vertical and angular deflection. Selection of fitting to be based on the dimension of the separation and conduit size. Refer to Raceways and Wireways ". Lighting Fixtures: 1. Pendant Fixtures: Provide approved seismic fixture suspension allowing for 450 swing in all directions without impacting adjacent obstructions or structure. For stem - mounted fixtures, provide approved seismic ball aligners at fixture and outlet box, and 3132" stainless steel aircraft cable in each stem and with the circuit conductors, continuous from the fixture housing, through the outlet box, and attach directly to the structure above. Within the fixture housing, provide a mechanically crimped cable Electrical 16000 -14 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) loop and secure to the housing with a closed eye bolt nut and lock washer. At the structure above, provide a cable loop and closed eye threaded lag screws and steel wedge drilled anchors. Level and adjust fixtures and remove cable slack before attaching to the fixture housing. a. Where pendant fixtures are indicated to be cable supported, provide 3/32" (minimum) stainless steel aircraft cables, cable to rod swivel adapters, '/4 -20 rod extensions above the ceiling to the structure. Brace the rod seismically with a rod fitting and (3) 12 gauge steel wires extended from the rod to the structure at 1200 angles. b. If a 450 swing cannot be achieved, brace fixtures to prevent contact with the adjacent obstruction or structure. All fixture suspension assemblies to be State of California approved. C. Submit a sample of the seismic ball aligner and details of the cable attachments and assemblies with the fixture ship drawing submittal. 3.13 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. General: Provide service and separately derived system grounds with resistance to ground of three ohms or less and in accordance with applicable code requirements. Maintain equipment ground continuity through entire system including raceways, wireways, equipment enclosures, lighting fixtures and devices. Provide grounding as specified and as shown on drawings. Include equipment ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, in all feeders as scheduled on the drawings and in branch circuiting where indicated on the symbol list. Use green insulated copper ground conductors sized per tables herein. In steel frame buildings, bond a minimum of two columns to service ground with conductors sized for service ground. Bond to building reinforcing bars embedded in concrete footings or foundation, which equal 20 feet of %z' diameter steel, prior to concrete pour. B. Service Ground: 1. Provide service ground bus, consisting of a copper bus bar with a minimum of six ground studs mounted on wall. See details on drawings. Terminate all ground conductors at service ground bus. Locate at accessible location in main electrical room or as otherwise indicated. Engrave cover "Service Ground Electrode ". Where additional ground buses are indicated, provide similar construction. Submit ground bus shop drawing. 2. Provide ufer ground consisting of 30' length of bare copper conductor extended full length and embedded along bottom of building concrete foundation in direct contact with earth, supported to provide 2" concrete encasement minimum. Bring loop out at center to service ground bus. Extend to foundation reinforcing steel. 3. Provide, in accessible location, exothermic bond to a minimum of two steel columns or to reinforcing of two. concrete columns with insulated ground conductor in steel conduit to service ground bus. 4. Bond from building cold water main, 2" or larger, within 5' of building entry, to service ground with insulated ground conductor in steel conduit to service ground bus. Make the cold water pipe system continuous by bonding around insulating joints. Utilize cast bronze heavy duty ground clamps with bronze bolts and nuts. 5. Extend neutral and equipment ground from service switchboard or switchgear (ahead of service mains and neutral bus link) with insulated conductor in steel conduit to ground bus. Electrical 16000 -15 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 6. Extend separately derived system grounds to service ground bus when located in same building as service. In separate buildings, provide separate service grounds. 7. Service Ground Conductor: Service (or Transformer Embedded Cold Water & Service Ground Secondary) Amperes AWG AWG Conduit 400A and Less 1/0 1/0 1" 500A - 800A 210 2/0 1" 900A - 2000A 410 4/0 1" 8. Where required to obtain specified resistance to ground, drive additional ground rods, number as required, and connect to service ground bus D. Separately Derived System Grounding Table: 2081120V 480/27TV KVA AWG Size - Conduit AWG Size - Conduit 75 2 3/." 6 3/." E. Ground Continuity: 1. Provide green THWN insulated ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, each conduit run for primary and secondary feeders and where indicated for branch circuits. For lighting circuits, connect ground wire to fixture ground lead where available or bond to fixture housing by mechanical means. Connect grounding conductors to ground busses in panels, motor control centers and switchboards, and to terminals on devices, and bond to all equipment. Bond feeder grounds to all metallic pull and junction boxes. Provide copper ground conductor, sized not less than following (up to 600V systems): Up 25 70 110 225 550 700 Circuit Device to to to to to to to to Setting, Amperes: 20 60 100 200 500 600 800 Ground Conductor Electrical 16000 -16 with insulated conductor in steel conduit. 9. Where ground loop is provided in main electrical room, extend both ends of loop conductor to service ground bus in steel conduit. C. Separately Derived System Grounds: 1. Ground transformers and generators power supplies from neutral bus or bushing to main service ground at service ground bus. 2. For electrical rooms in contact with grade, provide 25' length of bare copper conductor embedded along bottom of closest 30' or longer building concrete foundation and extend to ground bus located in electrical room, as described for service ground. Bond from ground bus to cold water pipe (2" minimum), and to steel beam or column with insulated conductor in steel conduit. 3. Where foundation embedded ground is not practical, provide, where acceptable to enforcing agency, a minimum of four driven rods located at the corners of the room and made accessible through hand holes. Loop a bare copper cable (sized for largest transformer) below the slab. Ground from ground bus to cold water pipe (2" minimum) and steel beam or column with insulated conductor in steel conduit. D. Separately Derived System Grounding Table: 2081120V 480/27TV KVA AWG Size - Conduit AWG Size - Conduit 75 2 3/." 6 3/." E. Ground Continuity: 1. Provide green THWN insulated ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, each conduit run for primary and secondary feeders and where indicated for branch circuits. For lighting circuits, connect ground wire to fixture ground lead where available or bond to fixture housing by mechanical means. Connect grounding conductors to ground busses in panels, motor control centers and switchboards, and to terminals on devices, and bond to all equipment. Bond feeder grounds to all metallic pull and junction boxes. Provide copper ground conductor, sized not less than following (up to 600V systems): Up 25 70 110 225 550 700 Circuit Device to to to to to to to to Setting, Amperes: 20 60 100 200 500 600 800 Ground Conductor Electrical 16000 -16 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.14 AWG Size: 12 10 8 6 • 1/0 a. For parallel feeders or circuits, run ground in each conduit. Refer to schedule on drawings. 2. Provide ground bushings, fittings, and jumpers as required at expansion and seismic fittings, isolated sections and wherever ground continuity is broken. Provide ground bushings on conduit stub -ups and bond to enclosure and ground bus. 3. Bond plug strip, light track, isolated metal parts of lighting fixtures, and ground terminal of receptacles to equipment ground. 4. Provide separate green ground conductor in circuits serving isolated ground outlets, ground fault outlets, and all outlets in computer rooms and room with raised deck floors. F. Antennas and Masts: Provide 1 #6 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3 /e' conduit from antennas and masts to service ground, or 2" or larger cold water pipe. G. Communications Ground: Provide 1 #6 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3/4" conduit from main telephone room and/or telephone terminal to service ground bus if available or to cold water pipe 2" or larger. Extend to other telephone terminals where indicated. H. Materials and Methods: 1. For ground loop and /or buried ground conductor, use soft drawn stranded copper conductors size as scheduled. Snake buried conductors to allow for settlement. Bury ground loop conductors 12" minimum below concrete slabs on grade. 2. Install continuous conductors without splices. Where joints are required, use exothermic welding or UL approved compression connection to join all conductor strands, providing completed joint equivalent to or larger than conductor. Obtain inspection before covering joints. 3. Provide service and separately derived system ground conductor embedded at bottom of foundations and extend to ground bus. 4. Bond to steel columns or reinforcing steel of concrete columns with suitable copper to steel exothermic connections. Ground Electrodes: 1. Where specified or required, provide ground rods driven a minimum of 10' into the earth. Locate in precast concrete hand holes. Engrave cover "Grounding Electrode ". Where driven ground rods are precluded by rock, propose and submit equivalent alternate for review. 2. Ground rods to be of cone pointed electrolytic copper bonded to carbon steel core, sectional type where over 10' in length, die stamped near top with name or trademark of the manufacturer and length of rod in feet; diameter sufficient to permit driving without damage, but not less than 5/8 ". 3. Bond ground wires to rod with exothermic weld or UL approved compression connection. INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS A. Deliver raceways and wireways to the site in standard lengths, and store where continuously protected from moisture and weather. Electrical 16000 -17 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Conduit sizes on the drawings are minimum, sized for copper conductors, for normal (THW) insulation. Use 3/4" trade size minimum for underground runs. Increase sizes where required by physical conditions, or conductor insulation's. Do not combine runs without written approval. Allow for grounding conductor as described under paragraph titled "Grounding System ". C. Conceal conduit from view above ceilings, below floors or in walls where possible. Refer to Architectural Sections and Details to determine conduit routing required to conceal conduit. D. Do not run in concrete slabs without written permission from the Architect. Conduits with diameter less than 113 thickness of slab (thickness is measured above flutes of deck) shall, where permitted in suspended slabs, be limited to 5% of slab in 100 sq. ft. area with a minimum spacing of 1'-0" o.c. as per code for fire resistive two hour floor. Route conduit to maintain slab fire resistive rating and structural integrity as acceptable to the enforcing agency. Obtain agency approval prior to pouring concrete. E. Conduit may be exposed to view in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, shop and utility areas and where indicated. Install all conduit runs parallel with or perpendicular to structural members. Surmount obstructions by use of bends, offsets, and where necessary with junction and pull boxes. For surface mounted outlets and small junction boxes within 7' of floor, use cast boxes and /or condulets. F. Cut conduits and raceways square and free of burrs. Ream conduit ends and clean conduits before pulling conductors. G. Cap open ends of conduits with approved manufactured conduit seals until ready to pull in conductors. Install as complete system, mechanically and electrically continuous between outlets, gear and equipment. H. Where conduits or wireways cross expansion or seismic joints, provide approved expansion fittings, or combinations of fittings, which allow deflection in all directions equivalent to twice the movement allowed in the structural design. For conduits 1'/4" trade size or smaller, 18" minimum length of weatherproof flex, slack mounted, may be used. For bends and offsets in conduit 1" and larger, use larger radius factory fittings not less than 8 times the nominal conduit size or bend with a hydraulic bender meeting NEC Table 346 -10 exception. Refer to additional requirements under Paragraph titled "Interior Telephone and Data Systems Provisions ". Replace all flattened, deformed or kinked conduit. J. Route raceways and wireways so as to prevent insulated conductors from being subjected to high ambient temperature conditions. Maintain the following minimum clearances: 1. Crossing noninsulated pipe or duct - 3 ". 2. Crossing insulated pipes or ducts - 1 ". 3. Parallel to noninsulated pipes or ducts - 3 ". 4. Parallel to insulated pipes or ducts - 6 ". K. Provide No. 14 AWG black iron pull wire or polyethylene or nylon pull rope in ail . empty conduits and stubs over 10' in length, extending at least 12" beyond conduit. Pull rope tensile strength to be 240 pounds up to 11/2'` conduit and 800 pounds for larger conduit. Submit pull rope data with shop drawings. Electrical 16000 -18 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) L. Stub conduit into bottom of dry type transformers where possible and bond to case. M. Terminate branch circuit, communication and signal conduits turning from floor into interior removable nonmasonry partitions, freestanding appliances and equipment, with flush floor couplings before extending conduit. N. Secure rigid or IMC conduits to panels, pull boxes, wireways and enclosures with locknuts, inside and out, and provide impact resistant plastic, insulated throat or malleable iron bushings at terminations in pull boxes, wireways, signal cabinets, boxes and enclosures. Zinc insulated throat hubs with "O" ring gaskets may be used in lieu of double locknut and bushing. For feeder conductors No. 4 AWG and larger, provide steel or malleable. iron insulating bushings with plastic liner. For EMT provide insulated throat connectors secured with locknut on interior of box or enclosure. For flexible conduit, provide insulated throat die cast twist -in connectors secured with locknut on interior of box or enclosure, or steel twist -in connectors with plastic bushing, and locknut. At switchboards and bottomless gear and equipment, terminate conduits with ground bushing bonded to ground bus with code size conductor, No. 8 AWG minimum. Use approved coupling or unions. Running thread, threadless coupling, or split coupling connections are not permitted, O. Where conduit enters the top of drip proof gear, make connection with bolt on hubs. P. Field thread rigid and IMC conduit conforming to American Standard Pipe Threads tapered for the entire length at % inchtfoot. Treat threads with protective. coating to prevent corrosion, but maintain electric continuity. Q. For underground steel conduit coat all joints and points where wrenches have been applied, with bituminastic paint. R. Extend underground stub outs as shown on drawings, but 3' minimum beyond building foundations or concrete paving adjacent to building. S. Where conduit extending into building from site enters occupied level, slope conduits to drain away from building and seal to prevent entrance of moisture into building. T. Route openable raceways and wireways so as to be readily accessible. U. Gutter and wireway dimensions indicated on the drawings are minimum. Provide sufficient cross section to contain conductors including all splices in accordance with code allowed percent fill. Where covers occur on bottom, provide removable wire supports not more than 3' apart. V. Refer to paragraph titled "Identification" for additional requirements. 3.15 CONDUIT A. Use Rigid Steel conduit in all sizes, or Intermediate Steel conduit up to 3 ": In slab on grade; on exterior; encased in exterior masonry or concrete walls; in wet locations; in refrigerated spaces; in exposed locations within 7' of floor or walking surfaces; in suspended slabs, but only where permission is obtained from Architect in writing for conduit to be run in slab. Electrical 16000 -19 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. Use Rigid or Intermediate steel conduit for trade sizes 2%' and larger installed above grade throughout. C. For Underground Installations: 1. Use Rigid, Intermediate Steel, or Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted. Provide rigid or intermediate steel conduit elbows (2" minimum above floor) for stub -ups and risers. Use PVC conduit with PVC risers, terminating in PVC threaded couplings flush with 4" high raised concrete pad, and at Contractor's option for telephone, signal, communication and data systems. For fire alarm systems use rigid or intermediate steel only. 2. Encase in concrete envelope of rectangular cross section not less than 3" beyond any surface of conduit. Where steel conduit extends above grade from concrete encasement, paint conduit with two coats of bituminastic paint for 12" minimum on both sides of junction with concrete. Use precast concrete or plastic separators to secure uniform spacing between conduits of 2 ". Concrete to have 2,500 -psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Reinforce envelope with No. 4 rebar rods at four comers parallel to conduit, with 1'/2" of concrete cover, and with No. 3 ties on two foot centers (minimum) where crossing fill.or loose soil, other utility mains, at sharp slopes and where run below the building. 3. For runs over 150', provide bends with a minimum radius of ten times the internal. radius of the conduit. Ball mandrel conduit. Where conduits are under building, mandrel before any slabs are poured. Route conduit to avoid column footings and foundation. Equip conduit with end bells for termination in manholes. Slope conduit away from building and towards manholes or pull boxes with pitch of 3" per 100'. Submit sections and details. D. In corrosive soils wrap underground steel conduit system with plastic wrap before encasing. Where Architect indicates in writing that soil is noncorrosive, underground steel conduit and couplings may, in lieu of concrete encasement, be protected with plastic wrap or coating: 1. Factory wrap with one -half lap of twenty mil thick identified polyvinyl tape to provide uniform forty -mil coating. Field taped joints shall provide equivalent coating. 2. Factory coat with forty -mil thick PVC coating bonded to conduit. Coating on couplings shall extend beyond coupling ends for one conduit diameter up to 1yz'_ 3. Extend wrap for 12" minimum where conduit emerges from ground. E. Use Rigid or Intermediate Steel or Electric Metallic Tubing in Trade Sizes 2" and Smaller for: Dry concealed locations; exposed locations above 7' from floor or walking surfaces; in electrical and telephone rooms at all heights. F. Use Flexible Steel Conduit, '/2" minimum trade size, 6' maximum length, for connection to lighting fixtures from fixture outlet. Where structural conditions make use of rigid conduit or tubing impractical, obtain written permission from Architect to use flexible conduit. G. Use 24" Minimum Length of Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, '' /2" Minimum Trade Size, Slack Connected for: Connection from outlet to motor and other moving or vibrating equipment; code length to lighting fixtures in damp or wet locations; to transformer housings; to kitchen equipment; all flexible connections Electrical 16000 -20 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) in exposed areas. Where conduit stubs into bottom of dry type transformer, without connecting to enclosure, bond conduit to enclosure and omit flex connection. H. Provide bend radius for flexible conduit not less than 5 times the trade size. For connection to exterior lighting standards from normal system, Schedule 40 PVC may be used without encasement outside of building area. Use rigid steel under building stubbed 5' beyond building, and in concrete pole base. Include ground wire and size conduit accordingly. For emergency circuits, use wrapped steel conduit or concrete encased PVC. J. Where penetrating floors or fire separations, use UL listed fittings and/or devices to maintain separation integrity. K. Where crossing existing pavement, place conduit under pavement by approved jacking method. Keep jack pits 2' clear of edge of pavement. Do not undermine paving with excessive water. If jacking cannot be accomplished, obtain Architect's permission in writing to cut and patch paving. L. When forming bends in nonmetallic conduit, apply heat without distorting or discoloring conduit. 3.16 SUPPORT AND FASTENING OF RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS A. Support vertical conduits passing through sleeves with UL approved riser clamps secured to the conduit and resting on the building structure. Support vertical conduits 11/4" and larger a minimum of once, and on 15' centers maximum. For vertical conduits smaller than 1114' provide standoffs on 8' centers maximum. Support conduits adjacent to walls with preformed channels. Support freestanding risers with conduit racks of angle iron or channel iron members, rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced. For securing vertical conduits 1" or smaller to metal studs, horizontal 114" diameter steel pencil rods tied with No. 16 gauge galvanized steel, twisted tie wires, is acceptable. B. install rigid steel conduit with threaded couplings. Support conduits IN and larger on 10' intervals, smaller than 1" on 7' intervals, all sizes within 3' of connection to box, cabinet or fitting. C. Support electric metallic tubing on maximum spacing of 10' and within 3' of connections to box, cabinet or fitting including couplings. D. Support flexible metal conduit on 4' intervals, within 1' of outlet box or fitting (except at connections to recessed lighting fixtures) and within 2' of vibrating equipment. E. Support gutter and wireways at 5' intervals and at changes of direction, in a manner to allow full access. F. Attach to field poured concrete with preset inserts for conduits 3" and larger and with preset inserts or steel wedge screw anchors for smaller sizes. Shot driven studs are not permitted without written approval from the Architect. Submit size, quantity and approximate weight with request to use shot driven studs. Secure conduit with cast conduit clamps and cadmium plated machine or lag screws. G. Attach to plaster, dry wall or hollow masonry walls with metal toggle bolts. Electrical 16000 -21 . City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) H. Attach to solid masonry walls with steel wedge anchors. 1. Do not fasten rigid conduit or tubing to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock mounts. J. Secure conduits 1'/4" and smaller to steel deck where permitted by Architect with cast or malleable iron conduit clamps and 1" minimum cadmium plated or galvanized sheet metal screws. K. Where attaching to steel members, use beam clamp, welded threaded studs or machine screws. L. Where not otherwise specified herein, support all sizes of suspended conduit from structure with factory made pipe hangers with split hinged malleable iron or springable steel pipe rings and solid round mild steel rods, '/4" diameter for up to 1'/4" conduit, 3/8" diameter up to 2" conduit and '/2" diameter for larger conduit. Friction type conduit support hardware and attachments are not acceptable. Where required conduit spacing is more frequent than available structural members, provide intermediate steel support as required. M. Provide trapeze type hangers where three or more conduits run parallel and clamp conduit to hanger. Provide diagonal seismic bracing for suspended runs of conduits 2" trade size and larger. Use unistrut type channel for trapeze assemblies. Lathing channels are not acceptable. N. Provide plated or galvanized hangers, threaded, rods, channels and metallic support and fastening material or provide two coats of rust resistant paint, in all damp or corrosive locations (e.g., vehicle maintenance garage, labs). O. Do not use perforated metal strap or wood as support material. P. Support conduit to structure above suspended ceilings 3" minimum above ceiling to allow removal of tile. Do not support from T -bars or T -bar hanger wires. Maintain 2" clearance above recessed light fixtures. Q. Above fixed ceiling and in stud walls, tie conduit 1" or smaller to furring, support channels capable of carrying the weight, or studs with No. 16 gauge galvanized wire ties 4' on center; maximum. R. Attached to precast or prestressed concrete as described under applicable sections of the specifications. Coordinate installation of precast unistrut or, inserts where required, or obtain written approval from the Architect of alternate support methods. 3.17 INSTALLATION OF BOXES A. Use new, bright stock and store where continuously protected from weather. B. Install all outlets and boxes in readily accessible locations. C. Provide additional pull or outlet boxes as required to in code requirements or to facilitate pulling of wires. Locate in utility areas, above accessible ceilings, or in approved locations. Electrical 16000 -22 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) D. Size boxes for devices contained and the number of wires passing through or terminating therein, not less than 4" square by 1V? deep, or equivalent configuration. Use pull and junction n boxes of adequate size for splices and terminations contained therein. E. Use 4- 11/16" square box with round plaster ring, for surface mounted ceiling fixtures. F. Where more than one switch is shown at one location, group behind common plate. Use gang boxes for three or more devices. Provide barrier between 277V switches controlling two or more circuits. G. Use 4- 11/16" square by 2 -118" deep boxes, minimum size, for more than two flexible connections to lighting fixtures. H. For wall mounted telephone or data outlets, use 411/16" square by 2 -1/8" deep box with one gang flush plaster ring. I. Recess boxes in finished areas, and wherever possible in utility, mechanical and electrical spaces. Provide extension rings and /or plaster rings to finish flush with finished surfaces. Install approved factory made knockout seals where knockouts are not intact, and close all openings. J. Use cast metal, gasketed boxes for locations noted on drawings and as follows: Stub mounted outlets; surface mounted outlets within 7' of the floor; wet or corrosive locations; outlets on exterior or within exterior walls facing the exterior. For flush mounted outlets, provide adapter plates. Provide threaded plugs in unused hubs. K. For concrete work, use concrete boxes which allow the placing of conduit without displacing the reinforcing bars. Use masonry boxes in block and masonry walls. L. Use extension rings with blank covers for surface extension from flush box. M. Support light fixture outlets to building structure and equip with fixture stud and hanger bar or supporting device as required, including outlets for fixtures furnished by others. Support lighting fixtures in excess of 60 pounds to structure independently of outlet box. N. Do not use back to back outlets or through boxes. See paragraph titled "Noise and Vibration ". O. Provide boxes for all devices. For devices not specified or scheduled, use boxes as approved, adequate for device to be installed. P. Combine devices in ganged box with suitable barriers behind common plate where indicated, specified or detailed. Provide separate or barriered boxes for normal and emergency devices. Q. Provide flush mounted box with horizontal single gang ring for surface mounted multi - outlet assembly in metal raceway. R. Install boxes in a rigid manner, with box hangers, expansion shields in masonry, and machine screws on metal work. Do not nail to structure. Use plated or galvanized screws throughout. Electrical 16000 -23 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Radio Building) S. Secure pull and junction boxes to the structure independently of the conduits by means of bolts, rod hangers or brackets. T. Prefabricated Outlet/Junction Box Assemblies: The following types of box assemblies are acceptable, subject to a shop drawing submittal review and the basic specification requirements for outlet and junction boxes. 1. Wiring device outlet box attached to the back of a one piece vertical galvanized steel bracket that incorporates a back wall support flange, and is designed to mount in the floor track of a metal stud partition. Bracket height as determined by the designated device mounting height. Plaster ring attachment to front of bracket. Support flange to assure that box is held in a rigid manner when the dry wall material is attached to both sides of the studs. 2. Branch circuit junction box screwed to a 1Y:" black iron channel that is secured to the structure above. Branch circuit conduits supported from structure above independently of box assembly per specifications. U. For communications and signal systems, refer to paragraph titled "Communications and Signal System Provisions ". V. Provide designations per paragraph titled "Identification ". 3.18 INSTALLATION OF DEVICES A. Unless specifically directed otherwise, install switches with single gang vertical plate on latch side of door. Verify door swing before installation. B. Unless noted otherwise, install duplex receptacles, single receptacles, telephone and communications outlets vertically. Receptacles with ground slot up. Where horizontal mounting is required, locate ground slot to right when facing outlet. C. Connect receptacle grounding screw to equipment ground conductor where conductor is called for, otherwise bond to outlet box with green ground conductor. D. Plumb and align all devices and install plaster rings flush with wall surface so that plates fit tight against wall and device surface without strain. E. On exterior, and interior locations subject to moisture, use weatherproof devices. F. Within six feet of sinks, basins or sources of running or standing water, use GFI outlets. 3.19 DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Check architectural details and building equipment drawings before installation of outlets, to determine required outlet mounting heights. Install outlets, under this work, to Gear built -in features, furniture and equipment. 1. The electrical drawings take precedence as to quantity and type of outlets and general location. 2. Where architectural elevations have been provided, the elevations take precedence as to mounting height and spacing. 3. Outlets, by symbol, are generally +18 ", +42 ", or as noted on the electrical drawings. If an outlet occurs behind casework and there is no architectural elevation, locate the outlet above the counter. Where counter has a backsplash, mount outlet at +4" above top edge of splash. Electrical 16000 -24 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) If there is no backsplash, mount at +4" above top of counter. 4. If outlets occur back to back, paragraph titled "Noise and Vibration" takes precedence regarding separation between boxes. 5. If an outlet is symbolized at +42" above a counter and there is a conflict, use the +4" mounting height above top of splash or counter. 6. Verify mounting height of outlets below counters for garbage disposal, hot water dispensers or underoounter refrigerators with equipment shop drawings. 7. Where a cord slot is detailed in countertops, mount outlet below counter at +18 ". B. Install outlets for specific equipment or appliances per equipment suppliers'' instructions. C. Mounting height for wall mounted outlet is from centerline of outlet to finished floor, and is indicated on the drawings by " + ". D. Where Not Otherwise Noted or Detailed, Use Mounting heights herein Indicated: 1. Switches and Push Buttons: +42 ". 2. Receptacle: +18" 3. Receptacles for Fixed Equipment: To suit equipment. 4. Receptacles in Equipment Rooms: +42 ". 5. At communication and /or telephone terminal backboards, provide multi outlet raceway (Plugmold) below backboard at +8". 6. Desk Mounted Telephone, Data and Intercom outlet: +18 ". 7. Backbox for Wall Mounted Telephones: +42 ". 8. Signal System Device Requiring Manual Operation: +42 ". 9. Thermostats: +48 ". 3.20 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. Store conductors where continuously protected from sunlight, heat and weather. B. Install all conductors (line and medium voltage, low voltage, signal and control) in conduit. Complete conduit system and clean and dry conduit before pulling in conductors. Install conductors after general construction work in area has progressed sufficiently to avoid conductor damage. C. Circuit as indicated on plans and single line diagrams. D. Provide conductors of identical lengths in parallel feeder runs. E. Use fish tapes with ball type heads for pulling conductors. Pull conductors in without kinking wires or scoring conduit. F. Use only lubricant, which does not damage conductors, as a pulling aid. G. Fan branch circuit and control conductors, size 1/0 and smaller, in panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers and terminal cabinets and tie with plastic ties suitable for conductor size. Lace larger conductors with marline for '' /z' on 12" centers with intermediate tie wraps. Identify spare conductors (line, control and signal), and ground both ends to enclosure case. H. Run neutral conductors continuous to panel. Do not combine. Run feeders continuous to panel or equipment without splices. Do not splice or tap in equipment enclosures or conduits. Make necessary splices or taps only in Electrical 16000 -25 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) junction boxes, pull boxes or in oversize wiring gutters designed for the purpose at panelboards. I. Use No. 12 AWG minimum for lighting and power and No. 14 AWG minimum for signal and communications and control, except where special conductors are specified. J. Allow 18" minimum free length of conductor where terminating in outlet or pull box. Provide longer lengths where indicated. K. Do not loop through receptacle terminals; connect by means of conductor taps joined to branch circuit conductors. L. Where branch circuit conductors extend from ground fault interrupting breakers, enclose conductors in plastic tubing within panelboard. M. See paragraph titled "Identification and Warning Signs ". N. Multiconductor cable may only be used for branch circuit distribution in dry concealed locations but not home runs. 3.21 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. For lighting and outlet branch circuits, use factory colored conductors. For motor circuits and feeders, use pressure sensitive colored tapes, in 2" wide minimum bands, at all panelboards, safety switches, motor starters, motor and equipment outlets. Where more than one multi - conductor circuit is run in a conduit, tape each multi conductor circuit together with its neutral at each junction point and outlet. B. Color Codes for Line Conductors: C. Color code conductors of cables used in communication and signal systems and control conductors in line and low voltage control panels, motor control centers and supervisory panels. Use white for grounded conductor and green for equipment ground, exclusively. 3.22 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS, LINE VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS. A. For joints, splices, taps and connections for 600V conductors, use solderless connectors. Electrical 16000 -26 Color Color Conductor 120/208V 2771480V Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray (where permitted or as directed) Traveler Brown As approved Equipment Ground Green Green Instrument Ground and Green with Isolated System Ground Yellow Stripes C. Color code conductors of cables used in communication and signal systems and control conductors in line and low voltage control panels, motor control centers and supervisory panels. Use white for grounded conductor and green for equipment ground, exclusively. 3.22 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS, LINE VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS. A. For joints, splices, taps and connections for 600V conductors, use solderless connectors. Electrical 16000 -26 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. For branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, use steel spring with semi rigid insulating shell, or setscrew type, taped. C. Terminate all solid conductors, No. 10 AWG and smaller by a fast holding application of the conductor directly to the binding screws of the equipment to be connected. D. For conductors No. 6 AWG and larger, use copper or bronze bolted connectors and lugs, or compression type at Contractor's option, sized for conductors. For conductors No. 1 AWG and larger, use lugs with two bolts through tongue, minimum or equivalent anti -tum construction (submit sample). Connectors and lugs which are crimp type or which apply setscrews directly to the conductors are not acceptable. For breaker connection where manufacturer submits in writing that saddle lug termination is not available, dip conductor ends in solder prior to termination. Fasten lugs with flat and spring washers and hex nuts. E. In panelboard feed through gutters, use copper power distribution blocks to extend conductors from feeder to panel. F. Coordinate equipment terminations with equipment supplier to insure that terminals provided conform with requirements specified herein. G. For connections at motors, use lugs on motor and branch circuit conductors, bolted and taped. For conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, crimp lugs to conductors. H. Splice grounding conductors by means of exothermic welding and terminate by means of approved grounding connectors. Do not solder. Tape all noninsulated connections with lap wound layers of vinyl plastic tap (Scothch #88) or lap wound layers of rubber tape covered by lap wound layers of friction tape, to provide insulation equivalent to 150 percent of the conductor's insulation, but in no case less than three layers. Split bakelite casings with stainless steel spring clips designed for specific connectors may be used alternately. J. Position all splices in pull boxes and junction boxes, so they are accessible from the removable cover side of the box. K. Provide waterproof connections in wet locations. Pencil and roughen conductors and apply rubber tape equivalent to insulation thickness. Cover with two half- lapped layers of 8.5 mil, all weather, vinyl plastic tape, suitable for below freezing application, and coat with sealant. Form conductors into drip loops so that water does not collect on connections. Blow out conduit to remove moisture and seal conduit ends with waterproof compound. L. Torque all electrical conductor terminations in accordance with equipment manufacturer's directions and industry standards. 3.23 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS, SIGNAL SYSTEM AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS. A. Run conductors continuous from equipment to terminal cabinets and devices. Do not splice. Electrical 16000 -27 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Radio Building) B. In terminal cabinet and junction boxes terminate on solder terminals, screw type terminals, telephone type punch terminals or wire wrapped terminals. .C. At equipment or devices terminate on screw type terminals or with plug and socket connections. D. For fire alarm systems and control use screw type terminals throughout. E. For flexible connection use stranded conductors and crimp type lugs. F. For shielded conductors, make shield continuous and isolate shields from ground and other shields. 3.24 CONDUCTOR SUPPORT A. In vertical risers provide split wedge or cable clamp conductor supports in equipment or intermediate junction or pull boxes, or provide code approved equivalent. Spacing Not to Exceed the Following: Support Conductor AWG Size Spacing (Feet) 1/0 and Smaller 100 2/0 through 410 80 250 MCM through 350 MCM 60 500 MCM 50 750 MCM 40 3.25 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Maintain required aisles, work space and clearances in front of equipment and behind accessible sections of freestanding equipment not less than indicated and as required by code. B. For dry ventilated transformers, maintain minimum clearance between transformer ventilation openings and adjacent structure: 6" below 300 KVA. C. For equipment less than 600V to ground, maintain 3' clear minimum in front, 31/2' between accessible side and grounded surface; and 4' between rows. 3.26 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install panelboards and cabinets on a common wall with tops even. Mount panels at 78" to top unless approved otherwise. B. Mount individual switches, starters, or controls at 72" from finished floor to top. Where required to be lower by equipment arrangement or configuration, maintain 18" to bottom from finished floor. 3.27 EQUIPMENT FASTENING A. Fasten floorstanding equipment with four 1/2" bolts minimum. Grout channel sills, where provided, into concrete pad. Fasten. surface mounted equipment in excess of 20 pounds to a minimum of two structural wall members. Provide support channel spanning structural. members where equipment does not span two members. Electrical 16000 -28 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3.28 PANELBOARD PROVISIONS A. Install three 3/4" conduits minimum from each flush mounted panelboard into accessible ceiling space above and below panel and cap. 3.29 LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Connections: Use Underwriters' Laboratories approved solderless connectors as specified elsewhere herein, for splicing. B. Blocking: Provide supplementary blocking and support under this section, as required to support fixture from structural members adequate for fixture weight. C. Pendant Fixtures: Unless otherwise specified, suspend fixture with one piece steel stems 3/8" ID minimum, with matching canopies, and finished with enamel or lacquer finish of color to match fixture or ceiling, as directed by Architect. Where pendant fixtures are indicated to be cable supported, provide 3/32" (minimum) stainless steel aircraft cables and cable to rod adapters. Provide a ceiling plate at each ceiling fitting, with baked enamel finish color to match fixture or ceiling, as directed by Architect. Provide a white #18/4 (minimum) Type SJ cord at one end of fixture row. Provide two supports per 4', 6' or 8' fixture, and uniformly spaced pattern for continuous rows. D. Pendant Mounted Fluorescent Fixtures, Continuous Rows: Provide rigid coupling between fixtures, fastened to each fixture with a minimum of two bolts. Hang fixtures with two supports per 8' or 4' fixture. Limit continuous rows to 40' length separated by 1'/:" minimum with separate circuit connections to separated rows. Do not nipple between separated rows. Provide an approved swivel at the junction of stem and fixture. Where indicated, provide channel bracing of rows of fixtures. E. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Secure to structural members or to . structural channels which span structural members with 114" minimum machine screws. F. Refer to paragraph titled "Seismic and Bracing Requirements" for additional requirements. G. Fixture Outlets: In accessible tile ceilings, locate outlet within 4' of fixture, rigidly fastened to structural member or suspended from structure with rod or channel. In nonaccessible ceilings, provide access to outlet through fixture housing utilizing approved outlet assembly. Provide fixture outlet for each fixture, or continuous row of fixtures, or, in demountable ceilings, for a cluster of fixtures which can be connected by 6' flexible connections. H. Connections: Do not use fixtures as pull or junction boxes between separated fixtures. Do not flex between separated, suspended fixtures. Surface mounted fixtures, separated by not more than 6" in utility areas, may be nippled together. Connect from recessed fixtures to fixture outlet with 6' length of flexible conduit and conductors with insulation type described under paragraph titled "Conductors ". Machine Rooms: Prior to installation, coordinate light fixture location in machine rooms with equipment, piping, and ductwork to properly illuminate room and avoid interference's. Use only ceiling mounted or stem mounted fixtures in elevator machine rooms. Electrical 16000 -29 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) Location: Locate fixture outlets, recessed fixtures, and determine the length of custom, continuous row cove or "reverse cove" fixtures, by reference to Architectural reflected ceiling plans and details and measurement of building construction. Do not scale electrical drawings. K. Lamping: For initial tamping of overhead fixtures during construction, omit diffuser installation. Prior to final acceptance and when directed by the owner in writing, clean the fixtures, remove construction lamps, relamp with new lamps and install diffusers. 3.30 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, VENTILATING AND PLUMBING CONTROL A. Provide Under This Section: 1. Motor starters, disconnects, circuit protection, items of industrial control, individually mounted controls, as specified or required. 2. Control wiring in conduit, to remote line voltage control devices, where indicated on the drawings, and where not included under the mechanical or building automation sections. 3. Connections to motors and controls as shown, but coordinated with equipment supplier. 4. Verification of point of connection to motors with equipment supplier prior to conduit installation. For roof mounted exhaust fans, rise within housing where possible. 5. Connection to package unit controls furnished as part of equipment. 6. Installation and connection of separately mounted electric line voltage thermostats and controls furnished with equipment, as indicated. 7. Line voltage supply circuits for building automation system data gathering panels and consoles. Locations are not indicated. Coordinate locations with system supplier. 8. Line voltage supply circuits from closest appropriate panel to plumbing and HVAC control panels and the like, coordinated with mechanical specifications section and equipment supplier. 9. Connection to devices in piping or ductwork (such as aquastats, solenoids, float switches) installed under Division 15. 10. Installation of, and connection to, variable frequency drives. The Following is Specified to be Provided Under Other Divisions: 1. Furnishing and installation of motors. 2. Furnishing of thermostats, and controls, which are part of equipment. 3. Installation of devices in piping or ductwork. C. Refer to Divisions 15 of the specifications, and mechanical and electrical drawings to establish complete scope of work. 3.31 INTERIOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS PROVISIONS A. Empty telephone and data raceway systems as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein, including all distribution conduit, wireways, blockouts, sleeves, grounds, pull wires, plywood backboards, outlets and plates indicated on the drawings for wiring provided under other sections or by Owner. Minimum conduit to be %" trade size for telephone /data outlet. B. From telephone and data outlets provide conduit stubbed up to accessible ceiling spaces terminating with a horizontal run and bushing. Cables shall be free run home and supported with J- hooks. Where crossing non - accessible ceiling Electrical 16000 -30 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) spaces or exposed ceilings provide raceway system expect in telephone /data rooms. C. Conduit bends with a minimum radius in feet equivalent to the diameter of conduit in inches, and not exceeding the equivalent of two 900 bends in a single run. Where over two 900 bends are required, install accessible pull box in run. Bush ends of all conduits. Do not use condulets. D. Terminate conduits at terminal backboards 6" above floor or within 12" of top of backboard. To reduce bends, backboard may be extended up to conduit stubs. E. Plywood Terminal Backboards: 8' high by length indicated, for telephone, data or signal systems where indicated on electrical drawings, of %: thick, APA exterior grade Douglas Fir A -C treated with fire retardant chemical to provide a flame spread rating of not more than 25 when tested according to ASTM E84. Install backboards over plaster or gypsum wallboard, not directly to studs. Use full sheets where practicable and attached to plaster walls with Y." flat head toggle bolts. Attach to gypsum wallboard using fire retardant, nonexplosive contact cement, applied in strips spaced 16" on center horizontally or vertically across plywood, and in a continuous band around perimeter of plywood. Install plywood with clear face exposed to view. 3.32 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT A. Where electrically operated equipment indicated on the drawings is specified under other divisions of the specification, provide, unless otherwise indicated, all conduit, wiring and connections under this section, as required for proper operation, and in accordance *with wiring diagrams furnished by equipment supplier. B. Install controls furnished by equipment supplier, and provide disconnect switches within sight of controller. C. Refer to equipment specification for coordination of work. 3.33 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Materials and Equipment: Cover all transformers, transfer switches, panelboards, lighting fixtures, etc., stored or installed on the site, with polyethylene sheets or approved equivalent, to protect equipment from moisture, plaster, cement, paint, or other work of other trades. Cover outlet boxes with cardboard or plastic closures. Plug or cap conduit ends until final connection. Protect conduit stubs, stub -ups and risers from construction equipment. B. Storage: Provide proper and adequate storage facilities. Store conductors, raceways and fittings, in dry, protected locations. C. Damage: Replace all damaged or defective work, materials or equipment. Install sensitive or delicate equipment after major construction work is completed. D. Parts: Store and protect all portable and detachable parts or portions of the installation such as spare parts, fittings, fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking clips and inserts until completion of the work. As a precondition for acceptance of the work, deliver to the Owner's representative and obtain itemized receipt. Include receipts with the Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s) required under other paragraphs of the specifications. Electrical 16000 -31 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) E E. Site Cleaning: Periodically remove waste and rubbish and maintain order. Equipment Finish: Clean and polish finished metal surfaces. Clean and prepare prime coated gear for painting. G. Light Fixtures: Remove dust and handprints from light fixture surfaces. Clean diffusers before project acceptance. H. Electrical Equipment: Clean exterior and interior of all equipment. Vacuum interiors, do not blow out. Apply permanent identification. and remove temporary and unauthorized notations. Acceptance: Remove all debris, dirt, grease and oil from building surfaces, caused by work under this section. Clean out and vacuum electric rooms. 3.34 PAINTING A. In Equipment and Utility Areas: Provide factory finished equipment including prime coat and medium dark gray finishing over rust - inhibitor. B. Outdoors and in Wet Locations: Provide additional factory coat of exterior lacquer for a two mils finish thickness. Indicate finish on shop drawings. C. In Public Areas: Provide shop prime coat for equipment installed flush in painted walls. Finish painting is under Specification Section "Painting ". D. Touchup: Use factory supplied paint for touchup of rusty or scratched surfaces. Replace marred or scratched plated finishes. E. Supports: All conduit hangers, racks and structural supports for electrical material and equipment under other paragraphs to be galvanized or plated to be field painted, if not plated, under this work in conformance with Specification Section "Painting ". 3.35 IDENTIFICATION AND WARNING SIGNS A. Nameplates - General: 1. Provide laminated, engraved plastic nameplates with '' /d' high letters for all switchboards, motor control centers, transfer switches and panelboards. Provide similar nameplates with 3/8" high letters for transformers, time switches, individually mounted breakers, switches and controls, and with sheet metal screws. Adhesive mounted nameplates are not acceptable. Refer to single line diagrams and schedules for actual designations and circuit numbers. 2. Include nameplate schedule on shop drawings submittals. 3. Indicate on Gear nameplates: a. Line 1 Equipment Designation b. Line 2 Voltage, Phase, Number of Wires, Amperes (Switchboards) KVA (transformers, generators). C. Example SWITCHBOARD MSS d. 277/480V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, 3,000 AMPERES 4. On service switchboards with multiple main breakers label each main breaker and indicate number of mains on each label. Example: Main No. 1 of 3, main No. 2 of 3, etc. Electrical 16000 -32 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 0 5. Indicate equipment and /or equipment controlled and designation on component nameplates. Examples: a. Swbd Breaker: CIR 3 - PANEL 3AA b. Motor Switch: TOILET EXHAUST FAN EF -3 C. Submeter: KWHR SUBMETER AIR CONDITIONING d. Time Switch: TSA - PARKING LIGHTS (served from Panel A) e. Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet: Fire alarm system 24V DC 6. Install panelboard nameplates behind panel door in public area and on panel face in equipment rooms. B. Nameplate Color Schedule: 1. 277V through 600V:, Green letters on white label. 2. 120V through 240V: Black letters on which label. 3. Emergency System: White letters on red label. 4. Devices Connected Ahead of Service mains and Substation Secondary Mains: Letter color as for switchboard on yellow label. 5. Fire Alarm System: Black letters on red label. 6. Communication or Signal Systems: White letters on black label. Identify system. C. Stenciled Designations: Provide readily visible block letter stenciled designations for the following with %d' high minimum letters on background of contrasting color, colors as outlined under nameplates. 1. Junction and pull boxes and cabinets of signal and communication systems identifying system and voltage. 2. 277V lighting outlet and junction boxes - 277/480V. 3. 480V outlet and junction boxes - 480V. 4. Feeder conduit runs on 25' centers and on both sides of wall and floor penetrations, where visible from floor and above demountable ceilings. Indicate circuit designation and number on all feeders. Indicate system on all signal and communications system conduit sized 1'/z' and larger. D. Labels: 1. At all fusible devices, either individually mounted or part of gear, provide a label (as supplied by fuse manufacturer) or nameplate inside each switch cover, indicating specific type of fuse required for replacement. 2. Provide label, in addition to UL label, for each switchgear, switchboard, panelboard, transfer switch and motor control center indicating the short circuit rating of the gear as constructed and the minimum rating of devices allowable. Submit with shop drawings. E. Emergency System: 1. Identify all enclosures per Article 700 of the NEC. 2. Paint junction box covers and covers of multi - outlet assemblies red. 3. Use visibly red receptacles and devices. Alternately engrave plates 'EMERGENCY SYSTEM" and fill in with red enamel. F. Conduit and Conductors: 1. Tag feeders at panels, switchboards, pull boxes, and other accessible enclosures, indicating source, voltage, circuit number and conductor ampere rating. Tags to be readily readable after installation. 2. In exterior or wet locations, provide metal or laminated plastic discs as above attached with nylon cord. 3. In interior dry locations, provide metal or laminated plastic discs as above, attached with nylon cord. Electrical 16000 -33 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 4. Tag exposed ends of conduit stubs indicating system, name of panel, switchboard, etc., of origin and conduit size. 5. Identify all branch circuit system conductors with premarked, self - adhesive, wraparound cloth wire markers, indicating circuit number and name of panel, cabinet, etc., of origin, at panelboards, motor centers, switchboards, terminal cabinets, wireways, junction boxes and at outlet boxes containing more than one neutral wire. 6. Identification Format Examples: a. Switchboard Feeder - SAA -1 480/277V -225A b. Transformer, Subfeeder - 3ETA- 1208/120V -380A C. Transfer Switch Subfeeder - 3ATS -1 480V -800A d. Panel AA Branch Circuit - AA -10 e. Motor Control Center Circuit - MCCA -4 480V 7. Provide, above underground conduits stubbed for future use, engraved flush bronze marker anchored in 4" square by 12" deep concrete block, flush with grade, indicating system, conduit size and point of origin. G. Warning Signs: Conform with the latest edition of NEC. Provide 18 gauge steel, white porcelain enameled signs with 1" high black letters in all electrical and communication rooms and closets reading ELECTRICAL (or SIGNAL) ROOM - NO STORAGE PERMITTED.. H. Panel Schedules: Provide typewritten panel schedules on inside of panel doors behind clear plastic. Indicate as -built number and type of outlets served and general location of outlets or fixtures and /or item of equipment served. Where modifying existing panels, provide new typewritten schedules reflecting modifications provided under this work. Diagrams and Posted Signs: 1. For service switchboards and switchboards with bus rating 1000A or greater, provide a bus diagram framed and mounted behind clear plastic indicating bus configuration and rating, devices, ground fault detectors, standby generator connection, and switchboard components. Submit diagram for review with shop drawings. 2. Where project has service from a standby generator source, provide a sign, framed and mounted behind clear plastic, and located at the main electric room service switchboard, describing the standby source, including voltage, rating, and location. 3.36 TEST AND CERTIFICATION A. General: Provide testing in accordance with NETA requirements, as specified under individual equipment and system specifications and as follows: 1. Upon completion of the work, and as a condition for acceptance, test all components and systems in the presence of the Owner's representative to demonstrate compliance with the specifications. Provide tests as specified and as required by the code or enforcing authorities. Adjust, repair and /or replace defective material and equipment. 2. Provide supervisory personnel experienced with the particular systems involved; and where specified, arrange for the presence of factory representatives to direct indicated testing. Check all field connections prior to testing. 3. Provide all required testing instruments and pay all costs for testing and for any resulting repair or replacement. 4. Tighten all bolted connections and meggar all equipment and bus prior to testing. Electrical 16000 -34 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 0 5. Tabulate all test data and prepare certified typewritten report covering all testing performed and include in Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s). B. Test and Measurements: Include all required factory service engineering time to cover the outline testing. Submit a per diem cost to cover additional testing which may be requested. C. Ground Resistance: Test ground resistance at service, substation, generator, and at the secondary of each transformer, sized 75 KVA and. larger. Perform test in accordance with the latest edition of James G. Biddle manual on "Earth Resistance.Testing" and describe tests and results in test report. Where ground resistance is in excess of specified values, add ground electrodes as required to meet specifications. Perform tests before associated slabs are poured so that corrective measures are not precluded. D. Switchboards 1. For each building service switchboard and switchboard served from separately derived systems (generator, transformer).isolate neutral bus from ground by removing neutral bus from ground by removing neutral bus link and test neutral bus for infinite resistance. It may be necessary to disconnect DC inverters. Correct all unintentional neutral grounding and repeat test until infinite resistance is obtained. Submit test report. Reinstall bus links. 2. Set, test and operate each operable device. E. For motors served from motor starters provide under this section, provide certified listing of nameplate motor data along with overloads provided in associated starters. Replace overloads as required for code compliance. Include list in Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual. F. Ground Fault Detectors: Verify proper neutral grounding and installation of ground fault detector. In zero sequence system, neutral and phase conductors to pass through sensor in same direction and equipment ground to be outside sensor. Test operation of each detector using factory authorized test equipment. G. Metering: Demonstrate operation and set zero adjustment. H. Conductors: Test for continuity, proper neutral connection, short circuit and improper ground. Meggar all feeders with .switchboards and /or panels connected, but with branch loads disconnected, and meggar circuits for 20.HP and larger motors. Insulation resistance to be not less than cable manufacturer's recommendation. Panelboards: Test with main disconnect open, branch circuits connected, wall switches closed, lighting fixtures and /or outlets permanently connected, without lamps, for neutral ground, short circuit, continuity, improper ground, and multiple neutral grounds. Engine Generator: Factory test with load of 100% of rated capacity at 104 °F ambient for two hours prior to shipping. Submit certified test data. 1. Provide Witnessed Field Test: 2. Provide variable resistive and /or building loads, test instruments and required fuel. Electrical 16000 -35 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 3. Run generator at 0, '/4, Yz, and 3/4 load until readings are constant for 10 minutes duration. Then run generator for 2 hours at 100 percent of rated load. 4. Take Readings, Tabulate and Submit Report Including: Frequency, voltage, current, water temperature, oil pressure, oil temperature, generator hot spot temperature. Include both observed values and manufacturer's acceptable values. K. Signal and Communication Systems: Factory engineer to test each system to demonstrate specified operation of all components. For code required systems arrange for code authorities to witness test. L. Receptacles: 1. Verify that all receptacles are installed per manufacturer's instructions and terminal connections are secure and clean. Test for polarity. 2. With the Aid of a GFI Tester, Such as Hubbell #GFT2 -G, Test GFI Receptacles: a. Hot - neutral - ground connections. b. At two and three milliamps respectively, GFI shall not trip within 10 seconds. C. At five milliamps, GFI shall trip within one second. 3. Test isolated ground receptacles for ground isolation. M. Adjustments: After project loads are in full operation, and at a time acceptable to the Owner: 1. Take voltage readings at each transformer. Where voltage on secondary of building transformers is above or below required rating in excess of 2'/: percent at full load, make appropriate tap changes. 2. Take current readings on each phase at each panel. Adjust branch circuiting between phases where required to balance phase currents within 10 percent. Reflect revisions in panel schedules. Circuit revisions shall not compromise multi -wire circuits sharing a common neutral. 3. Tabulate adjustment data by transformer and panel and submit with test data. N. Thermographic Inspection: 1. After project loads are in full operation, perform a thermographic inspection of the electrical equipment and connections at a time acceptable to the Owner and in the presence of his authorized representative. 2. The inspection is to locate high resistive points by comparing temperature levels to reference temperatures. 3. Utilize an infrared camera with a range of -20 °C to 900 °C and an accuracy of 0.1 °C. Equip camera with a minimum of three lenses: 70 telephoto, 200 wide angle and 40 extra wide angle. Utilize camera to detect infrared wavelengths and convert them into video signals projected onto a monitor screen in the form of a line thermal image to be photographed for inclusion in the report. Heat loss survey to be in both gray step mode and color. .4. Inspect the entire electrical system including: a. Transformers. b. Switchboard, panelboards. G. Circuit breakers, disconnect switches. d.. Standby generator, automatic transfer switches. Electrical 16000 -36 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Radio Building) 5. Include in test report thermographs and photographs of defective equipment and connections. Outline probable cause, severity of defect and corrective measure recommendations. 6. Correct deficiencies as agreed upon at no cost to owner. Rephotograph corrected areas and resubmit data indicating satisfactory condition. O. Non Metallic Conduit Test: 1. Provide witnessed test of all conduits, after installation, for clear bore, using ball mandrel, brushes and snake. Use Lignum Vitae ball of diameter equal to approximately 85% of conduit inside diameter. For utility conduit, test in presence of utility representative. Clear all conduits which reject ball mandrel. Bear all cost involved, including chopping concrete, replacing conduit and restoring surfaces to original condition. 2. Maintain record of testing indicating "left clear, tagged, capped" listing conduit designation, diameter, location, date of test and testing personnel. Submit certified copies in triplicate. END OF SECTION Electrical 16000 -37 0 BUILDING #3 TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ..� ,,i DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Refer to City of Newport Beach Guidlines DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section 02060 Demolition DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 -MASONRY Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrication DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLAB Section 06100 06200 06400 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND M Section 07200 07600 07900 Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Architectural Wood Work ISTURE PROTECTION Building Insulation Flashing and Sheet Metal Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Custom Metal Frames 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08200 Wood Doors 08400 Entrance 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 2 I� 08500 Metal Windows 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass & Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09250 Gypsum Wall Board 09400 Tile 09500 Acoustic Treatment 09660 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10500 Specialties 10800 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Applicable) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Applicable) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Applicable DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (Not Applicable) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15050 15080 15150 15400 15440 15731 15880 15990 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16000 Basic Materials and Methods Mechanical insulation Plumbing Piping Plumbing Plumbing Fixturees Small Package HVAC Units Air Distribution Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Electricla Outline Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 Page 2 of 2 0 0 • �.� • • • :G � •• a .�11 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Extent of demolition work is shown on drawings. B. Drawing show intent of demolition that is necessary to construct new improvements. All miscellaneous connections, fittings, materials and items that may not be identified Contractor shall inspect the project site to ensure that complete demolition necessary is included in the bid. C. Alt demolished materials become the property of the contractor, unless salvaging for the City is requested. 1.03 SCHEDULE: Submit proposed methods and operation of demolition to the City for review prior to start of work. Include in schedule coordination of shut - off, capping and continuation of any utility services as required. fir• : • � • A. Use of explosives will not be permitted. B. Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied ar used facilities. C. Ensure safe passage for persons around area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent Buildings, structures, other facilities and persons D. Provide shoring, bracing or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent facilities to remain. E. Promptly repair any damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations at no cost to the owner. F. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service and protect against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Applicable DEMOLITION 02060 Page 1 of 2 • PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 DEMOLITION C� A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work. A. Remove from site debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations, by approved hauling routes and in approved manner. 1. Burning of removed materials from demolition operation will not be permitted. DEMOLITION 02060 Page 2 of 2 •. �. �� UM 11MIMIT111i • PART I - GENERAL ..•. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION: Provide all work constructed of cast -in -place concrete as indicated, specified and required. A. Work in this section: Principal items include: 1. Furnishing, placing, and curing of cast -in -place concrete. 2. Grout and drypack work. 3. Placing of embedded anchor bolts and inserts. 4. Sand and vapor barrier under interior floor slabs on grade. 5. Reinforcing steel. A. Concrete Manufacturer: Furnish all concrete from licensed commercial ready -mix concrete plants conforming to ASTM C94 and approved by the City B. Allowable Tolerances: Construct concrete conforming to tolerances specified in ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ", as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements of regulatory agencies or otherwise indicated or specified. Testing laboratory selected by contractor and approved by the City shall design concrete mixes for all concrete requiring 28 -day compressive strength exceeding 2,500 psi. Contractor shall bear all costs for concrete mix designs. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division '1' for procedures 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in a timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress. Store materials by method to prevent damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification. Do not place concrete during rain or adverse weather conditions with out means to prevent any damage. Conform to AC 305 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting' as required except do not use calcium chloride or accelerators. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 1 of 3 F -01 2.01 MATERIALS: 0 A. Furnish materials that meet the test requirements of paragraph "Source Quality Control' hereinbefore, as applicable, and following requirements: Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type V low alkali. Do not change brand without prior approval. 2. Stone Aagreaates: ASTM C33, from approved pits, free from organic matter and or opaline, feldspar, and siliceous magnesium substances; dean, hard, fine - grained sound crushed rock or washed gravel not over 5% by weight of flat, thick elongated, friable or laminated pieces having the major dimensions over 5 times average dimension) or over 2% by weight of shale or cherty material. 3. 1-ightweight Aggrggates: ASTM C330, Ridgelite, Rocklite, or another coated expanded day or shale product; coarse aggregate, dry loose weight minimum 38 pounds per cubic foot and maximum 9/16 size; fine aggregate, dry loose weight of 62 to 66 pounds per cubic foot, uniformly graded from #8 to #0 sizes; all aggregates vacuum or thermally fully saturated for pumped concrete. 4. Water: From portable domestic source. 5. Vapor Barrier: ASTM D2103, polyethylene sheeting, 10 mil thickness, with minimum 2" wide waterproof plastic tape, self - adhering type. 6. Non-Shrink Gout: Master Builders "Emheco" or approved equal, non -gas- forming type free of oxidizing catalysts and accelerators. 7. Reinforcing Steel. Refer to Structural Drawing sheet 30.01. A. Furnish ready -mix concrete from an approved commercial off -site plant. Conform to ASTM C94, except materials, testing, and mix designs as specified herein. Use transit mixer trucks equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. Slump: Adjust quantity of water so concrete at time of placing does not exceed the following slumps when tested according to ASTM C143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by part of the structure being cast, not exceeding 4" slump. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETE PLACING: A. Remove free water from forms before concrete is deposited. Remove hardened concrete, debris and all foreign materials from forms and from surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 2 of 3 0 0 1. Wettina: Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability. 2. Earth Subgrade: Lightly dampen subgrade 24 hours before placing concrete but do not muddy. Re -roll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose material. 3. SandFillq Recompact disturbed sand fill and bring correct elevation. 4. Vapor Barrier: Install under interior floor slabs on grade. Lap all joints 6" in the direction of concrete spreading and tape seal. Seal the joints at walls and around penetrations with tape. Cover barriers with 2" layer of clean sand. 5. Screeds: Set screeds at all walls and maximum 8-foot centers between. Set to provide level floor. Check with and instrument level, transit, or laser during placing operation to maintain level floor. 6. Screeds Over Vapor Barrier: Use weighted pad or cradle type screeds and do not drive stakes through vapor barrier. Check with instrument level, transit, or laser. ge"811111MUe"0111M Use water curing method, curing material, or a dear liquid membrane - forming airing compound except as otherwise specified. Do not use any type of finishing or curing materials or methods that interfere with the correct application or bonding of subsequent materials; verify exact requirements with all applicable trades. Keep forms containing concrete in a wet condition until removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least 76 days after placement. Keep concrete moist with a fine fog water spray until protected by airing media. A. Interior Slabs: To have fine steel trowel finish, without trowel marks or tool marks. B. Exterior Slabs: To have medium broom finish. 9 0 , 1111CM6181al ;• A. S, ulervision: Perform work of this section under the supervision of a capable concrete superintendent. B. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing operations to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level. transit, or laser. C. lnsoection: Construct all structural concrete of design strength exceeding 2,500 psi under continuous inspection. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 3 of 3 0 0 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 0109m]q _ iTrZ�Z•i�P� II;<I I Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Extends of masonry work as indicated on the drawings B. Work Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units 2. Setting and attaching all bolts, anchors, inserts, etc. 3. Reinforcing steel, refer to drawings sheet S0.01 4. Grout and mortar. �: •, •• A. Masonry construction, materials and methods shall be in strict compliance with written standards of the UBC latest edition and the Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada. B. All masonry units are to be from one manufacturer in uniform texture and color. Masonry units shall match approved sample exactly. Submit manufacturer's specification and data for each type of masonry unit. Submit certification that each type of masonry complies with requirements of the specifications. Submit sample of masonry units for review by the city. I% LVif •.•r 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Type 1 light weight units with minimum face shell thickness of 1 1/4 ". To MATCH EXISTING BUILDING, Orco Block- Tan. CMU to have center vertical score(both faces). CMU to be 16" x S" x 16" as shown on drawings. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, Low Alkali. C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C144. D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade 60. F. Water: Potable. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04220 Page 1 of 2 0 0 �,.- ■ -• Shall be in accordance with The Uniform Building Code current edition 1994, A. Materials shall be adequately and accurately measured in suitable calibrated boxes. Shovel measurements will not be allowed. B. Sand, cement and water shall be placed in the mixer in that order. Mix for at least two (2) minutes. Add lime and continue mixing to a uniform mass, but in no case less than ten (10) minutes. C. Use mixers of at least one (1) sack capacity. Batches requiring tractional sack will not be permitted. D. Mortar unused within one (1) hour after initial mixing shall be discarded and disposed of. E. Grout: Refer to structural drawings sheet S0.01. F. Admixture: "Suconem GA" (Grout Aid) Type 2, as manufactured by Super Concrete Emulsions, Ltd. Los Angeles, California, or approved equal, and used in strict accordance with manufacturer's latest printed recommendations. Accurately set and place reinforcing steel and ties in accordance with the drawings and notes thereon. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Refer to Structural Drawings. Masonry materials shall be packed in a manner to prevent damage from transportation and weather. Cement and lime to be delivered to the job in the original unopened containers. Handle masonry materials in a manner to prevent chipping, spalling, cracking or other injury. Store off ground and protect from the weather. Dampening of masonry units to reduce suction is prohibited 3.02 CURING No water shall be applied to wall after tooling mortar joints. 3.03 LAYING Lay units plumb and true. Carefully cut where necessary to fit around adjoining construction, inserts, etc. Fit all angles and corners square and true. A. All joints shall be carefully raked and tooled to produce a dense surface, well bonded to block on all edges. B. Aline all joints (vertical and horizontal), including center score. C. Remove all mortar and grout that lands on the face of the masonry immediately. Do not allow it to dry on the surface. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04220 Page 2of2 9 PART1- GENERAL ► • •• 0 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. Provide miscellaneous metal fabrications indicated, specified and required, including but not limited to the following; A. Window channels B. Hand and Guard Railings C. Structural Reinforcing Tubes D. Metal Stair Enclosure E. All miscellaneous metal fabrication required to complete the work 9090—U9 wa-r -M A. Shop drawings: Submit Shop Drawings fully detailing all work of this Section, including accessories, fastenings,m and welding. Include minor connections and fastenings not indicated or specified to meet required conditions; indicate in detail on Shop Drawings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following as applicable: AISC Standards: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; specification for Design, fabrication and erection of Structural Steel for Buildings; and Steel Construction Manual. 2. AWS Standards: AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING: Protect material from damage during shipping, handling and storage,. Work showing dents, creases, deformation n, weathering, or other defects is not acceptable. Delivery welding electrodes to site in unbroken packages bearing manufacturers name and contents identification. ►. •- •,If • Verify all field measurements as required. Report any major discrepancy between the Drawings and field dimensions to the City before fabrication of Work. Exercise caution to protect concrete floor surfaces and adjacent work free from damage. METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 1 of 3 0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS: . 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS: A. Furnish materials conforming to the following: 1. Steel Shapes 2. Steel tubing 3. Bolts and nuts 4. Electrodes 5. Primer 6. Non -Shrink Grout: 7. Galvanizing 8. Galvanizing repair material ASTM A 36 ASTM A501, OR ASTM A 36 ASTM A307 AWS D1.1, E70XX Series as required for intended use. Red lead per Fed. Spec., TT -P- 86G,j Type I, II or III; zinc per Fed. Spec. TT- P -645D. or alkyd type per Fed. Spec. TT- P -636D. Per Fed. Spec. TT -P -636D. Master Builder "Embeco° W.R. Grace °Vibrofil" or approved equal ASTM A123 hot dip, 2.0 ounce psf on actual surface with minimum 1.8 ounce on any specimen. All States Galvanizing Powder, Drygalv by American solder and Flux, or equal hot applied material or anodic zinc -rich galvanizing. Conform to the approved submittals, reference standards as applicable to the Work, and the requirements herein. Fabricate and form the Work to meet actual installation conditions as verified at the site. Obtain necessary templates and information and provide all holes and drilling indicted or required for securing Work in other frames to metal fabrications. A. Weidina: Conform to AWS D1.1, as modified by reference AISC Standards, and as indicated or noted on Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, weld joins by shielded electric -arc method. Grind exposed welds subject to contact to smooth surfaces free of holes, slag, or other defects, flush with adjoining surfaces. Not finishing treatment is required for permanently concealed welds and other exposed welds except as specified herein Cut out defective welding with chisel or air arch and replace. B. Shoo Priming: Clean surfaces according to AISC Specification. Apply shop coat of metal prime to minimum 1.0 mil dry film thickness. Work primer into joints. Do not prime galvanized items or items embedded in concrete or masonry. C. Galvanizing: Galvanize specified items after fabrication is completed. Produce coating free of roughness, whiskers, unsightly spangles, icicles, barbs, sags, and other surface blemishes. D. Miscellaneous Items: fabricate items not specifically mentioned according to the Drawings, approved shop drawings, and as required to complete the entire work. Galvanize exterior items and shop prime interior items unless otherwise shown or specified. METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 2of3 0 0 :i Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions foe installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site. A. General: Fastening to In -glace Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrication to in -place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through -boas, lag bolts, wood screws and other required. All such connectors and hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel. 2. Cutting. Fitfina and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plum, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in form work for items which re to be imbedded into concrete, masonry or similar construction 3. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch -up shop paint cost. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after - fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. 4. Field welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal - arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. B. Grouting Provide grouting for Work of the Section as shown, specified and required. Us non - shrink grout and conform to manufacturer's directions. C. Galvanizing re air: Wire brush welds and damaged coating to clean bright metal. Apply three coats of galvanizing repair paint where surfaces are concealed or are to be finish painted. Use the specified hot - applied galvanizing repair compound where surfaces remain exposed and unpainted. D. Shoo Prime Coat Repair: Do not apply metal primer in wet weather unless steel is protected from dampness and is dry. Clean fields, field bolts, and all damaged shop primer after erection and apply a spot coat of the same primer used for the shop coat. E. Fasteners: Provide fasteners and connectors of approved types as required for the installation, whether or not indicated. Provide galvanized fasteners for galvanized items and for exterior items METAL FABRICATION 05500 Page 3 of 3 • • PART -1 GENERAL 1.01. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Definition: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING: Delivery and Storage: Keep materials dry at all times. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood, and provide air circulation within stacks. Coordination: Fit carpentry work with other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment with other work. •:•D 2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARD$: A. Lumber Standards. Comply with PS 20. AM C. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mil and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed with transparent finish of without finish. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Lumber, General: 1. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise specified. b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at the time of dressing. 2. Framing Lumber (2" through 4" thick) : a. For 2" x 4" stud framing, provide "construction" grade lumber No.1 for larger pieces, Douglas Fir. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 1 of 2 E E b. For structural framing, provide No. 1 grade, Douglas Fir. 3. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nails blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes shown or specified, worked into shapes shown. 1. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommending nails. r 0 - 1 V,.. A. Preservative Treatment: Where lumber is indicated as "treated ", or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood) and of AWPB Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPB Quality Mark Requirements. All lumber in contact with Concrete or Masonry is to be preservative treated" 1. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. A. General: 1. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. 2. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking and Sleepers: Provide wherever shown and where required for screening or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 2of2 • 1. l PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. • • •- A. Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentry work which is exposed to view, is non- structural, and which is not specified elsewhere. B. Types of finish carpentry work in this section include: 1. Wood frames, casings, and stops. 2. Install doors and hardware. A. Perform architectural woodwork in accordance with recommendations of Woodwork Institute of California (WIC) "Manual of Millwork ", custom grade. A. Shoo Drawinas: Indicate size, fabrication and wood species, component profiles, fastening, joining details, finishes, and accessories. B. Samples: Wood species, finishes, fastenings and hardware. Wood samples shall be minimum of 12" x 12" or sufficient to see grain pattern. C. Submittal to be submitted and approved by City prior to fabrication and finishing. A. Do not deliver woodwork materials until site conditions are adequate to receive work; protect item from damage in transit. HaNWAZU 1 • A. Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION: Fabrication woodwork in accordance with specified quality standards. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 1 of 2 0 • 3.02 Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. 3.03 Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. 3.04 Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Mill fabricated architectural woodwork, and casework, refer to drawings, schedule and specifications for location and extent 1. Reception Counter 2. Kitchen Counter 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE7 A. Perform architectural woodwork in accordance with recommendations of Woodwork Institute of California (WIC) "Manual of Millwork ", custom grade. R: 0M A. Short Drawings: Indicate size, fabrication and wood species, component profiles, fastening, joining details, finishes, and accessories. B. Samples: Wood species, finishes, fastenings and hardware. Wood samples shall be minimum of 12" x 12" or sufficient to see grain pattern. C. Submittal to be submitted and approved by architect prior to fabrication. 2.01 2.02 A. Do not deliver architectural woodwork until site conditions are adequate to receive work; protect item from damage in transit. •,•� WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARD A. Laminate Plastic units shall have all exposed surfaces faced with Laminate Plastic facing. All interior and non- exposed surfaces shall include cabinet interiors, both side of shelving shall be faced with melamine. B. Wood Veneer: to be natural oak, plane sliced veneer, stain grade. HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide all hardware, fittings and accessories necessary for complete installation including: 1. Doors and Drawers 2. Drawer extension guides 3. Grommets ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400 Page 1 of 2 0 0 2.03 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Comply with details shown for profile and construction of Architectural Woodwork; and where not otherwise shown, comply with applicable quality standards. B. FINISHES: Shall be uniform and match approved sample (s). Finishes shall be shop applied where possible and delivered to the site in undamaged condition. Refer to drawings for finish locations. 1. Oak veneer to have dear polyurathane finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Fabrication architectural woodwork in accordance with specified quality standards. 3.02 Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. 3.03 Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. 3.04 Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORk 06400 Page 1 of 2 WaAME 1.01 RELATED D•..li Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of work is shown on drawings. A. Thermal conductivity: Thickness shown are for thermal conductivity (K -value at 75 degrees F o r 24 C) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal value, provide appropriate thickness. B. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire - resistance, flammability, and comply with governing regulations as interpreted by authorities. General protect'gEns: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of Insulation required 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General: Insulating materials shall be manufactured by Owens - Corning Fiberglass or approved equal. B. Roof Spaces: Thermal insulation with straping flange for wood frame construction 24 "x 94" x 6 ". R -19 value. C. interior Sound Attenuated Walls: Noise barrier batt insulation, 15" x 94° x 3 1/2"; R -11 value. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with replacement. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for each condition. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over the entire area to be insulated. INSULATION 07200 Page 1 of 1 0 0 12-3116111INCANamil MAMPTO l �• u Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. The extent of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. B. The types of work specified in this section includes the following: 1. Metal parapet caps. 2. Metal reveals and flashing. 3. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. 4. Roof scupper and Downspout. Shop Drawings - Submit drawings showing layout, jointing, profiles and anchorage of all fabricated work. Prepare full size details. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protect of materials and finishes. Contractor shall review existing scuppers, downspouts, flashing and trim on existing buildings where indicated on the plans. Repair and /or replace the existing sheet metal items to there original condition ready for repainting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS: A. Galvanized Metal: Conform to ASTM A525, coating G90, gages as recommended by SMACNA 1979 standard edition. Among= u, ,. . ,, -0. 1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 1 of 3 • L 2. Bituminous Coating: FS TT -C -494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, normally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. 3. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 4. Elastomerc Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with FS TT- S0027, TT -S- 00230, or TT -S- 001543. 5. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2 part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by manufacturer for exteriorAnterior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. 6. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproofing/ feather - resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. 7. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal dips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. 8. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown , and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproofing and weather - resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil- canning, buckling and tool marks. 1. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. 2. Expansion Provisions; Where expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less that 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3. Sealant Joints; Where movable, non - expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with industry standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual ". Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. install work with laps, joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 2of3 0 • B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. am -'► I I ► - RIM A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completing of the project. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 3of3 0 0 • •�� 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. This section contains specifications pertaining to all weather - sealing and caulking throughout the project unless specified otherwise, and becomes a part of all sections containing reference to this Section, or where materials of the types specified in this section are required by the drawings. B. The work includes cauffang and searing or openings andjoints indicated, speeded; and- required to make entire building weather proof and watertight. C. Specific requirements contained in the various trade sections making reference to this Section supersede general or conflicting requirements herein. ].l]31',FAIFR�I. AF- f.L.l�?FAdF.4lTS; A. Warranty: Provide written warranty for all caulking and sealants against all defects of material for five years after date of acceptance. All failures that may occur within the warranty period, due to defective application or materials, upon written notification of such failure, shall be repaired or replaced with proper materials and labor at no additional cost to the City. B. Submit to the Architect samples of the various types and colors where applicable of materials specified, prior to delivery of materials to the job and the portions of the work for which the materials are intended. C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name 1}rfyjl,l(5 dp_cinnntinn �_ �J fjatp of m�n�if�Mi�rP_ P.r1]dllctgj m 3uhir -b t]P_ ShP-Ntl ltp_ -ha-q expired shall not be permitted on the job. D. Install materials specified herein in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Send copies of manufacturer's instruction to the City at least 2 weeks before application. PART — r?SLJUUC. s 2.01 MATERIALS: Use sealants of the following types. Unless specific or directed otherwise, use materials to . match color of adjacent materials. Where adjacent materials on each side of the joint are ttifferent rxlnrs lhp. architect will select sealant nolom A the desired color is not available from one manufacturer, select proper color from another manufacturer. .► tersmonn, Joints between metal frame and plaster Sealant #2. c. �E�gr�rsivrr anti currtrcn jrirtrta..iczrrurrz ffa SEALANTS 07900 Page 1 of 3 • 11 3. Exterior sills, jambs and heads or window frames, door frames, louvers and similar openings, and where metal, or other materials abut or join concrete or each other, shall have sealant applied around their perimeters. Sealant #2. 4. Other exterior joins as indicated or shown. Sealant #1, #2 or #3. Sealant #1 shall be a three -part polyeproixide urethane sealant meeting Federal Specftatw,T Sh$227L,'C as& -& T &- such a-, Tre2z yrt�, a, manufactured by Tremco Incorporated Cleveland, Ohio or equal. 2. Sealant #2 shall be a one -part solvent cure acrylic sealant meet Federal Specification TT -S -230, such as Tremoo Mono, as manufactured by Tremoo Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio or equal. 3. Sealant #3 shall be a two-part chemically curing polyurethane meeting Federal Specification TT- S- 00227E, Class A, Type I, (Self - Leveling) or Class A, Type II (Non -Sag), such as THCV - 900!901, as manufactured by Tremoo Incorporated, Cleveland, Ohio or equal. C. PRIMER: for sealants shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. JOINT FILLER: (backing) for sealant shall be a closed cell, non - absorbent, non- staining material such as Ethafoam as manufactured by Dow or equal. E. BONDBRAKERS: shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. F. Materials shall be delivered to the job in sealed containers with manufacturer's onginaf labels attached Matenais snaTbe used according to manuYadrureft printed instructions. Color of all sealants shall be as selected by the CITY from manufacturer's stand colors, A. Provide sealant manufacturer's inspection of conditions prior to start of the work and initial supervision at the start of each application, in order to insure that an physical conditions which would result in defective work ar properly corrected before materials are applied, that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work, and that proper pruced-ures are -being Wilowel Provide sudn inspectiun arid• supervisiurr icy qualified personnel. Report all unsatisfactory conditions existing at the time of inspection in writing to the General Contractor for correction before proceeding with the sealant work. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Joints and surfaces which are to be caulked are sealed shall be clean, dry and free of dust, loose mortar and other foreign materials. Surfaces to receive sealant shall be prepared in strict conformance with written instruction of manufacturer. B. Do not caulk joints until they are in compliance with requirements of the approve manufacturer of the material, the details as shown on the drawings and the specific V1 viirErzeCftns iL spedficawm. SEALANTS 07900 Pap 2 of 3 0 0 • A. Install joint backing with a blunt instrument so as not to puncture the surface skin. Size of joint backing should be determined by taking the joint width and adding 25% to assure proper compression of backer cord. B. Apply sealant with a caulking gun, using proper nozzles. Use sufficient pressure to properly fill the joints with sealant to the back -up material. . After JewA&-h aonplet* MMj they zhal be-neeMy to- er—earaW & pockets or voids, and to provide a smooth, neat appearing finish in intimate contact with interfaces and with out lapping over onto exposed finished faces. After tooling, surface of sealant shall be free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities. D. Immediately clean adjacent materials which have been soiled; leave work in a neat, dean condition. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP: Workmanship shall be of the highest strict compliance with the recommenc The CA% shall- be 'pr• °pa; --J V—! years old. SEALANTS in accordance with the best practice and in )f the manufacturer of the material being used. 07900 Page 3of3 • SECTION 08100 - CUSTOM METAL FRAMES . PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of custom interior metal frame work is indicated on the drawings including: A Door frames. B. Window frames. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and installation recommended for components required for project. B. Samples: submit sample of frame with approved color as selected by City PART 2 - PR DUCTS: 2.01 METAL FRAMES A Frames and trim shall be as manufactured by Timely, Western Integrated, or equal pre - finished door frames. Series shall be as indicated on details. 2.02 FINISHES A Standard color selected by City. All frames, trim and accessories shall match color. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 PREPARATION A. Field measurement: take field measurements prior to fabrication to insure proper fitting of work. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of metal frames. B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or panels. Anchor securely in place. CUSTOM METAL FRAMES 08100 Page 1 of 1 0 • SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES I1dfitiQo ► . Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Extent of standard steel doors and frames is indicated and scheduled on drawings. B. Finish hardware is specified on the drawings. • I Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI -100) and herein specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire -rated door and frame assemblies that comply with "NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows ", and have been tested, listed and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 "Standard Methods of Fire Test of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having Jurisdiction. �-A l A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit before fabrication and installation. Including elevations, types, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcement, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule and frames using same reference number for details and opening as those on the contract drawings. C. Label Construction Certification for doors and frame assemblies required to be fire- rated, submit manufacturer's certification for that each door has been constructed to conform to design, material and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory- finished doors. B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respect to new work and acceptable to the Architect otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store door and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blocking. Avoid use of non - vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 1 of 3 • PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the work include: Allied Steel Products, Inc. Ceco Corp. Fenestra, Corp. Johnson Fire Doors Republic Builders 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569, and ASTM A 568. B. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. C. Shop Applied Paint: 1. Primer: Rust - Inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. D. Glass to be 1" with 1/4" solar bronze, 1/2" air space, 1/4" clear. A. Doors: 1. Fabricate steel door to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. -Comply with SDI -100 requirements as follows: Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grace III, extra heavy -duty, Model 2, minimum 16 gage faces. 2. Fabricate exterior doors: panels and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16 gage inverted steel channels. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips head for exposed screws and bolts. 4. Finish Hardware: Prepare doors to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 series specifications for preparation for hardware. 5. Reinforce Doors to receive surface applied hardware. Drill and tapping for surface - applied finish hardware may be done at project site. B. Frames: 1. Frame material shall be cold rolled steel and as supplied in Commercial Series rolled steel "C" (16 gage) for heavy commercial usage. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 2of3 2. Hinge reinforcing plates (14 gage) shall be factory attached to accommodate specified hinge size. Plated adjustable strike plates and door silencers shall be furnished by frame manufacturer. 3. Frames shall be prepared to receive door mutes (silencers) minimum of three (3) per each frame. PART -3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touch -up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air -drying primer, B. Final Adjustment: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 Page 3 of 3 0 9 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 51 VISINFIR A. Extent and location of each wood door is shown on drawings and in schedules. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. General: Comply with the requirements of the following standards unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Doors: NEMA Industry Standard 1 -73 "Wood Flush Doors" of the National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association. Factory mark each door with the NEMA "Quality Certified" Seal of Approval for conformance with NEMA I.S. -1 E,, A. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions for each type of wood door. 2.01 MdZ5DAUp • •• GeneraI7 Provide doors complying with applicable requirements of NEMA I.S -1 kinds and types of doors indicated and as specified. Paint Grade: Prepared to receive finish. 2. Core construction: Solid wood block, wood particle board, or mineral with wood lock blocks, as required by door manufacturer to comply with specified warranty period. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Manufacturer's Instructions: install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. A. Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. WOOD DOORS 08200 Page 1 of 1 0 0 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. Extent of entrance and storefront shall be as indicated on drawings including: A. Entrance door B. Side Lite C. Hardware. D. Installation. Provide manufacturer and installer warranty for material free of defects and workmanship for a period of one year from date of project's substantial completion. r' WOMYTIM A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and Installation recommendations for components of entrances required for project, including test reports certifying that products have been tested and comply with performance requirements. B. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of entrances, inc uding elevations, detail section of typical composite member hardware mounting heights, anchorages, reinfbroement, expansion provisions, and glazing. I -• 2.01 ALUMINUM: Shall be as manufactured by United States Aluminum or approved equal. All exposed surfaces to be Bronze Anodized Aluminum and shall be free of scratches and other blemishes. 1. Entrance Door: U S Aluminum Narrow Stile #250 with 10" bottom rail. 2. Frames: U S Aluminum Series #450,13/40 X 41/2 ", top load gasket. 3. Hardware: Closer/Top Pivot Entrances Device Pull Dead Bolt Threshold #28 -SHO- PH #1690- Bronze #CP -11- Bronze #MS -1850A w/ cylinders key to City Locks #2005x5 5 "x36" w/ floor closer plate Rixon Dor- O -Matic Kawneer Adams -Rite Plmko ENTRANCES DOORS 08400 Page 1 OF 2 • • 4. Glass: 1' with 1/4" solar bronze, 1/2" air space, 1/4" clear. A. Field Measurements: Wherever possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, proceed with fabrication and coordinate installation tolerances as necessary when field measurements might delay work. B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of entrance doors. 1. Adjust operating hardware to function properly. 2. Clean completed system, inside and out. 3. Deliver keys to Owner. ENTRANCES DOORS 08400 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 • MT- U .• 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENT& Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division -1 Specifications sections, apply to work in this section. A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services to furnish and install metal windows and related components as shown on drawings and specified herein. A. General: Windows are component structures. Test shall equal or exceed "voluntary Guide Specifications for Aluminum Architectural Windows ", as published by AAMA unless more stringent requirements are specified. �:1i A. Shop drawings: Complete and full scale where practical showing construction of all components dimensions and details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Products shall be of Torrance Aluminum Window Co. Inc., Series 1500 Commercial, Windows to match existing. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum windows and components: 1. Extruded aluminum prime billet 6063T5, aluminum sheet 5005 H34. 2. Minimum principal window member wall thickness 1/8 ". 3. Minimum frame and vent depth front to back 1 1/2 °. B. Hardware 1. All steel components 300 series stainless steel (SS), I.e. Strikes, fasteners, hold open arms, etc. 2, All aluminum components 6063T5 (T6). 3. Locking handles and cases, white bronze. METAL WINDOWS 08500 Page 1 of 2 0 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install square, plumb and in true alignment and in accord with details and reviewed shop drawings. Surfaces free from dents, buckles, dimples or other defects. B. Anchor frames and other items securely to contiguous construction to result in a rigid installation and in accord with requirements safety factors. C. At junctures between frames and adjacent materials, seal entire perimeter on both sides. D. Protection of contact surfaces: Protect aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials or with incompatible materials such as concrete and other materials, by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint before installation or isolate with non - abrasive tape or gaskets. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING: A. After installation, clean metal and glass surfaces on both interior and exterior. B. After cleaning protect all work against damage until Substantial Completion. METAL WINDOWS 08500 Page 2 of 2 0 9 SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: D-e-finiflow "Finish Hardware" includes items known as commercially which are required doors and miscellaneous accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Hardware ed I : Submit six copies of schedule at earliest date prior to delivery of hardware. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper locations (shop or project site) for proper Installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE: Reauirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of hardware is to be indicated on the schedule. 2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: HDW -1 (Dr. #1 ) Refer to Section 08400 Entrance Doors HAW -2 (DR. #2) Hinges 1911 - 4.5 x 4.5 x 5.5 Hager Lockset D80DEL -RHO x 626 Schlage Stop 24OF - floor Hager Closer 7700 x Alum Norton Drip 5090x 28DM X 72° Stanley HDW -3 (Drs. #3. 6. 7, 8. 91 Hinges 1191 - 4.5 x 4.5 x 5.5 Hager Lockset D50PD -RHO x 626 Schlage Stop 24OW - wall Hagar FINISH HARDWARE 08700 Page 1 OF 2 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 Hager Schlage Norton Hagar Hager Schlage Hagar A. Install each item in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mount hardware units at heights required by industry standards and recommendations. B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation and function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. FINISH HARDWARE 08700 Page 2 OF 2 HDW -4 !Dc#51 Hinges 1191 - 4.5 x 4.5 x 5.5 Lockset D40S -RHO x 626 Closer 7700 x Alum Stop 240F - Floor Sign H/C symbols (M &F) HDW -5 (Drs. #4 and 10) Hinges 1191 - 4.5 x 4.5 x 5.5 Lockset D80DP -RHO x 626 Stop 240E- floor PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 Hager Schlage Norton Hagar Hager Schlage Hagar A. Install each item in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mount hardware units at heights required by industry standards and recommendations. B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation and function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. FINISH HARDWARE 08700 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED _ .• Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Glass and glazing shall include all glass as shown on drawings including installation as follows: 1. Entrance Glass 2. Exterior Windows and Doors 3. Interior Windows 4. Sealant and accessories M: ':1t 2.01 GLASS A. Exterior Glass: Heavy float tempered glass, 1" insulating unit, 1/4!' solar bronze, 1 /2" air space, 1/4" dear. B. Interior Glass: Heavy float tempered clear glass, 1 14 ". 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS A. Glazing Tape: Close cell, self adhesive, flexible foam tape as recommended by glass manufacturer. B. Cleaners. Primers and Sealants: Type as recommended by glass manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION A. Comnly with combined recommendations and technical reports by manufacturers of glass and glazing products as used in each glazing channel, and with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association "Glazing manual ", except where more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation, and subsequent operation of glazed components of the work. During installation, discard units with significant edge damage or other imperfections. 3.02 GLAZING: A. Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located 1 /4th of glass width from each corner. Set blocks in thin course of heel -bead compound, if any. GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 Pagel OF 2 • • B. Provide spacers inside and out, of proper size and spacing, for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets or preshimmed tapes are used for glazing. Provide 1/8• minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by use of cross streamers attached to framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass. Remove non - permanent labels and dean surfaces. Cure sealants for high early strength and durability. B. Remove and re I�glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. C. Wash and Polish glass on both faces but not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Comply with glass product manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Gypsum drywall. B. Accessories and fastenings. C. Drywall finishing (joint tape- and - compound treatment). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Gypsum Board Standard: GA -216 by Gypsum Association. B. Fire Resistant Rating: Comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL. C. Manufacturer: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. A. Ex on sed gypsum Board: (Also known as gypsum wallboard). Regular type with tapered long edges. Thicknesses: As indicated, as where not otherwise indicated, comply with thickness requirements of GA -216 for each application and support spacing. Comply with requirements for indicated fire resistance rating indicated. Thickness: 5/8" 2. Sheet Size: Maximum length available which will minimize end joint 2.02 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Fasteners: Comply with GA -216. C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Mastic type, non - shrinking, non - drying, non - migrating and non - staining. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 Page 1 of 2 0 2.03 TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS: A. P im r• Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish. LSsi� New walls and ceilings - smooth level surface ready to receive paint system that will not show tape joints, fasteners or blemishes. I�Y�II��•Dj�i�il A. Gypsum board systems shall be installed and adequately anchored in accordance with Uniform building Codes and Material Manufacturer's recommendations. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 j`Y�I • r : r PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. A. Definition of work: Tile includes labor and materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. The types of work include: 1. Tile Floors 2. Tile Wainscot 3. Setting bed 4. Thin set materials, grout and mortar. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, and installation instruction for Tile, floor setting mortar and grout. NaTMMM 1.Three sets of samples for each type of Tile. M, -:•NI A. Tile shall be delivered to job site adequately braced to prevent chipping, cracking, breaking and stored prevent undo stress on panels. R 010 •: Feel NIM-H•► A. Floor installer shall inspect the condition of the concrete substrate to determine that it is satisfactory for installation of the Tile Floor. Notify the General Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. B. Tile installer shall protect all adjacent areas and surfaces from damage due to installation. C. Install shall take all safety precautions necessary to prevent chipping or cracking of limestone during execution of work. Any damaged Tile shall be replaced immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS FIX - A. Tile: Daltile Semi -gloss and Crystaltex series colors as selected by City 1. Floor Tile; 4 1/4" x 41 /4" Crystaltex TILE 09400 Page 1 of 2 i 0 2. Wall Tile; 41/4" 4 1/4° Semi - gloss, Group 2. B. All Mortar additives shall be non - toxic, nonflammable, and non hazardous during storage mixing application and when cared C. The bedding grouting mortars shall be weather shock and chemical resistant and shall meet the following physical requirements: Compressive strength: Thick bed mortar 3000 psi min. Compressive strength: Thin bed, bonding 4000 psi min. Tensile strength Thin bed bonding 500 psi, min. Bond strength: Thin bed bonding 500 psi. Min. Water absorption 4% max. 2.02 PREPARATION: A. Prior to commencing the installation the contractor shall examine the areas to be covered and advise the General Contractor and City in writing of any existing conditions or surfaces contamination which will required correction before the work commences. A. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable requirements for setting and installation of Tile floor and wall veneers. B. Comply with manufacturer's instruction for mixing and installation of proprietary materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and comers without disruption pattern of joint alignments. B. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully cut edges of the veneer abutting trim, finish or built -in items for straight aligned joints. C. Grout Use commercial cement grout for grouting file joints, unless other shown. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR: A. Finish: After completing of project and jus prior to final inspection of work thoroughly dean floor, walls and soffits and accessories. B. Protection: After completion and before final acceptance by the City install 1/81, masonite fiberboard protection on the floor. Provide wood corner protection at all file corners. TILE 09400 Page 2of2 0 0 SECTION 09500 - ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT_ �• RELATED DOC u Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of acoustical treatment shall be for suspended metal ceiling panels as shown on drawings, including: 1. Acoustic panels. 2. Suspension systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for acoustical ceiling material required, including certified laboratory test reports and other data as required to show compliance with these specifications. Two sets of samples for acoustic panel unit required in the completed work. . *� 2.01 Acoustic Panels: Shall be Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and shall be Type III, Class a according to Federal Specifications SSS- 128 -13. Panels shall be 24" x 48" x 5/8 ", #823 CORTEGA, lay -in. 2.02 : To be Armstrong exposed 15/16" exposed grid, white s . Framing shall comply with ASTM -C 635. Supports shall be 120 gauge hanger wire, provide seismic ties, bracing and vertical lift restraints ties, bracing the vertical lift restraints per U.B.0 1991. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Inspect conditions under which the ceiling work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL: A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, comply with governing regulations, fire resistance rating requirements as indicated, and industry standards applicable to the work. B. Install in true alignment with adjacent surfaces and walls. Hand suspension systems in a flat plane, level to within 1/8" in 10 feet to accommodate light fixtures and air diffusers without noticeable deflection or distortion. ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT 09500 Page 1 OF 2 0 9 C. Anchor each wire to the structure above with a device capable of supporting a minimum of 100 pounds. D. Construct tight fitting hairline joints in exposed framed members. Conceal all fasteners. E. Ceilings shall not support material or building components other than grills or light fixtures. Duct work, plumbing, and like work shall have its own support system and shall not use the ceiling or suspension wires. F. Vertical support system: design hanger for dead load. Refer to drawing details and as herein specified. Suspension wires shall not hang more than 1 in 6 out of plum unless counter sloping wires are provided. Wires shall not attach to or work. Provide trapeze or equivalent devices where obstructions interfere with direct suspension. Trapeze suspension shall have a minimum construction of back -to -back 1 -1 /2" cold formed channels for spans up to 6 feet. G. Horizontal support system: terminal ends of each main and each cross runner shall be wire supported, wall trim angles shall not provide primary support for runners. Lateral support of ceiling shall not be provided by the angle trim. Runner shall not be riveted to wall trim on opposite walls, i.e. runner shall remain free at one end. A. Cleaned exposed surfaces of integrated ceilings, including trim, edge moldings and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch -up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot eliminate evidence of damage and to the Architect's approval. ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT 09500 Page 2 OF 2 0 0 ... 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Samples: Submit 3 samples of each type, color, and finish of resilient flooring and accessory required, indicating full range of color and pattern variation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) 1. Vinyl Composiion Tile to be Armstrong Impeial Texture, Standard Excelon or approved equal. Color selected by City. B. Base: 1. BurkeMercer 4" rubber top set cove base complying to Federal Specification SS- W -40a, Type I. Base will be selected by the Architect from the Commercial Series. C. Stair Treads: BurkeMercer - Commercial #210, Square Edge, visually impared treads at top and bottom treads, color to be determined. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Installer must examine areas and conditions under which resilient flooring and accessories are to be installed and must notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: Place flooring in strict compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. F'ni : After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly dean floors and accessories. B. Apply polish and buff with type of polish, number of coats and buffing procedure in compliance with flooring with flooring manufacturer's instructions. RESILIENT FLOORING 09660 Page 1 of 1 0 • �•.:� PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general Provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Extent of carpet work required is shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1. Preparation of sub - surface 2. Glue down carpet. 3. Edge caps. 3. Clean - up and vacuum of carpet. A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for flooring and carpet material required, including. certified laboratory test reports and other data as required to show compliance with these specifications. <u�. 1. Three sets of samples for carpet, edge cap and adhesive required for City review and approval. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 Car eg_t. shall meet or exceed the following specification based on Atlas Carpet Mills, Inc. "Corinth" series: Construction Patterned Loop Yam Content Antron Legacy Gauge 1/10 Tufted Yarn Weight 28 oz/sq yd Minimum total Weight 58oz/sq yd Average Finish Pile Height 1875 Average Density 4,90902 Pattern Repeat .875" (W) x ).250" (L) Width 12 Feet Primary Back Polypropylene Secondary Back Action Bac 2.02 Edge Caooin97 Provide rubber moulding at transition of carpet to vinyl asphalt tile and concrete flooring. Edging to be as manufactured by BurkeMercer Moouldings #152, color to be selected by City. 2.03 Adhesive: Install Carpet and Edge Cap using adhesive as manufactured by the Carpet Manufacturer. CARPET 09680 Page 1 of 2 0 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 PRE -INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Examine substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed. Repair minor holes, cracks, depressions or rough areas using material recommended by carpet or adhesive manufacturer. Notify contractor in writing of major conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for seam locations and direction of carper, maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doors, center seams under doors, do not place seams in traffic direction at doorways. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove any protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. CARPET 09680 Page 2 of 2 0 0 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. A. Definition: Extent of painting work shall be as required by drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. B. The work includes preparation, painting and finishing of items and surfaces throughout project, both new and existing, except as specifically excluded, including the following. 1 •- A. Gypsum Board B. Masonry C. Metal D. Wood 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Samaes: Submit for approval by the City three (3) 8 1/2" x 11" samples of each color and finish identify each sample as to color, finish type and texture, color. B. Materials: Submit three (3) copies of a complete list of all materials proposed foe use in the work, including manufacturer's technical data, identified by manufacturer's name and product number. WOUMOV11121 A. Work, equipment and materials must conform to applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, including compliance with all air quality regulations applicable to the project location. Current manufacturer's material safety data sheets for all materials in use and/or stored at the project site must be on site at all times. 1.06 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. All materials shall be of the brand and quality specified and shall be delivered at the project site in clean, on inal,m unopened, labeled containers bearing the manufacturer's name, type of paint and instructions for mixing and /or reducing. B. Store materials as designated. Storage area shall be kept neat and clean at all times. All damage to storage area and surrounding areas shall a cleaned and repaired to new condition. PAINTING 09900 Page i of 5 1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS: A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply materials unless moisture contents are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Board - 12% 2. Masonry, Concrete and Concrete Block -12% 3. Wood - 15% B. Ensure surface temperature fall within recommendations of a material manufacturer. 1.08 MAINTENANCE; A, Provide the City with unopened, clearly labeled containers of each type and color of finish material installed for maintenance use. Quanifiies provided shall not be less than one gallon of each 105JIM" ILI] :_: A. Materials necessary to complete the painting and finishing schedule as specified herein are taken from the stock list of architectural finishes of the following, and are standards for kind, quality and function. A. All materials shall conform with specified standards of quality and shall be fresh stock, unused, free of defects and imperfections. B. Where two or more identical or compatible materials are required, they shall be of the same manufacturer. C. Material shall be ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings. Field tinting of materials will not be permitted. D. Materials shall have good flowing and brushing characteristics and dry or cure free from streaks or sags E. Paint accessory materials such as putty, spackle, thinner. Reducers, and primers shall be of he highest quality and fully compatible with the specified materials. 2.03 FINISH SCHEDULE: All colors shall match existing, unless otherwise noted by the City. Spot prime and two (2) full coats, color may be lighter. I 1071 LTIM. W= Primer PVA Primer Seater ist Coat 2nd Coat 1463 Acrylic Eggshell PAINTING 09900 Page 2 of 5 0 0 Primer PVC Primer Sealer 1 st Coat 2nd Coat 3028 Acrylic Semi -Gloss T, Primer 4020 DTM Waterbome Primer 1 st Coat 2nd Coat 1003 Acrylic Eggshell D. Concrete. Masonry. Block - Sealer Cleaner Mild Acid wash 1st Coat 2nd Coat Clear Sealer, "Seal Krete" AMA 1 st Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoat 2nd Coat 3rd Coat: Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel •� 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted prior to cornmencing work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application and appearance. Do not commence until such defects have been corrected. B. Where directed by the City, correct defects in surfaces which may adversely affect work of this section. - f A. Protect unpainted surfaces and adjacent surfaces against paint and damage. Repair damage resulting from inadequate protection. B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent overspray or spatter from damaging surfaces not being painted. C. Remove electrical plates surface hardware and related fittings prior to commencement of work. Carefully store, dean and replace these items on completion of work in each area. PAINTING 09900 Page 3 of 5 0 0 D. Protect all surfaces, equipment and fixtures from damage resulting from use of fixed, hanging and movable scaffolding, planking and staging repair damage resulting form inadequate protection. 3.03 PREPARATION: A. Concrete Masonry surfaces shall be sanded, dry, clean and free from efflorescence, encrustatons and other foreign matter. B. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, powder and other foreign matter from Masonry surfaces which are to be painted. C. Remove mildew from affected surfaces with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate (TSP) and bleach/ Rinse with dear water and allow to dry completely. D. Remove all oils and contamination from galvanized and aluminum surfaces scheduled to be painted by washing with compliant solvent wash. E. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from ferrous metal surfaces. Primer coat shall be applied not less than 30 minutes, nor more than hours after preparation of surface. F. Sand and scrape shop primed metal to remove loose primer and rust. Touch up bare, abraded and damaged areas with metal primer. Feather edges to make tough up patches inconspicuous H. Preparation of other surfaces shall be performed following specified recommendations of the coating manufacturer. 3.04 APPLICATION: A All work shall be executed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions for materials used. Use application a equipment and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. All materials shall be applied smoothly without runs, sags, skips, holidays or other defects. C. Enamels shall be lightly sanded between coats, dusted, and wiped dean before recoating. D. Allow each coat to dry completely before applying succeeding coat. E. Number of coats specified are minimum that shall a applied. Additional coats shall be applied when undercoats, stains, cloudy or mottled conditions or other defects appear in the finish, until the pain film is of a uniform, color and appearance. 3.05 INSPECTION All work shall be subject to approval by the City. Work not in compliance with specifications shall be properly and promptly corrected 3.04 CLEAN -UP AND PROTECTION: PAINTING 09900 Page 4 of 5 0 0 A. Clean_Uo: During progress of work, remove from site discard paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. B. Protection: Protect work from other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to City 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly - painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. PAINTING 09900 Page 5 of 5 0 • $. 01 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Furnish and install equipment items listed below as shown on plans. Provide all labor, materials and accessories as may be necessary for acceptable installation. B. Specialties: 1. Fire Extinguishers 2. Sliding Pass Window 3. Detectable Warning Products 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Coordinate locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and installation. B. Provide and install specialties in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Product Data - Submit 6 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instruction for each item. Submittal must be approved by the City prior to purchase and/or delivery. - PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHER A. Provide Potter - Roemer Figure 3005, 5 pound, ABC Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Portable Fire Extinguisher, UL Rating 2A:10B:C. B. UL Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extinguisher which are UL- Listed and bear UL "Listing Mark' for type, rating and classification of extinguisher indicated. A. Pass - Window to be Nissen & Company, Series 'F'window, with three 1/4" tempered glass panels, center panel sliding. Clear aluminum anodzed finish. Including sliding bolt key lock. No sceen is required. 2.03 DETECTABLE WARNING PRODUCTS: A. Surface applied detectable warning surface to be 36" x 24" nom., tactile surface per ADA standards and City of Newport Beach, Building Code Policy. Install per code and manufacturer's written instructions. Provide a minimum 5 year warranty. Submit color samples to City pior to purchasing. Product shall be manufacted by Armor Tile, ADA Solutions or approved equal. SPECIALTIES 10500 Page 1 of 2 E PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, of if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Securely fasten mounting brackets square plumb to comply with manufacturer's instruction. SPECIALTIES 10500 Page 2of2 0 0 SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work in this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of each type of toilet accessory is shown on drawings and schedules. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES: Manufacturer: Model numbers of toilet accessories listed below are those of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Mark Description fur. No. A. Recessed Mounted Paper Towel B -369 Dispenser B. Seat Cover Dispenser B -221 C. Grab Bars (36 x 48) B -6137 D. Mirror and Shelf (24 x 36) B -166 E. Toilet Paper Dispenser B -2740 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800 Page 1 of 1 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS 0 A. All work under this Section shall comply with the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements, and shall include all Mechanical Sections specked herein. 1.2 SCOPE OF THIS SECTION A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Compliance with all codes and standards applicable to this jurisdiction. 2. Record Drawings 3. Start-up Service 4. Instruction, Maintenance, and O & M Manuals 5. Work associated with Delivery, Storage, and Handling of products 6. Meeting Project Safety and Indemnity requirements 7. Proper Cleaning and Closing 8. Supplying proper Warranty information 9. Supply specified Guarantee documentation 10. Design and provision of Supports and Anchors 11. Design and provision of Seismic Restraints and Vibration Isolation 12. Access Panels and Doors 13. Identification Markers 14. Coordination of Electrical requirements for equipment provided 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contract Documents, including Specifications and Construction Drawings, are intended to provide all material and labor to install complete plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and fire protection systems for the building and shall interface with all existing building systems affected by new construction. B. The Contractor shall refer to the architectural interior details, floor plans, elevations, and the structural and other Contract Drawings and he shall coordinate his work with that of the other trades to avoid interference. The plans are diagrammatic and show generally the locations of the fixtures, equipment, and pipe lines and are not to be scaled; all dimensions and existing conditions shall be checked at the building. C. The Contractor shall comply with the project closeout requirements as detailed in General Requirements of Division 1. D. Where project involves interface with existing building and site systems, every effort has been made to note existing utilities and services. However, the Contractor should thoroughly familiarize themselves with existing conditions and be aware that in some cases information is not available as to concealed conditions, which exist in portions of the existing building affected by this work. 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF BID DOCUMENTS A. Specifications: 1. Specifications, in general, describe quality and character of materials and equipment. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2. Specifications are of simplified form and include incomplete sentences. B. Drawings: 1. Drawings in general are diagrammatic and indicate sizes, locations, connections to equipment and methods of installation. 2. Before proceeding with work check and verify all dimensions. 3. Assume all responsibility for fitting of materials and equipment to other parts of equipment and structure. 4. Make adjustments that may be necessary or requested, in order to resolve space problems, preserve headroom, and avoid architectural openings, structural members and work of other trades. 5. Where existing pipes, conduits and/or ducts prevent installation of new work as indicated, relocate, or arrange for relocation, of existing pipes, conduits and /or ducts. Verify exact location and elevation of existing piping prior to any construction. 6. If any part of Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Architect or Engineer for his interpretation and decision as early as possible, including during bidding period. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. "Above Grade ": Not buried in the ground and not embedded in concrete slab on ground B. "Actuating" or "Control' Devices: Automatic sensing and switching devices such as thermostats, pressure, float, electro- pneumatic switches and electrodes controlling operation of equipment. C. 'Below Grade ": Buried in the ground or embedded in concrete slab on ground. D. "Concealed ": Embedded in masonry or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces, or in enclosures. In general, any item not visible or directly accessible. E. "Connect': Complete hook -up of item with required service. F. "Exposed ": Not installed underground or "concealed" G. "Furnish ": To supply equipment and products as specified. Indicated," "Shown" or " "Noted ": As indicated, shown or noted on Drawings or Specifications. "Install": To erect, mount and connect complete with related accessories. J. "Motor Controllers ": Manual or magnetic starters (with or without switches), individual push buttons or hand - off- automatic (HOA) switches controlling the operation of motors. K. 'Piping ": Pipe, tube, fittings, flanges, valves, controls, strainers, hangers, supports, unions, traps, drains, insulation, and related items. L. 'Provide ": To supply, install and connect as specified for a complete, safe and operationally ready system. M. "Reviewed," "Satisfactory" or "Directed ": As reviewed, satisfactory, or directed by or to Arch itect/Engineer /Owner. N. "Rough -In ": Provide all indicated services in the necessary arrangement suitable for making final connections to fixture or equipment. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-2 10 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) O. "Shall ": An exhortation or command to complete the specified task. P. "Similar" or "Equal': Of base bid manufacture, equal in materials, weight, size, design, and efficiency of specified products. O. "Supply": To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories. R. "Typical' or "Typ ": Exhibiting the qualities, traits, or characteristics that identify a kind, class, number, group or category. Of or relating to a representative specimen. Application shall apply to all other similarly identified on plan or detail. S. "Will": A desire to complete the specified task. Allows some flexibility in application as opposed to "Shall." T. "Wiring ": Raceway, fittings, wire, boxes and related items. U. "Work ": Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories, and other items required for proper and complete installation. 1.6 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All Division 15 Mechanical sections included herein. B. Division 2: Site Work. 1. Coordination of excavation of trenches and the installation of mechanical systems and piping on site. C. Division 7: Thermal and Moisture Protection. 1. Flashing and sheet metal. 2. Sealants and caulking. 3. Firestopping. D. Division 9: Painting: 1. Division 15 installers shall perform all painting, except where specifically stated otherwise in Division 9. 2. Painting of all exposed steel, piping, ductwork, insulation, equipment and materials. 3. Paint all exposed gas piping, interior and exterior to the building, yellow. E. Division 10: Miscellaneous Metals. 1. Exterior louvers and grilles shall be included in this Section. F. Division 16: Electrical is related to work of: 1. Fire protection alarms and relays. 2. Smoke detector and monitoring. 3. Power connections to all mechanical equipment. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The Contractor is cautioned that code requirements not explicitly detailed in these specifications or drawings, but which maybe reasonably inferred or implied from the nature of the project, must be provided as part of the contract. B. Perform all tests required by governing authorities and required under all Division 15 Sections. Provide written reports on all tests. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-3 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Electrical devices and wiring shall conform to the latest standards of NEC; all devices shall be UL listed and labeled. D. All plumbing and mechanical work shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). E. All excavation work must comply with all provisions of state laws including notification to all owners of underground utilities at least 48 business day hours, but not more than 10 business days, before commencing an excavation. F. Provide in accordance with rules and regulations of the following: 1. Building Codes enforced by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in California: a. 2001 California Building Code (CBC) based 1997 Uniform Building Code (UBC) with State Amendments. b. 2001 California Mechanical Code (CIVIC) based 2000 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) with State Amendments. c. 2001 California Plumbing Code (CPC) based 2000 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with State Amendments. d. 2001 California Fire Code (CFC) based 2000 Uniform Fire Code (UFC) with State Amendments. e. 2004 California Electric Code (CEC) based 2002 National Electric Code with State Amendments. f. 2005 Title 24, Part 6 California Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings 2. Local, city, county and state codes and ordinances. 3. Local Bureau of Buildings. 4. Local Health Department. 5. Local and State Fire Prevention Districts. 6. State Administrative Codes. G. Provide in accordance with appropriate referenced standards of the following: 1. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. 2. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council. 3. CSA - Canadian Standards Association. 4. ADC - Air Diffuser Council. 5. AMCA - Air Moving and Conditioning Association. 6. ANSI - American National Standards Institute. 7. ARI - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute. 8. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers. 9. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 10. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials. 11. AWS - American Welding Society. 12. AWWA - American Water Works Association. 13. FM - Factory Mutual. 14. MSS - Manufacturer's Standardization Society. 15. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. 16. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 17. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories. 18. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act. 19. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories, 20. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineers. 21. PDI - Plumbing and Drainage Institute. 22. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. 23. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-4 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 A. Manufacturer's Nameplates: Nameplates on manufactured items shall be aluminum or Type 304 stainless steel sheet, not less than 20 USG (0.0375"), riveted or bolted to the manufactured item, with nameplate data engraved or punched to form a non - erasable record of equipment data. B. Current Models. All work shall be as follows: 1. Manufactured items furnished shall be the current, cataloged product of the manufacturer. 2. Replacement parts shall be readily available and stocked in the USA. C. Experience: Unless more stringent requirements are specified in other sections of Division 15, manufactured items shall have been installed and used, without modification, renovation or repair, on other projects for not less than one year prior to the date of bidding for this project. 1.9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Examine all existing conditions at building site. B. Review contract documents and technical specifications for extent of new work to be provided. C. Provide and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. D. Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing. This work shall include furnishing and installing all access doors required for mechanical access. E. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. Refer to Equipment Specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough -in requirements. F. Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building components. G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. H. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical installations. I. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. J. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing -in the building. K. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of mechanical equipment and materials. Contractor to provide for all cutting and patching required for installation of his work unless otherwise noted. L. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. M. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, without interference with other installations. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-5 10 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 N. Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipment above ceilings with ductwork, piping, conduits, suspension system, light fixtures, cable trays, sprinkler piping and heads, and other installations. O. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. P. Coordinate with Owner in advance to schedule shutdown of existing systems to make new connections. Provide valves in new piping to allow existing system to be put back in service with minimum down time. Q. All materials (such as insulation, ductwork, piping, wiring, controls, etc.) located within air plenum spaces, air shafts, and occupied spaces shall have a flame - spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) Method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., label or listing, or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove the fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. R. Coordinate installation of floor drains and floor sinks with work of other trades, such that finished floor slopes to drains and floor sinks are flush with surrounding floor. S. Products made of or containing lead, asbestos, mercury or other known toxic or hazardous materials are not acceptable for installation under this Division. Any such products installed as part of the work of the Division shall be removed and replaced and all costs for removal and replacement shall be borne solely by the installing Contractor. 1.10 MINOR DEVIATIONS A. The Drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangements of all mechanical work and requirements to be performed. It is not intended to show or indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories which will be required as a part of the work of this Section. The Contractor shall review the structural and architectural conditions affecting his work. It is the specific intention of this section that the contractor's scope of work shall include 1. Proper code complying support systems for all equipment whether or not scheduled or detailed on drawings or in these specifications 2. Minor deviations from the mechanical plans required by architectural and structural coordination. C. The Contractor shall study the operational requirements of each system, and shall arrange his work accordingly, and shall furnish such fittings, offsets, supports, accessories, as are required for the proper and efficient installation of all systems from the physical space available for use by this section. This requirement extends to the Contractor's coordination of this section's work with the "Electrical Work." Should conflicts occur due to lack of coordination, the time delay, cost of rectification, demolition, labor and materials, shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not be at a cost to the Owner. D. Minor deviations in order to avoid conflict shall be permitted where the design intent is not altered. E. Advise the Architect, in writing, in the event a conflict occurs in the location or connection of equipment. Bear all costs for relocation of equipment, resulting from failure to properly coordinate the installation or failure to advise the Architect of conflict. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-6 9 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1.11 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. The Contractor shall certify the following items are correct when using substituted products other than those scheduled or shown on the drawings as a basis of design: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2. The Contractor shall pay for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing, structural supports, and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. 3. The proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts available locally are readily obtainable for the proposed substitute. B. The Contractor further certifies function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. C. The Contractor agrees that the terms and conditions for the substituted product that are found in the contract documents apply to this proposed substitution. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction submit for review all materials and equipment in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Before commencing installation, obtain an extra set of prints from Architect, marked "Record" Keep this set of Drawings at the job site at all times, and use it for no other purpose but to mark on it all the changes and revisions to the Contract Drawings resulting from coordination with other trades. At the completion of the project, 1. Obtain a clean set of reproducibles from the Architect or Engineer, at cost plus, and transfer the revisions to these reproducibles in a neat and orderly fashion. M 2. Edit project AutoCAD files to incorporate all site markups, changes, and revisions to the Contract Drawings. Submit plots of Record Drawings and six copies CD Roms labeled with all record AutoCAD drawing files. B. Provide copy of Record Drawings to Testing and Balancing Contractor for use when doing his work. C. Refer also to Special Conditions in Division 1 for full scope of requirements. 1.14 START -UP SERVICE A. Prior to start-up, be assured that systems are ready, including checking the following: Proper equipment rotation, proper wiring, auxiliary connections, lubrication, venting, controls, and installed and properly set relief and safety valves. B. Refer to other Division 15 Sections for additional requirements. 1.15 INSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND O &M MANUALS A. O &M Manuals: Upon completion of the work, and prior to training of Owner's personnel, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect complete set of operating instructions, maintenance instructions, part lists, and all other bulletins and brochures pertinent to the operation and BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-7 n U City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) maintenance for equipment furnished and installed as specified in this section, bound in a durable binder. Refer to Division 1. B. Contractor shall be responsible for providing proper instruction of the of Owner's personnel for operation and maintenance of equipment, and apparatus installed as specified in Division 15 to be no less than two hours for each piece of equipment. The Contractor shall develop and submit training materials prior to this training. These materials shall include qualifications of the trainer, training agenda, learning objectives, and a written test to be administered at the end of the training session. Operation and Maintenance manuals must present, incorporated and referenced in the training sessions. 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling. B. Store equipment and materials in an environmentally controlled area at the site, unless off -site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage. Piping shall be stored in bundles covered with visqueen. Piping showing signs of rust shall be removed from site and replaced. C. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. 1.17 SAFETY AND INDEMNITY A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal hours of work. B. No act, service, Drawing, review, or Construction Review by the Owner, Architect, the Engineers or their consultants, is intended to include the review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site. C. The Contractor performing work under this Division of the Specifications shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers and their consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents from any and all liability claim, losses or damage arising, or alleged to arise from bodily injury, sickness, or death of a person or persons, and for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work under the Division of the Specifications, and from the Contractor's negligence in the performance of the work described in the Construction Contract Documents; but not including the sole negligence of the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers, and their consultants or their officers, employees and agents. 1.18 CLEANING AND CLOSING A. All work shall be inspected, tested, and approved before being concealed or placed in operation. B. Upon completion of the work, all equipment installed as specified in this section, and all areas where work was performed, shall be cleaned to provide operating conditions satisfactory to the Architect. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-8 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1.19 WARRANTIES 0 A. All equipment shall be provided with a minimum one -year warranty to include parts and labor. Refer to individual Equipment Specifications for extended or longer -term warranty requirements. B. Provide complete warranty information for each item, to include product or equipment, date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names, addresses, telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. C. Service during warranty period: Contractor shall provide maintenance as specified elsewhere during the 12 -month warranty period. 1.20 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee and service all workmanship and materials to be as represented by him and shall repair or replace, at no additional cost to the Owner, any part thereof which may become defective within the period of one (1) year after the Date of Final Acceptance, ordinary wear and tear excepted. B. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for any damages caused by or resulting from defects in his work. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install all new material, equipment, and apparatus hereinafter specified unless specifically noted otherwise. All material, equipment, and apparatus shall be identified by the manufacturer's name, nameplate, and pertinent data. B. All materials, equipment, and apparatus are mentioned as standards unless noted otherwise. The words "or approved equal" shall be considered to be subsequent to all manufacturers' names used herein, unless specifically noted that substitutes are not allowed. 2.2 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. General: Comply with applicable codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products, which are UL listed and FM approved. 2. MSS Standard Compliance: Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS). 3. SMACNA: "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" 4, NFPA: Pamphlet number 13 and 14 for fire protection systems. 5. Provide copper plated or plastic coated supports and attachment for copper piping systems. Field applied coatings or tape is unacceptable. 6. Manufacturer: B -Line, Grinnell, Michigan, Tolco, Kin -Line or Superstrut. B. Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated hangers and supports of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1. 2. Adjustable Steel Swivel Band Hangers: MSS Type 10. 3. U- Bolts: MSS Type 24. C. Vertical Piping Clamps: Provide factory- fabricated two -bolt vertical piping riser clamps, MSS Type 8. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-9 n U City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 D. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated hanger -rod attachments of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. 2. Steel Clevises: MSS Type 14. 3. Swivel Tumbuckles: MSS Type 15. 4. Malleable Iron Eye Sockets: MSS Type 16. 5, Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17. E. Building Attachments: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated building attachments of one of the following MSS types listed. 1. Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18. 2. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: a. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. b. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. c. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33. 3. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58. 4. Anchor Bolts: Heavy duty, drilled -in concrete expansion wedge anchor bolts, Hilti or Red Head. F. Saddles and Shields: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles or shields under piping hangers and supports, factory- fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. G. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Metal Framing: Provide products complying with NEMA STD ML1. 2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36. 1 Cement Grout: Portland Cement (ASTM C150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration. 4. Pipe Brackets: "HoldRite" copper plated brackets. Insulate brackets attached to metal studs with felt. 2.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINT/VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment, piping, ductwork and all system appurtenances (including weight of normal operating contents) shall be adequately restrained to resist seismic forces. Restraint devices shall be designed and selected to meet seismic requirements as defined in Chapter 16 of the latest edition of the UBC, with State Amendments, and applicable local codes in accordance with S- eismic Zone `t and the applicable Importance Factors and Soil Factors. 2.4 ACCESS PANELS AND ACCESS DOORS A. Provide all access doors and panels to serve equipment under this work, including those which must be installed, in finished architectural surfaces. Frame of 16 -gauge steel, door of 20 gauge steel. 1 "flange width, continuous piano hinge, key operated, prime coated. Refer to Architectural Specifications for the required product Specification for each surface. Contractor is to submit schedule of access panels for approval. Exact size, number and location of access panels is not shown on Plans. Access doors shall be of a size to permit removal of equipment for servicing. Access door shall have same rating as the wall or ceiling in which it is mounted. Provide access panel for each trap primer or concealed valve, for fire and combination fire /smoke dampers, and for volume dampers. Use no panel smaller than 12" x 12" for simple manual access, or smaller than 24" x 24" where personnel must pass through. Provide cylinder lock for access door serving mixing or critical valves in public areas. B. Included under this work is the responsibility for verifying the exact location and type of each access panel or door required to serve equipment under this work and in the proper sequence to BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-10 9 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 keep in tune with construction and with prior approval of the Architect. Access doors in fire rated partitions and ceilings shall carry all label ratings as required to maintain the rating of the rated assembly. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Milcor, Karp, Nystrom, or Elmdor /Stoneman. D. Submit markup of architectural plans showing size and location of access panels required for equipment access for approval by Architect. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. Mechanical Identification Materials: Provide products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division 15 Sections. Where more than single type is specified for application, selection is installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. Stencils are not acceptable. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Snap -On Type: Provide pre - printed, semi -rigid snap -on, color coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Pressure Sensitive Type: Provide pre - printed, permanent adhesive, color coded, pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI Al 3.1. Secure both ends of markers with color coded adhesive vinyl tape. 3. Insulation: Furnish 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125 °F (52 0C) or greater. Cut length to extend 2" beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. 4. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as separate unit of plastic. C. Underground -Type Plastic Line Markers: Provide 6" wide x 4 mils thick multi -ply tape, consisting of solid metallic foil core between 2 layers of plastic tape. Markers to be permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, intended for direct burial service. D. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 1 112" diameter 19 -gauge polished brass valve tags with stamp- engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. 2. Plastic Laminate Valve Tags: Provide 3/32" thick engraved plastic laminate valve tags, with piping system abbreviations in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve number 1/2" high, and with 5/32" hole for fasteners. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 4. Access Panel Markers: Provide 1/16" thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8" center hole to allow attachment. 5. Non- potable Water Tags: 1/16" thick, engraved, plastic tags as indicated on Drawings. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: Craftmark, Seton, Brady, or Brimar. 2.6 ELECTRICAL A. General: 1. All electrical material, equipment, and apparatus specified herein shall conform to the requirements of Division 16. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-11 n L� City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 2. Provide all motors for equipment specified herein. Provide motor starters, controllers, and other electrical apparatus and wiring which are required for the operation of the equipment specified herein. 3. Set and align all motors and drives in equipment specified herein. 4. Provide expanded metal or solid sheet metal guards on all V -belt drives to totally enclose the drive on all sides. Provide holes for tachometer readings. Support guards separately from rotating equipment. 5. Provide for all rotating shafts, couplings, etc., a solid sheet metal, inverted "U" cover overthe entire length of the exposed shaft and support separately from rotating equipment. Cover shall extend to below the bottom of the shaft and coupling, and shall meet the requirements of the State Industrial Safety Regulations. 6. Specific electrical requirements (i.e., horsepower and electrical characteristics) for mechanical equipment are scheduled on the Drawings. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Electrical components and materials shall be UL or ETL listed /labeled as suitable for location and use - no exceptions. C. Low Voltage Control Wiring: 1. General: 14 gauge, Type THHN, color coded, installed in conduit. 2. Manufacturer: General Cable Corp., Alcan Cable, American Insulated Wire Corp., Senator Wire and Cable Co., or Southwire Co. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Workmanship shall be performed by licensed journeymen or master mechanics and shall result in an installation consistent with the best practices of trades. B. Install work uniform, level and plumb, in relationship to lines of building. Do not install any diagonal, or otherwise irregular work unless so indicated on Drawings or approved by Architect. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. Follow manufacturers' directions and recommendations in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used on this Contract furnish directions covering points not shown on the Drawings or covered in these Specifications. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the work between the various Mechanical Sections and with the work specified under other Divisions. if any cooperative work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper and timely provisions, the alternations shall be made to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at the Contractor's cost. Coordinate wall and ceiling work with the General Contractor, and his subcontractors in locating ceiling air outlets, wall registers, etc. B. Inspect all material, equipment, and apparatus upon delivery and do not install any damaged or defected materials. 3.4 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors, and associated work, installer shall meet at project site with Contractor, installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives, (if any), installers of other work with requirements specified. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-12 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Installation of Building Attachments: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed. Fasten insert securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2,500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through opening at top of inserts. C. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including, but not limited to, proper placement of inserts, anchors, and other building structural attachments. D. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. E. Install hangers within 12 inches of every change in piping direction, end of pipe run or concentrated load, and within 36 inches of every major piece of equipment. Hangers shall be installed on both sides of flexible connections. Where flexible connection connects directly to a piece of equipment only one hanger is required. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. G. Support sprinkler piping and gas independently of other piping. H. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. Hanger Spacing in accordance with following minimum schedules (other spacings and rod sizes may be used in accordance with the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual and UPC using a safety factor of five): 1. Steel Pipe (Water Filled): Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 112" to 1 1/4" 5 feet 3/8" 1 112" to 2" 7 feet 318" 2 1/2" to 3" 10 feet 112" 4" and larger 12 feet 5/8" 2. Steel Pipe (Gas /Air Filled): Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 1/2" to 1 1/4" 6 feet 318" 1 1/2" to 8" 10 feet 1 /2" 10" and larger 10 feet 5 18" 3. Copper Pipe: Pipe Size Max. Hanger Spacing Rod Size 112" to 2" 6 feet 3 /8" 2 1/2" to 8" 8 feet 1/2" 10" and larger 10 feet 518" J. Sloping, Air Venting, and Draining: 1. Slope all piping as specified and as indicated, true to line and grade, and free of traps and air pockets. Unless indicated otherwise, slope piping in the direction of flow as follows: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-13 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 Service Inclination Slope Domestic Water Down 1" per 100' Soil and Waste Down 114" per foot Storm Water Down 114" per foot Sanitary Vent Up (towards roof terminal) 114" per foot K. Provisions for Movement: 1. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors. 2. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connecting equipment. 3. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: a. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers, (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation. b. Shields: Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install shields or inserts. c. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated install protection saddles. L. Equipment Supports: 1. Provide all concrete bases, unless otherwise furnished as work of Division 3. Furnish to Division 3 Contractor scaled layouts of all required bases, with dimensions of bases, and location to column centerlines. Furnish templates, anchor bolts, and accessories necessary for base construction. 2. Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure. Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory- fabricated tank saddles for tanks. M. Adjusting: 1. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. 2. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations. 3. Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched. surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.5 ROOF CURBS, EQUIPMENT RAILS, PIPE PORTALS A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate with other trades so units are installed when roofing is being installed. C. Verify roof insulation thickness and adjust raise of cant to match. 3.6 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with Division 16 work to provide complete systems as required to operate all mechanical devices installed under this Division of work. B. Installation of Electrical Connections: Furnish, install, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicated) all heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, etc., motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC, and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these Specifications. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-14 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.7 PAINTING A. All painting shall be provided under this Division work, unless otherwise specified under Section 09900: Painting. Painting schemes shall comply with ANSI A13.1. Paint all exposed materials such as piping, ductwork, equipment, insulation, steel, etc. The inside surface of visible ductwork above diffusers /grilles shall be painted flat black. All exposed work under Division 15 shall receive either a factory finish or a field prime coat finish, except: 1. Exposed copper piping. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION MARKERS A. General: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting, or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. 3.9 TESTING A. Provide all tests specified hereinafter and as otherwise required. Provide all test equipment, including test pumps, gauges, instruments, and other equipment required. Test all rotational equipment for proper direction of rotation. Upon completion of testing, certify to the Architect, in writing, that the specified tests have been performed and that the installation complies with the specified requirements and provide a report of the test observations signed by qualified inspector. B. Ductwork: Test all air quantities as specified in Section 15990 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. Pressure tests per SMACNA. C. Registers and Diffusers: Test for proper operation of manually operated control feature. Test all air quantities as specified in Section 15990 — Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. D. Ductwork Specialties: Test all operable ductwork specialties for proper operation. Check all fire, smoke and firetsmoke dampers to ensure that they are 100% open. E. Temperature Control: Test all control functions to assure that all systems are controlling as specified or as otherwise necessary and that all controls are adjusted to maintain proper room temperatures. The manufacturer's representative shall perform all tests. END OF SECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-15 i f City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, providing insulation for the following: 1. All supply air ductwork, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. All return air ductwork, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 3. Acoustical duct lining where shown on drawings. 4. Domestic hot water supply piping. 5. Condensate drains inside the building from cooling coil drip pans to discharge point. B. Types of mechanical insulation specked in this Section include the following: 1. Fiberglass pipe insulation. 2. Fiberglass duct insulation. 3. Insulation jackets. 4. Insulation accessories. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods. B. Section 15180: HVAC Piping. C. Section 15400: Plumbing. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Ambient: The air temperature to be maintained in a conditioned room. Typically between 70 °F and 78 °F. B. Insert: Spacer placed between the pipe support system and the piping to allow for the space required for insulation. C. Insulation Group (IG): Definition of Insulation Materials and Operating Temperatures. D. Insulation Shield: Buffer material placed between the pipe support system and the insulation to prevent the insulation material from crushing. E. Jacket: Protective covering over the pipe insulation; may be factory applied such as "all service jacket" or field applied to provide additional protection; of such materials as canvas, PVC, aluminum or stainless steel. F. Piping Insulation: Thermal insulation applied to prevent heat transmission to or from a piping system. G. Vapor Barrier Jacket: Insulation jacket material that impedes the transmission of water vapor. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-1 • i City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) H. Freezing Climate: Where outdoor design temperature is less than 33° F, as stated in ASHRAE fundamentals under 99% column for winter design conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Provide products conforming to the requirements of the following: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Manufacture and test insulation in accordance with the ASTM Standards, including: a. 8209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plat. b. C165 - Recommended Practice for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulation. c. C167 -Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Blanket or Batt Thermal Insulations. d. C177 - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission. e. Properties by Means of the Guarded - Hot -Plate Apparatus. f. C195 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. g. C196 - Specification for Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Thermal Insulating Cement. h. C302 - Test Method for Density of Preformed Pipe- Covering -Type Thermal Insulation. i. C303 - Test Method for Density of Preformed Block -Type Thermal Insulation. j. C305 - Test for Thermal Conductivity of Pipe Insulation. k. C356 - Test for Linear Shrinkage of Preformed High- Temperature Thermal Insulation. I. C411 - Test for Hot- Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation. m. C423 — Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. n. C449 - Specification of Mineral Fiber Hydraulic- Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. o. C518 — Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. p. C533 - Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. q. C534 - Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. r. C547 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. S. C552 - Specification for Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. t. C553 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket -Type Pipe Insulation (Industrial Type). u. C592 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket -Type Pipe Insulation (Metal -Mesh Covered). v. C612 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. w. C916 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation. x. C921 - Practice for Determining Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. y. C1104 — Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Vapor Sorption of Unlaced Mineral Fiber Insulation. z. C1071 - Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation. aa. C1338 — Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. bb. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. cc. E119 - Test for Fire Resistance. dd. G21 — Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. ee. G22 — Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Bacteria. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air - Conditioning Engineers ( ASHRAE): Provide and install pipe and duct insulation in accordance with the following ASHRAE Standard: a. 90 Energy Conservation in New Building Design. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Manufacture insulation in accordance with the following NFPA standards: MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-2 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 a. 255 Test Methods, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. Do not provide materials with flame proofing treatments subject to deterioration due to the effects of moisture or high humidity. C. Flame /Smoke Rating: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame- spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less, as tested byASTM E84 (NFPA 255) Method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., label or listing; or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove the fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. D. Corrosiveness: Provide insulation such that when tested in accordance with the following test, the steel plate in contact with the insulation shows no greater corrosion than sterile cotton in contact with a steel plate for comparison. 1. Test Specimen: Two specimens shall be used, each measuring 1" by 4" by approximately'' /:" thick. 2. Apparatus: Provide a humidity test chamber in which two polished -steel test plates, 1" wide, 4" long and 0.020" thick, shall be placed. Plates shall be dear finish, cold- rolled strip steel, American quality, quarter hard, temper No. 3, weighing 0.85 lb/sq. ft. 3. Procedure: The steel test plates shall be rinsed with cp benzol until their surfaces are free from oil and grease and allowed to dry. One piece of cold- rolled steel shall be placed between the two insulation specimens and secured with tape or twine. The test specimen and uncovered plate shall be suspended vertically in an atmosphere having a relative humidity of 95% (plus or minus 3 %), and a temperature of 120 °F (plus or minus 3 0F), for 96 hours, and then be examined for corrosion. E. Insulation thickness shall be the greater standard of that specified here or the State energy conservation requirements. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, K- value, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Also furnish necessary test data certified by an independent testing laboratory. Submit samples. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data and product in maintenance manual. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coating to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Store and protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Johns Manville, Owens - Corning, Knauf, Armstrong, Pittsburgh- Corning, Certainteed, Halstead, Rubatex, 3M FireMaster, Pabco, Reflectix, or approved equal. Manufacturer and insulation types listed below indicate a minimum acceptable level of quality required for each classification. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-3 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2.2 DUCTWORK INSULATIONS A. Flexible Fiberglass Blanket: Johns Manville Microlite Type 75 Flexible Blanket: 1. 'K' Value: ASTM C518, 0.27 Btu • in. /(hr•ft2• °F) at 75 °F installed full thickness. 2. Density: 0.75 lb/cu ft. 3. Vapor Barrier Jacket: FSK (Foil- Scrim -Kraft) aluminum foil faced reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to fire - resistant kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and /or outward clinched expanded staples and vapor barrier mastic as needed. B. Fiberglass Duct Liner: Johns Manville Linacoustic R -300 Permacote, Flexible Blanket with Anti - Microbial Treatment. 1. 'K' Value: ASTM C518, 0.23 Btu•in. 1(hr•ft2• °F) at 75 "F. 2. Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.65 or higher based on "Type A mounting." 3. Maximum Velocity on Mat or Coated Air Side: 5,000 ft/min. 4. Adhesive: UL listed waterproof type compliant with ASTM C916. 5. Fasteners: Duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened. 2.3 PIPE INSULATIONS A. Glass Fiber: Molded fibrous glass pipe insulation shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 547 and meet ASTM C 585 for sizes required in the particular system. For all fluid distribution temperatures below 45 °F the system shall be of a wicking type. 1. Non - Wicking: Johns Manville Micro -Lok Meeting ASTM C547; Rigid Molded Noncombustible or Micro -Flex CTS (pipe sizes larger than 6 "): a. 'K' Value: 0.23 at 75 °F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 °F. c. Vapor Retarder Jacket: AP -T PLUS white kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminum foil, secure with self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or AP jacket with outward clinch expanding staples or vapor barrier mastic as needed. 2. Wicking: Owens Corning VaporWick Meeting ASTM C547; Rigid Molded Noncombustible: a. 'K' Value: 0.23 at 75 °F. b. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 °F. C. Jacket: Polymer facing with factory- applied adhesive closure to provide positive mechanical and vapor sealing of longitudinal seams. B. Field Applied Jackets (For Interior Applications): 1. All longitudinal seams shall be located on bottom of pipes. 2. PVC Plastic: Johns Manville Zeston 2000. One piece molded type fitting covers and jacketing material, gloss white. Connect with tacks and pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. 3. Canvas Jacket: UL listed fabric, 6 ozlsq. yd. plain weave cotton, treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. 4. Aluminum Jacket: 0.016" thick sheet, [smooth /embossed) finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 2" laps, die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 5. Secure aluminum jackets with 3/8" or %" stainless steel bands on 12" centers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that piping and ductwork has been tested for leakage in accordance with specifications before applying insulation materials. All piping and ductwork shall be inspected by Owner's Representative prior to installation of insulation. Any insulation applied prior to inspection shall be removed and new insulation applied at no additional cost to Owner. Notify Owner's Representative five (5) working days prior to insulation installation. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-4 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Verify that all surfaces are clean, dry and free of foreign material. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's. recommendations, building codes and industry standards. B. Remove and replace any insulation that has become wet or damaged during the construction process. C. Continue insulation and vapor barrier at penetrations and duct supports, except where prohibited by code. Instances where this is required include: 1. Ductwork support angle or struts. To prevent crushing of low density insulation, provide separator or high density insulation at point of support. Vapor barrier to continue unbroken at point of support. D. External Ductwork Insulation: 1. Provide insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature (below room temperature) with vapor retardant jacket. Seal all vapor retardant jacket seams and penetrations with UL listed tapes or vapor retardant adhesive. 2. Provide insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature (above room temperature) with or without vapor retardant jacket. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations except where prohibited by code. 4. The underside of duct work 24" or greater in width shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately 18° on center. The protruding ends of the fasteners shall be cut off flush after the speed clips are installed, and then, when required, sealed with the same tape as specified above. E. Duct Liner: 1. Adhere insulation to sheet metal with a UL listed adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied to the sheet metal with a minimum coverage of 90 %. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners as indicated by SMACNA or manufacturer. Pin length should be as recommended by the liner manufacturer. 3. All exposed edges of the liner must be factory or field coated. Unless factory coated, all transverse edges and longitudinal joints of the duct liner shall be coated. 4. Duct dimensions indicated on plans are net inside dimensions required for airflow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. F. Piping Insulation: 1. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations unless otherwise specified. 2. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. 3. For insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature, secure jackets with self sealing lap or outward clinched, expanded staples. Bevel and seal ends of insulation at equipment, flanges, and unions. 4. Provide insert between support shield and piping on piping 1%' diameter or larger. Fabricate of Johns Manville Thermo -12, or other heavy density insulating material suitable for temperature. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths: a. 1'/i' to 2%" pipe size 10" long 5. Use of metal saddles is acceptable as specified in Section 15050. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation matching adjoining pipe insulation. 6. Use of pipe hangers designed as an insulation coupling is acceptable in lieu of saddles and other devices. Klo -Shure coupling or equal. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-5 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code and mechanical code requirements as noted below. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior "K" factors. B. All air distribution system ducts and plenums, but not limited to, building cavities, mechanical closets, air handler boxes, and support platforms uses as ducts or plenums, shall be installed, sealed , and insulated to meet the requirements of the code. Portions of supply -air and return -air ducts conveying heated or cooled air located in one or more of the following spaces shall be insulated to a minimum level of R -8. 1. Ina space between the roof and an insulated ceiling.. 2. In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or opening to the outside or unconditioned spaces 3. In an unconditioned crawlspace. 4. In other unconditioned spaces. C. Flexible Fiberglass D. Thicknesses in the above table shall have insulation values as follows: 1 1/2 " = R -6, 2"= R -8.0, 3" = R -12. Greater thicknesses are permitted to achieve identical values if space constraints allow. E. Duct Liner: THICKNESS inches FINISH REMARKS Supply ducts within building envelope_ 1 -1/2 FSK Where indicated 1" unless Linacoustic Return ducts within building envelope 1 -1/2 FSK noted on plans Supply and return ductwork located as described in 3.3.13 above. 2 Linacoustic D. Thicknesses in the above table shall have insulation values as follows: 1 1/2 " = R -6, 2"= R -8.0, 3" = R -12. Greater thicknesses are permitted to achieve identical values if space constraints allow. E. Duct Liner: 3.4 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code requirements as noted below. Increase thickness %z" if exposed to exterior ambient air. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior "K" factors. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-6 THICKNESS FINISH REMARKS inches Where indicated 1" unless Linacoustic otherwise noted on plans Exterior ductwork in 2 Linacoustic sandwiched in double wall sheetmetal Within 20' of Air Handling Unit 1 Refeclix in supply and return ducts Natural Fiber 3.4 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. All insulation thicknesses shall meet or exceed state energy code requirements as noted below. Increase thickness %z" if exposed to exterior ambient air. Minimum thermal resistance in range of 4.2 to 4.6 per inch of thickness. Insulation thicknesses are based on fiberglass insulation and may be adjusted for equivalent insulation values for materials with superior "K" factors. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-6 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Fiberalass Insulation END OF SECTION MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-7 PIPE SIZE inches THICKNESS inches REMARKS Domestic hot water Up to 2 1 2 '/z and over 1 '/3 END OF SECTION MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-7 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15150 -PLUMBING PIPING PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS 0 A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. 'Pipe and Fittings a. Sanitary waste and vent b. Cold water c. Hot water 2. Valves a. Water valves 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15400: Plumbing C. Section 15440: Plumbing Fixtures D. Division 16: Electrical 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: 1. Manufactured items furnished shall be the current, cataloged product of the manufacturer. 2. Replacement parts shall be readily available and stocked in the USA. B. Codes and Standards: 1. All work shall be in full accordance with all applicable codes, ordinances and code rulings. 2. The Contractor shall furnish without any extra charge the labor and material required for compliance of codes. 3. Perform all tests required by governing authorities and as required under all Division 15 Sections. Provide written reports on all tests. 4. Electrical devices and wiring shall confirm to the latest standards of NEC; all devices shall be UL listed and so identified. 5. All plumbing work shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 6. All excavation work must comply with all provisions of state laws including notification to all owners of underground utilities at least 48 business day hours, but not more than 10 business days, before commencing an excavation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for all piping, valves and specialties indicating dimensions, valve CV, tolerances etc. Plumbing Piping 15150 -1 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) r] B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating underground piping installation showing all fittings with inverts. Indicate all footings and grade beams. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions on accordance with requirements of Division 1. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install all new material, equipment, and apparatus hereinafter specified unless specifically noted otherwise. All material, equipment, and apparatus shall be identified by the manufacturer's name, nameplate, and pertinent data. B. All pipe, pipe fittings and valves shall be manufactured in North America. Alternatives may be acceptable, but must be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to bidding. C. Type M copper piping is not acceptable for any pressure water piping unless specifically noted otherwise. D. All materials, equipment, and apparatus are mentioned as standards unless noted otherwise. The words "or approved equal" shall be considered to be subsequent to all manufacturer's names used herein, unless specifically noted that substitutes are not allowed. E. Products made of, or containing, lead, asbestos, mercury, or other known toxic or hazardous materials are not acceptable for installation under this Section. Any such products installed as part of the work of this Section shall be removed and replaced and all costs for removal and replacement shall be borne solely by the Contractor(s). 2.2 STANDARD PIPE AND FITTING A. Trap Primer Piping: 1. Pipe: Domestic Only, ASTM B88, Type K, soft drawn copper water tube. 2. Fittings: No joints below ground. For pipes below grade double wrap with Scotch Wrap #51 or PASCO Wrap, with 50% overlap. B. Condensate and indirect drains: 1. Pipe: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn copper water tube. 2. Fittings: ANSI 816.22, wrought copper. 3. Joints: Lead -free solder joints. Solder shall be lead -free nickel /silver bearing solder meeting ASTM B -32, ASTM B -828. Flux shall be water soluble and shall meet CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM B813 -91. 4. Insulate interior condensate drain pipes with minimum 1/2" insulation to prevent moisture dripping from pipe. C. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipe & Fittings (Above Grade): 1. Pipe: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn copper water tube. 2. Fittings: ANSI 816.22, wrought copper, 95 % -5% tin - antimony solder joints. D. Sanitary Sewer, Vent, Rainwater Pipe & Fittings: 1. Pipe: Tyler or AB &I or Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, ASTM A -74, ASTM A -888 cast iron, bituminous coated, "No- Hub ". Pipe showing rust or cracks in coating shall be removed and replaced. 2. Fittings: No -hub, ASTM A -888. Plumbing Piping 15150 -2 E City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 3. Couplings Below Grade: Heavy Duty Type 304 stainless steel couplings conforming to FM 1680 with neoprene sealing sleeve conforming to ASTM C -1540 having minimum shield thickness of 28 gauge. Husky SD -4000 or Clamp All 125 only. 4. Couplings Above Grade: Type 304 stainless steel couplings conforming to ASTM C -1540 and neoprene sealing sleeve, having minimum shield thickness of 34 gauge. Anaco or Ideal. E. Vent Piping (Above Grade) (Contractor's Option): 1. Pipe: ASTM B306, DWV class, copper tube. 2. Fittings: Elkhart, ANSI 816.23 cast bronze or ANSI 1316.29 wrought copper, sweat solder no lead joint. Submit sample of solder for Engineer's review and approval. 2.3 VALVES: GENERAL A. General: Valve ratings shall exceed respective system operating pressures by 50% (minimum). All valves shall be line size unless otherwise noted. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of valve. Include pressure drop curve or chart for each type and size of valve. Submit valve schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and valve features for each required valve. C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly -type (exploded view) shop drawings for each type of valve, indicating dimensions, weights, materials, and methods of assembly of components. D. Acceptable manufacturers (manufacturer and model number listed for individual valves indicates minimum acceptable by all manufacturers): 1. Ball: Apollo, Hammond, Nibco (commercial grade, US manufacturer only), Milwaukee, Victaulic, or Watts. E. Valve Identification: Provide valves with manufacturer's name (or trademark) and pressure rating clearly marked on the valve body. Valve Features: 1. General: Provide valves with features indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, provide proper valve features. Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping, and ASME B31.1 for power piping. 2. Drain: Comply with MSS SP -45, and provide threaded pipe plugs. 3. Flanged: Valve flanges complying with ANSI 616.1 (cast iron), ANSI B16.5 (steel), or ANSI B16.24 (bronze). 4. Threaded: Valve ends complying with ANSI B2.1. 5. Solder- Joint: Valve ends complying with ANSI B16.18. 6. Flangeless: Valve bodies manufactured to fit between flanges complying with ANSI B16.1 (cast iron), ANSI 816.5 (steel), or ANSI B16.24 (bronze). 2.4 DOMESTIC PLUMBING SERVICE VALVES A. Ball Valves: 1. 2" and Smaller: 600 psi, 3 piece, brass body, extended soldered ends for copper pipe and threaded ends for iron pipe, chrome plated brass ball, Teflon seat, brass stem, steel handle, full port. Apollo 82 -100 series. 2.5 FIRE PROTECTION VALVES: A. Refer to Section 15300. Plumbing Piping 15150 -3 E City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2.6 PIPE COATING A. All underground steel and copper pipe fittings, and all above ground steel and copper pipe and fittings in corrosive air environments shall be covered with one of the following methods: 1. Twice Wrap 20 Mil. Scotch Wrap PVC No. 51, 50% overlap. 2. Prefabricated extruded plastic cover with joints sealed with two coats of 20 Mil. Scotch Wrap No. 51 or Pasco Wrap 20 mil weight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Workmanship shall be performed by licensed journeymen or master mechanics and shall result in an installation consistent with the best practices of trades. B. Install work uniform, level and plumb, in relationship to lines of building. Do not install any diagonal, or otherwise irregular work unless so indicated on Drawings or approved by Architect. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS A. Follow manufacturers' directions and recommendations in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used on this Contract furnish directions covering points not shown on the Drawings or covered in these Specifications. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the work between the various Mechanical Sections and with the work specked under other Divisions of the work or contracts toward rapid completion of the entire project. If any cooperative work must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time, then the work hereunder shall include all expenses of such changes as are necessary in the work under other contracts, and such changes shall be directly supervised by and made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. The cooperative work not included in the Mechanical Division related to the general construction work is as follows: 1. All formed concrete work. 2. Framed openings in masonry and other Architectural and Structural elements. 3. Wood grounds and nailing strips in masonry and concrete. 4. Sloping of floors to drains and floor sinks. 5. Sloping of roof -to -roof drains and overflow drains. C. Inspect all material, equipment, and apparatus upon delivery and do not install any that may be subject to rejection as a result of damage or other defects. Provide tarps and visqueen cover to protect equipment and piping delivered to and stored at the site. 3.4 WORKING PRESSURES A. All fittings, valves, pipe, specialties equipment shall berated for the working pressure subjected in the installed locations. B. Drawings indicate working pressure in each system. The rating of the equipment and material shall not be less than that of the system pressures. Plumbing Piping 15150 -4 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.5 PIPES SIZES TO EQUIPMENT A. General: Pipe sizes indicated shall be carried full size to equipment served. Any change of size to match equipment connection shall be made within one foot of equipment. B. At temperature control valves with sizes smaller than connected lines, reduction shall be made immediately adjacent to valve. 3.6 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints or couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance or replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance. Comply with ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. B. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details, and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, and other structural and permanent- enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1" clearance outside insulation. Whenever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated. C. Elevator Machine Rooms, Switchgear, Generator, Telecommunications, Telephone Rooms, and Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical spaces. Route drip pan drain piping to floor drain, floor sink or other approved receptor. 3.7 PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS A. All piping shall be cut squarely, free of rough edges and reamed to full bore. Piping shall be mechanically cleaned prior to make -up of joints and fully inserted into fittings. B. Provide joints of type indicated in each piping system. C. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Remove excess cutting oil from piping prior to assembly. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe /fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. D. Solder copper tube and fitting joints with lead free nickel /silver bearing solder meeting ASTM. B- 32, in accordance with IAPMO IS 3 -93, ASTM B -828 and Copper Development Association recommended procedures. Joints shall be cleaned by other than chemical means prior to assembly. "Shock" cooling is prohibited. Fluxes shall be applied liberally to the outside of the pipe and the solder cup of the fitting. Fluxes shall be water soluble for copper and brass potable water applications, and shall meet CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM B813 -91. Solder shall be applied until a full fillet is present around the joint. Solder and flux shall not be applied in Plumbing Piping 15150 -5 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) such excessive quantities as to run down interior of pipe. Lead solder or corrosive flux shall not be present at the jobsite. 1. Manufacturers: a. Solder: JW Harris "Bridgit" or Englehard "Silvabrite 100 ". b. Flux: Laco "Flux -Rite 90 ", MW Dunton "Nokorode CDA Flux ", Hercules "Fluid Action Solder Flux ". E. Piping shall be capped during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. F. Cast -Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standards and installation instructions. 3.8 VALVES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements: 1. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided as necessary. 2. All valves mounted higher than T above floor in mechanical rooms and where indicated shall be installed with stem horizontal and equipped with chain wheels and chains extending to 6' above floor. B. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select and install valves with the following ends of types of pipe /tube connections: 1. Copper Pipe, 2 -1/2" and Smaller: Soldered -joint valves. C. Renewable Seats: Select and install valves with renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated. D. Fluid Control: Except as otherwise indicated, install ball valves to comply with ASME 831.9. E. Ball Valve: Ball valve used on gas systems shall be UL listed, CSA approved for pressure of system, no exception. F. Valve Adjustment: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final testing, adjusting, and balancing, inspect each valve for possible leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks, replace valve if leak persists. G. Valve Identification; Tag each valve in accordance with "Mechanical Identification" section. H. Cleaning: Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.9 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS (SEE 15050) 3.10 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Underground piping shall be installed in stable, open trench work. Trench excavations shall be a minimum of 16" wide, true to line and grade. Contractor shall exercise all due shoring and safety procedures. No stones larger than 1" may be present in the trench to a minimum depth of 4" below the trench bottom. The trench shall be free of job site debris, and free of corrosive media. Pipe crown shall be not less than 24" below the finished ground surface for metallic pipe, and 30" for non - metallic pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or directed by the Architect. Trenches shall be kept free of excess moisture, and shall be kept open for only a short a time as necessary for installation, testing and inspection. Dispose of surplus excavation and seepage water as directed by the Architect. Plumbing Piping 15150 -6 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Piping shall be properly bedded and backfilled over stable trench bottom to a level of at least 12" above the pipe crown with thin layers of unwashed sand, dampened but not puddle, and free of organic or corrosive materials and excessive moisture. Backfill shall be placed in thin layers not to exceed 6" and tamped by mechanical tampers to a minimum 90% Modified Proctor Density, in accordance with ASTM D- 1557 -58T. Trenches shall be backfilled to a minimum depth of 36" prior to being wheel loaded. Replace to their original condition all turf, plants, concrete, asphalt, or other improvements which constitute landscaping, traffic areas or other improved areas which become disturbed by excavation. In graded and undeveloped areas, in addition to procedures specified above, backfill trenches with crown 8" above the surrounding surface. C. Excavated and backfill in soils of unstable nature shall be provided as directed by Architect 3.11 PIPE INSPECTIONS A. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that systems be inspected at completion of each phase while under tests required for administrative authorities, and prior to concealment, i.e. "Rough -in" "top -out" and final. B. Inspection — Below Grade: All piping installed below grade shall be inspected prior to burial by the Architect, the Owner's Representative or the Engineer. Contractor must notify Architect no less than 24 working hours prior to inspection time. Should the piping be buried prior to inspection the contractor may be requested to uncover the piping at no delay to the project and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Inspection —Above Grade: All piping installed above grade shall be made available for inspection upon completion and prior to finish of walls and ceilings. Notify the Architect, the Owner's Representative or the Engineer. Contractor must notify Architect no less than 24 working hours prior to the desired inspection time. Should the piping be hidden within the structure prior to inspection the contractor may be requested to uncover the piping at no delay to the project and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.12 CLEANING, FLUSHING, DISINFECTING A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). B. Flush out piping systems with clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. C. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31. D. Disinfect water mains and water service piping in accordance with Section 15400. 3.13 TESTING A. Provide all tests specified hereinafter and as otherwise required. Provide all test equipment, including test pumps, gauges, instruments, and other equipment required. Test all rotational equipment for proper direction of rotation. Upon completion of testing, certify to the Architect, in writing, that the specified tests have been performed and that the installation complies with the specified requirements and provide a report of the test observations signed by qualified inspector. B. Piping: Remove from the system, during testing, all equipment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace removed equipment when testing has been accomplished. The system may be tested in sections as the work progresses; however, any previously tested portion shall become a part of any latter test of a composite system. Correct leaks by remaking joints with new material. Plumbing Piping 15150 -7 a 10 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Test time will be accrued only while full test pressure is on the system, unless indicated otherwise. "Tolerance" shall be no pressure drop, except that due to temperature change in a 24- hour period. Inspect and test all work prior to burying or concealing. Test pressure shall be one and one -half times the system operating pressure or the listed test pressure below, whichever is greater: System Test Medium Test Pressure Tolerance -Test Period Domestic Water Water 80 psig None -4 hours Soil and Waste Water 10 ft head, 5 psi No leaks — 4 hours Vent Water Top of Vent Terminal No leaks —4 hours D. Final Drainage, Waste and Vent Test: Upon project closeout, Contractor shall perform and certify that the DWV system has passed the following test: 1. After all plumbing fixtures have been installed and their traps filled with water, all vent terminals and building drains shall be closed and a U -tube water manometer shall be inserted into the trap of water closet and an air compressor testing apparatus shall be attached to any suitable opening. An air pressure of 1" water column as indicated on the manometer shall be introduced into the system. The pressure shall hold constant for a period of 15 minutes without the introduction of additional air. Leaks revealed during this test may be located by smoke test of other recognition methods. E. Valves: Test all valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate all valves at least once from closed -to- open-to- closed position while valve is under test pressure. Test all automatic valves, including solenoid valves, and temperature and pressure relief valves, safety valves, and temperature and pressure relief valves not less than three (3) times. F. Piping Specialties: Test all thermometers, pressure gauges, and water meters for accurate indication; automatic water feeders, air vents, trap primers, and vacuum breakers for proper performance. Test all air vent points to ensure that all air has been vented. END OF SECTION Plumbing Piping 15150 -8 i City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15400 — PLUMBING PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS • A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15080: Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15150: Plumbing Piping, Valves D. Section 15440: Plumbing Fixtures 1.3 SCOPE A. All work includes providing new plumbing. Systems as specified under this section shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Connection of all waste, vent, and water piping to all plumbing fixtures, drinking fountains, sinks, electric water coolers, drains and mechanical equipment. 2. Connect to new mechanical equipment. 3. Hot water shall be at point of use for service to public fixtures including lavatories. 4. Domestic water heating electric. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction submit for approval all materials and equipment in accordance with Division 1. Submit manufacturer's data, installation instructions, and maintenance and operating instructions for all components of this section including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Equipment 2. Cleanouts. 3. Drains 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. Store and protect products against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged products - remove from project site. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide one -year It months) warranty. The warranty shall include parts, labor, travel costs, and living expenses incurred by the manufacturer to provide factory authorized service. Plumbing 15400 -1 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment under this Division of the Specifications shall be new, of best grade and as listed in printed catalogs of the manufacturer. B. All manufactured materials shall be delivered and stored in their original containers. Equipment shall be clearly marked or stamped with the manufacturer's name and rating. C. The following products to be included as part of this work but specified under Section 15050 Mechanical Requirements and Section 15150 Plumbing Piping, Valves and Specialties: 1. Piping. 2. Valves. 3. Hangers and supports. 4. Escutcheon plates, flashings, and sleeves. 5. Identification markers and signs. 6. Anchors, alignment guides and Seismic Zone 3 requirements. D. Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to Section 15440. E. Products made of, or containing, lead, asbestos, mercury, or other known toxic or hazardous materials are not acceptable for installation under this Section. Any such products installed as part of the work of this Section shall be removed and replaced and all costs for removal and replacement shall be bome solely by the Contractor(s). 2.2 VALVES: DOMESTIC A. General: Refer to Section 15150 for details. B. Shut -Off, 2" and Smaller: Ball valves. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanout Plugs: Bronze, taper thread countersunk head. B. Floor Cleanouts: Service weight cast -iron body and frame, flange with flashing clamp, adjustable cast -iron collar, caulk inside, Ty -seal or No -hub joints, neoprene plug gasket seal. 1. Carpeted Areas: Zurn ZN- 1400- KC- VP -BP -CM or J. R. Smith 4028 C - F- C - Y - U 2, Tiled Areas: Zurn ZN- 1400- X- KC -VP -BP or J.R. Smith 4148 - F - C - U 3. Unfinished Areas: Zurn ZN- 1400- HD- KC -VP -BP or J.R. Smith 4108 C - F - C - U 4. Yard Areas: Zurn Z 1474 -IN -VP or J.R. Smith 4258 - C - U C. Cleanout Tee: Cast iron ceanout tee with countersunk brass plug, neoprene plug gasket seal and smooth stainless steel cover. 1. Manufacturer: Zurn Z- 1446 -BP or J. R. Smith 4532 S (Y) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This system to be installed by an experienced firm regularly engaged in the installation of plumbing systems as specified by the requirements of the Specifications. B. Install all items specified in this section of the Specification under the full purview of local and state governing agencies. Plumbing 15400 -2 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Refer to Section 15050: General Mechanical Requirements for installation of piping, valves and other requirements. 3.2 PERFORMANCE OF WORK A. Examine areas, physical conditions and phasing requirements under which materials are to be installed. Layout the system to suit the different types of construction and equipment as indicated on the drawings. B. Work shall start immediately after authorization has been given to proceed so that the overall progress of the construction is not delayed. No foundry items to be installed until submittals have been approved. C. Coordinate with other trades as necessary to properly interface components of the plumbing system. D. Follow manufacturer's directions and recommendations in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used on this Contract furnish directions covering points not shown on the drawings or covered in these Specifications. E. The omission from the drawings or Specifications of any details of construction, installation, materials, or essential specialties shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing the same in place for a complete system. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. The word "piping" shall mean all pipes, fittings, nipples, valves and all accessories connected thereto. B. Run piping generally parallel to the axis of the building, arranged to conform to the building requirements and to suit the necessities of clearance for other mechanical ducts flues, conduits and work of other trades and close to ceiling or other construction as practical, free of unnecessary traps or bends. C. Run horizontal sanitary drainage at uniform pitch of not less than 118" per foot, unless otherwise indicated. Pitch horizontal vent piping downward from stack to fixtures. D. Run drainage piping as straight as possible with long radius turns. Offsets shall be made at an angle of 45° or less. E. Grade water supply piping for complete drainage of the system. Install hose bibbs at low points. F. Piping connections to all equipment shall be made up with unions. G. Provide sufficient elbows, swings and offsets to permit free expansion and contraction. H. Use reducers or increasers. Use no bushings. Ream or file each pipe to remove burrs. Inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for workmanship and clear passageway. J. Vent pipes to terminate at least 6" above the roof. K. Cover, cap or otherwise protect open ends of all piping during construction to prevent damage to threads or flanges and prevent entry of foreign matter. Disinfect water supply piping as specified. Plumbing 15400 -3 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) L. Exposed connections to equipment shall be installed with special care, showing no tool marks or threads at fittings and piping. No bowed or bend piping to be permitted. M. All ferrous to non - ferrous connections shall be made by means of dielectric fittings. Submit shop drawings for approval. N. Use extra heavy pipe for nipples, where unthreaded portion is less than 1' /x ". Use no close nipples. Use only shoulder nipples. O. All piping shall be inspected for defects and flaws prior to installation. Remove any damaged piping from job site. Piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, debris or rust. P. Cleanouts to be provided at each change in direction greater than 1350 or 100' maximum intervals on underground piping. Q. Cleanouts to be same size as pipe except cleanout plugs larger than 4" shall not be required. R. Cleanouts on concealed piping to be extended through and terminate flush with the finished wall or floor. Cover plates to be provided on all cleanout plugs in finished areas. S. The bodies of cleanout ferrules to conform in thickness to that required for pipe and fittings of the same metal. T. Route piping on roof on manufactured polyethylene pipe pier supports "Pipe Pier" by Erico. 3.4 TESTING AND DISINFECTING - PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. General: The Contractor to perform all field tests and provide all labor, equipment, and incidentals required for the tests. Owner to witness all field tests and conduct all field inspections. The Contractor to give the Owner ample notice of the dates and times scheduled for tests. Any deficiencies to be completely retested at no additional cost. 1. Inspection: Inspection to continue during installation and testing. Perform a final inspection of the equipment prior to installation to determine conformity to the type, class, grade, size, capacity, and other characteristics specified herein or indicated. Correct or replace all rejected equipment prior to installation. 2. Water Distribution Piping Test: Before fixtures are set, subject the entire hot and cold piping system to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch with water for not less than 8 hours in order to permit inspection of all joints with no evidence of leakage. Where a portion of the water distribution piping is to be concealed before completion, test this portion separately as specified for the entire system. 3. Sanitary, Waste, Storm, Rainwater, and Vent Piping Test: Before the installation of any fixtures or drains, cap the ends of the system and fill all lines with water to the roof level and allow to stand for at least 30 minutes without leakage. Make tests within building with piping exposed. If the system is tested in sections, tightly lug each opening, except the highest opening of the section under test, and fill each section with water and test with at least a 10' head of water. 4. Sanitary Drainage Vent, Storm, Rainwater and Fixture System Final Test: Give sanitary, drainage vent, and fixture systems an in- service test after complete installation. After all fixtures are installed, test the entire vent and sewer system and prove gas and water tight. Final test shall be with air. Before proceeding with test, fill all traps with water. Close all stacks and line openings during test, for a minimum period of 24 hours. If test reveals leakage of air at any point, repair and retest the system. 5. Disinfection of Water Distribution System: After pressure tests have been made thoroughly flush the entire domestic water distribution system with water until all entrained dirt and mud have been removed, and sterilize by chlorinating material. The chlorinating material shall be liquid chlorine. The chlorinating material shall provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per Plumbing 15400 -4 11 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) million and shall be introduced into the system or part thereof in an approved manner. Retain the treated water in the pipe for 24 hours, or, fill the system or part thereof with a water - chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine and allow to stand for three hours. Open and close all valves in the system being disinfected three times during the contact period. Then flush the system with clean potable water until the residual chlorine is reduced to less than 1.0 ppm. During the flushing period open and close all valves and faucets three times. From at least three divergent points in the system, take samples of water in properly sterilized containers for bacterial examination. Repeat the disinfecting until tests indicate that satisfactory bacteriological results have been obtained. a. Taking of samples shall be witnessed by Architect or Owner's representative. Samples are to be taken and tested by an independent analytical testing laboratory. Written reports shall be supplied to Architect for approval. 3.5 OPERATING TESTING AND CERTIFICATION - PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. Upon completion and disinfection, and prior to acceptance of the installation, the Contractor to subject the plumbing system to operating tests to demonstrate satisfactory, functional, and operating efficiency. Such operating tests to include the following information in a report with conclusions as to the adequacy of the system. 1. Time, date, and duration of tests. 2. Water pressures at most remote location. 3. Operation of all valves and hydrants. 4. Operation of all floor drains by flooding with water. 5. Quality of domestic water. 6. Read all indicating instruments at half -hour intervals unless otherwise directed. Supply four copies of the test report to the Owner. 3.6 CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. In addition to the requirements of Section 15050, provide for the safety and good condition of all materials and equipment until final acceptance by the Owner. Protect all materials and equipment from damage. Provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. Special care to be taken to provide protection for bearings, open connections, pipe coils, pumps, compressors, and similar equipment. B. All piping, finished surfaces, and equipment to have all grease, adhesive labels, and foreign materials removed. C. All piping to be drained and flushed to remove grease and foreign matter. Pressure regulating assemblies, traps, flush valves, and similar items shall be thoroughly cleaned. Remove and thoroughly clean and reinstall all liquid strainer screens afterthe system has been in operation for ten days. D. When connections are to be made to existing systems, the Contractor is to do all cleaning and purging of the existing systems required to restore them to the condition existing prior to the start of work. 3.7 OPERATION MANUALS, START -UP SERVICE, WARRANTIES, ACCEPTANCE AND GUARANTEES A. General: Refer to Section 15050 for details. END OF SECTION Plumbing 15400 -5 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the installation of plumbing fixtures and trim. 1.3 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15400: Plumbing 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction submit for approval all materials.and equipment in accordance with Division 1. Submit manufacturer's data, colors, installation instructions, and maintenance and operating instructions for all components of this section including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Plumbing fixtures. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Toilets. 4. Lavatories. 5. Sinks. B. Shop Drawings: Submit rough -in drawings. Detail dimensions, rough -in requirements, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components and anchorages. Coordinate requirements with Architectural Woodwork shop drawings specified in Division 6 for fixtures installed in countertops and cabinets. Furnish templates for use in woodwork shop. C. Samples: Submit samples of any piece of equipment requested by Architect for review and approval. D. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements and wiring diagrams for power supply to units. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and field installed portions. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with State Amendments. B. All fixtures and faucets must meet all requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). C. State Energy Code Plumbing Fixtures 15440 -1 11 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver units to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. Store and protect products against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged products. Remove damaged products from project site. 1.7 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Stock: 1. Furnish faucet repair kits complete with all necessary washers, springs, pins, retainers, packings, o- rings, sleeves, and seats in a quantity of 1 kit for each 10 faucets. PART21PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide fixtures as specified. B. ArchitecUEngineer shall review and approve any substitution requested by Contractor prior to bid submittal. C. Provide fixture as specified, acceptable manufacturers: 1. Vitreous China or Cast Iron Fixtures: American Standard or Kohler. 2. Stainless Steel Sinks: Elkay or Just a. All stainless steel is 18 gauge, type 304 unless otherwise specified. D. Provide faucet as specified. Acceptable manufacturers: Chicago Faucets or Zurn E. Provide commercial grade toilet seat as specified. Acceptable manufacturers: Beneke, Bemis, Church or Olsonite. F. Provide heavy -duty cast iron commercial grade carrier as specified. Provide compact carriers where space is limited. Acceptable manufacturers: Ancon, Jay R. Smith, Wade or Zurn. No plastic parts on foundry items. 1. Wall hung lavatory: J.R. Smith fig: 0700(D) —M31 concealed arm carrier. G. Provide heavy duty commercial grade 17 -gauge P -Trap and supplies with stops as specified. Provide heavy duty commercial grade lavatory supplies. Supplies shall be Y2 "x 318" x 12" ground joint flexible riser with loose key angle stop with chrome plates I.P.S. brass nipple. Sink supplies shall be '/2" x 12" ground joint flexible riser with loose -key angle stop with chrome plated I.P.S. brass nipple. Provide bell type escutcheons for both P -trap and supplies. Acceptable manufacturers: Zurn, Brasscraft, Chicago, or McGuire. 1. P -trap - Lav: McGuire C8902 -DF or Zurn Z -8701. 2. P- trap,- Sink: McGuire C8912 -DF or ZurnZ -8702. 3. Supply for Lavatory: McGuire H2165 LK or Zurn ZH- 8821 -LK. 4. Offset supply for barrier free lavatory: McGuire 155 WC. 5. Supply for Sink: McGuire H2167 LK. 6. Supply for Water Closet: McGuire H2169LK 7. Escutcheons: McGuire W EOOD Series, wrought brass, bell type. 8. Lavatory grid strainer: McGuire 155A. 9. Barrier -free lavatory offset grid strainer: McGuire 155WC. 10. Sink Strainer: Elkay LK -18B. H. Insulation: provide white molded closed cell vinyl pre -fab insulation on P -Trap and on both hot and cold water supply for barrier free lavatories and sinks. Acceptable manufacturers: Plumbing Fixtures 15440 -2 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) Plumberex, True -Bro, and Pro -Wrap. Bag type insulators are not acceptable. 2.2 FIXTURE LISTING 1. See drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all plumbing fixtures maybe installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Examine rough -in for potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. C. Examine walls, floors and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. D. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, rough -in drawings, and pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. E. Comply with the installation requirements of ADA with respect to plumbing fixtures for the physically handicapped. F. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure. Secure supplies behind or within wall construction to provide rigid installation. G. Install a stop valve in an accessible location in the water connection to each fixture. H. Install escutcheons at each wall, floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. I. Seal fixtures to walls and floors using silicone sealant as specified in Section 07900. Match sealant color to fixture color. J. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units, then retest. K. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures. L. Adjust water pressure at faucets to provide proper flow stream. M. Replace washers or cartridges of leaking or dripping faucets and stops. N. Clean fixtures, trim, and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials. O. During construction cover all installed fixtures, sinks, and water coolers with cardboard boxes and wrap with Visqueen. END OF SECTION Plumbing Fixtures 15440 -3 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15731 - SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of Division 1, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Packaged unit. 2. Controls and control connections. 3. Electrical power connections. 4. Roof mounting frame and base. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15080: Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15880: Air Distribution D. Section 15990: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing E. Division 16: Electrical 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide packaged units that are the standard product of an equipment manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such units who issues complete catalog information on such products. Units shall not be fabricated by the Contractor. Codes and Standards: Provide air handling units conforming to the requirements of the latest addition of the following: 1. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): a. 99 Standards Handbook b. 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating [Unit shall bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal] c. 300 Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans [Unit shall bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal] d. 301 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data e. 500 Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings b. 11 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings c. 900 Test Performance of Air Filter Units 3. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): a. 210 Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment b. 270 Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment 4. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS 15731 -1 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) a. 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): Except for motors, provide electrical components required as part of air handling units, which comply with NEMA Standards. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Provide unit internal insulation having flame spread rating not higher than 25 and smoke developed rating not higher than 50: a. 70 National electrical Code b. 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems c. 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 7. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. (SMACNA): Comply with applicable SMACNA standards including "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 8. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Except for motors, provide electrical components required as part of units, which have been listed and labeled by UL. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for packaged units showing dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance with operating point clearly indicated, motor electrical characteristics, finishes of materials, installation instructions, sound and vibration test report, and bearing life calculations. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in operating and maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation.. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver units to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. Store and protect units against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged units - remove from project site. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide general one -year (12 months) parts and labor warranty with five (5) year warranty on compressors. The warranty shall include parts, labor, travel costs, and living expenses incurred by the manufacturer to provide factory authorized service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier, Lennox, Trane, York, Rheem or approved equal. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Provide roof - mounted, vertical discharge unit having natural gas heating and electric refrigeration capabilities. SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS 15731 -2 • 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Unit shall be self - contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre - wired, consisting of supply fan, heat exchanger, burner, controls, air filters, evaporator coil, compressor, condenser coil, condenser fan, and R -22 refrigerant. C. Unit fabrication shall meet following requirements: 1. Cabinet: Steel with baked or powdered enamel finish and access doors or removable access panels. Structural members, access doors, and removable panels shall be minimum 20 gage. 2. Insulation: One -inch thick neoprene coated or black matted glass fiber on surfaces in contact with conditioned air. Protect edges from erosion. 3. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel, of welded construction. 4. Supply Fan: Forward -curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V -belt drive, and rubber isolated hinge mounted motor. 5. Air Filters: One -inch thick glass fiber. Two -inch filters shall be provided in units designed handle this filter size. 6. Roof Mounting Frame: 8 inches high (minimum), 16 -gauge (minimum) galvanized steel, channel frame with gaskets, nailer strips. 2.3 BURNER A. Induced draft type burner with pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut -off, intermittent spark ignition, flame sensing device and automatic 100 percent shut -off pilot. B. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay allow gas valve to open. C. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. D. Supply Fan Control: Bonnet temperature sensor independent of burner controls, or adjustable time delay relays with switch for continuous fan operation. 2.4 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide copper tube /aluminum fin coil assembly with stainless drain pan and connection. B. Provide thermostatic expansion device. 2.5 COMPRESSOR A. Provide hermetic or semi- hermetic, 3600 RPM maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. B. Five minute timed off circuit shall delay compressor start. 2.6 CONDENSER A. Provide copper tube /aluminum fin coil assembly. B. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS 15731 -3 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) O PA.] SUPPLY /RETURN A. Dampers: Outside air damper shall fail to closed position on shutdown. B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets. C. Damper Operator: 24 -volt operation. D. Mixed Air Controls (Economizers as specified): return dampers to minimum position when temperature. THERMOSTATS Maintain selected supply air temperature and ambient air temperature exceeds return air A. Electronic thermostat with subbase. Seven -day programming with minimum of 2 occupied /unoccupied periods per day. Individual temperature setpoints for heat and cool. Automatic heat/cool changeover. Intelligent recovery to automatically optimize start time depending on building load and setpoints. Locking setpoints and schedules to eliminate tampering. Subbase shall have a fan operation switch (On /Auto) and a conditioning switch (Auto /Cool /Off /Heat). Honeywell #T7300 thermostat with #Q7300 subbase, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that mounting surface, e.g. roof, is ready to receive work. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide layout drawings of units, locations and power requirements to electrical installer. C. Install minimum 30% efficiency air filters in unit during installation phase. Do not operate the unit without filters in place. D. Mount rooftop unit on factory built roof mounting frame. Install roof mounting frame level. E. Install 3" flexible duct connection at inlets and outlets of units. F. Install condensate drain piping and traps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Drawings. G. Control installers shall install thermostat and all wiring associated with control signals into the units. H. Electrical installer shall install all line voltage power wiring and conduit. Coordinate with Division 16 work. L Install a new set of filters prior to final air balance and substantial completion. SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS 15731 -4 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S START -UP SERVICES 0 A. The manufacturer shall provide start-up service in the form of a factory trained service technician. The service technician shall verify correct installation, verify unit mounting, verify fan rotation, verify spring isolator adjustments, verify control wiring, verify power wiring, start-up the fans, and check for proper operation. The service technician shall provide final adjustments to meet the specified performance requirements. Fully staffed parts and service personnel shall be within four hours travel from the job site. END OF SECTION SMALL PACKAGED HVAC UNITS 15731 -5 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION PART IGENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, and Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. All work to be furnished and installed under this Section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following applicable items: 1. Ductwork - Rigid, Flexible and Fabric 2. Ductwork Specialties 3. Flexible Connections 4. Sealants, Adhesives and Tapes 5. Flashings 6. Bird Screens 7. Duct Access Panels and Doors 8. Diffusers, Grilles, and Registers 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15080: Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15990: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing D. Division 16: Electrical 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Provide products conforming to the requirements of the following: 1. ARI 885 -98 "Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminal and Air Outlets." 2. AMCA -210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. 3. ANSI S1.23 - Designation of Sound Power Emitted by Machinery and Equipment. 4. ASC -A7001 - Standard for Duct Sealants. 5. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. Type 304 or 304 stainless steel. 6. ASTM A525 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Hot -Dip Process. G90 zinc- coated. 7. ASTM A5271A527M - Standard Specification for Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot - Dip Process, Lock - Forming Quality. 8. TIMA AAC -101 - Standard for fiberglass duct liner with erosion proof facing. 9. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connections, Class 1. B. Conform to NFPA 90A "Standards for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems ". C. Provide and construct ductwork systems in conformance with the latest editions of the following documents: 1. SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible - 1995' (HDCS) AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -1 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2. SMACNA "Accepted Industry Practice for Industrial Duct Construction" for duct pressures above +5" W.G. positive pressure or below -5" W.G. negative pressure. Where differences exist between SMACNA and the prevailing building code, the gauge or construction method of the submitted ductwork shall be the more stringent of the two standards 3. ASHRAE Systems and Equipment Handbook "Duct Construction" chapter 4. ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook "Duct Design" chapter D. Alternatives: The SMACNA standards and publications referenced in this Section of the specifications establish ductwork construction requirements. 1. Alternatives to these standards and publications may be submitted. Approval will be based on demonstration that such alternatives are equivalent and satisfy the functional requirements described in the referenced standards. 2. Such demonstration shall include evidence that the alternatives proposed were tested in accordance with SMACNA procedures and with test results certified by an independent testing laboratory. E. All ductwork and equipment shall be seismically supported and braced per the SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems ". F. Flame /Smoke Rating: All materials, including sealants and adhesives, shall have a flame - spread index of 25 or less, and smoke developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to construction, submit for approval on all materials and equipment: 1. Ductwork - Rigid, Flexible and Fabric 2. Ductwork Specialties 3. Diffusers, Grilles, and Registers 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label affixed. B. Store and protect products against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged components. Remove damaged products from project site. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK A. All interior ducts shall be constructed with G -60 or better galvanized steel (ASTM 527) LFQ, chem treat. Exterior ductwork or duct exposed to high humidity conditions shall be G -90 or better galvanized steel LFQ, chem treated. Construct all ducts and plenum of gauges, and with joints, bracing, reinforcing, and other construction details in accordance with the latest construction standards previously listed. Metals shall be manufactured by United States Steel, Kaiser, Rolok or equal. B. Duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are net, inside, clear dimensions. For internally lined ducts, add lining thickness to determine metal duct dimensions. C. Ducts shall be constructed of material gauges and reinforcement per SMACNA pressurization classifications to meet 150% of the pressure requirements for external static pressure scheduled on drawings for the fans serving each system. Where differences exist between SMACNA and the prevailing building code, the gauge or construction method of the submitted ductwork shall be the more stringent of the two standards. See also Part III Execution for matrix of requirements. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -2 0 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) D. All ductwork, fittings, grilles /diffuser, etc, shall be constructed of aluminum or stainless steel in, and around, magnetically /electrically sensitive rooms. Refer to all construction documents for location of these critical rooms. 2.2 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Joints — Sealing 1. Duct tape is not allowed. Rolled elastomeric duct sealants are not allowed. 2. Solvent -based and oil -based sealants are not allowed. 3. Seal all transverse joints - this includes mechanical joints similar to Ductmate on all supply, return, exhaust and outside air intake ducts. 4. All sealant systems to be meet VOC limits as specified in South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule #1168 limiting VOC's to 100 g /I. Sealants by Hardcast, Ductmate, Mon -Eco Industries, United McGill or equal, as recommended for ductwork application. 5. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, suitable for high velocity and high pressure applications, UL 181 B -M listed, UL 723 classified, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. a. Outdoor Application: Resistant to UV light when cured, Hardcast Duct -Seal 321, Ductmate EZ -Seal, or equal. b. Indoor Application: Hardcast Iron Grip, Ductmate PROseal, Mon -Eco EZ Seal 4444, or equal. 6. Two -Part Tape Sealing System: Woven -fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic /silicone activator to react exothermally with tape to form hard, durable airtight seal. Hardcast Two Part II, McGill Uni -Cast, or equal. B. Joints - Rectangular Ducts 1. Slip drive joints, standard seams, flanges or welding as required by SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for system static pressure. Ductmate, MEX Industries, or equal are acceptable joint methods, but must be sealed as described previously. Transverse joints shall be constructed per Figure 14 for types T -8 through T -25. T -1 and T -5 slip joints are NOT allowed. Joint T -2, T -3, T -6 and T -7 reinforced slip joints are allowed below 2" static pressures. C. Joints -Round 1. Exposed Ductwork: Slip drive and sheet metal screws. 2. Concealed Ductwork: Sheet metal screws. Elbows 1. Construct long radius elbows with centerline not less than 1.5 times the duct width. Shorter radius elbows may be used where required to fit in restricted spaces, or as shown. Provide single thickness turning vanes on all short rectangular radius elbows less than 25" wide. Provide double thickness turning vanes for short rectangular radius elbows 25" wide and greater. Number of vanes per SMACNA. Elbows with square throat and radius heel are NOT allowed. E. Transitions 1. Construct transitions with minimum slope of 1 to 5 ratio and in conformance to SMACNA. F. Branch Connections 1. Provide 450 entry boots or radius taps for rectangular duct take -offs and conical or bellmouth taps for round duct take -offs. Straight 900 taps are not allowed, except where round take -off duct size equals round branch duct size. Provide volume dampers at take -offs for balancing if not specifically noted as provided at outlet or inlet. Provide insulation guards at transitions to lined ductwork. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -3 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 23 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK A. Construct rectangular ductwork to meet all functional criteria defined in Section VII, of the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition. This shall be subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply with all local, code requirements. Ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized steel. Diagonally cross break all panels on ducts 30 inches wide and larger, or bead using automatic bead machine with beads at 12 inches on center or less. All connections shall utilize 450 boot take -offs. Bullhead tees and straight taps are not permitted. All ductwork shall be aluminum or stainless steel in, and around, magnetically /electrically sensitive rooms. 2.4 ROUND DUCTWORK A. Round and oval ductwork shall be constructed to SMACNA round ductwork requirements of galvanized sheet steel. Spiral lock seams, only, to 50" diameter. Lap or snap lock seams are not permitted for round ductwork of any size. Provide beaded sleeve joints or flanges with gasket joints. Elbows shall be 5 -gore mitered and welded. All elbows shall be long radius type with centerline radius to duct diameter of 1.5, exceptions will only be allowed at restricted space locations. All connections shall utilize welded conical tees, aluminum conical fitting with damper by Flexmaster #CBD, or 45" boot take -offs by Flexmaster #STOD. Spin -in type or other types of butt tees, bullhead tees or straight taps are not permitted. Flat oval shall be utilized in space - restricted areas. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Flexible one -inch thick insulated round ductwork may be utilized where shown on the Drawings and at the last seven (7') feet to each air outlet and inlet, unless shown otherwise on the plans. Maximum of only one 900 bend in any length. No intermediate joints are allowed. Connect each end with stainless steel screw operated drawbands. Support duct to maintain smooth shape without sagging. All connections shall utilize welded conical tees, aluminum conical fitting with damper by Flexmaster #CBD, or 450 boot take -offs by Flexmaster #STOD. Spin -in type or other types of butt tees, bullhead tees or straight taps are not permitted. B. Flexible ductwork for low pressure systems with static pressure at or below 2" w.g. positive pressure shall be a trilaminate of aluminized foil, fiberglass insulation, and aluminized polyester, mechanically locked to galvanized steel helix without adhesives, exterior 1" fiberglass insulation and fire retardant plastic outer jacket. Flexmaster #Type 5 or approved equal. C. Flexible ductwork for medium and high pressure systems with static pressures above 2" w.g. through 10" w.g. positive pressure shall be a heavy coated fiberglass cloth fabric mechanically locked to galvanized steel helix without adhesives, exterior 1" fiberglass insulation and fire retardant plastic outer jacket. Flexmaster #Type 4 or approved equal. 2.6 DUCTWORK SPECIALTIES A. Volume and Splitter Dampers: Galvanized sheet metal blade and frame with Ventfabrics Inc., Ventlok operating hardware. For accessible dampers, provide #641 self - locking dial regulators and #644 self - locking dial regulators for insulated ductwork, #637 square end bearing, and #635 spring end bearing, as applicable. For inaccessible dampers, provide #666 or #677 concealed locking damper regulator with bearings as above. For static pressures above 3" W.G., provide #640 HiVel dial regulator and #609 HiVel end bearing for accessible dampers. Regulators shall extend to and through ceiling with neatly installed hardware at the finished ceiling. For inaccessible dampers requiring adjustment through diffusers use Young Regulator, Bowden cable control system. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -4 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Multi- louver Volume Dampers: 16 gauge galvanized steel frame. Opposed, 6" wide, 16 gauge galvanized steel blades. Concealed linkage in frame. Titus #AG -35 -B, Ruskin #CD35 /OBD or equal. C. Flexible Connections: Provide flexible connectors at the discharge and inlet of fans, air handlers, rotating mechanical equipment, and where shown on the Drawings for proper vibration isolation. Neoprene impregnated glass cloth with 24 gauge galvanized metal frame. Neoprene -only connectors are not allowed. Minimum dimensions - 3" metal, 3" fabric, 3" metal. Ventfabrics #Ventglas or approved equal by Duro Dyne, Q Industries, consolidated Kinetics, Ductmate Proflex or Elgen. D. Ducts through roof shall be 16 gauge (or minimum of 2 gauges heavier than attaching ductwork), flashed and counterflashed, and provided with storm collars to secure a watertight construction. E. Bird Screens: 14 gauge, '' /z', galvanized wire mesh, set in a galvanized steel frame, screw set. 2.7 DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS A. All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be selected to provide proper air distribution for the intended occupant application. All supply air devices shall be selected to provide a maximum air velocity of 50 fpm at three feet above the floor, unless otherwise noted. Manufacturer's representative shall carefully review Architectural and Mechanical drawings and ensure diffuser /grille /register selections will provide proper air distribution at NC 25 or less. Manufacturer at no additional expense to the Owner shall replace diffusers, grilles, and registers not providing proper distribution or excessive noise at scheduled airflow. B. All frames shall be selected to fit the ceiling type. Verity with Architectural Drawing. Each diffuser, grille and register shall be individually capable of balancing via duct mounted balancing dampers or attached opposed blade dampers. Provide unit opposed blade damper where individual duct mounted balancing dampers are not provided. C. Sizes, capacities and patterns shall be as shown on the Drawings. Manufacturer: Metal Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Carnes, Price or Tuttle &Bailey. 2.8 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS (DSD) A. Duct mounted photoelectric smoke detector. One required for each heating or cooling system supplying air in excess of 2,000 cfm, for systems serving more than one occupancy type, and for control of each combination fire /smoke damper when not controlled by Div. 16 area wide detection system. Coordinate with Div 16. work and electrical installer for power to smoke detector. Detector shall be mounted in the supply air ductwork downstream of the air handier and filters, or upstream of combination dampers. Coordinate with control installer to assure that detector shall shut down the air- moving equipment when smoke is detected and close associated damper actuator(s). Sensor shall be selected to operate with air velocity rating from 100 to 4000 fpm. Provide with metal sampling tube. Provide remote test and reset station at ceiling or as otherwise indicated. Duct smoke detector shall be installed in compliance with the applicable mechanical or building code. Coordinate with Section 15900 and 15990 work. System Sensor #DH100LP series or approved equal. B. Additional requirements for duct smoke detectors include requirements per Section 6.4 of NFPA- 90A. Provide one duct smoke detector at each story to the connection to a common return and prior to any recirculation or fresh air inlet connection in air return systems having a capacity greater than 15,000 cfm and serving more than one story. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -5 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) PART 3EXECUTION 3.1 DUCTWORK AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION 0 A. Ductwork is generally diagrammatically indicated and shall be generally installed as indicated. Do not scale Drawings for exact location of ducts. Install ducts to best suit field conditions and cooperate with other trades. Do not penetrate Structural members without consent of Architect or Structural Engineer. Check with Structural drawings prior to locating any penetrations. Duct sizes are indicated as net inside dimensions on the Drawings. The indicated dimensions shall be altered at thejob site for the purpose of avoiding interferences and clearance difficulties to other dimensions producing the same air handling characteristics, provided such altered dimensions are approved by the Architect. Ducts shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition of codes and standards identified in Part 1 and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Clean and pretreat surfaces before application of sealant. Conform to the manufacturer's cleaning procedures. Install sealants in conformance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Vertical ducts or horizontal ductwork penetrating fire rated ceilings, roofs, walls and floors shall be fire separated with UL listed and labeled fire dampers. Provide additional fire dampers indicated on the Drawings and as otherwise required by the UBC and building inspector. Provide approved frrestopping between damper frames and firewalls. Install fire dampers in accordance with NFPA Standards, requirements of the State Fire Marshal, and applicable codes. Ensure that fire dampers are installed in the open position. 3. Provide 16 gauge metal sleeve with 1" clearance and pack space around ducts through walls tight with fiberglass, and seal with Schuller Duxseal or approved 3M fire proof caulking, as required. For exposed ducts through walls, provide flat, sheet metal escutcheon to conceal fiberglass and wall opening. 4. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Install flush, squared, tightly sealed, and entirely covering sheet metal ductwork and gaskets. Thread sheet metal mounting screws tightly into sheet metal. All frames shall be selected to fit the ceiling type. Verify with Architectural Drawing. Each diffuser, grille and register shall be individually capable of balancing via duct mounted balancing dampers or attached opposed blade dampers. Provide unit opposed blade damper only where individual duct mounted balancing dampers are specifically noted as not provided. Duct connections shall fit securely to necks or collars behind face area. Provide all necessary transition pieces and duct collars to make connections from ductwork to neck sizes. Where ducts connect directly to necks or collars provide a minimum straight duct section of two times the duct diameter to the last elbow. Where minimum straight duct sections are not physically possible provide sheet metal plenum sized for approximately 500 fpm air velocity with duct tapped directly to side of plenum. Where building walls, floors and ceilings form portions of duct or plenum, provide gasketed angles or channels at junction points, securely bolted and sealed to building structure. 5. Install turning vanes in all mitered elbows in all ducts, so that tips are parallel with the sides of the ducts. Vanes shall be single thickness type. Tips of acoustical turning vanes on outside radius shall be flush with acoustical lining. 6. Provide flexible connections to completely isolate fans from direct contact with all sheet metal work. 7. Provide access panels or doors, as required, for access to valves, controllers, fire dampers and humidifier dispersion tubes. Access doors required in Product Conveying Vapor /Moisture Ductwork (see applicable paragraph above) shall not be installed in the bottom of the duct or in a manner to allow leaks. 8. Volume Dampers: Provide manual volume dampers in all low pressure supply, return and exhaust branch ductwork to grilles, diffusers, inlet and outlet openings to facilitate balancing of systems. These are to be provided as part of contract whether shown on plans or not. Where ceilings are not accessible, provide access door or remote damper operator. B. Hangers and Supports: Securely fasten all ductwork to the building construction by means of hangers, supports, guides, anchors, and sway braces to maintain duct alignment, to prevent AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -6 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 sagging, and to prevent noise and excessive strain on ductwork due to movement under operating conditions. 1. Maximum spacing between hangers shall not exceed eight (8) feet. 2. Adequately mount and anchor all material and equipment as required. Include lateral bracing as required to prevent horizontal, seismic movement. Refer to UBC and architectural Drawings for seismic requirements. 3. Do not support ductwork from fans or any other pieces of equipment. 4. Powder driver fasteners shall not be used to support rectangular ducts of 40" maximum dimension. Powder driven fasteners shall not be allowed in existing facilities where electronic equipment is located. 5. Support round duct, 30" and larger, with two hangers at each support point. 6. Hangers and supports shall conform to SMACNA section "Hangers and Supports ". Nail inserts, hangers and supports to formwork before slabs are poured. Cut off or remove nails, strap -ends and other projections, flush with concrete after forms are removed. 7. Support vertical ducts, passing through floors with two continuous angles screwed to the duct and bearing to the floor and conforming to SMACNA section "Riser Support-From Floor ". Blocking or shimming ducts will not be permitted. C. Other: 1. Fans: Align fans, motors, and drives. Install fans to render bearings accessible for lubrication without dismantling fans or ducts. Provide extended bearing oilers as required. Mount all fans on vibration isolators as specified. 2. Insulation: Properly and neatly apply insulation on all material and equipment and apparatus, as specified, including all fittings. Apply insulation over clean, dry surfaces, with adjoining sections firmly butted together and canvas smoothly pasted over. When vapor barriers are specified, install continuous overall external surfaces of the entire system. 3. Duct Sizing: Where duct sizes are not specifically shown on the plans or must be modified due to physical limitations, supply ducts may be sized at a maximum velocity of 1,500 fpm or 0.08" sp friction per 100 feet, whichever provides the larger duct, and returnlexhaust/intake ducts may be sized at a maximum velocity of 1,000 fpm or 0.06" sp friction per 100 feet, whichever provides the larger duct. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING CRITERIA A. 15880 —Unless called out otherwise on drawings the pressure classification of ductwork shall be as follows: B. 15880 — The default leakage classification of ductwork is as follows Duct working press. Low pressure - +1- Working to Build to SMACNA Duct system: Location C SMACNA seal class: Transverse joints Transverse and pressure pressure class longitudinal Joints Low press From AC unit to 12 Supply Air grilles, registers or low pressure +1" we B diffusers. Low press From return grilles to Low pressure 1" we B Return air AC unit. Washroom From grille to exhaust _1 "wc -2" we B exhaust fan Washroom From exhaust fan to +1" we +2" we B exhaust discharge at ambient B. 15880 — The default leakage classification of ductwork is as follows Duct working press. Low pressure - +1- +l -1" — +1 -3" class: 0.5 "wc SMACNA Seal Class C B Sealing Applicable Transverse joints Transverse and only longitudinal Joints Rectangular sheet 24 12 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -7 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) Duct working press. class: metal SMACNA Leakage Class Round sheet metal SMACNA Leakage Class Low pressure - +/- +/ -V +/ -3" 0.5 "wc IPA 3.3 MANDATORY CALIFORNIA DUCTWORK TESTING A. All duct systems shall be sealed to a leakage rate not to exceed 6% of the fan flow if the duct systems are: 1. Connected to a constant volume, single zone system, air conditioners, heat pumps or furnaces, and 2. Serve less than 5,000 square feet of floor area, and 3. Have more than 25% duct surface area located in one or more of the following places: a. Outdoors, or b. In a space directly under a floor where the U- factor of the roof is greater than the U- factor of the ceiling, or c. In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces, or d. In an unconditioned crawlspace, or e. In other unconditioned spaces. 4. The leakage rate shall be confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with procedures set forth in the Nonresidential ACM Manual. 3.4 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. All HVAC equipment and machinery shall be anchored to withstand forces generated by earthquake motions. As a minimum, equipment and equipment frames shall be designed to withstand a force of 100% of the weight of the equipment and frame acting at its center of gravity. Anchorage of the equipment and/or frame to the structure shall be for a force of four times gravity also acting at the center of gravity. B. Piping and ductwork connecting to equipment shall be seismically braced per SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems ". C. The seismic calculations shall be the responsibility of contractor. 3.5 EQUIPMENT A. Install equipment as shown on plans and in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations. 3.6 SUPPLY DIFFUSER AND REGISTER LOCATIONS A. Coordinate location of supply outlets with ceiling mounted smoke detectors. Locate outlets or outlet distribution so as to prevent airflow from inhibiting the operation of smoke detectors. Locate ceiling outlets a minimum of 3' -0" from smoke detectors. 3.7 PAINTING A. Where the interior surfaces of ductwork are visible through the blades of supply outlets, return inlets, and exhaust inlets - paint the interior visible surfaces with one coat of flat black paint. AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -8 i 9 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not insulate or conceal ductwork before inspection by Owner's Representative, Architect or Engineer. If ductwork is insulated and concealed prior this inspection the Contractor shall remove insulation and ceiling to permit inspection at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall replace the insulation and ceiling after final inspection at no additional cost to the Owner. Ductwork Deflection Criteria: 1. Maximum inward and /or outward deflection at sheetmetal panels shall be 3/<" under maximum static pressure operating conditions. Additional intermediate stiffening angles shall be installed where deflections exceed'/.". 2. Maximum inward and /or outward deflection at sheetmetal elbows and joints shall be 1/0 under maximum static pressure operating conditions. Additional stiffening angles shall be installed where deflections exceed Y. ". C. Acceptance of duct systems shall be contingent upon conformance with the requirements specked in Section 15990 "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ". 3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean the inside of plenums, casings, enclosures, fans, and accessible ductwork before starting fans. Blowout coils and condensate piping with compressed air. Install a clean set of filters in each system prior to testing and balancing. Proceed with testing and balancing. All dampers shall be locked in place. END OF SECTION AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880 -9 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 15990 -TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. All work to be furnished and installed under this section shall comply with all the requirements of General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements, Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods, and other Sections in Division 15 specified herein. 1.2 WORK RELATED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 15050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 15880: Air Distribution C. Division 16: Electrical. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Scope: Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work required by this Section is indicated on the drawings, in schedules, and by the requirements of this Section, and Section 15050 -Basic Mechanical Requirements. B. Systems: Testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this Section shall include, but not be limited to, the following systems: 1. Air distribution ductwork including supply, return and exhaust. 2. General exhaust systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tester's Qualifications: A specialist certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) with at least 3 years of experience in those testing, adjusting and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not the installer of the system to be tested and is otherwise independent of the project. B. Codes and Standards: Provide testing, adjusting and balancing conforming to American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air - Conditioning Engineers ( ASHRAE), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and either NEBB or AABC, the following: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Comply with the following: a. S1.4Specification For Sound Level Meters. b. S1.11 Specification For Octave -Band and Fractional- Octave -Band Analog and Digital Filters. 2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ( AHSRAE) -1995 HVAC Applications, Chapter 34: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to measurements, instruments, and testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3. NEBB or AABC: Comply with NEBB'S "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems" or comply with AABC MN -1 "National Standards," as applicable to mechanical air and hydronic distribution systems, and associated equipment and apparatus. C. Penalty: The Contractor shall submit the name of the organization he proposes to employ for approval within 30 days after contract award. If the Contractor fails to submit the name of an acceptable agency within the specified time, a firm may be selected to accomplish the work, and this selection shall be binding upon the Contractor at no additional cost. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -1 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) D. Retainages: In addition to any other sums retained or withheld pursuant to the provisions of this Contract, the amount of dollars will be withheld from payments to the contractor until such time as the work has been completed and accepted. In no event will this amount be paid to the Contractor prior to 60 days following acceptance of the project; during such time, the Contractor shall investigate and correct any reported deficiencies unless such deficiencies are a result of unauthorized tampering by building occupants. E. Calibration of Testing Instruments: All measurement instruments used for testing, adjusting, balancing, and commissioning shall be calibrated. The time between the most recent calibration data and the final test report date shall not be over 3 years. F. Testing and balancing agency, as part of its contract, shall act as authorized inspection agency responsible to Consulting Engineer and Owner, and shall list all items that are installed incorrectly, require correction, or have not been installed in accordance with contract Drawings and Specifications, pertaining to air distribution, cooling and heating systems. The testing and balancing agency is required to provide written reports of all deficiencies and proposed recommendations to the Owner' Representative, Contractor, Architect and Engineer. G. The testing and balancing agency shall provide with his bid a performance guarantee covering all phases of the work as herein specified. H. The General and mechanical contractors shall cooperate with the selected testing and balancing agency in the following manner: 1. Provide sufficient time before final completion dates so that tests and balancing can be accomplished. 2. The various system installers, suppliers and contractors shall provide all required materials, labor and tools to make corrections when required without undue delay. Install balancing dampers as required by testing and balancing agency. 3. The contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of the same during each working day of testing and balancing. 4. Testing and balancing agency shall be kept informed of any major changes made to the system during construction, and shall be provided with a complete set of Record Drawings. 5. The General Contractor shall make space and other facilities available to the testing and balancing agency to enable their work to progress. The General Contractor shall schedule the work of other trades to avoid conflicts with this work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the Submittals requirements of Division 1 B. Forms: The Contractor shall deliver a complete copy of either NEBB or AABC standard forms for testing and balancing work associated with the project. These forms shall serve as specific guidelines for producing final test report. Hybrid or non - standards forms are not acceptable. Data shall include, but not be limited to, a title page with building information, instrument lists, air flows, water flows, temperatures, sound levels, capacities, nameplate data. C. Test Reports: Provide six (6) certified test reports, signed by the test and balance supervisor who performed the work. The final reports shall include identification and types of instruments used, and their most recent calibration date, and key plans identifying all inlets and outlets. Final test reports shall be typed. Hand written reports are not acceptable. D. Maintenance Data: Include, in maintenance manuals, copies of certified test reports and identification of instruments. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -2 9 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) E. Qualifications: The Contractor shall submit the certified individual qualifications of all persons responsible for supervising and performing the actual work and the name of the certifying engineer. Provide a reference list of five (5) similar size projects with contact person and telephone number. 1.6 AGENDA A. Agenda: A preliminary report and agenda shall be submitted and approved prior to the start of testing and balancing work. 1. Review plans and specifications prior to installation of any of the affected systems, and submit a report indicating any deficiencies in the systems that would preclude the proper adjusting, balancing, and testing of the systems. 2. The agenda shall include a general description of each air and water system with its associated equipment and operation cycles for heating and cooling. 3. The agenda shall include a list of all air and water flows to be performed at all mechanical equipment. 4. The agenda shall incorporate the proposed selection points for sound measurements, including typical spaces as well as sound sensitive areas such as conference rooms. 5. The agenda shall also include specific test procedures and parameters for determining specified quantities (e.g. flow, drafts, sound levels) from the actual field measurements to establish compliance with contract requirements. Samples of forms showing application of procedures and calculations to typical systems shall be submitted. 6. Specific test procedures for measuring air quantities at terminals shall specify type of instrument to be used, method of instrument application (by sketch) arld factors for: a. Air terminal configuration. b. Flow direction (supply or exhaust). c. Velocity corrections. d. Effective area applicable to each size and type of air terminal. e. Density corrections. 7. The agenda shall include identification and types of measurement instruments to be used, and their most recent calibration date. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. General: Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until the following conditions have been met. 1. Work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work yet to be completed on the tested equipment. 2. Work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials. 3. All architectural openings (doors, windows, and other openings), which may affect the operation of the system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced shall be at their normal states. 4. All related mechanical systems which may affect the operation of the system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced shall be at their normal operating conditions. PART2PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST HOLES A. Test holes shall be.provided in ducts, housings and pipes as necessary for the proper air and water measurements and to balance systems. At each location where ducts or plenums are insulated, test holes shall be provided with an approved extension with plug fitting. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -3 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2.2 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Material: Seal, patch and repair ductwork, piping and equipment drilled or cut for testing purposes. 1. Plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork and housings. 2. Piping shall be capped with materials the same as the piping system. 3. Insulation shall be neatly hemmed with metal or plastic edging, leaving test points visible for future testing. 2.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS A. Standards: Utilize instruments and equipment of type, precision, and capacity as recommended in the NEBB "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and AABC manual MN -1. B. Test Instruments: All instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibration histories for each instrument shall be available for examination. Each test instrument shall be calibrated by an approved laboratory or by the manufacturer. A representative has the right to request instrument recalibration, or the use of other instruments and test methodology, where accuracy of readings is questionable. C. Additional Instruments: Permanently installed measuring instruments, such as temperature and pressure gauges, shall be checked against transfer standard instruments. Any instrument which does not meet specification requirement shall be replaced or recalibrated. D. Cone Instruments: The Contractor shall employ manufactured enclosure type cones, capable of air volume direct readings, for all diffuser /grille /register air flow measurements. The readout meters shall meet calibration requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES AND INSTRUMENTS, GENERAL A. Requirements: All systems and components thereof shall be adjusted to perform as required by drawings and specifications. B. Test Duration: Operating tests of heating and cooling coils, fans, and other equipment shall be of not less than four hours duration after stabilized operating conditions have been established. Capacities shall be based on temperatures and air and water quantities measured during such tests. C. Instrumentation: Method of application of instrumentation shall be in accordance with the approved agenda. 1. All instruments shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's certified instructions. 2. All labor, instruments, and appliances required shall be furnished by the Contractor. Permanently installed instruments used for the tests (e.g., flow meters and Btu meters) shall not be installed until the entire system has been cleaned and ready for operation. 3.2 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. The testing and balancing agency shall direct the placement of all duct mounted smoke detectors. 1. Obtain information from the Contractor who is to furnish the smoke detectors on the proper device placement and installation limitations and on the proper differential pressure across the sampling tubes of the duct detectors. 2. Based on the submitted manufacturer's installation guidelines indicate the proper mounting location to the installing Contractor. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 159904 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. After the installation of all smoke detectors test them again in the final installation position and report differential pressures. 3.3 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES A. Adjustments: Adjust all air handling systems to provide approximate design air quantity to or through, each component, and to maintain stable and comfortable interior temperatures, free of drafts or stagnant conditions. Adjusting and balancing of all systems shall be conducted during periods of the year approximating maximum seasonal operation. B. Equalizers: Equalizing devices shall be adjusted to provide uniform velocity across the inlets (duct side for supply) of terminals prior to measuring flow rates. C. Balance: Flow adjusting (volume control) devices shall be used to balance air quantities (i.e., proportion flow between various terminals comprising system) to the extent that their adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound (i.e., in excess of specified limits). 1. Balancing between runs (submains, branch mains, and branches) generally shall be accomplished by flow regulating devices at, or in, the divided -flow fitting. 2. Restriction imposed by flow regulating devices in or at terminals shall be minimal. 3. Final measurements of air quality shall be made after the air terminal has been adjusted to provide the optimum air patterns of diffusion. D. Fan Adjustment: Total air system quantities, generally, shall be varied by adjustment of fan speeds or axial -flow fan wheel blade pitch. Damper restriction of a system's total flow may be used only for systems with direct - connected fans (without adjustable pitch blades), provided system pressure is less than 112 -inch W.G. and sound level criteria is met. E. Air Measurement: Where air quantity measuring devices are specified in other sections such systems shall be used as a cross -check of portable measuring equipment. 1. Except as specifically indicated herein, pitot tube traverses shall be made of each duct to measure air flow therein. Pilot tubes, associated instruments, traverses, and techniques shall conform to the ASHRAE "Handbook Fundamentals Inch Pound Edition." 2. For ducts serving modular office areas with movable partitions, which are subject to change, pitot tube traverses may be omitted provided the duct serves only a single room or space and its design volume is less than 2000 cfm'. In lieu of pitot tube traverses, airflow in the duct shall be determined by totaling volume of individual terminals served, measured as described herein. 3. Where duct's design velocity and air quantity are both less than 1000 (fpmlcfm), air quantity may be determined by measurements at terminals served. F. Test Holes: Test holes shall be in a straight duct, as far as possible downstream from elbows, bends, take -offs, and other turbulence generating devices, to optimize reliability of flow measurements. G. Air Terminal Balancing: Generally, measurement of flow rates by means of velocity meters applied to individual terminals, with or without cones or other adapters, shall be used only for balancing. Measurement of air quantities at each type of air terminal (inlet and outlet) shall be determined by the method approved for the balancing agenda. Laboratory tests shall be conducted to prove of methodology when so directed. Such tests shall be conducted in conformance with applicable ASHRAE or American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) codes and shall be made at no cost. H. Air Motion: Air motion and distribution shall be as specified and indicated on drawings. The Contractor at no additional cost shall, in addition to air motion measurements, make smoke tests wherever requested to demonstrate the air distribution from air terminals. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -5 10 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) Air System Test and Balance Procedure: Perform the following tests, and balance each system in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Test and adjust blower RPM to design requirements. 2. Test and record motor full load amperes. 3. Make pitot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at fans. 4. Test and record system pressures, suction and discharge. 5. Test and adjust system for design recirculated air, CFM. 6. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. 7. Test and record entering air temperatures. 8. Test and record leaving air temperatures. 9. Adjust all supply, return and exhaust air ducts to proper design CFM. 10. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return. 11. Test and adjust duct systems and each diffuser, grille, and/or register to within 10% of design requirements. 12. Each grille, diffuser and register shall be identified as to location and area. 13. Size, type and manufacturer of VAV boxes, diffusers, grilles, registers and all tested equipment shall be identified and listed. Manufacturer's ratings on all equipment shall be used to make required calculations. 14. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers shall include required FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustment. 15. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, setting adjustments of automatically operated dampers to operate as specified, indicated, and /or noted. Testing agency shall check all controls requiring adjustment by control installers. Room thermostats shall be checked for cooling and heating response. 16. All diffusers, grilles and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts in all areas. 17. Adjust overall system balances to allow all self-closing exterior doors to close from any open position. Maximum interior air pressure in a 100% outside air intake mode shall not exceed 0.05" static pressure relative to the outside air pressure. 18. As part of the work of this contract, the HVAC contractor shall make any changes in the pulleys, belts and dampers or the addition of dampers required for correct balance as recommended by air balance agency, at no additional cost to Owner. 19. After air balancing is completed and RPM determined, HVAC Contractor shall provide fixed pitch pulleys. 20. All mixing boxes, VAV air valves, control dampers, smoke dampers and similar devices which operate at 100% shut off shall be tested for leakage. 21. Variable Air Volume Fan Systems: The primary balancing mode is 100% outside air with all terminal boxes on a full call for cooling. Also check and record performance at minimum outside air with all terminal boxes on call for full cooling and at minimum outside air with all terminal boxes on call for full heating. Verify that the systems are operating on a stable part of the fan curves in each mode. Record final duct static controller settings. 22. Provide certification for pressurization of stairs and vestibules as required by the local codes and fire marshal. 3.4 AIR SYSTEM DATA A. Report: The certified report shall include for each air handling system the data listed below. 1. Equipment (Fan or Factory Fabricated Station Unit): a. Installation data 1) Manufacturer and model 2) Size 3) Arrangement, discharge and class 4) Motor hp, voltage, phase, cycles, and full load amps 5) Location and local identification data b. Design data 1) Data listed in schedules on drawings and specifications. c. Fan recorded (test) data TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -6 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 1) cfm 2) static pressure 3) rpm 4) motor operating amps 5) motor operating bhp Duct Systems: a. Duct air quantities (maximum and minimum) - main, submains, branches, outdoor (outside) air, total air, and exhaust: 1) duct size(s) 2) number of pitot tube (pressure measurements) 3) sum of velocity measurements (Note: Do not add pressure measurements) 4) average velocity 5) recorded (test) cfm 6) design cfm b. Individual air terminals 1) terminal identification supply or exhaust, location and number designation 2) type size, manufacturer and catalog identification applicable factor for application, velocity, area, etc., and designated area 3) design and recorded velocities - fpm (state "core," "inlet," etc., as applicable) 4) design and recorded quantities - cfm (deflector vane or diffusion cone settings) 3.5 CERTIFIED REPORTS A. Submittals: Six (6) copies of the reports described herein, covering air and water system performance, air motion (fpm), and sound pressure levels, shall be submitted prior to final tests and inspection. B. Instrument Records: Types, serial numbers, and dates of calibration of all instruments shall be included. C. Reports: Reports shall conspicuously identify items not conforming to contract requirements, or obvious malfunction and design deficiencies. D. Certification: Certification shall include checking of adherence to agenda, of calculations, of procedures, and evaluation of final summaries. END OF SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15990 -7 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL OUTLINE SPECIFICATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements of Division 1 shall apply to this section. B. These General Requirements apply to entire Division 16 and to electrical work, material and equipment specified in other divisions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Work under this section consists of all labor, material, equipment, services, permits, fees and transportation necessary for, and /or reasonably incidental to, the construction and completion in working order of electrical work shown on the accompanying drawings and/or specified herein. B. Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Distribution systems for power and lighting. 2. Grounding system for equipment. 3. Lighting system including fixtures, lamps, supports, outlets, devices, plates, branch circuiting and control. 4. Outlet system including outlets, devices, plates and branch circuiting. 5. Telephone and data raceway system including raceways, outlets, pull wires, sleeves, terminals, grounding. 6. Conduit and wiring system for heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing, including connection, disconnect switches and items of industrial control (where not part of package controls). Connection to packaged controls furnished under Division 15. 7. Conduit and wiring for HVAC control where not furnished under mechanical section. 8. Conduit, wiring, outlets, devices and connections to electrical equipment furnished under other sections or by Owner for a complete installation. Installation of controls furnished under other sections. 9. Code required access panels to electrical equipment in concealed locations. Location coordinated with Architect. 10. Excavation and backfill for work under this section. 11. Precast pull boxes, pull irons, cable racks, concrete conduit encasement. 12. Templates and coordination of installation of formed concrete for electrical work such as concrete bases, trenches, equipment pads, curbs. 13. Shop drawings, wiring diagrams, equipment data, record drawings, operation manuals. 14. Hanger, anchors, sleeves, chases, core drilling, metal supports, channels, plywood backing, vibration isolation, seismic bracing, as required for work under this section. 15. Cleaning, patching, repairing and touch up painting as required for work under this section. 16. Permits and fees. 17. Testing, adjusting of completed work, inspections and instruction. 18. Temporary power and lighting for work under this section. 19. Emergency standby power and/or lighting system. 20. Signal and communication empty raceway and outlet systems. Equipment and wiring under other sections or by Owner. Electrical 16000 -1 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE OR BY OTHERS A. Temporary service and wiring except as required for this section (Division 1). B. Setting of motors furnished under other divisions (Trades). C. Finish painting of flush mounted electrical equipment in public areas (Section "Painting "). D. Formed concrete except templates (Section "Concrete "). E. Furnishing of packaged air conditioning (Division 15). F. Telephone cable and instruments (utility company or Owner). G. Signal and communication systems wiring and equipment (separate section or by Owner). 1.4 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS A. Codes and regulations: Comply with applicable sections of national, state and local codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including: 1. California Energy Commission (CEC). 2. California State Building Code, Title 24, 3. City and State Electrical Codes. Applicable portion of local Building Codes. 4. National Electric Code (NEC). 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 7. State and local fire regulations and requirements. 8. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Standards: Comply with latest editions of applicable regulations and standards of: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). 4. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) National Energy Conservation Amendments (NAECA). 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 9. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 10. National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines (NUSIG). C. Permits: Obtain permits and inspections, and pay for all fees, unless otherwise specified. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the Architect. 1.5 SUBMITTALS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. General: Make submittals in accordance with the General Conditions, in order as listed. Submit material list, and obtain review, prior to submission of manufacturer's data and shop drawings. Electrical 16000 -2 L-j City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record of Installation: At the conclusion of the work, purchase from the Architect a set of electronic (Auto Cad) files of electrical drawings and have incorporated by a competent CAD operator all installed data in a clearly legible manner - utilizing contract drawing symbols and notations. 1.7 VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion of the work, provide an engineer from each supplier of major equipment or system to instruct Owner's designated operating personnel using the Operating and Maintenance data. Include both classroom instruction and on- the -job training, conducted before and during the system test period.. 1.8 INSPECTIONS A. In addition to required service calls, make a minimum of two inspections accompanied by operating personnel, within the warranty period, at no expense to the Owner, to insure that all systems are maintained properly and in satisfactory operating condition. 1.9 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. Comply with guarantee requirements of Division 1. B. Guarantee all material, equipment and work for a period of one year (or greater where specified elsewhere) from written acceptance of the work, against defects of any kind, covering all parts. C. Obtain guarantees and/or warranties for factory assembled equipment and include with Operation Instruction Manual. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide material and equipment of new and recent manufacture, currently UL labeled and /or listed for the specified use. Where UL labeling is not available, provide certification by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). C. Use products of the same manufacture and type for each category of material and equipment. 2.2 RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS A. Rigid or Intermediate Metal Conduit including Couplings, Locknuts, Nipples: Steel, hot - dipped galvanized inside and out after threading, galvanized, threaded malleable iron or steel fittings, notched locknuts with gripping teeth. B. Electric Metallic Tubing including Locknuts, Couplings and Connectors: Galvanized steel, lacquered or enameled interior; raintight gland ring compression type fittings, insulated throat connectors Electrical 16000 -3 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Flexible Conduit: Manufactured from single steel strip, galvanized on all four sides prior to fabrication, die cast twist -in connectors, UL listed for ground continuity. Reduced wall or aluminum flexible conduit is not acceptable. D. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit: Flexible galvanized steel core, with extruded polyvinyl chloride cover. Liquid tight insulated throat fittings to seal and ground conduit. Provide separate bond wire where integral ground conductor is not available. E. Gutters and Wireways: Galvanized sheet steel, hinged covers, elbows and fittings without sharp edges or projections. F. Nonmetallic Conduit: High impact 90 °C polyvinyl chloride, Schedule 40 extruded to iron pipe sizes with factory spacers, couplings, bends and offsets. Plastic to metal connection with UL listed adapters. Bell endings are not acceptable. 2.3 FITTINGS, OUTLETS AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide bright new stock, stored where continuously protected from the weather and as described herein. B. Outlet Boxes and Covers: Steel, knockout type, with full access screw -on covers or plaster rings, hot - dipped, galvanized, with cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws. C. Cast Outlet Boxes: Cast ferrous metal construction, galvanized, complete with threaded hubs for rigid conduit, number and location as required, and plugs in unused hubs; gasketed cast covers; cast device plates suitable for indicated device D. Small Junction and Pull Boxes: As specified for outlet boxes. E. Large Junction or Pull Boxes: Galvanized code gauge sheet steel construction, with full access screwed on covers and cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws; minimum size per the governing electrical code or as noted on the drawings, whichever is greater F. Backboxes: Refer to Communication and Signal Sections of the specifications. Provide outlet boxes of dimensions and configuration required for devices and equipment specified therein. Verify with equipment supplier. 2.4 CONCRETE PULL BOXES, TRANSFORMER PADS A. Precast Concrete Pull Boxes Outside Building, Branch Circuiting: bottomless, 13 "xl9 "x 12" deep minimum. B. Pull Boxes Distribution: 48" square by 48" deep, minimum, with bottomless sump, pull iron and racks. C. Hand Holes (Grounding): 10" round. 2.5 CONDUCTORS -600V A. GENERAL: Soft drawn copper of not less than 98 percent conductivity. B. Conductor Insulation: XHHW -2, THHW/THWN Electrical 16000 -4 E City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2.6 PANELBOARDS A. General Features 1. Code gauge galvanized or galvannealed sheet steel cabinets, with corners lapped and welded or riveted, dead front, dead rear, front accessible. 2. Flush mounted in areas exposed to public view. Surface mounted in electrical, communication, mechanical and storage rooms. 3. Full height unreduced copper bus, rigidly supported. 4. Copper equipment ground bus for termination of feeder and branch circuit grounding conductors. B. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards Additional Features: 1. Minimum size 20" wide by 5 -314" deep, unless specifically indicated otherwise. 2. Automatic circuit breakers, 1" wide nominal, molded case, trip free, quick -make, quick- break, thermal magnetic type, bolted to the bus, use UL listed SWD switching duty breakers. 3. Minimum panel interrupting rating of 10,OOOA, below 150V to ground including main and subfeed breakers. 14,OOOA (25,OOOA where noted) above 150V to ground, RMS symmetrical. Where panels are subject to higher short circuit current on the basis of series rated systems. 4. GE type AE (2771480 volt) and AQ (1201208 volt), or equal by Cutler - Hammer, Square D. 2.7 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Voltage as required, horsepower rated, padlockable, toggle operated, with pole and bimetallic overload heater for each ungrounded leg, ON, OFF and TRIPPED indication, integral RUNNING pilot light, flush mounted where practical. Square D class 2510 or equal by GE or Cutler- Hammer 2.8 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Heavy duty (HD) horsepower rated, quick -make, quick- break, safety type, externally operated, rating and number of poles required. Fused for branch circuit protection, and in elevator machine rooms, with UL rejection type clips. GE, Square D, Siemens, or Cutler- Hammer 2.9 FUSES, LOW VOLTAGE A. NEC dimension, rejection type. B. 600A and Smaller: Class and short circuit elements. Gould Shawmut, Littlefuse 2.10 TRANSFORMERS, DRY TYPE RK1, low peak dual element with separate overload Buss LPN -RK (250V) LPS -RK (600V) or equal by A. UL listed, dry type, rated at 220 °C (180 °C for encapsulated type). Normal life expectancy and winding temperature rise not exceeding 150 °C in a maximum ambient of 40 °C, and an average ambient of 30 °C. B. Delta primary and wye secondary connections for three phase units. Electrical 16000 -5 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Acme, BE, Square D, or Cutler- Hammer 2.11 WIRING A. General: 1. Specification grade. 2. General Use: Ivory specified. 3. Emergency Standby: and Warning Signs "). 4. Screw type terminals copper conductors. color (as available) unless otherwise noted or Red color (refer to Paragraph titled 'Identification on all devices, suitable for up to No. 10 solid B. Toggle Switches: 1. Flush tumbler, AC type, insulated base, completely enclosed. 2. 20A, tungsten load rated, at 277V. 3. Momentary type, three position, single pole, double throw, two circuit, spring return to center OFF position. Symbol: SR- C. Receptacles: 1. General: Number of poles and ampere rating as shown on drawings and of NEMA standard configurations. Ground pole connected to circuit grounding conductor. 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 20A, 125V; grounding third pole; side wired for 2 wire circuit use. Where 2 circuits are indicated, provide individual circuit for each half. NEMA 5 -20R. 3. Ground Fault Interrupting (GFI) Receptacles: NEMA 5 -20R duplex receptacle with integral ground fault protection and lift cover. 4. Weatherproof Receptacles: NEMA 5 -20R duplex GFI outlet in single gang box with gasketed cast aluminum lift cover. D. Wall Plates 1. Device plates of one make and design for all outlets, smooth, satin finish, Type 302, stainless steel, beveled edges, to fit device. 2. Galvanized pressed steel plates, to conform with box and device. 3. For Exterior Locations: Cast aluminum lift cover unless otherwise indicated. E. Telephone and Signal Systems: 1. Telephone, Data and Signal cover plate. 2. Telephone, Data, and Signa cover plate 2.12 LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL Outlet on wall: Single gang box with blank outlet in floor: Two gang box with blank A. Provide complete lighting system, wired, assembled and operable, including lighting equipment and accessories as shown on the drawings, described in the fixture schedules, specified herein and covered by allowance. Accessories include canopies, suspension of proper lengths, hickeys, castings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster and mounting frames, lamps, recessing boxes, supporting brackets and channels, where required to span structural members. B. Provide only UL listed lighting fixtures Electrical 16000 -6 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 2.13 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE BALLASTS A. General: 1. Provide electronic ballasts throughout. Electromagnetic (core and coil) type, may be used only where electronic type are not available or not applicable. 2. Sound rating of "A". 3. Rated 50 °F minimum for fixtures on interior. Rate 0 °F minimum for fixtures on exterior, in parking garages and in refrigerated spaces. 4. HPF throughout including for compact lamps. 5. Start lamps in Rapid Start mode. 6. Advance, MagneTek, Triad, Motorola, Valmont, GE 7. Maximum light regulation ± 5% with ± 10% input voltage variation. 8. Solid -state consisting of rectifier, high frequency inverter, power control and regulation circuitry, in steel case, marked with manufacturer's name, part number, supply voltage, sound rating, power factor, open circuit voltage, RMS current draw, input watts, starting current, crest factor, efficiency and UL listing. 9. Minimum ballast factor of 95 %. 10. Maximum total harmonic distortion of 10 %. 11. Minimum power factor of 90 %. 2.14 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE A. Temperature Rating: Design fixtures to limit ballast case temperature installed in fixtures to applicable UL Standards. B. Fixture Construction: 1. Lampholders: Bipin type. Permitting full entry of lamp pins in a vertical plane, after which entry, a 900 rotation shall properly seat the lamp. 2. Ballast: Fasten directly to metal fixture housing at three points, using captive bolts or screws, or equivalent method. C. For fluorescent fixture specified to be chain hung, provide machine type steel chain, closed welded links, hot - dipped galvanized finish, 750 lb. rated tensile strength, weighing approximately 13 Ibs1100 feet, capable of supporting fixture weights of 30 to 60 lbs. 2.15 LAMPS A. General: Unless specified otherwise herein, furnish and install lamps for each fixture of type and wattage indicated on drawings or other section of the specification, compatible with specified ballast. For fixtures on exterior or in cold locations, use lamps suitable for 0 °F start. B. Fluorescent Lamps: General: Rapid start, suitable for operation with electronic ballasts UON, 3500K, RE 835, 216 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Provide California Energy Commission occupancy sensors in individual rooms drawings. My -Tech or Watt - Stopper approved, UL listed, passive infrared at locations, at locations indicated on Electrical 16000 -7 • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Passive infrared Wall Sensor: 1. Automatic on -off control of lighting loads in rooms as indicated. Rated for both incandescent and fluorescent lighting. Up to 600 VA at 120V and up to 1200 VA at 277V with zero minimum. Capable of switching electronic fluorescent ballasts. C. Ultrasonic Ceiling Sensor: 1. Automatic on -off control of lighting loads in rooms as indicated. Unit complete with low voltage power supply, relay for switching multiple circuits with local manual switches single or multiple sensors in opposite directions as indicated on drawings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CONDITIONS A. Examine the drawings of all trades and all specification sections, survey the existing conditions, and include all necessary allowances in bid proposal. B. Resolve all conflicts with code requirements, site conditions and the work of other trades. C. Verify the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction and protect them from damage. D. Pay all costs incurred due to damage of existing utilities or other facilities. 3.2 LOCATIONS A. Drawings are essentially diagrammatic, and although the size and locations of equipment are generally shown to scale, make use of data in all Contract Documents, and informational documents, and verify this information against field conditions. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY A. Provide complete functioning systems and include all labor, material and associated tools and transportation required for the system to operate safely and satisfactorily. Provide empty conduit systems where specified, complete, clear, and with pull wires, ready to accept conductors and allow for equipment installation. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedules for work of other trades to prevent delays in total work. C. Resolve code conflicts prior to installation. 3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide an experienced superintendent in charge of erection of the work, together with all necessary journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust, operate and test the work involved to provide a neat, workmanlike installation. Latest industry standards are considered minimum. Electrical 16000 -8 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. For the actual fabrication, installation, and testing of the work of this section, use only thoroughly trained and experienced personnel who are completely familiar with the requirements for this work and with the installation recommendations of the manufacturers of the specified items. Where specified, provide factory personnel for testing and adjusting. C. For major equipment such as transformers, panelboards, transfer switches, circuit breakers, Emergency Generator, etc., submit letters from principals of the equipment manufacturing company, with bid proposal, specifying the location of factory authorized parts and service organizations intended to serve the subject project. 3.5 EXISTING FACILITIES A. Examine the drawings and specifications of the completed work and inspect the site to establish the scope of demolition work and new work to be provided under this sections and clarification of the phasing of the work. Based on project phasing and scheduling, demolition work will be taking place in and around existing areas that are to remain in service. Where the work under this section affects or interferes with the operation of any existing areas to remain in service, or portions of the work already in operation, provide all necessary work and material including premium pay, required to avoid shutdown of these areas during normal operations. Obtain Owner's approval for shutdown, in writing, 48 hours prior to shutdown. C. Existing electrical and signal facilities outside of the demolition area to remain in place and in service during demolition. D. Unless specifically noted or otherwise indicated or directed, remove all existing electrical equipment in the areas to be demolished. Deliver all equipment removed, including lighting fixtures, to the Owner's representative. 3.6 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING A. General: Provide excavation, backfilling, and pumping required for work under this section, in accordance with requirements of Earthwork Section, Division 2, of the specifications. Remove surplus materials as directed. B. Existing Paving: Where trenches are required through existing paving, resurface, after installation, to match existing in accordance with appropriate sections of Division 2, using accredited journeymen of respective trades. C. Conduit Trenches: Provide cover over buried conduit, where not otherwise detailed or noted, and in accordance with NEC limitations, as follows: 30" over duct banks; 30" over secondary and signal conduits outside building; 24" for 1 '' /�' and larger secondary and signal conduit within building footprint. Cut trenches to bottom of conduit, allowing for concrete encasement where specified, and make cuts as narrow as possible. For nonmetallic conduit without encasement where permitted elsewhere herein, excavate 4" below conduit and backfill with sand. Snake conduit to allow for expansion. In rock, excavate 6" below conduit and backfill with gravel for encased conduit and sand for direct buried conduit. Separate signal and power conduit in a common trench by 12" of tamped earth or 6" of concrete. For electric and telephone utility services, conform with utility company requirements where more restrictive. Electrical 16000 -9 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) D. Within Building Footprint: Run buried conduit, 1' /d' nominal and smaller, 6" minimum below slabs in contact with earth. Encase as described for underground conduit. Conduits with diameter less than 113 of slab thickness may be run in slab on grade where practical and where accepted by the Architect in writing. 3.7 EQUIPMENT PADS AND CURBS A. Install floor mounted transformers on 3" high level concrete pads in basement, ground floor where on grade and roof levels, in mechanical rooms on all levels, and where indicated. Coordinate with equipment supplier so that device handles do not exceed 6' -6" above working surface per NEC. Extend pad in front of devices or metering to maintain code or utility company height limits. B. Provide exact pad size, location, and conduit entries based on equipment shop drawings to concrete section for construction. 3.8 SLEEVES, OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Locations of Openings: Locate all chases, shafts, sleeves, openings, anchors and inserts required for the installation of the electrical work during framing of the structure and before concrete placement. Obtain approval from the Architect, in writing, for penetration of structural members or blockouts through slabs for grouped conduits, prior to installation. B. Cutting and Patching: Provide, per Architect's requirements,,cutting, core drilling and associated patching required due to improperly located or omitted openings, using accredited journeymen of the respective trades and without cost to Owner. In a like manner, patch openings in existing walls or floors cause by removal of conduit. Do not sleeve, cut nor drill structural members nor footings without Architect's written approval. Fill all blockouts and preformed openings provided for work under this section with concrete in a manner to maintain the fire rating integrity of the floor or wall. C. Location of Sleeves 1. Place conduits which rise through slabs on grade before concrete is poured. 2. For 1" or smaller conduits penetrating non -rated interior walls, solidly grout around conduits in concrete and masonry and solidly plaster around conduits in plaster or dry wall. 3. For all conduits penetrating rated walls and floor slabs and for 1'/;' or larger conduits penetrating walls, provide sleeves of ample size to provide '' /z" minimum annular space. Center conduit in sleeve and support independently of sleeve. D. Types of Sleeves: 1. Sleeve Assemblies: Provide UL listed assemblies for penetrating rated walls or floors in accordance with their fire rating. Requirements herein are minimum. Submit shop drawings. 2. Suspended Floor Slabs: Standard weight, galvanized steel pipe, stubbed 1" above finished floor. Cap unused sleeves to maintain floor rating. 3. Interior Walls and Partitions: Adjustable galvanized sheet steel with wall flanges and plaster lip. Provide 22 gauge for 2" and smaller conduit, 20 gauge for larger conduit. Electrical 16000 -10 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) • • 4. Membranes: Stub sleeve 6" beyond membrane and provide flanges suitable for sealing of membrane. Obtain Architect's approval of sleeve detail. 5. Exterior Walls Below Grade: Provide, where entering rooms below grade, sealing fitting consisting of oversized sleeve and modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and sleeve (or wall opening for existing walls). Tighten bolts to form watertight seal. Install per manufacturer's directions. Installation: Cut all sleeves smooth, ream and install perpendicular to floor or wall. F. Escutcheons: In finished locations exposed to public, provide chrome plated split type escutcheons held on by setscrews where conduits pass through floors, walls, and ceilings. Provide plates on conduit extending through sleeves. 3.9 CAULKING A. Provide as specified herein and detailed on the drawings. B. Conduit Penetration: Through exterior walls, caulk conduit penetrations for full wall thickness for waterproofing. At fire rated floors and partitions, pack sleeves with apprdved packing for full sleeve depth and caulk both ends. C. Conductor Penetration: Where sleeves or openings in fire rated floors and partitions contain conductors not enclosed in a raceway, provide UL approved seal of the sleeve or opening per manufacturers' instructions and code requirements. D. Compound Characteristics: Putty like; workable with hands down to 35 °F; firm up to 300 °F; remain pliable when exposed to air; adhere to metal, plastic, concrete, masonry and cable insulation; harmless to hands; seal without causing deterioration of materials sealed. E. Fire Rated Walls, Partitions or Floors: UL classified fire retardant assemblies. 3.10 FLASHING A. Wherever conduit extends through roof, install a four pound seamless lead flashing assembly and counter flashing. Coordinate installation of flashing with roofing installation. Provide pitch pockets as option and where indicated. 3.11 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. General: Provide systems free of noise and /or vibration transmission to building from transformers, rotating machinery or electrical equipment through structure or conduit connections. Provide sleeved openings for all conduit penetrations between rooms of low and high ambient sound levels, caulked to ensure airtight resilient closure. Correct, at no cost to Owner, conditions resulting in noise transmission to facility from work under this section. B. Connections: Connect to motors, transformers and all isolated or vibrating equipment with 24" minimum length of liquid tight flexible conduit, slack connected. For dry type transformers, conduit may be stubbed into bottom, not connected to, but bonded to, frame, in lieu of flexible connections. Electrical 16000 -11 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) A A E. G. Vibration Isolation: Provide between structure and vibrating or rotating equipment furnished and /or installed under this section. Equipment Transformers (Below 100 KVA) Slab, On Grade Above Grade, Supported Above Grade, Suspended Design Deflection Isolator 0.06" PN 0.3" HMN* 0.2" HN* *Equipped with preapproved seismic restraint as noted by an assigned "R" number. Wiring: In multiple runs of feeder conductors in conduit or wireway, twist associated phase and neutral conductors together to avoid abnormal field generation. Equipment Frames: For vibrating or rotating equipment to be isolated, provide mounting frames and /or brackets to carry the load of the equipment without causing mechanical distortion or stress to the equipment. Machinery Rooms: 1. In machinery and electrical rooms located above occupied spaces, do no penetrate floor slab without specific approval in writing. Where floor has membrane, avoid penetrations and run all conduit overhead. 2. In general, run conduits to motors and equipment overhead. For overhead drops exceeding 8' in length or floor risers over 2' high, provide unistrut or pipe brace to floor or structure. For slabs in contact with earth, run conduit as specified under other paragraphs herein. Verify stub -up location with equipment supplier. 3. Do not run conduit through vibration isolated (floating) concrete slabs. Outlets: 1. Do not use back -to -back outlets or through boxes. Separate outlets on opposite sides of wall by 12" minimum unless otherwise detailed. 2. In rated walls provide separation as required by Code. 3. In sound insulated floors, ceilings, and wall partitions, provide acoustical outlet box pads, pliable, putty -like, Y," thick, per manufacturer's instructions. Include boxes for receptacles, switches, telephone and data outlets. Isolate all conduit within the sound rated floor ceiling assembly from the building construction at points of support or contact by means of approved resilient sleeves, mounts or underlayments 1/:' thick. 3.12 SEISMIC AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS A. Scope: Brace electrical systems and equipment to withstand lateral and vertical forces that result from earthquake or wind, in accordance with NUSIG guidelines. B. Equipment: Anchor all equipment, panelboards and transformers by securely bolting them in place to the building structure. Install vibration isolation devices where specified. Provide bolts, anchors and bracing to withstand acceleration of 0.5 g. Equipment manufacturer to submit weight, center of gravity and method of fastening required for seismic anchoring. Electrical 16000 -12 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 1. For equipment weighting 1000 pounds or more, submit calculations for anchorage prepared by a structural engineer, registered in the State, conforming to all applicable codes. C. For conduits, 2" nominal and larger, suspended more than 12 ", provide diagonal bracing to structure at hangers, at changes in direction, and on approximate 30' centers, installed along with conduit in accordance with NUSIG and using approved components. Rework of other trades due to late installation of bracing is the responsibility of this section. D. For conduits crossing seismic separations, provide approved fittings or combinations of fittings, that permit horizontal expansion or contraction and vertical and angular deflection. Selection of fitting to be based on the dimension of the separation and conduit size. Refer to Raceways and Wireways". 3.13 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. General: Provide separately derived system grounds with resistance to ground of five ohms or less and in accordance with applicable code requirements. Maintain equipment ground continuity through entire system including raceways, wireways, equipment enclosures, lighting fixtures and devices. Provide grounding as specified and as shown on drawings. Include equipment ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, in all feeders as scheduled on the drawings and in branch circuiting where indicated on the symbol list. Use green insulated copper ground conductors sized per tables herein. In steel frame buildings, bond a minimum of two columns to service ground with conductors sized for service ground. Bond to building reinforcing bars embedded in concrete footings or foundation, which equal 20 feet of 1/2' diameter steel, prior to concrete pour. Separately Derived System Grounds: 1. Ground transformers and generators power supplies from neutral bus or bushing to main service ground at service ground bus. 2. For electrical rooms in contact with grade, provide 25' length of bare copper conductor embedded along bottom of closest 30' or longer building concrete foundation and extend to ground bus located in electrical room, as described for service ground. Bond from ground bus to cold water pipe (2" minimum), and to steel beam or column with insulated conductor in steel conduit. 3. Where foundation embedded ground is not practical, provide, where acceptable to enforcing agency, a minimum of four driven rods located at the corners of the room and made accessible through hand holes. Loop a bare copper cable (sized for largest transformer) below the slab. Ground from ground bus to cold water pipe (2" minimum) and steel beam or column with insulated conductor in steel conduit. C. Separately Derived System Grounding Table: 208/120V 480/277V KVA AWG Size - Conduit AWG Size - Conduit 75 6 3/9' D. Ground Continuity: 1. Provide green THWN insulated ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, each conduit run for primary and secondary feeders and where indicated for branch circuits. For lighting circuits, connect ground wire to Electrical 16000 -13 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) E. fixture ground lead where available or bond to fixture housing by mechanical means. Connect grounding conductors to ground busses in panels, motor control centers and switchboards, and to terminals on devices, and bond to all equipment. Bond feeder grounds to all metallic pull and junction boxes. Provide copper ground conductor, sized not less than following (up to 600V systems): Circuit Device to Setting, Amperes: Ground Conductor AWG Size: Up 25 70 110 225 550 700 to to to to to to to 20 60 100 200 500 600 800 12 10 8 6 1/0 a. For parallel feeders or circuits, run ground in each conduit. Refer to schedule on drawings. 2. Provide ground bushings, fittings, and jumpers as required at expansion and seismic fittings, isolated sections and wherever ground continuity is broken. Provide ground bushings on conduit stub -ups and bond to enclosure and ground bus. 3. Bond plug strip, light track, isolated metal parts of lighting fixtures, and ground terminal of receptacles to equipment ground. 4. Provide separate green ground conductor in circuits serving isolated ground outlets, ground fault outlets, and all outlets in computer rooms and room with raised deck floors. Antennas and Masts: Provide 1 #6 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3/," conduit from antennas and masts to service ground, or 2" or larger cold water pipe. Communications Ground: Provide 1 #6 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3/4" conduit from main telephone room and/or telephone terminal to service ground bus if available or to cold water pipe 2" or larger. Extend to other telephone terminals where indicated. G. Materials and Methods 1. For ground loop and/or buried ground conductor, use soft drawn stranded copper conductors size as scheduled. Snake buried conductors to allow for settlement. Bury ground loop conductors 12" minimum below concrete slabs on grade. 2. Install continuous conductors without splices. Where joints are required, use exothermic welding or UL approved compression connection to join all conductor strands, providing completed joint equivalent to or larger than conductor. Obtain inspection before covering joints. 3. Provide service and separately derived system ground conductor embedded at bottom of foundations and extend to ground bus. 4. Bond to steel columns or reinforcing steel of concrete columns with suitable copper to steel exothermic connections. H. Ground Electrodes: 1. Where specified or required, provide ground rods driven a minimum of 10' into the earth. Locate in precast concrete hand holes. , Engrave cover "Grounding Electrode ". Where driven ground rods are precluded by rock, propose and submit equivalent alternate for review. 2. Ground rods to be of cone pointed electrolytic copper bonded to carbon steel core, sectional type where over 10' in length, die stamped near top Electrical 16000 -14 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 0 with name or trademark of the manufacturer and length of rod in feet; diameter sufficient to permit driving without damage, but not less than 5/8 ". 3. Bond ground wires to rod with exothermic weld or UL approved compression connection. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND W IREWAYS A. Deliver raceways and wireways to the site in standard lengths, and store where continuously protected from moisture and weather. B. Conduit sizes on the drawings are minimum, sized for copper conductors, for normal (THW) insulation. Use 3/4" trade size minimum for underground runs. Increase sizes where required by physical conditions, or conductor insulation's. Do not combine runs without written approval. Allow for grounding conductor as described under paragraph titled "Grounding System ". C. Conceal conduit from view above ceilings, below floors or in walls where possible. Refer to Architectural Sections and Details to determine conduit routing required to conceal conduit. D. Do not run in concrete slabs without written permission from the Architect. Conduits with diameter less than 1/3 thickness of slab (thickness is measured above flutes of deck) shall, where permitted in suspended slabs, be limited to 5% of slab in 100 sq. ft. area with a minimum spacing of 1' -0" o.c. as per code for fire resistive two hour floor. Route conduit to maintain slab fire resistive rating and structural integrity as acceptable to the enforcing agency. Obtain agency approval prior to pouring concrete. E. Conduit may be exposed to view in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, shop and utility areas and where indicated. Install all conduit runs parallel with or perpendicular to structural members. Surmount obstructions by use of bends, offsets, and where necessary with junction and pull boxes. For surface mounted outlets and small junction boxes within 7' of floor, use cast boxes and/or condulets. F. Cut conduits and raceways square and free of burrs. Ream conduit ends and clean conduits before pulling conductors. G. Cap open ends of conduits with approved manufactured conduit seals until ready to pull in conductors. Install as complete system, mechanically and electrically continuous between outlets, gear and equipment. Where conduits or wireways cross expansion or seismic joints, provide approved expansion fittings, or combinations of fittings, which allow deflection in all directions equivalent to twice the movement allowed in the structural design. For conduits 11/:' trade size or smaller, 18" minimum length of weatherproof flex, slack mounted, may be used. For bends and offsets in conduit 1" and larger, use larger radius factory fittings not less than 8 times the nominal conduit size or bend with a hydraulic bender meeting NEC Table 346 -10 exception. Refer to additional requirements under Paragraph titled "Interior Telephone and Data Systems Provisions ". Replace all flattened, deformed or kinked conduit. Electrical 16000 -15 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) J. Route raceways and wireways so as to prevent insulated conductors from being subjected to high ambient temperature conditions. Maintain the following minimum clearances: 1. Crossing noninsulated pipe or duct - 3 ". 2. Crossing insulated pipes or ducts - 1 ". 3. Parallel to noninsulated pipes or ducts - 3 ". 4. Parallel to insulated pipes or ducts - 6 ". K. Provide No, 14 AWG black iron pull wire or polyethylene or nylon pull rope in all empty conduits and stubs over 10' in length, extending at least 12" beyond conduit. Pull rope tensile strength to be 240 pounds up to 1Y2" conduit and 800 pounds for larger conduit. Submit pull rope data with shop drawings. L. Stub conduit into bottom of dry type transformers where possible and bond to case. M. Terminate branch circuit, communication and signal conduits turning from floor into interior removable nonmasonry partitions, freestanding appliances and equipment, with flush floor couplings before extending conduit. N. Secure rigid or IMC conduits to panels, pull boxes, wireways and enclosures with locknuts, inside and out, and provide impact resistant plastic, insulated throat or malleable iron bushings at terminations in pull boxes, wireways, signal cabinets, boxes and enclosures. Zinc insulated throat hubs With "O" ring gaskets may be used in lieu of double locknut and bushing. For feeder conductors No. 4 AWG and larger, provide steel or malleable iron insulating bushings with plastic liner. For EMT provide insulated throat connectors secured with locknut on interior of box or enclosure. For flexible conduit, provide insulated throat die cast twist -in connectors secured with locknut on interior of box or enclosure, or steel twist -in connectors with plastic bushing, and locknut. At switchboards and bottomless gear and equipment, terminate conduits with ground bushing bonded to ground bus with code size conductor, No. 8 AWG minimum. Use approved coupling or unions. Running thread, threadless coupling, or split coupling connections are not permitted, O. Where conduit enters the top of drip proof gear, make connection with bolt on hubs. P. Field thread rigid and IMC conduit conforming to American Standard Pipe Threads tapered for the entire length at % inch /foot. Treat threads with protective coating to prevent corrosion, but maintain electric continuity. Q. For underground steel conduit coat all joints and points where wrenches have been applied, with bituminastic paint. R. Extend underground stub outs as shown on drawings, but 3' minimum beyond building foundations or concrete paving adjacent to building. S. Where conduit extending into, building from site enters occupied level, slope conduits to drain away from building and seal to prevent entrance of moisture into building. T. Route openable raceways and wireways so as to be readily accessible. Gutter and wireway dimensions indicated on the drawings are minimum. Provide sufficient cross section to contain conductors including all splices in accordance Electrical 16000 -16 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 0 with code allowed percent fill. Where covers occur on bottom, provide removable wire supports not more than 3' apart. V. Refer to paragraph titled "Identification" for additional requirements. 3.15 CONDUIT A. Use Rigid Steel conduit in all sizes, or Intermediate Steel conduit up to 3 ": In slab on grade; on exterior; encased in exterior masonry or concrete walls; in wet locations; in refrigerated spaces; in exposed locations within 7' of floor or walking surfaces; in suspended slabs, but only where permission is obtained from Architect in writing for conduit to be run in slab. B. Use Rigid or Intermediate steel conduit for trade sizes 2'1W and larger installed above grade throughout. C. For Underground Installations: 1. Use Rigid, Intermediate Steel, or Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted. Provide rigid or intermediate steel conduit elbows (2" minimum above floor) for stub -ups and risers. Use PVC conduit with PVC risers, terminating in PVC threaded couplings flush with 4" high raised concrete pad, and at Contractor's option for telephone, signal, communication and data systems. For fire alarm systems use rigid or intermediate steel only. 2. Encase in concrete envelope of rectangular cross section not less than 3" beyond any surface of conduit. Where steel conduit extends above grade from concrete encasement, paint conduit with two coats of bituminastic paint for 12" minimum on both sides of junction with concrete. Use precast concrete or plastic separators to secure uniform spacing between conduits of 2 ". Concrete to have 2,500 -psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Reinforce envelope with No. 4 rebar rods at four corners parallel to conduit, with 1' /z' of concrete cover, and with No. 3 ties on two foot centers (minimum) where crossing fill or loose soil, other utility mains, at sharp slopes and where run below the building. 3. For runs over 150', provide bends with a minimum radius of ten times the internal radius of the conduit. Ball mandrel conduit. Where conduits are under building, mandrel before any slabs are poured. Route conduit to avoid column footings and foundation. Equip conduit with end bells for termination in manholes. Slope conduit away from building and towards manholes or pull boxes with pitch of 3" per 100'. Submit sections and details. D. In corrosive soils wrap underground steel conduit system with plastic wrap before encasing. Where Architect indicates in writing that soil is noncorrosive, underground steel conduit and couplings may, in lieu of concrete encasement, be protected with plastic wrap or coating: 1. Factory wrap with one -half lap of twenty mil thick identified polyvinyl tape to provide uniform forty -mil coating. Field taped joints shall provide equivalent coating. 2. Factory coat with forty -mil thick PVC coating bonded to conduit. Coating on couplings shall extend beyond coupling ends for one conduit diameter Up to 1' /�'. 3. Extend wrap for 12" minimum where conduit emerges from ground. Electrical 16000 -17 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) E. Use Rigid or Intermediate Steel or Electric Metallic Tubing in Trade Sizes 2" and Smaller for: Dry concealed locations; exposed locations above 7' from floor or walking surfaces; in electrical and telephone rooms at all heights. Use Flexible Steel Conduit, '' /2" minimum trade size, 6' maximum length, for connection to lighting fixtures from fixture outlet. Where structural conditions make use of rigid conduit or tubing impractical, obtain written permission from Architect to use flexible conduit. G. Use 24" Minimum Length of Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit, '' /�' Minimum Trade Size, Slack Connected for: Connection from outlet to motor and other moving or vibrating equipment; code length to lighting fixtures in damp or wet locations; to transformer housings; to kitchen equipment; all flexible connections in exposed areas. Where conduit stubs into bottom of dry type transformer, without connecting to enclosure, bond conduit to enclosure and omit flex connection. H. Provide bend radius for flexible conduit not less than 5 times the trade size. I. For connection to exterior lighting standards from normal system, Schedule 40 PVC may be used without encasement outside of building area. Use rigid steel under building stubbed 5' beyond building, and in concrete pole base. Include ground wire and size conduit accordingly. For emergency circuits, use wrapped steel conduit or concrete encased PVC. J. Where penetrating floors or fire separations, use UL listed fittings and/or devices to maintain separation integrity. K. Where crossing existing pavement, place conduit under pavement by approved jacking method. Keep jack pits 2' clear of edge of pavement. Do not undermine paving with excessive water. If jacking cannot be accomplished, obtain Architect's permission in writing to cut and patch paving. L. When forming bends in nonmetallic conduit, apply heat without distorting or discoloring conduit. 3.16 SUPPORT AND FASTENING OF RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS A. Support vertical conduits passing through sleeves with UL approved riser clamps secured to the conduit and resting on the building structure. Support vertical conduits 1'/T and larger a minimum of once, and on 15' centers maximum. For vertical conduits smaller than 1'/4" provide standoffs on 8' centers maximum. Support conduits adjacent to walls with preformed channels. Support freestanding risers with conduit racks of angle iron or channel iron members, rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced. For securing vertical conduits 1" or smaller to metal studs, horizontal '/4" diameter steel pencil rods tied with No. 16 gauge galvanized steel, twisted tie wires, is acceptable. B. Install rigid steel conduit with threaded couplings. Support conduits 1" and larger on 10' intervals, smaller than 1" on 7' intervals, all sizes within 3' of connection to box, cabinet or fitting. C. Support electric metallic tubing on maximum spacing of 10' and within 3' of connections to box, cabinet or fitting including couplings. Electrical 16000 -18 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) D. Support flexible metal conduit on 4' intervals, within 1' of outlet box or fitting (except at connections to recessed lighting fixtures) and within 2' of vibrating equipment. E. Support gutter and wireways at 5' intervals and at changes of direction, in a manner to allow full access. F. Attach to field poured concrete with preset inserts for conduits 3" and larger and with preset inserts or steel wedge screw anchors for smaller sizes. Shot driven studs are not permitted without written approval from the Architect. Submit size, quantity and approximate weight with request to use shot driven studs. Secure conduit with cast conduit clamps and cadmium plated machine or lag screws. G. Attach to plaster, dry wall or hollow masonry walls with metal toggle bolts. H. Attach to solid masonry walls with steel wedge anchors. I. Do not fasten rigid conduit or tubing to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock mounts. J. Secure conduits 1%" and smaller to steel deck where permitted by Architect with cast or malleable iron conduit clamps and 1" minimum cadmium plated or galvanized sheet metal screws. K. Where attaching to steel members, use beam clamp, welded threaded studs or machine screws. L. Where not otherwise specified herein, support all sizes of suspended conduit from structure with factory made pipe hangers with split hinged malleable iron or springable steel pipe rings and solid round mild steel rods, '/," diameter for up to 1'/4" conduit, 318" diameter up to 2" conduit and ''/2' diameter for larger conduit. Friction type conduit support hardware and attachments are not acceptable. Where required conduit spacing is more frequent than available structural members, provide intermediate steel support as required. M. Provide trapeze type hangers where three or more conduits run parallel and clamp conduit to hanger. Provide diagonal seismic bracing for suspended runs of conduits 2" trade size and larger. Use unistrut type channel for trapeze assemblies. Lathing channels are not acceptable. N. Provide plated or galvanized hangers, threaded, rods, channels and metallic support and fastening material or provide two coats of rust resistant paint, in all damp or corrosive locations (e.g., vehicle maintenance garage, labs). O. Do not use perforated metal strap or wood as support material. P. Support conduit to structure above suspended ceilings 3" minimum above ceiling to allow removal of tile. Do not support from T -bars or T -bar hanger wires. Maintain 2" clearance above recessed light fixtures. Q. Above fixed ceiling and in stud walls, tie conduit 1" or smaller to furring, support channels capable of carrying the weight, or studs with No. 16 gauge galvanized wire ties 4' on center, maximum. R. Attached to precast or prestressed concrete as described under applicable sections of the specifications. Coordinate installation of precast unistrut or Electrical 16000 -19 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 0 inserts where required, or obtain written approval from the Architect of alternate support methods. 3.17 INSTALLATION OF BOXES A. Use new, bright stock and store where continuously protected from weather. B. Install all outlets and boxes in readily accessible locations. C. Provide additional pull or outlet boxes as required to meet code requirements or to facilitate pulling of wires. Locate in utility areas, above accessible ceilings, or in approved locations. D. Size boxes for devices contained and the number of wires passing through or terminating therein, not less than 4" square by 1' /d' deep, or equivalent configuration. Use pull and junction boxes of adequate size for splices and terminations contained therein. E. Use 4- 11116" square box with round plaster ring, for surface mounted ceiling fixtures: F. Where more than one switch is shown at one location, group behind common plate. Use gang boxes for three or more devices. Provide barrier between 277V switches controlling two or more circuits. G. Use 4- 11116" square by 2 -118" deep boxes, minimum size, for more than two flexible connections to lighting fixtures. H. For wall mounted telephone or data outlets, use 4- 11116" square by 2 -118" deep box with one gang flush plaster ring. I. Recess boxes in finished areas, and wherever possible in utility, mechanical and electrical spaces. Provide extension rings and /or plaster rings to finish flush with finished surfaces. Install approved factory made knockout seals where knockouts are not intact, and close all openings. J. Use cast metal, gasketed boxes for locations noted on drawings and as follows: Stub mounted outlets; surface mounted outlets within 7' of the floor; wet or corrosive locations; outlets on exterior or within exterior walls facing the exterior. For flush mounted outlets, provide adapter plates. Provide threaded plugs in unused hubs. K. For concrete work, use concrete boxes which allow the placing of conduit without displacing the reinforcing bars. Use masonry boxes in block and masonry walls. L. Use extension rings with blank covers for surface extension from flush box. M. Support light fixture outlets to building structure and equip with fixture stud and hanger bar or supporting device as required, including outlets for fixtures furnished by others. Support lighting fixtures in excess of 60 pounds to structure independently of outlet box. N. Do not use back to back outlets or through boxes. See paragraph titled "Noise and Vibration ". Electrical 16000 -20 0 0 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) O. Provide boxes for all devices. For devices not specified or scheduled, use boxes as approved, adequate for device to be installed. P. Combine devices in ganged box with suitable barriers behind common plate where indicated, specified or detailed. Provide separate or barriered boxes for normal and emergency devices. Q. Provide flush mounted box with horizontal single gang ring for surface mounted multi - outlet assembly in metal raceway. R. Install boxes in a rigid manner, with box hangers, expansion shields in masonry, and machine screws on metal work. Do not nail to structure. Use plated or galvanized screws throughout. S. Secure pull and junction boxes to the structure independently of the conduits by means of bolts, rod hangers or brackets. T. Prefabricated Outlet/Junction Box Assemblies: The following types of box assemblies are acceptable, subject to a shop drawing submittal review and the basic specification requirements for outlet and junction boxes. 1. Wiring device outlet box attached to the back of a one piece vertical galvanized steel bracket that incorporates a back wall support flange, and is designed to mount in the floor track of a metal stud partition. Bracket height as determined by the designated device mounting height. Plaster ring attachment to front of bracket. Support flange to assure that box is held in a rigid manner when the dry wall material is attached to both sides of the studs. 2. Branch circuit junction box screwed to a V/2' black iron channel that is secured to the structure above. Branch circuit conduits supported from structure above independently of box assembly per specifications. U. For communications and signal systems, refer to paragraph titled "Communications and Signal System Provisions ". V. Provide designations per paragraph titled "Identification ". 3.18 INSTALLATION OF DEVICES A. Unless specifically directed otherwise, install switches with single gang vertical plate on latch side of door. Verify door swing before installation. B. Unless noted otherwise, install duplex receptacles, single receptacles, telephone and communications outlets vertically. Receptacles with ground slot up. Where horizontal mounting is required, locate ground slot to right when facing outlet. C. Connect receptacle grounding screw to equipment ground conductor where conductor is called for, otherwise bond to outlet box with green ground conductor. D. Plumb and align all devices and install plaster rings flush with wall surface so that plates fit tight against wall and device surface without strain. E. On exterior, and interior locations subject to moisture, use weatherproof devices. F. Within six feet of sinks, basins or sources of running or standing water, use GFI outlets. Electrical 16000 -21 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 3.19 DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS 0 A. Check architectural details and building equipment drawings before installation of outlets, to determine required outlet mounting heights. Install outlets, under this work, to clear built -in features, furniture and equipment. 1. The electrical drawings take precedence as to quantity and type of outlets and general location. 2. Where architectural elevations have been provided, the elevations take precedence as to mounting height and spacing. 3. Outlets, by symbol, are generally +18 ", +42 ", or as noted on the electrical drawings. If an outlet occurs behind casework and there is no architectural elevation, locate the outlet above the counter. Where counter has a backsplash, mount outlet at +4" above top edge of splash. If there is no backsplash, mount at +4" above top of counter. 4. If outlets occur back to back, paragraph titled "Noise and Vibration" takes precedence regarding separation between boxes. 5. If an outlet is symbolized at +42" above a counter and there is a conflict, use the +4" mounting height above top of splash or counter. 6. Verify mounting height of outlets below counters for garbage disposal, hot water dispensers or undercounter refrigerators with equipment shop drawings. 7. Where a cord slot is detailed in countertops, mount outlet below counter at +18 ". B. Install outlets for specific equipment or appliances per equipment suppliers' instructions. C. Mounting height for wall mounted outlet is from centerline of outlet to finished floor, and is indicated on the drawings by " +". D. Where Not Otherwise Noted or Detailed, Use Mounting heights herein Indicated: 1. Switches and Push Buttons: +42 ". 2. Receptacle: +18" 3. Receptacles for Fixed Equipment: To suit equipment. 4. Receptacles in Equipment Rooms: +42 ". 5. At communication and /or telephone terminal backboards, provide multi outlet raceway (Plugmold) below backboard at +8 ". 6. Desk Mounted Telephone, Data and Intercom outlet: +18 ". 7. Backbox for Wall Mounted Telephones: +42 ". 8. Signal System Device Requiring Manual Operation: +42 ". 9. Thermostats: +48 ". 3.20 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. Store conductors where continuously protected from sunlight, heat and weather. B. Install all conductors (line and medium voltage, low voltage, signal and control) in conduit. Complete conduit system and clean and dry conduit before pulling in conductors. Install conductors after general construction work in area has progressed sufficiently to avoid conductor damage. C. Circuit as indicated on plans and single line diagrams. Provide conductors of identical lengths in parallel feeder runs. Electrical 16000 -22 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) E. Use fish tapes with ball type heads for pulling conductors. Pull conductors in without kinking wires or scoring conduit. F. Use only lubricant, which does not damage conductors, as a pulling aid. G. Fan branch circuit and control conductors, size 1/0 and smaller, in panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers and terminal cabinets and tie with plastic ties suitable for conductor size. Lace larger conductors with marline for '' /z' on 12" centers with intermediate tie wraps. Identify spare conductors (line, control and signal), and ground both ends to enclosure case. H. Run neutral conductors continuous to panel. Do not combine. Run feeders continuous to panel or equipment without splices. Do not splice or tap in equipment enclosures or conduits. Make necessary splices or taps only in junction boxes, pull boxes or in oversize wiring gutters designed for the purpose at panelboards. 1. Use No. 12 AWG minimum for lighting and power and No. 14 AWG minimum for signal and communications and control, except where special conductors are specified. J. Allow 18" minimum free length of conductor where terminating in outlet or pull box. Provide longer lengths where indicated. K. Do not loop through receptacle terminals; connect by means of conductor taps joined to branch circuit conductors. L. Where branch circuit conductors extend from ground fault interrupting breakers, enclose conductors in plastic tubing within panelboard. M. See paragraph titled "Identification and Warning Signs ". N. Multiconductor cable may only be used for branch circuit distribution in dry concealed locations but not home runs. 3.21 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. For lighting and outlet branch circuits, use factory colored conductors. For motor circuits and feeders, use pressure sensitive colored tapes, in 2" wide minimum bands, at all panelboards, safety switches, motor starters, motor and equipment outlets. Where more than one multi- conductor circuit is run in a conduit, tape each multi conductor circuit together with its neutral at each junction point and outlet. B. Color Codes for Line Conductors: Color Color Conductor 120/208V 277/480V Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray (where permitted or as directed) Traveler Brown As approved Equipment Ground Green Green Electrical 16000 -23 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) Instrument Ground and Green with Isolated System Ground Yellow Stripes C. Color code conductors of cables used in communication and signal systems and control conductors in line and low voltage control panels, motor control centers and supervisory panels. Use white for grounded conductor and green for equipment ground, exclusively. 3.22 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS, LINE VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS. A. For joints, splices, taps and connections for 600V conductors, use solderless connectors. B. For branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, use steel spring with semi rigid insulating shell, or setscrew type, taped. C. Terminate all solid conductors, No. 10 AWG and smaller by a fast holding application of the conductor directly to the binding screws of the equipment to be connected. D. For conductors No. 6 AWG and larger, use copper or bronze bolted connectors and lugs, or compression type at Contractor's option, sized for conductors. For conductors No. 1 AWG and larger, use lugs with two bolts through tongue, minimum or equivalent anti -turn construction -(submit sample). Connectors and lugs which are crimp type or which apply setscrews directly to the conductors are not acceptable. For breaker connection where manufacturer submits in writing that saddle lug termination is not available, dip conductor ends in solder prior to termination. Fasten lugs with flat and spring washers and hex nuts. E. In panelboard feed through gutters, use copper power distribution blocks to extend conductors from feeder to panel. F. Coordinate equipment terminations with equipment supplier to insure that terminals provided conform with requirements specified herein. G. For connections at motors, use lugs on motor and branch circuit conductors, bolted and taped. For conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, crimp lugs to conductors. H. Splice grounding conductors by means of exothermic welding and terminate by means of approved grounding connectors. Do not solder. Tape all noninsulated connections with lap wound layers of vinyl plastic tap (Scothch #88) or lap wound layers of rubber tape covered by lap wound layers of friction tape, to provide insulation equivalent to 150 percent of the conductor's insulation, but in no case less than three layers. Split bakelite casings with stainless steel spring clips designed for specific connectors may be used alternately. Position all splices in pull boxes and junction boxes, so they are accessible from the removable cover side of the box. K. Provide waterproof connections in wet locations. Pencil and roughen conductors and apply rubber tape equivalent to insulation thickness. Cover with two half - lapped layers of 8.5 mil, all weather, vinyl plastic tape, suitable for below freezing application, and coat with sealant. Form conductors into drip loops so that water Electrical 16000 -24 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) does not collect on connections. Blow out conduit to remove moisture and seal conduit ends with waterproof compound. L. Torque all electrical conductor terminations in accordance with equipment manufacturer's directions and industry standards. 3.23 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS, SIGNAL SYSTEM AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS. A. Run conductors continuous from equipment to terminal cabinets and devices. Do not splice. B. In terminal cabinet and junction boxes terminate on solder terminals, screw type terminals, telephone type punch terminals or wire wrapped terminals. C. At equipment or devices terminate on screw type terminals or with plug and socket connections. D. For fire alarm systems and control use screw type terminals throughout. E. For flexible connection use stranded conductors and crimp type lugs. F. For shielded conductors, make shield continuous and isolate shields from ground and other shields. 3.24 CONDUCTOR SUPPORT A. In vertical risers provide split wedge or cable clamp conductor supports in equipment or intermediate junction or pull boxes, or provide code approved equivalent. Spacing Not to Exceed the Following: 3.25 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Maintain required aisles, work space and clearances in front of equipment and behind accessible sections of freestanding equipment not less than indicated and as required by code. B. For dry ventilated transformers, maintain minimum clearance between transformer ventilation openings and adjacent structure: 6" below 300 KVA. C. For equipment less than 600V to ground, maintain 3' clear minimum in front, 31/2' between accessible side and grounded surface; and 4' between rows. 3.26 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install panelboards and cabinets on a common wall with tops even. Mount panels at 78" to top unless approved otherwise. Electrical 16000 -25 Support Conductor AWG Size Spacing (Feet) 1/0 and Smaller 100 2/0 through 4/0 80 250 MCM through 350 MCM 60 500 MCM 50 750 MCM 40 3.25 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Maintain required aisles, work space and clearances in front of equipment and behind accessible sections of freestanding equipment not less than indicated and as required by code. B. For dry ventilated transformers, maintain minimum clearance between transformer ventilation openings and adjacent structure: 6" below 300 KVA. C. For equipment less than 600V to ground, maintain 3' clear minimum in front, 31/2' between accessible side and grounded surface; and 4' between rows. 3.26 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Install panelboards and cabinets on a common wall with tops even. Mount panels at 78" to top unless approved otherwise. Electrical 16000 -25 • • City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) B. Mount individual switches, starters, or controls at 72" from finished floor to top. Where required to be lower by equipment arrangement or configuration, maintain 18" to bottom from finished floor. 3.27 EQUIPMENT FASTENING A. Fasten floorstanding equipment with four %:" bolts minimum. Grout channel sills, where provided, into concrete pad. Fasten surface mounted equipment in excess of 20 pounds to a minimum of two structural wall members. Provide support channel spanning structural members where equipment does not span two members. 3.28 PANELBOARD PROVISIONS A. Install three %" conduits minimum from each flush mounted panelboard into accessible ceiling space above and below panel and cap. 3.29 LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Connections: Use Underwriters' Laboratories approved solderless connectors as specified elsewhere herein, for splicing. B. Blocking: Provide supplementary blocking and support under this section, as required to support fixture from structural members adequate for fixture weight. C. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Secure to structural members or to structural channels which span structural members with'' /;' minimum machine screws. D. Refer to paragraph titled "Seismic and Bracing Requirements" for additional requirements. E. Fixture Outlets: In accessible tile ceilings, locate outlet within 4' of fixture, rigidly fastened to structural member or suspended from structure with rod or channel. In nonaccessible ceilings, provide access to outlet through fixture housing utilizing approved outlet assembly. Provide fixture outlet for each fixture, or continuous row of fixtures, or, in demountable ceilings, for a cluster of fixtures which can be connected by 6' flexible connections. F. Connections: Do not use fixtures as pull or junction boxes between separated fixtures. Do not flex between separated, suspended fixtures. Surface mounted fixtures, separated by not more than 6" in utility areas, may be nippled together. Connect from recessed fixtures to fixture outlet with 6' length of flexible conduit and conductors with insulation type described under paragraph titled "Conductors ". G. Machine Rooms: Prior to installation, coordinate light fixture location in machine rooms with equipment, piping, and ductwork to properly illuminate room and avoid interference's. Use only ceiling mounted or stem mounted fixtures in elevator machine rooms. Location: Locate fixture outlets, recessed fixtures, and determine the length of custom, continuous row cove or "reverse cove ". fixtures, by reference to Architectural reflected ceiling plans and details and measurement of building construction. Do not scale electrical drawings. Electrical 16000 -26 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 0 Lamping: For initial lamping of overhead fixtures during construction, omit diffuser installation. Prior to final acceptance and when directed by the owner in writing, clean the fixtures, remove construction lamps, relamp with new lamps and install diffusers. 3.30 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, VENTILATING AND PLUMBING CONTROL A. Provide Under This Section: 1. Motor starters, disconnects, circuit protection, items of industrial control, individually mounted controls, as specified or required. 2. Control wiring in conduit, to remote line voltage control devices, where indicated on the drawings, and where not included under the mechanical or building automation sections. 3. Connections to motors and controls as shown, but coordinated with equipment supplier. 4. Verification of point of connection to motors with equipment supplier prior to conduit installation. For roof mounted exhaust fans, rise within housing where possible. 5. Connection to package unit controls furnished as part of equipment. 6. Installation and connection of separately mounted electric line voltage thermostats and controls furnished with equipment, as indicated. 7. Line voltage supply circuits for building automation system data gathering panels and consoles. Locations are not indicated. Coordinate locations with system supplier. 8. Line voltage supply circuits from closest appropriate panel to plumbing and HVAC control panels and the like, coordinated with mechanical specifications section and equipment supplier. 9. Connection to devices in piping or ductwork (such as aquastats, solenoids, float switches) installed under Division 15. 10. Installation of, and connection to, variable frequency drives. The Following is Specked to be Provided Under Other Divisions: 1. Furnishing and installation of motors. 2. Furnishing of thermostats, and controls, which are part of equipment. 3. Installation of devices in piping or ductwork. C. Refer to Divisions 15 of the specifications, and mechanical and electrical drawings to establish complete scope of work. 3.31 INTERIOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS PROVISIONS A. Empty telephone and data raceway systems as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein, including all distribution conduit, wireways, blockouts, sleeves, grounds, pull wires, plywood backboards, outlets and plates indicated on the drawings for wiring provided under other sections or by Owner. Minimum conduit to be' /:' trade size for telephone /data outlet. B. From telephone and data outlets provide conduit stubbed up to accessible ceiling spaces terminating with a horizontal run and bushing. Cables shall be free run home and supported with J- hooks. Where crossing non - accessible ceiling spaces or exposed ceilings provide raceway system expect in telephone /data rooms. Electrical 16000 -27 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) C. Conduit bends with a minimum radius in feet equivalent to the diameter of conduit in inches, and not exceeding the equivalent of two 900 bends in a single run. Where over two 900 bends are required, install accessible pull box in run. Bush ends of all conduits. Do not use condulets. D. Terminate conduits at terminal backboards 6" above floor or within 12" of top of backboard. To reduce bends, backboard may be extended up to conduit stubs. E. Plywood Terminal Backboards: 8' high by length indicated, for telephone, data or signal systems where indicated on electrical drawings, of %: thick, APA exterior grade Douglas Fir A -C treated with fire retardant chemical to provide a flame spread rating of not more than 25 when tested according to ASTM E84. Install backboards over plaster or gypsum wallboard, not directly to studs. Use full sheets where practicable and attached to plaster walls with '/:' flat head toggle bolts. Attach to gypsum wallboard using fire retardant, nonexplosive contact cement, applied in strips spaced 16" on center horizontally or vertically across plywood, and in a continuous band around perimeter of plywood. Install plywood with clear face exposed to view. 3.32 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT A. Where electrically operated equipment indicated on the drawings is specified under other divisions of the specification, provide, unless otherwise indicated, all conduit, wiring and connections under -this section, as required for proper operation, and in accordance with wiring diagrams furnished by equipment supplier. B. Install controls furnished by equipment supplier, and provide disconnect switches within sight of controller. C. Refer to equipment specification for coordination of work. 3.33 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Materials and Equipment: Cover all transformers, transfer switches, panelboards, lighting fixtures, etc., stored or installed on the site, with polyethylene sheets or approved equivalent, to protect equipment from moisture, plaster, cement, paint, or other work of other trades. Cover outlet boxes with cardboard or plastic closures. Plug or cap conduit ends until final connection. Protect conduit stubs, stub -ups and risers from construction equipment. B. Storage: Provide proper and adequate storage facilities. Store conductors, raceways and fittings, in dry, protected locations. C. Damage: Replace all damaged or defective work, materials or equipment. Install sensitive or delicate equipment after major construction work is completed. D. Parts: Store and protect all portable and detachable parts or portions of the installation such as spare parts, fittings, fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking clips and inserts until completion of the work. As a precondition for acceptance of the work, deliver to the Owner's representative and obtain itemized receipt. Include receipts with the Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s) required under other paragraphs of the specifications. E. Site Cleaning: Periodically remove waste and rubbish and maintain order. Electrical 16000 -28 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) Equipment Finish: Clean and polish finished metal surfaces. Clean and prepare prime coated gear for painting. G. Light Fixtures: Remove dust and handprints from light fixture surfaces. Clean diffusers before project acceptance. H. Electrical Equipment: Clean exterior and interior of all equipment. Vacuum interiors, do not blow out. Apply permanent identification and remove temporary and unauthorized notations. Acceptance: Remove all debris, dirt, grease and oil from building surfaces, caused by work under this section. Clean out and vacuum electric rooms. 3.34 PAINTING A. In Equipment and Utility Areas: Provide factory finished equipment including prime coat and medium dark gray finishing over rust - inhibitor. B. Outdoors and in Wet Locations: Provide additional factory coat of exterior lacquer for a two mils finish thickness. Indicate finish on shop drawings. C. In Public Areas: Provide shop prime coat for equipment installed flush in painted walls. Finish painting is under Specification Section 'Painting ". D. Touchup: Use factory supplied paint for touchup of rusty or scratched surfaces. Replace marred or scratched plated finishes. E. Supports: All conduit hangers, racks and structural supports for electrical material and equipment under other paragraphs to be galvanized or plated to be field painted, if not plated, under this work in conformance with Specification Section 'Painting ". 3.35 IDENTIFICATION AND WARNING SIGNS A. Nameplates - General: 1. Provide laminated, engraved plastic nameplates with %" high letters for all switchboards, motor control centers, transfer switches and panelboards. Provide similar nameplates with 318" high letters for transformers, time switches, individually mounted breakers, switches and controls, and with sheet metal screws. Adhesive mounted nameplates are not acceptable. Refer to single line diagrams and schedules for actual designations and circuit numbers. 2. Include nameplate schedule on shop drawings submittals. 3. Indicate on Gear nameplates: a. Line 1 Equipment Designation b. Line 2 Voltage, Phase, Number of Wires, Amperes (Switchboards) KVA (transformers, generators). C. Example SWITCHBOARD MSS d. 277/480V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, 3,000 AMPERES 4. On service switchboards with multiple main breakers label each main breaker and indicate number of mains on each label. Example: Main No. 1 of 3, main No. 2 of 3, etc. 5. Indicate equipment and/or equipment controlled and designation on component nameplates. Examples: a. Swbd Breaker: CIR 3 - PANEL 3AA b. Motor Switch: TOILET EXHAUST FAN EF -3 Electrical 16000 -29 City of Newport Beach • Utility Yard (Office) C. Submeter: KWHR SUBMETER AIR CONDITIONING d. Time Switch: TSA - PARKING LIGHTS (served from Panel A) e. Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet: Fire alarm system 24V DC 6. Install panelboard nameplates behind panel door in public area and on panel face in equipment rooms. Nameplate Color Schedule: 1. 277V through 600V: Green letters on white label. 2. 120V through 240V: Black letters on which label. 1 Emergency System: White letters on red label. 4. Devices Connected Ahead of Service mains and Substation Secondary Mains: Letter color as for switchboard on yellow label, 5. Fire Alarm System: Black letters on red label. 6. Communication or Signal Systems: White letters on black label, Identify system. C. Stenciled Designations: Provide readily visible block letter stenciled designations for the following with 1/2" high minimum letters on background of contrasting color, colors as outlined under nameplates. 1. Junction and pull boxes and cabinets of signal and communication systems identifying system and voltage. 2. 277V lighting outlet and junction boxes - 2771480V. 3. 480V outlet and junction boxes - 480V. 4. Feeder conduit runs on 25' centers and on both sides of wall and floor penetrations, where visible from floor and above demountable ceilings. Indicate circuit designation and number on all feeders. Indicate system on all signal and communications system conduit sized 1' /z' and larger. D. Labels 1. At all fusible devices, either, individually mounted or part of gear, provide a label (as supplied by fuse manufacturer) or nameplate inside each switch cover, indicating specific type of fuse required for replacement. 2. Provide label, in addition to UL label, for each switchgear, switchboard, panelboard, transfer switch and motor control center indicating the short circuit rating of the gear as constructed and the minimum rating of devices allowable. Submit with shop drawings. E. Emergency System: 1. Identify all enclosures per Article 700 of the NEC. 2. Paint junction box covers and covers of multi - outlet assemblies red. 3. Use visibly red receptacles and devices. Alternately engrave plates 'EMERGENCY SYSTEM" and fill in with red enamel. Conduit and Conductors: 1. Tag feeders at panels, switchboards, pull boxes, and other accessible enclosures, indicating source, voltage, circuit number and conductor ampere rating. Tags to be readily readable after installation. 2. In exterior or wet locations, provide metal or laminated plastic discs as above attached with nylon cord. 3. In interior dry locations, provide metal or laminated plastic discs as above, attached with nylon cord. 4. Tag exposed ends of conduit stubs indicating system, name of panel, switchboard, etc., of origin and conduit size. 5. Identify all branch circuit system conductors with premarked, self - adhesive, wraparound cloth wire markers, indicating circuit number and name of panel, cabinet, etc., of origin, at panelboards, motor centers, Electrical 16000 -30 City of Newport Beach Utility Yard (Office) 0 0 switchboards, terminal cabinets, wireways, junction boxes and at outlet boxes containing more than one neutral wire. 6. Identification Format Examples: a. Switchboard Feeder - SAA -1 480/277V -225A b. Transformer Subfeeder - 3ETA -1 208/12OV -380A C. Transfer Switch Subfeeder - 3ATS -1 48OV -800A d. Panel AA. Branch Circuit - AA -10 e. Motor Control Center Circuit - MCCA -4 480V 7. Provide, above underground conduits stubbed for future use, engraved flush bronze marker anchored in 4" square by 12" deep concrete block, flush with grade, indicating system, conduit size and point of origin. G. Warning Signs: Conform with the latest edition of NEC. Provide 18 gauge steel, white porcelain enameled signs with 1" high black letters in all electrical and communication rooms and closets reading ELECTRICAL (or SIGNAL) ROOM - NO STORAGE PERMITTED. H. Panel Schedules: Provide typewritten panel schedules on inside of panel doors behind clear plastic. Indicate as -built number and type of outlets served and general location of outlets or fixtures and /or item of equipment served. Where modifying existing panels, provide new typewritten schedules reflecting modifications provided under this work. -Diagrams and Posted Signs: 1. For service switchboards and switchboards with bus rating 1000A or greater, provide a bus diagram framed and mounted behind clear plastic indicating bus configuration and rating, devices, ground fault detectors, standby generator connection, and switchboard components. Submit diagram for review with shop drawings. 2. Where project has service from a standby generator source, provide a sign, framed and mounted behind clear plastic, and located at the main electric room service switchboard, describing the standby source, including voltage, rating, and location. 3.36 TEST AND CERTIFICATION A. General: Provide testing in accordance with NETA requirements, as specified under individual equipment and system specifications and as follows: 1. Upon completion of the work, and as a condition for acceptance, test all components and systems in the presence of the Owner's representative to demonstrate compliance with the specifications. Provide tests as specified and as required by the code or enforcing authorities. Adjust, repair and /or replace defective material and equipment. 2. Provide supervisory personnel experienced with the particular systems involved, and where specified, arrange for the presence of factory representatives to direct indicated testing. Check all field connections prior to testing. 3. Provide all required testing instruments and pay all costs for testing and for any resulting repair or replacement. 4. Tighten all bolted connections and meggar all equipment and bus prior to testing. 5. Tabulate all test data and prepare certified typewritten report covering all testing performed and include in Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s). Electrical 16000 -31 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Office) B. Test and Measurements: Include all required factory service engineering time to cover the outline testing. Submit a per diem cost to cover additional testing which may be requested. C. Ground Resistance: Test ground resistance at service, substation, generator, and at the secondary of each transformer, sized 75 KVA and larger. Perform test in accordance with the latest edition of James G. Biddle manual on "Earth Resistance Testing" and describe tests and results in test report. Where ground resistance is in excess of specified values, add ground electrodes as required to meet specifications. Perform tests before associated slabs are poured so that corrective measures are not precluded. D. Switchboards 1. For each building service switchboard and switchboard served from separately derived systems (generator, transformer) isolate neutral bus from ground by removing neutral bus from ground by removing neutral bus link and test neutral bus for infinite resistance. It may be necessary to disconnect DC inverters. Correct all unintentional neutral grounding and repeat test until infinite resistance is obtained. Submit test report. Reinstall bus links. 2. Set, test and operate each operable device. E. For motors served from motor starters provide under this section, provide certified listing of nameplate motor data along with overloads provided in associated starters. Replace overloads as required for code compliance. Include list in Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual. F. Ground Fault Detectors: Verify proper neutral grounding and installation of ground fault detector. In zero sequence system, neutral and phase conductors to pass through sensor in same direction and equipment ground to be outside sensor. Test operation of each detector using factory authorized test equipment. G. Metering: Demonstrate operation and set zero adjustment. H. Conductors: Test for continuity, proper neutral connection, short circuit and improper ground. Meggar all feeders with switchboards and /or panels connected, but with branch loads disconnected, and meggar circuits for 20 HP and larger motors. Insulation resistance to be not less than cable manufacturer's recommendation. I. Panelboards: Test with main disconnect open, branch circuits connected, wall switches closed, lighting fixtures and /or outlets permanently connected, without lamps, for neutral ground, short circuit, continuity, improper ground, and multiple neutral grounds. J. Signal and Communication Systems: Factory engineer to test each system to demonstrate specified operation of all components. For code required systems arrange for code authorities to witness test. K. Receptacles: 1. Verify that all receptacles are installed per manufacturer's instructions and terminal connections are secure and clean. Test for polarity. 2. With the Aid of a GFI Tester, Such as Hubbell #GFT2 -G, Test GFI Receptacles: a. Hot - neutral - ground connections. Electrical 16000 -32 City of Newport Beach • • Utility Yard (Office) b. At two and three milliamps respectively, GFI shall not trip within 10 seconds. C. At five milliamps, GFI shall trip within one second. 3. Test isolated ground receptacles for ground isolation. L. Adjustments: After project loads are in full operation, and at a time acceptable to the Owner: 1. Take voltage readings at each transformer. Where voltage on secondary of building transformers is above or below required rating in excess of 2' /z percent at full load, make appropriate tap changes. 2. Take current readings on each phase at each panel. Adjust branch circuiting between phases where required to balance phase currents within 10 percent. Reflect revisions in panel schedules. Circuit revisions shall not compromise multi -wire circuits sharing a common neutral. 3. Tabulate adjustment data by transformer and panel and submit with test data. M. Thermographic Inspection: 1. After project loads are in full operation, perform a thermographic inspection of the electrical equipment and connections at a time acceptable to the Owner and in the presence of his authorized representative. 2. The inspection is to locate high resistive points by comparing temperature levels to reference temperatures. 3. Utilize an infrared camera with a range of -20 °C to 900 °C and an accuracy of 0.1 °C. Equip camera with a minimum of three lenses: 70 telephoto, 200 wide angle and 40 extra wide angle. Utilize camera to detect infrared wavelengths and convert them into video signals projected onto a monitor screen in the form of a line thermal image to be photographed for inclusion in the report. Heat loss survey to be in both gray step mode and color. 4. Inspect the entire electrical system including: a. Transformers. b. Panelboards. C. Circuit breakers, disconnect switches. 5. Include in test report thermographs and photographs of defective equipment and connections. Outline probable cause, severity of defect and corrective measure recommendations. 6. Correct deficiencies as agreed upon at no cost to owner. Rephotograph corrected areas and resubmit data indicating satisfactory condition. Non Metallic Conduit Test: 1. Provide witnessed test of all conduits, after installation, for clear bore, using ball mandrel, brushes and snake. Use Lignum Vitae ball of diameter equal to approximately 85% of conduit inside diameter. For utility conduit, test in presence of utility representative. Clear all conduits which reject ball mandrel. Bear all cost involved, including chopping concrete, replacing conduit and restoring surfaces to original condition. 2. Maintain record of testing indicating 'left clear, tagged, capped" listing conduit designation, diameter, location, date of test and testing personnel. Submit certified copies in triplicate. END OF SECTION Electrical 16000 -33 " CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. S20 May 22, 2007 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, PE 949- 644 -3328 or Idalton(cbcitv.newaort- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: AWARD CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 3742 FOR: (1) NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL. RECOMMENDATIONS: A. AWARD CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO MACERICH CONSTRUCTION, INC.: 1. Authorize the City Manager to enter into a Reimbursement Agreement and Long - Term Lease with the County of Orange. 2. Approve the plans and specifications. 3. Award Contract No. 3742 to Macerich Construction, Inc., for the Total Bid Price of $923,000 and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract. 4. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $3130 from the General Fund unappropriated fund balance to 7011- C5100809 for the Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition. 5. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $221,500 to Account No. 7251- C5100976 from a contribution from the County of Orange and increasing revenue estimates by $221,500 representing the contribution; appropriating $68,316.25 from the General Fund unappropriated fund balance to Account No. 7017- C5100976; and appropriating $68,316.25 ($35,639.00 from Account No. 7501- C5100277, $32,677.25 from Account No. 7501- C5500074) to Account No. 7501- C5100976 for the Tower and Radio Building. 6. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $153,817.50 from Account No. 7501= C5500074 to 7501- C5500930 for the Utilities Yard Building 3. 7. Establish an amount of $92,300 (10% of the award amount) to cover the.cost of unforeseen work and construction expenses. M Newport Theater Arts Ar Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Lobby &ion; Utilities Yard Radio Building; and Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 2 B. AWARD CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TO BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORP: 1. Authorize the City Manager to enter into a Reimbursement Agreement and Long - Term Lease with the County of Orange. 2. Approve the plans and specifications. 3. Award Contract No. 3742 to Big West Construction Corporation for the Total Bid Price of $1,009,475, and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract. 4. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $35,990 from the General Fund unappropriated fund balance to 7011- C5100809 for the Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition. 5. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $221,500 to Account No. 7251- C5100976 from a contribution from the County of Orange and increasing revenue estimates by $221,500 representing the contribution; appropriating $82,188.50 from the General Fund unappropriated fund balance to Account No. 7017- C5100976; and appropriating $82,188.50 ($35,639.00 from Account No. 7501- C5100277, $24,725.00 from Account No. 7501- C5500074, and $21,824.50 from Account No. 7501- C5100768) to Account No. 7501- C5100976 for the Tower and Radio Building. 6. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $188,335 from Account No. 7501-05500074 to 7501- C5500930. 7. Collect Macerich Construction, Inc's., bid bond (10% of their bid amount) or negotiate another settlement amount with Macerich because of their errors in bidding Contract No. 3742. 8. Establish an amount of $100,947 (10% of the award amount) to cover the cost of unforeseen work and construction expenses. INTRODUCTION: Contract No. 3742 constructs four small projects that staff wrapped into one contract in an attempt to attract more bidders and result in lower bid prices. If the City awards Contract No. 3742 and enters into a Reimbursement Agreement and Long -Term Lease with the County of Orange, construction will first commence on three of the projects at the Utilities Yard, then move to the Newport Theater Arts Center this fall. DISCUSSION: In 2001, the County determined that despite various technical enhancements to improve communication in several areas within Orange County, public safety radio coverage in Newport Beach remained inadequate. In 2005, the City acquired the radio tower located .. - at the City Utilities Yard from Entravision Communications for eight thousand dollars Newport Theater Ater Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E).320' Guyed Lob ddition; Utilities Yard Radio Building; and .Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel - Award Contract No. 3742 ., May 22, 2007 Page 3 ($8,000). The City elected to acquire the tower because the Utilities Department and the Information Technology Division use the tower for communication purposes. After acquiring the tower, the City contacted the Orange County Sheriffs Communications Division and informed them that the City would like the County to consider installing an 800 MHz communication facility on the tower to improve radio communications for the City's Police and Fire Departments. The County then performed a review of this potential new 800 'MHz radio site. They determined that it was possible to attain a 30 percent improvement for on- street and in- building radio coverage in the core Newport Beach area. The Newport Beach Police Department has stated that this improvement in coverage would be beneficial and that this shared project was highly desirable for public safety. Location of Radio Tower Photo of Tower After discussing the coverage issue with the County and performing a structural analysis of the tower, City and County staff agreed that the tower could be used to install the 800 MHz communication facility; however, it would be necessary to: (1) upgrade the tower (the tower upgrades would need to be made whether or not the 800 MHz system was installed); (2) design and construct a 600 square foot building (300 square feet would be used for the 800 MHz system and 300 square feet would be used by the City for other purposes); (3) remove the old broadcast antennas (the old broadcast antennas would need to be removed whether or not the 800 MHz system was installed); and (4) install the 800 MHz communication equipment. Almost two years of tower studies and discussions have resulted in a reimbursement agreement and lease that City staff believes is acceptable, and which the County Board of Supervisors has already approved. REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT: Newport Theater Arts Or Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Lobby bon; Utilities Yard Radio Building; and Utilities Yard Building 3 emodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 4 The proposed reimbursement agreement authorizes the City to construct a shared 600 square foot radio communications building and upgrade to the radio tower to accommodate 800. MHz Countywide Coordinated Communications System (CCCS) antennas, with the County reimbursing the City in the amount of $221,500 for the County's share of the project cost. The total estimated project cost is $339,770 (i.e. (1) structural analysis of the tower ($9,020); (2) preparation of bid documents and plans for the tower upgrade ($3,750); (3) tower upgrade ($27,000); (4) design of the 600 square foot building ($19,000); and (5) construction of the 600 square foot building ($281,000). The County is also paying all costs to remove radio equipment from the tower and to provide electrical service to the new building. The total estimated cost to the City of entering into the reimbursement agreement is $118,270 (i.e. $339,770 minus $221,500). The County has agreed to pay the majority of the costs because the City owns the land and the tower. Under the agreement, the County will own the equipment to be installed at the site, including the generator; the auto transfer switch and the diesel fuel tank. The City will own the building, manage construction of the facility, and be responsible for any cost overruns and for ongoing`maintenance of the tower and the building. LEASE AGREEMENT: The proposed Lease Agreement will allow the County to use the facility rent -free for a period of 20 years, at which time the lease may be extended by mutual agreement. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT BIDDING: At 11:00 am on April 17, 2007, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for Contract No. 3742: Bidder Total Bid Price Low Macerich Construction, Inc. $918,000' 2 Big West Construction Corporation 1,009;475 3 General Consolidated Constructors, Inc. 1,035,000 4 Horizons CCI Services, Inc. 1,049,400 5 Klassic Engineering & Const., Inc. 1,325,858 6 United Contractors Company, Inc. 2,184,800 The Total Bid Price of the apparent low bidder, Macerich Construction, Inc., contained a $5,000 addition error; so that their correct total should be $923,000 (See attached Proposal). As stated above, Contract No. 3742 constructs four small projects under one contract in staffs attempt to attract bidders and obtain lower bid prices. Apparently the strategy worked. Six bids were received and, disregarding the low bid, the next three bids came in within 4% of each other (see attached Bid Summary). Staff feels that this is a strong validation of the correctness to award Contract No. 3742. Macerich Construction, Inc., possesses a General Building Contractor Class B License as specified in the contract documents. Macerich is a six year -old firm that has Newport Theater Aonler Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed LoAkddition; Utlifies Yard Radio Building; and Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 5 satisfactorily completed building projects for Mt. San Antonio College, the Newport- Mesa Unified School District, the City of Santa Fe Springs, and St. Mary's Church. Macerich's corrected bid total is 12% above the $822,840 sum of the design consultants' estimates, which are listed below. Knowing full -well that construction and materials for projects are being bid much higher than estimated costs, staff increased the sum of the design consultants' estimates by 15% and advertised the project at $950,000. Macerich's Total Bid Price is 3% below this increased estimate. However, Macerich has asked to withdraw their bid since they allege that a $321,000 portion of the bid was inadvertently omitted from their Total Bid Price (see attached letter). State law allows an agency to relieve a bidder from an erroneous bid provided that the bidder furnishes the agency adequate information to explain its bid error (see attached letters from the City Attorney to Macerich). However, as of the day this memo is being written, Macerich has not provided such evidence to the City (see attached letters from Macerich to the City Attorney). Accordingly, Macerich must either perform the work for the corrected bid amount of $923,000, forfeit their bid bond (10% of their Total Bid Price) or agree to another settlement amount with the City. As of the day this memo is being written, the City Attorney is attempting to negotiate another settlement amount with Macerich. If Contract No. 3742 is awarded to the #2 bidder, the settlement amount will be applied toward the award amount to the #2 bidder and the $188,335 General Fund budget amendment that is requested elsewhere in this memo will likewise be reduced. The #2 bidder, Big West Construction Corporation, possesses a General Building Contractor Class B License as specified in the contract documents. Big West is a five year -old firm that has satisfactorily completed building projects for the Irvine School District, UCI, the LA Boys and Girls Club, and Mt. San Antonio College. Big West's president and owner has been licensed as a general contractor since 1990, and will superintend the project. Big West's bid is 23% above the $822,840 sum of the design consultants' estimates, which are listed below. Big West's Total Bid Price is 6% above the City's construction estimate. NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION: Work at Newport Theater Arts Center (NTAC) includes demolishing certain portions of the lobby, excavating to construct additional footings, constructing a 445 square foot lobby addition, and making accessibility modifications to the public's path of travel to the theater and its restrooms. The City bid the job a year ago, then rejected all three bids when they came in too high (see attached Staff Report dated May 23, 2006). This year the three validating NTAC bids averaged 21 % less than last year's three bids. Plans and specifications for the remodeling work at NTAC were prepared by Jorgensen Architects (now known as Rossetti Jorgensen), working-hand-in-hand with the Friends Newport Theater AASoer Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Lobb *ition; Utilities Yard Radio Building; and Utilities Yard Building emodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 6 of NTAC. Last year, Jorgensen's construction estimate was $250,000, which staff bumped up 10% to $275,000 to account for a year of inflating construction cost. RETROFIT OF EXISTING 320' GUYED TOWER: Work on the City's 320 -foot high guyed tower in the Utilities Yard includes constructing additions to existing guy anchor posts and footings. The tower is currently used only to broadcast radio transmissions between City staff. The retrofitted tower will additionally broadcast 800 MHz transmissions by the Orange County Sheriffs Department and local law enforcement agencies to and from areas that are poorly served by the Sheriffs other transmission towers. Certain antennas and other apparatus that are no longer in use will be removed from the tower as part of the work. Other antennas and apparatus will likewise be added to the tower, which will remain in- service during construction. In addition, City staff is presently investigating the option of installing apparatus to transmit Public Works' traffic signal data and other department's data between the tower and City Hall which staff feels will conflict with the 800 MHz system. Plans and specifications for the tower work were prepared by Conlan Engineering and Construction Corporation of Tulare. Conlan's October, 2005 construction estimate was $26,950, which staff bumped up to $30,000 for 1% years of inflating construction cost. UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING: Work on Utilities Yard Radio Building includes removing surface parking and planter improvements adjacent to the guyed tower, constructing site improvements and a 20 foot by 30 foot heated - and - air - conditioned masonry radio building, installing an emergency power generator and fuel tank, and extending utility services into the new building. The building will be equally- funded and occupied with radio equipment and staff of the County of Orange Sheriffs Department and the City of Newport Beach. Plans and specifications for the Radio Building were prepared by Paul J. Ruffing, AIA. Ruffing's recent construction estimate for the work was $247,740. UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL: Work on Utilities Yard Building 3 includes demolishing the interior portion of the currently - unused two story building and constructing new second floor framing, stairway and restroom for Utilities Department personnel. New windows and doors will be added to the southerly and westerly sides of the building: The remodeling includes heating and air conditioning of the 1,535 square foot area. The remodeled building will house Utilities staff. The public will have direct access to Utilities staff from 16th Street rather than through the restricted Utilities Yard. Plans and specifications for the Utilities Building were also prepared by Paul Ruffing. His recent construction estimate for the Building 3 work was $270,100. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW: Newport Theater Adenter Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Looddition; Utilities Yard Radio Building; and Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 7 The projects are categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15303, Class 3 pertaining to the construction of limited numbers of new, small facilities and the conversion of existing small structures, and Section 15301, Class 15301 pertaining to the minor alteration of existing facilities involving negligible or no expansion of use beyond that existing at the time of the lead agency's determination. Notices of Exemption have been filed with and posted by the County Clerk as required by law. PUBLIC NOTICE: This agenda item was noticed in accordance with the Brown Act (72 hours in advance of the public meeting at which the City Council considers the item). FUNDING AVAILABILITY FOR AWARD TO MACERICH CONSTRUCTION: If the City Council approves the Reimbursement Agreement, $221,500 of the cost of the project will be borne by the County of Orange. The remainder of funding is available in the General Fund, Contributions Fund and Building Excise Tax. Upon approval of the recommended budget amendments to transfer unused budgeted funds from other budget appropriations, funds will be available for award and construction contingency in the following accounts: Account Description Account Number Amount ( Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Gen Fund 7011- C5100809 $300,220.00 Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Contribution 7251- C5100809 25,000.00 Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition — G. F. Amendment 7011- C5100809 3,130.00 Tower and Radio Building costs — Orange County's share 7251- C5100976 221,500.00 Tower and Radio Building - General Fund Amendment 7017- C5100976 68,316.25 Tower and Radio Building — Water Fund Amendment 7501- C5100976 68,316.25 Building 3 - Wastewater Fund 7531- C5500930 50,000.00 Building 3 - Water Fund 7501- C5500930 278,817.50 Total: $1,015,300.00 Proposed project costs are as follows Project Purpose Amount Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition Construction and Mobilization $298,500.00 Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition 10% Construction Contingency 29,850.00 Tower and Radio Building Construction and Mobilization 325,575.00 Tower and Radio Building 10% Construction Contingency 32,557.50 Building 3 Construction and Mobilization 298,925.00 Building 3 10% Construction Contingency 29.892.50 Total: $1,015,300.00 FUNDING AVAILABILITY FOR AWARD TO BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION: Newport Theater Artseter Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 32V Guyed Lobb ition; utilities Yard Radiq Building; and Utilities Yard Building emodel - Award Contract No. 3742 May 22, 2007 Page 8 If the City Council approves the Reimbursement Agreement, $221,500 of the cost of the project will be borne by the County of Orange. The remainder of funding is available in the General Fund, Contributions Fund and Building Excise Tax. Upon approval of the recommended budget amendments to transfer unused budgeted funds from other budget appropriations, funds will be available for award and construction contingency in the following accounts: Account Description Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Gen Fund Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Contribution Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition — G. F. Amendment Tower and Radio Building costs — Orange County's share Tower and Radio Building - General Fund Amendment Tower and Radio Building — Water Fund Amendment Building 3 - Wastewater Fund Building 3 - Water Fund Proposed project costs are as follows: Account Number Amount 7011- C5100809 $300,220.00 7251- C5100809 25,000:00 7011- C5100809 35,990.00 7251- C5100976 221,500.00 7017- C5100976 82,188.50 7501- C5100976 82,188.50 7531- C5500930 50,090.00 7501- C5500930 313,335.00 "Total: $1,110,422.00 Proiect Purpose Amount Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition Construction and Mobilization $ 328,373.00 Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition 10% Construction Contingency 32,837.00 Tower and Radio Building Construction and Mobilization 350,797.00 Tower and Radio Building 10% Construction Contingency 35,080.00 Building 3 Construction and Mobilization 330,305.00 Building 3 10% Construction Contingency 33.030.00 Total: $1,110,422.00 Prepared by: Submitted by: 0, MIA tep G. Badum Pu is Works Director Attachments: Reimbursement Agreement Lease Agreement Bid Summary Proposal by Macerich Construction, Inc. Letters from Macerich Construction, Inc. Responses from the City Attorney Staff Report dated May 23, 2006 t; 'i • • Project No: GA 055 -485- 2200 -20-2 Project Name: 800 MHz Communications Site Project Location: City of Newport Beach — 949 West I e Street City Utilities Department Yard REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT This Reimbursement Agreement ("Agreement") is made this _ day of 2007 .by and between the County of Orange, a political subdivision of the State of California, ( "COUNTY ") and the City of Newport Beach, a municipal corporation, RECITALS I. CITY is the owner of that certain real property ( "Property") located at 949 West 16th Street in the City of Newport Beach, County of Orange, State of California. A depiction of the Property is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 which is incorporated herein by this reference. R. The Property's primary purpose is for use by CITY as its Utilities Department operations yard. III. CITY and COUNTY have agreed that it is in their respective interest to upgrade 1 i an existing communications tower owned by the CITY ("Tower") and construct a new equipment building ( "Equipment Building ") on the Property at shared expense with COUNTY, so that the COUNTY can install the COUNTY's 800 MHz radio mobileWreless communications system and appurtenant equipment ( 0800 MHz System') on a portion of the Property ( "Project").. IV. After the 800. MHz System is installed, the parties have agreed to enter into a long term lease which will provide for the COUNTY to, among other things, operate the 800 MHz System on the portion of the Property ( "Lease "). A copy of the Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit 2 and incorporated herein by this reference. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Lease, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Project Scope of Work consists of the following: A. Preparation of Plans & Specifications for the construction of the Tower Upgrades. B. Preparation of Plans & Specifications for the construction of the Equipment Building. C. Upgrade of Tower including the replacement of guy cable assemblies, tower base foundation expansion, guy anchor beam reinforcement and guy anchor concrete pier reinforcement. D. Construction of the Equipment Building which will be an air conditioned, concrete block building (approximately 600 square feet) and the installation of an emergency 50 KW generator, a 600 gallon diesel fuel storage tank, and an automatic transfer switch. All elements shall be provided in accordance with the COUNTY approved Plans and Specifications as set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement. E. COUNTY's removal from the Tower of the existing radio equipment that is no longer in use, as denoted by the CITY. F. COUNTY's installation of the 800 MHz System and ancillary equipment. G. COUNTY's installation of utilities connections and separately metered services. 2. COST SHARING The CITY and COUNTY hereby agree as follows: A. The COUNTY will reimburse the CITY in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty-One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars and No Cents ($221,500.00) for its share of the costs and expense of those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(A) through Section 1(D) hereunder. The CITY shall be liable for all other costs associated with completing the work identified in Section 1(A) through Section 1(D). B. The financial expenditures by COUNTY that relate in any way to the work set forth in Section 1(E) through Section 1(G), shall not count towards the COUNTY's financial obligations under this Agreement (i.e. costs and expenses associated with COUNTY's performance of the work described in Sections 1(E) through 1(G) shall not count towards the COUNTY's obligations set forth in Section 2 (A). 3. TERM This Agreement shall be in full force and effect until the specified obligations of both Parties have been fulfilled or the Agreement is terminated as set forth herein. 4. - TERMINATION Except as otherwise provided herein, in the event .that either party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of thirty (30) calendar days, or if more than thirty (30) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due perfonnance within thirty (30) calendar days after i • receipt of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, and thereafter diligently take steps to cure the default, the non - defaulting party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof, and that parry shall have no further obligations under this Agreement. 5. PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS The CITY and COUNTY agree that the CITY shall prepare plans & specifications for the Tower upgrade and Equipment Building ("Plans and Specifications") and the CITY shall submit the Plans and Specifications to the COUNTY's Director, Sheriff /Communications ( "Communications Director") for review and approval. The Plans and Specifications shall meet the COUNTY's standards.and technical requirements. The Communications Director's approval does not apply to the engineering adequacy of the Project specifications, plans and drawings. 6. CITY OBLIGATIONS CITY and COUNTY shall work cooperatively together so the Project can be constructed in a manner that minimizes the Project costs. A. CITY shall enter into and administer contracts for the design services necessary for those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(A) through (D), which includes contracting with the necessary engineering consulting services to accomplish the design efforts. } B. CITY shall be responsible for compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act ( "CEQA ") (Pub. Resources Code, Section 21000 et seq.) for all activities associated with the Project, except for the portion of the Project identified in Section 1(F), and CITY shall be the Lead Agency for purposes of the CEQA and, in such capacity, shall conduct such environmental review (whether by Environmental Impact Report, Mitigated Negative Declaration, Negative Declaration, or Notice of Exemption) as CEQA may require. CITY shall supply to COUNTY a copy of the CITY approved environmental review document. C. CITY shall prepare and issue public works bid packages and administer the construction contracts for those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(C) through Section 1(D) of.this Agreement. D. Upon opening of bids for those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(C) through Section 1(D), CITY shall submit results for review and approval by COUNTY. COUNTY shall have a period of ten (10) calendar days for review of bid results and approval or rejection of the successful bidder. If the COUNTY fails to respond within ten (10) calendar days, the COUNTY shall he deemed to have approved the bid. In the event the COUNTY rejects the successful bidder, the CITY shall reject all bids or shall proceed with the work at its sole cost and expense, and without reimbursement from the COUNTY. If the CITY proceeds with the work at its sole cost and expense and without reimbursement from the COUNTY, this Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. The CITY and COUNTY agree that the CITY reserves the right to reject all bids. If the CITY rejects all bids, and the CITY and COUNTY agree to not re -bid the project, this Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect and the COUNTY shall be refunded all funds advanced to the CITY, less half of the design cost actually incurred by the City for the work set forth in Section 1(A) through 1(B) above. E. CITY shall, at its sole expense, obtain all necessary permits for construction of those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(C) through Section 1(D), above, from federal, state and local governmental agencies. CITY shall, at its sole expense, fully comply with all laws, standards, statutes, restrictions, ordinances; . requirements and regulations (collectively "laws ") of all govemmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project. F. Provided the COUNTY or CITY does not reject the successful bidder, CITY shall enter into a contract for construction of the Project in accordance with the approved Plans and Specifications ( "Construction Contract "). G. CITY shall require a one -year warranty on those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(C) through Section 1(D) from its construction contractors. H. CITY shall promptly inform the COUNTY during the course of is construction of any proposed change orders to the construction contract that substantially impacts the COUNTY's interest. Copies of proposed change orders that substantially impact the COUNTY's interest will be provided to the COUNTY within five (5) working days of submission to CITY. All change orders that substantially impact the COUNTY's interest shall be subject to the prior written approval at the sole discretion of the Communications Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld CITY shall furnish and deliver to COUNTY all record drawings of the those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(C) through Section 1(D) and any additional project - related documents requested by COUNTY at no cost to COUNTY. COUNTY'S OBLIGATIONS A. COUNTY shall perform any and all work related in any way to those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(E) through Section 1(G) of this Agreement and be liable for all costs and expenses related thereto without reimbursement from CITY. B. COUNTY shall obtain all necessary permits for construction of those portions of the Project identified in Section 1(E) through Section 1(G) from federal, state and local governmental agencies and fully comply with all laws of all governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project. 4 C. COUNTY shall furnish and deliver to CITY all record. drawings of those . portions of the Project identified in Section 1(F) through Section 1(G) and any additional project related documents requested by CITY at no cost to CITY. D. COUNTY shall require any contractor, subcontractor, person or entity performing any portion of the work set forth in Sections 1(E) through 1(G) to: (1) comply with Section 11, Tower Work, and Section 16, Insurance, Contractors Liability Insurance of the Lease which is attached hereto; and (2) enter into an indemnity agreement, which is approved as to form by the City Attorney, indemnifying the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and volunteers from all liability, to the maximum extent permitted by law.. 8. CONSTRUCTION (N) Unless this agreement is terminated as otherwise provided herein, the CITY and COUNTY agree to complete all elements of the Project within three hundred and sixty five (365) days following the execution of this Agreement, or such other date a may be mutually agreed to by the parties hereto in writing, in accordance with the Scope of Work and Plans and Specifications. Subsequent to the completion of the Project, and prior to occupancy by COUNTY, CITY shall request in writing the Communications Director's written approval and acceptance "j of the Project. Said acceptance shall be manifested by letter from the Communications Director and may be subject to completion of "punch list" items. Said punch list will be generated by the Communications Director. In the event the Communications Director does not respond within ten (10) calendar days to the written request by the CITY, the COUNTY shall be deemed to have accepted the Project. 9. TIMING AND REIMBURSEMENT (N) Within sixty (60) days of the execution of this Agreement, COUNTY shall pay the CITY One Hundred and Twenty Thousand Dollars and No Cents. .($120,000.00) as partial payment for services and direct costs previously or presently expended by the CITY towards the Project. Within sixty (60) days of the COUNTY's inspection and acceptance of the Equipment Building shell, the COUNTY shall .pay the CITY Sixty Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($60,000:00). Within sixty (60) days of completion of the entire Project including punch list items, the COUNTY shall pay the CITY Forty -One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars and No Cents ($41,500.00). the City shall provide the COUNTY with any documentation related to the Project that it requires including, but not limited to, invoices. 10. LEASE Unless this Agreement is tenninated as provided herein, all parties hereto agree to execute the Lease within ten (10) working days of the Communications Director's acceptance of the Project as provided in Section 8. 5 11. RECORDS For a period of three (3).years after final payment hereunder or until all claims related to this Agreement are finally settled, whichever is later, CITY shall preserve and maintain all documents, papers and records relevant to the work performed or property or equipment acquired in accordance with this Agreement. For the same time period, CITY shall make said documents, papers and records available to COUNTY or their duly authorized representatives for examination, copying, or mechanical reproduction on or off the premises of CITY upon request by COUNTY during normal working hours. 12. AMENDMENT No alteration or variation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto, and no oral understandings or agreement not incorporated herein shall be binding on the parties hereto. 13. ASSIGNMENT CITY shall not assign this Agreement in whole or in part without the express written consent of COUNTY. 14. RECITALS The Recitals paragraphs above are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by this reference. 15. WAIVER A waiver by either party of any breach, of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be dee}ned to be. a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein, whether of the same or a different character. 16. INTERPRETATION The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 17. CONTROLLING LAW AND VENUE. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange. 18. SEVERABILITY If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this 0 P LOS 0 Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 19. INTEGRATED AGREEMENT • This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 20. ATTACHMENTS This Agreement includes the following, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof. Exhibit 1 Depiction of Property Exhibit 2 Lease 7 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Reimbursement Agreement the day and year first above written. COUNTY APPROVED AS TO FORM: County Counsel By: 1TIt v�A N1wtW - Deputy Date: _ Al IA�— CITY APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney 0 '440%_ Ct a r^'1 Assistant City �Attttorney Dater I " SIGNED AND CERTIFIED THAT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE CHAIRMAN OF BOARD OF SUPERVISORS ATTEST: */ARLENE J. BLOOM " 4 Clerk of the Board of Supervisors of Orange County, California COUNTY ORANGE Chairman, Board of Supe *rs 10 Mayor ATTEST: By: City Clerk �7 0 MHZ Communications Site County of Orange & City of Newport Beach EXHIBIT I Newport Beach City Utilities Yard Reimbursement Agreement 949 W. 16" Street Depiction of Property 1A 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 1i Project No: GA 055 -485- 2200 -20 -2 Project Name: 800 MHz Communications Site Project Location: City of Newport Beach — 949 West 161' Street City Utilities Department Yard EXHIBIT 2 LEASE THIS LEASE ( "Lease ") is made this _ day of 200_, by and between the COUNTY OF ORANGE, a political subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter referred to as "COUNTY," and the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as "LESSOR." RECITALS A. LESSOR is the owner of that certain real property ( "Property") located at 949 West 16th Street in the City of Newport Beach, County of Orange, State of California. A depiction of the Property is attached hereto as Exhibit A which is incorporated herein by this reference. B. The Property's primary purpose is for use by LESSOR as its Utilities Department operations yard. C. On ' 2007, LESSOR and COUNTY entered into a Reimbursement Agreement, which this Lease is an Exhibit to, whereby LESSOR agreed to upgrade an existing LESSOR owned communications tower ("Tower") and construct a new equipment building ("Equipment Building ") on the Property at shared expense with COUNTY. The Reimbursement Agreement is incorporated herein by this reference. D. COUNTY desires and LESSOR agrees to provide COUNTY with a long -term Lease of a portion of the Property for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, maintaining, repairing and aftering COUNTY s 800 MHz radio mobileAMreless communications system and appurtenant equipment ( 0800 MHZ System"). In consideration of which, and the other considerations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS (1.2 S) "Board of Supervisors" means the Board of Supervisors of the County of Orange, a political subdivision of the State of California. "Sheriff means the Sheriff of the County of Orange, or designee, or upon written notice to LESSOR, such person or entity as shall be designated by the Board of Supervisors. "Communications Director" means the Director, Sheriff/Communications, County of Orange, or designee, or upon written notice to LESSOR, such other person or entity as shall be designated by the Sheriff- Coroner. "County Counsel" means the County Counsel, County of Orange, ordesignee, or upon written Re; GA 055485 -2700 -20-2 . 0 0 notice to LESSOR, such other person or entity as shall be designated by the County 2 Executive Officer or the Board of Supervisors. 4 "Corporate Real Estate" means the Resources Development and Management Department, Internal Services, Real Estate Division, Corporate Real Estate for the County of Orange, or 6 upon written notice to LESSOR, such entity as shall be designated by the County Executive 8 Officer or the Director, Resources Development and Management Department. 2. PREMISES (1.3 N) 10 As provided in this section, LESSOR leases to COUNTY that certain real property hereinafter 12 referred to as "Premises," composed of an exclusive right to use a portion of the Tower (as designated on Exhibit B, page 2), one -half of the interior area of the Equipment Building (as 14 designated on Exhibit B, page 1) and the exterior area of the Equipment Building where the COUNTY's diesel generator and diesel fuel storage tank are located (as designated on Exhibit 16 B, page 1). Exhibit B is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. The parties hereto agree that: (i) sidewalk areas depicted on Exhibit B, page 1, shall be jointly 18 used by the parties, the COUNTY shall have exclusive and unencumbered use of space, as described above and identified on Exhibit B, on the Towerforthe installation, operation, repair 20 and maintenance of its 800 MHz System communications equipment. COUNTY and LESSOR agree that the LESSOR shall have the right to: (i) use all other areas of the Tower 22 not specifically designated for COUNTY use; (ii) run cable and material over the COUNTY's portion of the Tower as necessary to connect to equipment installed on the Tower provided 24 that these items do not disturb, alter or interfere with COUNTY's 800 MHz System equipment installed on the Tower; and (iii) the right to ingress and egress over the portion of the Tower { designated for COUNTY use provided that the LESSOR does not disturb, after or interfere with COUNTY's 800 MHz System equipment installed on the Tower. 28 COUNTY, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the. installation, operation and 30 maintenance of its 800 MHz system and Facility; as defined in Clause 4 of this Lease. COUNTY shall not be responsible for costs, expenses or other sums related to LESSOR's 32 activities on or within its occupied portion of the Property. 34 3. ACCESS (N) 36 The parties acknowledge that the Property is a secured facility and that LESSOR has a right to impose as a condition of this Lease reasonable security measures. COUNTY shall comply 38 with any reasonable security measures required. by LESSOR, COUNTY shall have the non- exclusive right of ingress and egress to and from the Premises on, within, over and across the 40 Property, an access way to and from the nearest public street and driveway, and parking areas for COUNTY's personnel, vehicles and equipment, as necessary on and within the 42 Property for the installation, operation, maintenance and alteration of COUNTY s 800 MHZ System, Facility, equipment and other items located on the Premises, and'to electrical power 44 facilities, connections and other utilities as needed to service COUNTY's 800 MHz System and Facility. 46 LESSOR agrees that COUNTY shall have access to the Property and Premises on a twenty- 48 four (24) hour per day basis on every day of each year of the term of this Lease and any reasonable security measures imposed by LESSOR shall not prohibit said access. LESSOR shall provide COUNTY, at no charge or deposit, with as many keys and /or access cards as 0 needed for gates or other secured entries to the Property and the Premises. COUNTY shall provide, at its sole expense, all security provisions it deems necessary to 54 protect its Facility and the Premises. Pile: GA 0.55 -085 - 2200 -20.2 2 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 COUNTY shall comply with all fire and safety codes and shall not obstruct access of emergency vehicles to and within the Property. 4. USE (2.1 N) COUNTY Use: The Premises shall only be used by COUNTY during the term of this Lease for a governmental use (i.e. non - commercial use) and lawful activities related to the construction, installation, alteration, operation, repair, and maintenance of its 800 MHz System and appurtenant structures including, without limitation, the installation of an exclusive use communications equipment room, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel storage tank, auto transfer switch, air conditioning unit, and Tower mounted microwave dishes and antennas ( "Facility/'). The microwave dishes and antennas shall.be used for the transmission and the reception of radio communication signals on various frequencies. COUNTY shall not cause or allow Premises to be used for any purpose other than for those uses. described in this Clause. Permits, Licenses, Approvals: LESSOR agrees to reasonably cooperate with COUNTY, at COUNTY s sole cost and expense, in making application for and obtaining all licenses, permits, and any and all other necessary approvals that may be required for COUNTY s use of the Premises. Representatives: LESSOR and COUNTY shall each identify to the other party a representative as a point of contact for this Lease, and at all times during the term of this Lease shall maintain a viable point of contact to ensure LESSOR and COUNTY have reasonable access to LESSOR and COUNTY personnel knowledgeable about the Property and the Premises and the operation and maintenance of the respective communications systems. Use By Third Parties: Prior to the authorization by LESSOR to any third -party to install any communications equipment on the Tower, within LESSOR's portion of the Equipment Building or at any other location within the Property or Premises, LESSOR shall first submit the proposed use in writing to COUNTY. Said proposed use shall be subject to the written approval of the Communications Director based on and consistent with the provisions of Clause 5, Mutual Non - Interference, herein and said approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. COUNTY shall respond within thirty (30) days from the date of receiving written notice of the proposed use from LESSOR to LESSOR with its approval, rejection or required reasonable mitigations for the proposed use. Failure of the COUNTY to respond within thirty (30) days shall be deemed to be approval by the COUNTY. Alteration By LESSOR/COUNTY: LESSOR shall not substantially alter or modify any improvement within the Premises without the prior written approval of COUNTY. Likewise, COUNTY shall not substantially alter or modify any improvement within the Premises without the prior written approval of LESSOR. 5. MUTUAL NON-INTERFERENCE (N) Upon activation of the COUNTY communications equipment, COUNTY shall confirm, at 3 File: GA 055- 485- 22W2a2 WIMM COUNTY's sole cost and expense, that COUNTY's radio equipment is not interfering with 2 existing systems operating on the Tower and at the Property. Any modification necessary_to LESSOR's communications equipment, operating on the Tower or at the Property, to 4 accommodate COUNTY's operation of its Facility and 800 MHz System, shall be at COUNTY's sole cost and expense and shall be completed prior to the COUNTY s operation of 6 the Facility and 800 MHz System. 8 COUNTY shall operate-is Facility in such a manner so as not to interfere with LESSORS use of the Property or use of the Property by other LESSOR authorized parties, and LESSOR 10 shall operate its radio communications system and other activities on the Property in a manner so as not to interfere with COUNTY s use of the Premises and its Facility. All operations by 12. LESSOR and COUNTY shall be lawful and in compliance with all Federal Communications 14 Commission ( "FCC ") requirements and State and local codes and ordinances. LESSOR and COUNTY agree to reasonably cooperate with each other to prevent and 16 mitigate any interference with each other's facilities and equipment and use of the Premises and Property. 18 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4, Use, herein, LESSOR shall not permit any third 20 party user of the Tower or any other portion of the Property to interfere with, or in any other circumstance cause interference with, the transmission of signals to or from COUNTY's radio 22 communications facilities. In the event any such interference occurs, COUNTY shall have the right to bring action to enjoin such interference. Prior to authorizing any third party to operate 24 equipment from the Property, LESSOR shall require said third party to test its transmissions to determine if any interference exists with COUNTY's radio signals. COUNTY shall have the { 6 right to attend such test. In the event that interference does exist, LESSOR agrees to require -" the third a rt y to modify and/or eliminate equipment found to be.the cause of interference to 28 the satisfaction of the Communications Director. 30 6. TERM (2.2A S) 32 The term of this Lease shall be twenty (20) years, commencing the first day of the first full calendar month following the date of execution by COUNTY and LESSOR ( "Commencement 34 Date "). Parties agree that the Commencement Date of this Lease will be confirmed in writing by either party upon demand by the other. Following the initial 20 -year term of this Lease, the 36 term may be renewed and extended by mutual agreement of LESSOR and COUNTY subject to Clause 5, Amendment, of the General Conditions of this Lease. 38 7. OPTION TO TERMINATE LEASE (2.4 N) 40 COUNTY shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease at any time and 42 for any reason upon giving LESSOR written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to said termination date. 44 LESSOR shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by providing the 46 COUNTY with sixty (60) days written notice of the termination date if- (i) the 800 MHz System, and or an approved successor or assign, fail to operate the 800 MHz System for twelve (12) 48 consecutive months; or (2) any federal, state, or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, or regulation prohibits the Facility or 800 MHZ System from operating at the Property or Premises. 52 In the event of early termination of this Lease pursuant to this paragraph 7, and in addition to any other obligations of COUNTY herein, COUNTY is obligated to remove the Facility 54 including all personal property, and repair the Premises pursuant to Clause 9, Construction 4 Pile: GA 055485.2200.20.2 E and Alterations, of this Lease. 2 S. RENT (N) 4 This Lease shall be rent -free to the COUNTY for the duration of the Lease term and any 6 extension thereof. 8 9. CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATIONS (4.4 N) 10 At its own expense, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all code and permit requirements of all local, county, state, and federal laws, ordinances, rules and 12 regulations, and subject to the provisions of Clause 5, Mutual Non - Interference, of this Lease, COUNTY may, at any time during the the term of the Lease, make improvements and 14 modifications to its 800 MHz System and Facility located on the Premises, including but not limited to the installation of communications equipment, appurtenant structures, auto transfer 16 switch, air conditioning, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel tank, fixtures, partitions, counters, shelving, and other ancillary equipment as deemed necessary or appropriate. Prior 18 . to initial construction or any major renovation of the 800 MHz System and Facility located on the Premises, COUNTY shall obtain LESSOR's written approval of COUNTY's plans and 20 specifications for COUNTY s work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. LESSOR shall give such approval or provide COUNTY with its requests for 22 changes within twenty (20) working days of LESSOR's receipt of COUNTY's plans and specifications. COUNTY shall have the right to improve existing utilities and bring any new 24 utilities across the property needed to service the 800 MHz System and Facility, subject to reasonable conditions and provided that the existing conditions are repaired to their original 26 condition in a timely manner. 28 It is agreed that any such communications equipment, appurtenant structures, auto transfer switch, air conditioning, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel tank, fixtures, partitions, 30 counters, shelving, or other ancillary equipment attached to or placed upon or within the Premises or Property by COUNTY shall be the personal property of COUNTY. COUNTY 32 shall remove, at COUNTY's sole expense, the 800 MHz System, Facility and all personal property by the last day of the Lease term (or extended Lease term), or if earlier terminated, 34 within sixty (60) days after termination. COUNTY agrees that the Premises shall be left in as good condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. 36 10. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE (5.1 N) 38 LESSOR Obligations: 40 LESSOR shall maintain, in good condition and repair and at its sole expense, the Tower and 42 the foundation, all structural components, roof, exterior walls and drainage systems of the Equipment Building. LESSOR shall ensure COUNTY's access to its Premises is 44 unobstructed. LESSOR shall keep the area immediately surrounding the Tower and Equipment Building unobstructed, and free and clear of rubbish and litter. 46 LESSOR shall, at all times during the term of this Lease and at its sole expense, maintain in 48 good operating condition all Federal Aviation Administration ( "FAA°) required Tower lighting and markings. LESSOR shall additionally be responsible for providing any FAA required 50 lighting outage notifications and complying with all current and future FAA requirements relating to the Tower. - 52 54 5 Pile: GA 055485- 2200 -20.2 COUNTY Obligations: l COUNTY expressly agrees to maintain the Premises in a safe, clean, wholesome, sanitary 4 condition and in compliance with all applicable laws. COUNTY, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain in good condition and repair the Premises, the 800 MHz System, its Facility, 6 and its portion of the Equipment Building including interior walls, floor, ceiling, all wiring, plumbing and utility connections, the diesel generator, auto transfer switch, fuel tank and fuel 8 storage area.. COUNTY also agrees to install any necessary materials or devices to protect its equipment and facilities installed in the Equipment Building from temporary leaks in the roof 10 that may occur so that the COUNTY's.equipment and facilities are not damaged. The COUNTY agrees to immediately notify the LESSOR of any condition caused by the LESSOR 12 or that LESSOR is responsible for that COUNTY believes may cause damage to the COUNTY's Facility and /or equipment installed in the Equipment Building so that the LESSOR 14 can take any required action. 16 Air Conditioning Maintenance: 18 LESSOR and COUNTY shall each be responsible for the maintenance, servicing and repair of their respective separate air conditioning systems and the cost and expense thereof. 20 11: TOWER WORK (N) 22 Any contractor or other party performing work on the Tower shalt comply with all safety and 24 hourly requirements for employees, in accordance with Federal, State and local governmental safety and health regulations, and laws as well as reasonable security measures required by { LESSOR. 28 Contractors shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained and currently certified tower climbers, using all required climbing safety equipment. The contractor shall 30 utilize a program of regular climbing apparatus testing. Proof of current certification and documentation of compliance and testing for each employee shall be submitted to the 32 COUNTY and LESSOR. 34 Contactors shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained in EME Safety compliance and possess RF Safety dosimeter monitoring devices. These devices shall be 36 operated when working on the Tower. No Tower work shall be performed without the presence of a contractor provided safety person on the Premises. Where necessary, 38 COUNTY and LESSOR operated transmitters shall be turned off to meet FCC EME Safety and occupational regulations for tower workers. 40 Contractor's on -site safety person shall be trained' and currently certified in first aid and Cardio 42 Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), and maintain an industrial first aid kit in their vehicles at all times. 44 COUNTY and LESSOR agree that all Tower work contractors, climbers and others involved 46 in Tower work shall be required to have insurance coverage in a form and amount as is deemed necessary by the COUNTY and LESSORS Risk Managers to adequately protect 48 COUNTY and LESSOR, and who shall be named as additional insureds. COUNTY and LESSOR Risk Managers approval shall be required prior to any work being performed on the Tower. 52 12. ACCESS BY LESSOR (N) 54 Upon 24 -hours prior written notice to COUNTY (voice -mail, or other form of voice - recorded Fide: GA 0554852200.20 -2 messages are not considered prior notice), LESSOR and LESSOR's agents shall have the 2 right to enter the Premises and the Facility during reasonable business hours for the purpose of inspecting the same to ensure compliance with this Lease, so long as such entry does not 4 unreasonably interfere with the COUNTY s operation of its Facility. Access to the Premises shall not be permitted without proper escort designated by the Communications Director. 6 Except in the event of a life or property threatening emergency, LESSOR shall not access the Premises without prior written notice to the COUNTY. 8 13. LIENS (N) 10 COUNTY shall not cause liens of any kind to be filed or placed against the Premises or 12 Property, including without limitation, mechanics liens, liens for materials, wages, labor or services. If any liens are filed, and such liens are the result of any act, directive or action of 14 COUNTY, its agents or employees, COUNTY shall upon receipt of written notice from LESSOR, at COUNTY s sole cost and expense, take whatever action(s) necessary to cause 16 such lien to be satisfied and discharged or to cause any such lien to be removed of record. 18 14. UTILITIES (6.2 N) 20 COUNTY shall be responsible for and pay all charges for all utilities supplied to the Premises and the initial utilities connection from the nearest available access point within the Property to 22 its portion of the Equipment Building for the support of its 800 MHz System and Facility as shown in Exhibit B. Such charges for utility service shall be determined by a separate meter 24 installed by COUNTY to monitor COUNTY's utility usage. 26 15. SIGNS (N) 28 COUNTY agrees not to construct, maintain, or allow any signs, banners, flags, etc., upon the Property or Premises except as approved in writing by LESSOR, or as required by any 30 governmental agency with jurisdiction for regulatory purposes. 32 16. INSURANCE (5.3 N) 34 LESSOR Insurance: COUNTY recognizes that LESSOR is self - insured and provides coverage through its self- insurance program. LESSOR will provide COUNTY with a letter of 36 self insurance to verify liability coverage. COUNTY and LESSOR AGREE THAT LESSOR does not cant' public liability or property damage insurance to compensate COUNTY or any 38 other person from any loss, damage or injury except those resulting from situations where LESSOR would be legally liable for such loss, damage or injury. LESSOR agrees it shall self 40 insure for a combined coverage of bodily injury and property damage in the amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease and 42 upon renewal of such policies, LESSOR shall submit to COUNTY a suitable letter of self - insurance. 44 Contractors Liability Insurance: All contractors, subcontractors and others performing work on 46 behalf of LESSOR and /or COUNTY pursuant to this Lease shall obtain insurance in the form and amounts approved by the COUNTY and LESSOR Risk Managers, COUNTY's 48 requirements for contractor's insurance are set forth in "Exhibit C" County Contractor's Insurance Requirements, is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. 50 LESSOR and COUNTY shall not allow contractors or subcontractors to work if contractors or subcontractors have less than the level of coverage required by the COUNTY and LESSOR 52 Risk Managers. It is the obligation of LESSOR and COUNTY to provide notice of insurance requirements to every contractor and to receive proof of liability insurance coverage prior to 7 File-. GA 055 -185- 2200.20.2 • • allowing "any contractor to begin work within the Premises. Such proof of insurance must be 2 maintained by LESSOR and COUNTY through the entire term of this Lease and be available for inspection by LESSOR and COUNTY representatives at any reasonable time. The 4 COUNTY and LESSOR shall be named as additional insureds on said poilicies. 6 COUNTY Insurance LESSOR recognizes that the COUNTY is self - insured for general liability including bodily injury and property damage, and provides coverage through its self- insurance 8 program. COUNTY will provide LESSOR with a letter of self insurance to verify coverage in 10 the amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). 17. LIMITATION OF LESSOR'S LIABILITY FOR COUNTY PERSONAL PROPERTY 12 EXCEPT FOR THE SOLE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE LESSOR, ITS CITY 14 COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS, AND AS A FURTHER CONSIDERATION FOR 16 THE USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, COUNTY AGREES THAT LESSOR, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, 18 EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO COUNTY, ITS CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES FOR ANY LOSS OR 20 DAMAGE TO COUNTY PROPERTY, AS THE RESULT OF THE USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES. IT IS FURTHER AGREED THAT ANY STORED PROPERTY, PLACED 22 ON OR IN THE PREMISES IS DONE SO AT COUNTY'S SOLE RISK, AND LESSOR, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, 24 EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO SAID PROPERTY FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, EXCEPT FOR THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE CITY, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, 28 OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS. COUNTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LESSOR DOES NOT WARRANTOR REPRESENT THAT STORED PROPERTY AT THE PREMISES WILL 30 BE SAFELY KEPT, NOR THAT IT WILL BE SECURE AGAINST THEFT NOR THAT THE PREMISES ARE SECURE AGAINST HAZARDS CAUSED BY THEFT, MYSTERIOUS 32 DISAPPEARANCE, PESTS, WATER, FIRE, FLOOD OR THE ELEMENTS OF WEATHER OR EARTHQUAKE. IT IS AGREED BY COUNTY THAT THIS RELEASE OF LESSOR'S 34 LIABILITY IS A BARGAINED FOR CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT WERE LESSOR NOT RELEASED FROM LIABILITY AS SET FORTH HERE, THE 36 REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT WOULD HAVE REQUIRED ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION BY THE COUNTY AND /OR RENT WOULD HAVE BEEN REQUIRED 38 UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, COUNTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT COUNTY HAS READ, UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO THE 40 TERMS OF PARAGRAPH 17. 42 18. INDEMNIFICATION (5.5 S) 44 COUNTY shall defend, indemnify and save harmless LESSOR, its officers, agents, and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, or liabilities of any kind or 46 nature which LESSOR, its officers, agents, and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them for injury to or death of persons, or damage to property as a result of, 48 or arising out of, the sole negligence of COUNTY, its officers, agents, employees, subtenants, invitees, or licensees, in connection with the occupancy and use of the Premises by COUNTY. Likewise, LESSOR shall defend, indemnify and save harmless COUNTY, its officers, agents, 52 and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, or liabilities of any kind or nature which COUNTY, its officers, agents, and employees may-sustain or incur or which 8 Fur GA 055485- 2200 -20-2 2 101 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 0 9 may be imposed upon them for injury to or death of persons, or damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, the sole negligence of LESSOR, its officers, agents, employees, invitees, or licensees, in connection with the ownership, maintenance, or use of the Premises. 19. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS (5.6 N) All taxes and assessments which become due and payable upon and which are directly attributable to the COUNTY's Facility upon the Premises shall be the full responsibility of COUNTY, and COUNTY shall cause said taxes and assessments to be paid prior to the due date. COUNTY shall pay all real property taxes and all other taxes, fees and assessments attributable to the Premises and this Lease. COUNTY, when possible, shall cause the Facility and any other personal property, fixtures, and /or equipment of.COUNTY to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of LESSOR. 20. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE (N) COUNTY shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of LESSOR, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. COUNTY AND LESSOR agree that COUNTY shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof for a non - governmental use (i.e. commercial use). In the event COUNTY desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, COUNTY shall deliver all documents relating to such assignment or sublease to LESSOR and LESSOR shall respond in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of all documents relating to such assignment or sublease that it consents or does not consent to such assignment or sublease on the same terms as those proposed. Said consent by LESSOR shall not be unreasonably withheld. LESSOR's failure to respond within said time period shall be deemed an approval by LESSOR. In the event LESSOR consents to any proposed assignment contemplated hereunder, COUNTY shall have no further liability under this Lease from and after the effective date of such assignment. 21. SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NON - DISTURBANCE (6.4 N) This Lease and all rights of the COUNTY hereunder are subject and subordinate to any indebtedness secured by the Property or the Premises including but not limited to a mortgage or deed of trust ( "Indebtedness ") which does now or may hereafter cover the Premises or any interest of LESSOR therein, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such Indebtedness except, insofar as COUNTY is meeting its obligations under this Lease, any foreclosure of any Indebtedness shall not result in the termination of this Lease or the displacement of COUNTY. In the event of transfer of title of the Premises, including any proceedings brought for foreclosure or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any instrument securing an Indebtedness, or by any other transfer of title covering the Premises, COUNTY shall attom to and recognize any subsequent title holder as the LESSOR under all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. COUNTY s possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the LESSOR, or its successors in interest, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Said attomment shall be effective and self- operative immediately upon succession of the current titleholder, or its successors in interest, to the interest of LESSOR under this Lease. Notwithstanding the above, this Lease is contingent upon LESSOR obtaining a Subordination, 9 Fire: GA 055485- 2200.262 SA Attomment and Non - Disturbance Agreement from any current lenders on the Premises, within 2 thirty (30) days of LESSOR's execution of this Lease. LESSOR shall require all future lenders on the Premises, upon initiation of their interest in the Premises, to enter into a Subordination, 4 Attommentand Non - Disturbance Agreement with COUNTY, thereby insuring COUNTY of its leasehold interests in the Premises. Said Subordination, Attomment and Non - Disturbance 6 Agreement shall be in the form of COUNTY's standard form Subordination, Attomment and Non- Disturbance Agreement or in a form approved by the Communications Director, or 8 designee, Corporate Real Estate and County Counsel. 10 Foreclosure shall not extinguish this Lease, and any lender or any third party purchasing the Premises at foreclosure sale shall do so subject to this Lease and shall thereafter perform all 12 obligations and be responsible for all liabilities of the LESSOR under the terms of this Lease. 14 22. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE (6.5 S) 16 COUNTY agrees that its Communications Director, or designee, shall furnish from time to time upon receipt of a written request from LESSOR or the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage 18 covering the Premises or any interest of LESSOR therein, COUNTY's standard form Estoppel Certificate containing information as to the current status of the Lease. The Estoppel 20 Certificate shall be approved by the Communications Director, or designee, Corporate Real Estate, and County Counsel. 22 24 23. TOXIC MATERIALS (5.9 S) COUNTY hereby warrants and represents that COUNTY will comply with all laws and 5 regulations relating to the storage, use and disposal of hydrocarbon substances and hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including, but not limited to, those materials identified in 28 Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively "Toxic Materials °). COUNTY shall be responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold LESSOR, its officers, directors, 30 employees, -agents, and representatives, harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys' fees and costs arising out of or in connection with the storage, 32 use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by COUNTY. If the storage, use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by COUNTY results in contamination or 34 deterioration of water or soil resulting in. a level of contamination greater than maximum allowable levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such 36 contamination, COUNTY shall promptly take any and all action necessary to clean up such contamination. 38 Likewise, LESSOR hereby warrants and represents that LESSOR has in the past and will 40 hereafter comply with all laws and regulations relating to the storage, use and disposal of hydrocarbon substances and hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including, but not limited 42 to, those materials identified in Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively "Toxic Materials'). LESSOR shall be responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold 44 COUNTY, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives, harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attomeys' fees and costs arising out of or in 46 connection with the previous, current and future storage, use and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises (or building if the premises comprises only a portion of said building) by 48 LESSOR. If the previous, current and future storage, use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by LESSOR results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than maximum allowable levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, LESSOR shall promptly 52 take any and all action necessary to clean up such contamination. 54 10 Pile: GA 055485 -220(1-20.2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 24. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES (6.8 N) The occurrence of a failure to perform any obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease shall constitute an event of default. In the event of any breach of this Lease by COUNTY, LESSOR shall notify COUNTY in writing of such breach and COUNTY shall have thirty (30) days in which to initiate action to cure said breach. COUNTY understands that time is of the essence and will work diligently-to cure any breach. In the event of any breach of this Lease by LESSOR, COUNTY shall notify LESSOR in writing of such breach and LESSOR shall have thirty (30) days in which to initiate action to cure said .breach. LESSOR understands that time is of the essence and will work diligently to cure any breach. COUNTY and LESSOR shall have the right to pursue all remedies available under the law. 25. DISPUTES (N) In the event a dispute relating to this Lease shall arise between the parties to this Lease, the COUNTY and LESSOR shall first attempt to resolve the dispute informally through good faith negotiation. If the dispute is not resolved by negotiation within a reasonable period of time, it is hereby.agreed that the dispute shall be referred to a neutral .unbiased party agreed to in writing by COUNTY and LESSOR for mediation. The COUNTY and LESSOR further agree that their participation in mediation is a condition precedent to any party pursuing any other available remedy in relation to the dispute. Either party to the dispute may give written notice to the other party of its desire to commence the mediation process, and a mediation session shall take place within thirty (30) days after the date that such notice is given, or at such other time as mutually agreed upon in writing by COUNTY and LESSOR. The mediator shall determine the mediation process. The parties further agree to share equally the costs of the mediation, which costs shall not include costs.incurred by either party for representation by counsel in the mediation process. 26. AUTHORITY (N) LESSOR and LESSOR's signatories represent that the signatories to this Lease hold the positions set forth below their signatures and that the signatories are authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of LESSOR and to bind LESSOR hereto. 27. RECITALS (N) The Recitals paragraphs above are hereby incorporated in this Lease by this reference. 28. NOTICES (8.1 S) All notices pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed as set forth below or as either party may hereafter designate by written notice and shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery, delivery via fax machine, or seventy-two (72) hours after deposit in the United States Mail. 11 . File: GA 055485- 2200 -20-2 12 rte: GA 055A&5- 22a20-2 TO: LESSOR TO: COUNTY 2 City of Newport Beach Sheriff - Coroner Department 4 3300 Newport Blvd. Communications Division Newport Beach, CA 92658 840 N. Eckhoff St., Suite 104 6 Attn: Utility Services Director Orange, CA 92868 -1021 Attn: Communications Director 8 and and 10 City of Newport Beach Sheriff Real Property Services 12 3300 Newport Blvd. 320 N. Flower Street, Ste. 108 Newport Beach, CA 92658 Santa Ana, Ca. 92703 14 Attn: City Attorney Attn: Real Property Agent 16 29. ATTACHMENTS (9.2 S) 18 This Lease includes the following, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof: 20 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS II. EXHIBITS 22 A. Description — Property B. Site Plan = Premises 24 C. County Contractor's Insurance Requirements 12 rte: GA 055A&5- 22a20-2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 11 • IN WITNESS. WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease the day and year first above written. COUNTY APPROVED AS TO FORM: County Counsel Deputy Date: SIGNED AND CERTIFIED THAT A COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE CHAIRMAN OF BOARD OF SUPERVISORS ATTEST: DARLENE J. BLOOM Clerk of the Board of Supervisors of Orange County, California COUNTY OF ORANGE Chairman, Board of Supervisors LESSOR APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney Bv: Assistant City Attorney Date: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH By: Mayor ATTEST: 07 City Clerk 13 File: GA 455 -485- 2200-20 -2 OF Project No.: GA 055 -485- 2200 -20 -2 2 Project Name: 800 MHZ Communications Site (Lease) Project Location: City of Newport Beach 4 City Utilities Department Yard 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS 8 1. LEASE ORGANIZATION (9.1 S) 10 The various headings in this Lease, the numbers thereof, and the organization of the 12 Lease into separate sections and paragraphs are for purposes of convenience only and shall not be considered otherwise. 14 2. INSPECTION (9.2 S) 16 LESSOR or his authorized representative shall have the right at all reasonable times and 18 upon reasonable advance notice to COUNTY to inspect the Premises to determine, if COUNTY is complying with all the provisions of this Lease. 20 3. SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST (9.3 S) 22 Unless otherwise provided in this Lease, the terms, covenants, and conditions contained 24 herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators, and assigns of all the parties hereto, all of whom shall be jointly and severally liable 26 hereunder. 28 4. DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES (9.4 N) 30 "Partial Destruction" of the Premises shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises or Tower, for which the repair cost is less than twenty -five percent (25 %) of the 32 then replacement cost of the Premises or Tower, excluding the value of the land. 34 "Total Destruction" of the Premises shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises or Tower, for which the repair cost is twenty -five percent (25 %) or more of the then 36 replacement cost of the Premises or Tower, excluding the value of the land. 38 Partial Destruction 40 In the event of a Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower, LESSOR shall immediately pursue completion of all repairs necessary to restore the Premises 42 or Tower to the condition which existed immediately prior to said Partial Destruction. Said restoration work (including any demolition required) shall be 44 completed by LESSOR, at LESSOR's sole cost and expense, unless the Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower was caused by COUNTY in which event 46 the COUNTY shall be solely liable for said cost and expense, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence.of said Partial Destruction or within an extended time 48 frame as may be authorized, in writing, by COUNTY. The Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower shall in no way render this Lease null and void. Should 50 LESSOR fail to complete necessary repairs, for any reason, within ninety (90) Page 1 of 3 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 days, or other time frame as may be authorized by COUNTY, COUNTY may, at COUNTY's sole option, terminate the Lease or complete necessary repair work. Total Destruction A. In the event of Total Destruction of the Equipment Building or the Premises (excluding the Tower) being legally declared unsafe or unfit for use or occupancy, this Lease shall in no way be rendered.null and void and LESSOR shall immediately instigate action to rebuild or make repairs, as necessary, to restore the Premises (including replacement of all tenant improvements) to the condition which existed immediately prior to the destruction. In the event LESSOR refuses to diligently pursue or is unable to restore the Premises to an useable and occupiable condition (including replacement of all tenant improvements) within 180 days of the occurrence of said destruction or within an extended time frame as may be authorized, in writing, by COUNTY, COUNTY may, at COUNTY's sole option, terminate this Lease or complete the restoration. B. In the event of Total Destruction of the Tower to the extent that COUNTY's operation of its 800 MHz System is not reasonably possible, or the Tower being legally declared unsafe or unfit for its use as provided in this Lease, this Lease shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. 5. AMENDMENT (9.5 S) The Reimbursement Agreement and this Lease sets forth the entire agreement between LESSOR and COUNTY and any modification must be in the form of a .written amendment. 6. PARTIAL INVALIDITY (9.6 S) If any term, covenant, condition, or provision of this Lease is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated thereby. 7. CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH EXCUSE PERFORMANCE (9.7 S) If either party hereto shall be delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of acts of God, performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay; and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. Financial inability shall not be considered a circumstance excusing performance under this Lease. 8. WAIVER OF RIGHTS (9.9 S) The failure of LESSOR or COUNTY to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms, conditions, and covenants in this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy that LESSOR or COUNTY may have, and shall not be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy for a subsequent breach or default of the terms, conditions, and covenants herein contained. Page 2 of 3 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 i 9. HOLDING OVER (9.10 S) In the event COUNTY shall continue in possession of the Premises after the term of this Lease, such possession shall not be considered a. renewal of this Lease but a tenancy from month to month and shall be governed by the conditions and covenants contained in this Lease. 10. QUIET ENJOYMENT (9.13 S) LESSOR agrees that subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, COUNTY may, upon observing and complying with all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, peaceably and quietly occupy the Premises. 11. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE (9.16S) This agreement has been negotiated and executed in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California. In the event of any legal action to enforce or interpret this agreement, the sole and exclusive venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California, and the parties hereto agree to and do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court, notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure section 394. 12. TIME (9.17 S) . Time is of the essence of this Lease. Page 3 of 3 . w... EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT ROOM #R -2 ROOM #R -1 PARKING TEN TR NS. G NERAT R SIDEWALK BUILDING #4 ELECT. DIST. ROOM Project No. GA 0554852200 -20 -2 CCCS 800 MHZ Communications Site County of Orange & City of Newport Beach EXHIBIT B (page 1 of 2) Newport Beach City Utilities Yard Lease — Site Plan /R{4 f 320' ra 300' B C 280' 260' 240' 180' 120' 70' D 60' ANTENNA DATA A COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS Rx B COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS Tx C COUNTY, 800 MHz CCCS Tx D COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS 6' HP MICROWAVE ANTENNA 104 DEG, AZIMUTH NOTE #1 40' -70' COUNTY OF INDICATED BY ORANGE HIGHLIGHTED EXCLUSIVE AREA USE AREA NOTE #2 260' -320' COUNTY OF INDICATED BY ORANGE HIGHLIGHTED EXCLUSIEVE AREA USE AREA Project No. GA 055485 - 2200 -20 -2 CCCS 800 MHZ Communications Site County of Orange & City of Newport Beach EXHIBIT B (page 2 of 2) Newport Beach City Utilities Yard - Tower Lease — Tower Plan 949 W. 16th Street Premises --- Project No.: GA 055 -485- 2200 -20 -2 Project Name: 800MHz Communications Site (Lease) Project Location: City of Newport Beach City Utilities Yard Contractor's Insurance Requirements Exhibit C Prior to the provision of services under this contract or payment therefore, the contractor agrees to purchase all required insurance at contractor's expense and to deposit with the COUNTY certificates of insurance, including all .endorsements required herein, necessary to satisfy the COUNTY that the insurance provisions of this contract have been complied with and to keep such insurance coverage and the certificates and endorsements therefore on deposit with the COUNTY during the entire term of this contract. In addition, all subcontractors performing work on behalf of contractor pursuant to this contract shall obtain insurance subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth herein for contractor. Contractor shall not allow subcontractors to work if subcontractors have less than the level of coverage required by the COUNTY from the contractor under this contract.. It is the obligation of the contractor to provide notice of the insurance. requirements to every subcontractor, and to receive proof of insurance prior to allowing any subcontractor to begin work. Such proof of insurance must be maintained by contractor through the entirety of the project for inspection by COUNTY representative at any reasonable time. All insurance policies required by this contract shall declare any deductible or self - insured retention (SIR). The maximum deductible or SIR amount shall be $25,000 for general liability and $5,000 for automobile liability. The contractor shall be responsible for reimbursement of any deductible to the insurer. Any self - insured retentions (SIRs) or deductibles shall be clearly stated on the Certificate of Insurance. If the contractor fails to maintain insurance acceptable to the COUNTY for the full term of this contract, the COUNTY may terminate this contract. Qualified Insurer The policy or policies of insurance must be issued by an insurer licensed to do business in the state of California (California Admitted Carrier). Minimum insurance company ratings as determined by the most current edition of the Best's Key Rating Guide /Property - Casualty /United States or ambest.com shall be A- (Secure Best's Rating) and VIII (Financial Size Category). 0 • If the carrier is a non - admitted carrier in the state of California, CEO /Office of Risk Management retains the right to approve or reject carrier after a review of the company's performance and financial ratings. The policy or policies of insurance maintained by the Contractor shall provide the minimum limits and coverage as set forth below: Coverage Commercial General Liability including broad single form property damage, operations, products, completed operations, contractual liability, and XCU (explosion, collapse and underground property damage hazards) Automobile Liability including coverage for owned, non -owned and hired vehicles Workers' Compensation Employers' Liability Insurance Builder's Risk Policy Minimum Limits $1,000,000 combined limit per occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence Statutory $1,000,000 per occurence When required, as specked below All liability insurance required by this contract shall be at least $1;000,000 combined single limit per occurrence. The minimum General Aggregate limit for the Commercial General Liability policy shall be $2,000,000. The minimum aggregate limit for the completed operations shall be $1,000,000. The City of Newport Beach and County of Orange shall be added as an additional insured on all insurance policies required by this contract with respect to work done by the contractor under the terms of this contract (except Workers' Compensation/Employers' Liability). An additional insured endorsement evidencing that the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange are an additional insured shall accompany the Certificate of Insurance. The inclusion of the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange as an additional insured shall' not affect any right which such organizations would have as a claimant if not so included. All insurance policies required by this contract shall be primary insurance, and any insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange shall be excess and non - contributing with insurance provided by these policies. An endorsement evidencing that the contractor's insurance is primary and non- 2 • E contributing shall specifically accompany the Certificate of Insurance for the Commercial General Liability. All insurance policies required by this contract shall give the County of Orange 30 days notice in the event of cancellation. This shall be evidenced by an endorsement separate from the Certificate of Insurance. In addition, the cancellation clause must include language as follows, which edits the pre - printed ACORD certificate: SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPQN THE COMPANY ITC Af'CAIT (1P PEPPCSEAITATIVE All insurance policies required by this contract shall waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY and County of Orange and members of the Board of Supervisors, its elected and appointed officials, officers, agents and employees when acting within the scope of their appointment or employment. The Commercial General Liability policy shall contain a severability of interests clause. The .Contractor is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or be self - insured in accordance with provisions of that code. The contractor will comply with such provisions and shall furnish the COUNTY satisfactory evidence that the contractor has secured, for the period of this contract, statutory Workers' Compensation insurance and Employers' Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a Builder's Risk policy upon the entire work for new construction amounting to 100 percent of the insurable value of the work. A Builder's Risk policy shall also be required for additions to existing buildings /structures, or major alterations to existing buildings/structures. A Loss Payee endorsement must name the County of Orange as the Loss Payee. The contractor shall be responsible for securing and maintaining appropriate insurance on any tool, equipment or supply which is expected to remain his property. Insurance certificates and endorsements should be forwarded to the agency /department address listed on the contract documents. 29 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition, Retrofit of Guyed Tower, BID LOCATION: TITLE: Utiktes Yard Radio Building and Building 3 Remodel _City Clerk's Office - City Hall CONTRACT NO.: 3742 DATE: 17 -Apr -07 TIME: 11:00 AM ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: $950,000.00 BY: TS CHECKED: Ld PROJECT MANAGER: Lloyd Dalton as-read Total Bid Price (uncorrected) f' SUMMARY .xls 918,000.00 Engineers Estimate Engineers Estimate MACERICH CONSTRUCTION BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION GENERAL CONSOLIDAIqU CONSTRUCTORS INC ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT 1 Mobilization 1 LS 25,000.00 25,000.00 65,000.00 65,000.00 80,000.00 80,000.00 75,000.00 75,000.00 2 N Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition 1 LS 300"0.00 300,000.00 265,000.00 265,000.00 288,373.00 288,373.00 300,000.00 300,000.00 3 Retrofit of E 32V G Tower 1 LS 30,000.00 30,000.00 80,000.00 80,000.00 26,665.00 26,665.00 60,000.00 80,000.00 4 Utilities Yard Radio Building 1 LS 310,000.00 310,000.00 424,000.00 424,000.00 303,530.00 303,530.00 300,000.00. 300,000.00 5 UtIllks Yard Building 3 Remodel 1 LS 285,000.00 285,000.00 89,000.00 89,000.001 310,907.00 310,907.00 280,000.00 280,000.00 Total Bid Price EE 950,000.00 LOW 923,000.00 2ND 1,009,475.00 3RD 1,035000.00 as-read Total Bid Price (uncorrected) f' SUMMARY .xls 918,000.00 Engineers Estimate HORIZONS OCI SERVICES KLASSIC INC. UNITED CONTRACTORS C . NC. UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT 25,000.00 25,000.00 113,000.00 113,000.00 80,000.00 80,000.00 75,000.00 75,000.00 300,000.00 300,000.00 279,500.00 279,500.00 605,000.00 605,000.00 556,80040 556,800.00 30,000.00 30,000.00 72,000.00 72,000.00 38,000.00 38,000.00 485,000.00 485,000.00 310,000.00 310,000.00 311,900.00 311,90D.00 375,858.00 375,858.00 459,600.00 459,600.00 285,000.00 285,000.00 273,000.00 273,000.00 227,000.00 227,000.00 608,400.00 608,400.00 EE 950000.00 1 4TH 1049,400.00 1 5TH 1,325,858.00 6TH 2,184,800.00 •y-'^. Pape t v� CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) PROPOSAL CONTRACT NO. 3742 To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to fumish all materials except . that material supplied by the City and shall perform ( all work required to complete Contract No. 3742 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP TOTAL AND UNIT SUM PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE Lump Sum Mobilization -Dollars and wo Cents $ 6S.000. Per Lump Sum 2. Lump Sum Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition S'IrA)� f'r usa,GDollars and' 6 114a Cents "V, �2 Per Lump Sum 3. Lump Sum Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower �T� emus Dollars and .✓ O Cents $ Ro,. nn — g�, e ?9 Per Lump Sum i • PR2of2 ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP TOTAL AND UNIT SUM PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE 4. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Radio Building FDU¢. 7J/00S6"p 9 "_5 @ 614, d66FWS� Dollars yZy,�a�.00 a d �� Cents Per Lump Sum 5. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Buildin 3 Model EGGS• @ Ilars y►CJ00j0o and Cents Per Lump Sum TOTAL PRICE (Words) $ 9/.', eoo. — TOTAL PRICE (Figures) /lAke� Ei &ew 7Wmsa.� Dollars and _ id'p Cents 4 /7- X er7 Date 7/y 777- 7937 4x 7 /f/- 777 -6239 Bidder's Telephone and Fax Numbers T de/ s Bidder's License No. and Classification 4��i�•irA�Kn.e ✓. }��wclfi'a�f� /./YM Bidder's e-Mail Address Bidder d Bidder's Authorized .Signature and Title Z#V E'. C. rco %,Are je 337 Bidder's Address Within two calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the four lump sum construction items listed in his proposal. The Engineer will use said schedule to calculate monthly progress payments during the term of construction. The Lump Sum for Mobilization will be divided in half for payment at the two sites. • 0 Macerlch comamcdolk Inc. National C�nwal Contractor April 17,200 Lloyd Dalton Project Manager City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 VIA FACSIMILE & REGULAR MAIL Re, Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower Utilities Yard Radio Building And Utilities Yard Building & Remodel Contract Number 3742 Subiect: Bid Withdraw Dear Mr. Dalton, Uh VED APR 2'0 2007 Public Works Department City of Newport Beach This letter is to inform you that we are withdrawing our bids today, due to the fact that there was an error in adding the amounts that was transmitted to our field employee who deliver the bid today, because of some difficulties with the Nextel Radio. If the amount were added correctly the total bid amount would have be $ 1 249,000. Z9 ae 7) I appreciate your time and consideration to this matter and I hope that we wi a a your service in the future. Sincerely, George Nemeh (Project Manager). CC: Robert L. Bachman Esq. 1442 E. Lincoln Ave # 337 Orange, CA 92865 Pbone (714) 777 -7837 Fax.(714) 777 -6639 Lic 791601 MEMORY TRANSMI SS ION REPORT FILE NUMBER DATE TO DOCUMENT PAGES START TIME END TIME SENT PAGES STATUS f1LE:Nt1M19ER 558 558 APR -17 11:02AM 19496443308 002 APR -17 11:02AM APR -17 11:03AM 002 OK * *# SUCCESSFUL TX NOTICE * ** 0 TIME : APR -17 -2007 11:09AM TEL NUMBER : +714 777 6639 NAME : MACERICN CONSTRUCTION INC MacwrYrfi cwusw*ru=tloo 6 In Toc Ltoyd Dallov Civq efN¢aporc Seaeb FAXNO: 999- 64L3H08 ' .. FROM.. C3eorpe:NenM. �a[�;' 0911 T /20M 8l]BJHGT: ®ld Wltl.dn.w.:l.rAt[aehnd '. 'REEPEI mN m- Contract Ne. 3742 He ft Vft qt Aeta Centor PAOESe 02 . 11ear Mr..o�� pen - .. ALleGSSdyou' will R..dsf.n l�ti.r for thn bld wNhdraw.inrepnrd to tl.eabeve n�Teeenc� PreJPet. .. .. . Shouts you have any queetio .ptca rjo net hesitate m wnmct eur oAiw 0 0 Macerich Constmeden, Inc. � � Natlonal General Contractor Facsimile Memorandum THE INFORMATION CONTAINEDIN THIS TRANSMISSION IS CONFIDENTIAL. AND INIENED ONLY FOR THE USE OF THE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY TO WHOM IT IS ADDRESSED. IF THE READER OF THIS MESSAGE IS NOT THE INTENDEDRECIPIENT, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY DISSEMINATION, COPYING OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS COMMUNICATION IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED: To: Lloyd Dalton City of Newport Beach FAX NO: 949 - 644 -3308 FROM: George Nemeh Date: 0411712007 SUBJECT: Bid Withdraw Letter Attached REEFERNCE: Contract No. 3742 Newport Theatre Arts Center PAGES: 02 ---Dear Mr. Dalton. Attached you will find the letter for the bid withdraw in regard to the above reference project Should you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact.our office, thanks. 1442 E. Lincoln Ave # 337 Orange, CA 92865 Phone (714) 777 -7837 Fax (714) 777 -6639 Lic 791601 FROM :LRNAK AND HAWK • FAX NO. :7145500734 1W Pr. 27 2006 02:40PM P1 LANAK & HANNA, P.C. Attorneys at Law 400 N. Tustin Avenue, Suite 120 Santa Ana, CA 92705 -3815 Telephone: (714) 550 -0418 • Ext. No,: 324 • Facsimile: (714) 550 -7603 Direct Email Address: wehoggard @lanak- hanna.conl William C. Iloggard Our File No.: 13878 Ka facsimile (949) 644 -3308 April 27, 2007 Lloyd Dalton Project Manager City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 Re: Contractor: Macerich Construction, Inc. Project: Contract No. 3742 - Newport Theatre Arts Center Dear Mr. Dalton:, Our office represents Macerich Construction, Inc., with regard to its bid on the above - referenced Project. On April 17, 2007, Macerich gave you written notice of its intent to withdraw its bid as a result of a clerical mistake in transmitting its intended bid numbers onto the bid form. Enclosed is a declaration that supplements the April 17, 2007 letter. Public Contract Code section 5I03 requires the City to relieve Macerich of its bid, as that section states that bidders are entitled to relief if: (a) a mistake was made. (b) He or she gave the public entity written notice within five days after the opening of the bids of the mistake, specifying in the notice in detail how the mistake occurred. (c) The mistake made the bid materially different than he or she intended it to be. (d) The mistake was made in filling out the bid and not due to error in judgment or to carelessness in inspecting the site ofthe work, or in reading the plans or spocifieations. Macerich gave the City written notice of the mistake in filling out its bid within hours of the bids being opened In the written notice, Macerich explained that there was mis-communication between the estimator and field employee who prepared and delivered the bid form, resulting in Macerich submitting a bid number that was materially different than it intended, This is the exact type of situation that Public Contract Code section 5103 was 'untended to address. �� FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX N0. :7145500734 0 Apr. 27 2006 02:40PM P2 LANAK & HANNA, P.C. Lloyd Dalton City of Newport Beach April 27, 2007 Page 2 With this letter, Macerich requests relief from its hid on the project. Very truly yours, �GG 1� WILLIAM C. I-i0 Attorney at 1 Aw for the Firm WCH:mfs Enclosures cc: Client Aaron Harp (via facsimile (949) 644 -3131) I.;W�. WiCh CoMmmWr01da7ld170427 C* OI.wpd FROM :LANAK AND RchNNA FAX NO. :7145500734 r. 27 2006 02 :40PM P3 D ECLAMIJON 1, George Nerrceh, declare as follows: 1 am employed by Macerich Construction, Inc., ( 'Macerich') as a Project Manager. As a Project Manager, one of my responsibilities is to estimate and prepare bids for various projects. 1 have personal knowledge of the following facts, and if called as a witness to testify, I could and would competently testify to each fact contained in this declaration. 2. I was responsible for And did estimate and prepare the bid on Macerich's behalf for the work of improvement known as Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition/Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower/Utilities Yard Radio Building and/Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel (the "Project''). 3. The estimate and bid that I prepared for the Project was for a total price of $1,249,000.00. A true and correct copy of my estimate and bid sheet showing how I arrived at the total hid number is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein. 4. On the day of the bid, I called afield employee to advise him of the bid numbers so that he could insert the numbers on the bid form and timely deliver the bid to the City. Unfortunately, there were some difficulties in our phone connection through our Nextel Radio. As a result of these difficulties, the field employee wrote down the incorrect numbers on the bid form, causing the bid number that was submitted to the City to be materially different than what Macerich intended the bid number to he. 5. I did not team of the mistakes in Macerich's bid until after the bids were opened. When the mistakes were discovered, I immediately sent a fax to the City, advising them ofthe mistake and Macerich's intent to withdraw its bid. L:Wwwich Cw UUCWRWA II7 Oedaam." FROM :LRNAK AM HANNA FAX NO. :7145500734 *Apr. 27 2006 02:40PM P4 APR -21 -2067 10:42Al1 FR011^IMIZICH STRUCTION INC + "14 77T 6680 T -886 P.008/068 F -760 .. ....... - ...... uw..-exw+ rm Tw. - .rjAoomf.A Hw- 2f eaft it : 429M - P3 n 6. with This declaaation, Maeadchra wwts thatthc City ralf "c hUmerich from i1a bid underPubtic CenLTact Code section S]03. I dcalme under patalty 0f perjf *. udder the laws af*0 Stato.ofCalifomia that the tOregaing is true+ and nbt7m% and that thta declaredtm was exoauted on the 2?°14ay of /April, 2007, in Ore4ga. Califomia. �CTtiTAthell •.•• .•.-. I FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX NO. :7145500734 27 2006 02:4t PM P5 BIT �'A" r\ �I 0 I a " 4MT12007 v Cost8reakda m Worlsheat NenorifiaachrheaterAds CenterL a byAddiEion o Oenroli0on S 11,0:A.00 Utility Yard Bu'Idiag #3Remadel a Framing & Drywall $ 22,00am Radio EkNITM Concrete $ 45,187.M Tren Gog& svatbn 14,822.00 N o Insula tion $ 706000 Founda0a &stab $ 85,01' 1,00 ftminurr Stordranl &glazing $ 16A52.Ofl B[c tcWat! $ 98,0.52 a0 Coors &Hardware S 1,42300 Asphalt Paving $ 23,56600 Toilet Partition &Acceasorles $ 41850.00 Famtng $ 28,89100 Countertop MiU%wrk It 2,384.00 R3c11ng 8 1%461.00 Almondtiiontag $ 22,150.()0 Insulation g 9954.00 m Plumbing • $ 1.184.00 I7oora .&H21dwana $ 8,721.00 m Bectrical $ 4,ri,264 -00 Plastering $ 21,679.00 A - S 17$39400 AirCandifoning $ 38,97100 Electrical 3 230,1980D ti� $ 560,336.40 Reord ot{Ek3W Guyed Tower Radio BuilaAg Tranching &Bmatrarkr8 $ 1,875.00 Demolition g 1aSa0.Do ConcrateFoundation $ 56410.00 Framing 5 26,000.00 r• AnchcrWire $ 1,67100 Dgwall $ 14,689.00 $ 60,156.00 Insulation $ 9,628,00 Doors& Hardwars $ 18,871.00 z Cauntertap Air Canddiondrg $ $ 6,529.00 32,zzuo E3acMcat $ 64,909 .0o S 189,174 -00 r S 178,334,0& $ 60,1156.00 $ 580,338.00 v S 189,174.00 Warhead S 2406000.00 Total Cost $ 1,249,000.00 Cr 6 LL ti (31 . d t r\ �I 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY Robin Clauson, City Attorney April 30, 2007 VIA FACSIMILE (714) 5504603 & U.S. FIRST CLASS MAIL William C. Hoggard, Attorney at Law Lanak & Hanna, P.C. 400 N. Tustin Avenue, Suite 120 Santa Ana, CA 927053$05 RE: Contractor: Macerich Construction, Inc. Project: Contract No. 3742- Newport Theatre Arts Center Dear Mr. Hoggard: We are in receipt of your correspondence dated April 27, 2007, regarding the above - referenced project. After reviewing all of the documentation submitted in regards to the bid for the project, we are unable to determine what precise mistake your client is claiming to have made in the bid 4 } submittal. To determine whether the request to withdraw the bid is appropriate, the City will need to have your client submit a declaration setting forth what the amounts in the bid submittal should have been and provide all relevant documentation. 0 The City would like to resolve this matter as soon as possible and requests that you submit this information as soon as possible. Please feel free to contact me with any questions. I can be reached at 949 -644 -3131. Very truly yours, Aaron C. Harp Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ACH:ksp cc: Lloyd Dalton, Acting City Engineer 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3131 • Fax: (949) 644 -3139 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us FROM :LANAK AND HANNA 0 FAX NO. :7145500734 4ay. 02 2006 02: WM P1 LANAK & HANNA, P.C. Attorneys at Law 400 N. Tustin Avenue, Suite 120 Santa Ana, CA 92705 -3815 Telephone: (714) 550 -0418 • Ext. No.: 302 • Facsimile: (714) 550 -7603 Direct Email Address: flanak@lanak- hanna.com Francis J. Lanak Vla facsimile (949) 644 -3139 May 2, 2007 Aaron C. Harp Assistant City Attorney City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 Re:, Contractor: Macerich Construction, Inc. Project: Contract No. 3742 - Newport'l'heatre Arts Center Dear Mr. Harp: Our File No.: 13878 We enclose a Supplemental Declaration by Mr. Nomeh, that further details which of the line items on the bid were in error and how the correct amounts of the line items were determined. We hope the City will agree with our client that there was a material mistake in the bid submitted and the mistake was not due to an error of judgment but to a clerical error in not putting down the amount that was intended on line item 5. Very truly yours, illl FJt.:ydp Unclosiue of the Firm cc: Client (w /o exit.) Lloyd Dalton (via facsimile 949.644.3308) I- AMflMdcn eaMduc W%1397UW0802. epy ox. Hwp.vMd FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX NO :7145500734 APR-27-MT 10:42AM 414 TTT 9630 ' -- -7 wpr. 27 2006 02:41PM P7 T-Sis P-002002 F-749 ? ClaI - WY5 A? 061 eap 2e apt FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX NO. :7145500734 0 May. 02 2006 02:54PM P2 MAY-02-2007 MOW FROWOCERICff-MRSTRUCTION INC + 414 TTT 0088 T -822 P.002 /008 F -884 r nw•i .0 -xw•w� nru. rmnn�n i, «. ...,.. �..«......_ -.,,. -- SUM MENTAL t "LAAATTON i, [3=V Nemeb, declare as follows: 1. 1 am employod by Macarlab Cottattuedon, Inc., a Macar ioh'9 ae it Project MamW. 'AAA a • Project Manager, one of my responsibflitlas it ro esltmato and prepare bids for variouii projects. 1 have parow l knowtodge of the Hlowing hilts, aril if canal so a witness to testily, I could and' would competently ten* to each rWt oout&Wad'in this DeclwiWon and I submit th11 Elupplar wt W Dectaration•in support-of Macerich's request to bo allowed to withdraw its bid on the honinaf= described project. 2. I was responafble for and did eatimato and prepare the bid on Mufflich's behalf for the work of iniprovaiawn known as Newport n. qAm -.Arts c:cutor lobby Addition/Rttrotlt of (2) 320' Guyed TowerMUlities Yard RAdia inildinj M44 tilitses -Yard Building.3 Remodel (1130 `?Mject'I- `` 3. Gnthe dx oftltebid, I called a field y cmplcryee to advise him ofdu bid numbers so that he called insert the Mu nham o4 the bid Limn and °J:rmely delivur-thehzd to the City. [TnforturoRe>,y, there ware some difRouldes' in our phaua aetutcetion throug)s our Netrtel Radio. As a result of these difficulties, the field amployoe wrote-40" the incorrect numbom on the bid 1=74 causing iho bid number that was smutted to the City to be matwisliy diffe=t-than vvhafMaccrlch intondod this bid.nymber to be. 4.. SpwiScally, the argon onthe'bid thit*as sabmitted waiewith regard to the bid for bneltemt five. "Eltihit+ea Yard Building a Remodel "" On thon-bid the 16 itantv4 $124,00A.00. It ahoald how been $450,000.00. If ttto cormot cumber had been.* in to tier ftern:five and all the find item amounts had been added up eomdywith that eomtlhw item Sv c t wow, then di tatal'bid should be" bean $1,24pP0,00 vvhleh is the entoutlt ofibe bits that I calculated, in the oMoo, as refloated in the hand written workeheet and tho type written tramodpdon of �atA ;w lce6aet tvhlott are attagbed to this-Daetarattan and nurlwd ivaapoetively Rxhibits "A" and "a" and hocotpw*od for all purposes. . IepMAM rtrw�cnr, nrrnamsu►s�ppr...,r�a,.rs,..Ra 1 - � FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX NO. :7145500734 •May. 02 20% 02:54PM P3 VAY-02 -2007 12 :01PM FROM- ACERIASTRIICTION INC +714 7T7 0099 T -92t 4.008/003 F -984 f I'CLa'I .L.1'11YFN\ 00`4,/ 1'C1`�`1'1 r_nn, Ixa. • r a- ..•.w�•.w ..... �. ... �-�.. __ ..... ... S. The Way 1 arrived at the tdW amount afore bid, axis m oreiallydclailod in 13xbibits "A" and "B," was to adoulaw the cost for each bid.3tem separmaly and then total all .thane coats and then add a markup of approximately 24- perumt for probt and overhand. This can readily he sera by totailttg ft amounts ofthe individual bld item on the type wdilealrawatiption. Ito total coat came to .$1,009,000.00. To that 1 added the markup of $240,000.00 to arrive at the lump am bid of $1.249,000.00. . .. b. Itt oxacainir►g RxhihiI " "A;" myhaau!'vtaitteo warkaheet, it can be aeert that 1 was cha *rqg some of ray estimates as 1 worked the bid up ta, arrive at the final nrur�ber that appears.on. the bottom left hand corner of Exhibit "A," of $1,249.000.00. 7. After arrivigg at that mtuthar, I allocated ttto 51.249,000.00 to the individiml.-line items, . ailoeatiutg n ost of the profit sad overhald to the Rust threeilems so is mote fully shown on u copy cfthe bid itself Whielt is att4alted to t11ia Declaration, m.0 vd. Exhihir "C" and incovpanted for all pntposes. R. Besides the mistake in adding up'tho line item aarwunta an the bid as stttimiued so as t� understate the bid by 55,000.001 the Weta ke wan in the amount of $124,000.00 sd down fbr item n1lbb T five which almuld Nava bear 5450,000.00. I can only asMtw the cause of that mistake to c0nmmnlaWOM problem with the cell phone and the hootia things that occur at bid Limo. 9. 1 did But team of the miatakcs in MaccrioWs bid'until aft the bids wm opened. Whon the mist kes were discovered, we hmnat lately Sent a • ilrx -U� tho City, advising thetn'of the mistake and Macetich's intent to withdraw the bid. M. With this doclamflon, Maccrich requests that the L"a'ty relieve lalaaaedeb from its bid under Pahlic Contract Coda saxd6n 5103. I daelaw W dWp=ltyof petj ury under the iswe of the State of California that the t'isragoing is true wad otsnect, end that this dcolaration was exemlad ott the S:ud day of li4ay, 2007, in aranM Calidbrnia. 4nxp ,oanrarrr�vaagwAwru4+r+�+«x� � FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX NO. :7145500734 May. 02 2006 02:SSPM P4 EXHIBIT "A" FROM :LANRK AND HfYJNR FAX N0. :7145500734 ay. 02 2006 02:55PM P5 APHMOO MOM P C "SiRU j(M jK 014 to ust IN P.Da/ut F -F44 ow- _ ._ ��f ,(��iJ..r..dac�.rswr,•oo....._ 4f;.R'S�__. ...� .. _ .._ .._... ,.: L71 —.. - -- — — _ •- FROM :LANAK AND HANNA 0 FAX NO. :7145500734 May. 02 2006 02:SSPM P6 elN u EXHIBIT "B" r- a AM AM 4f17l M7 Cestarnekdlwn YTododlgat SEMth Theeter Ads C ft Lob*ADd tkn D $ 11,000.00 Frantir>a a *watt $ 22006.0 COnvate ul Inaa%a S 4 8,187.(51 Almemum SlordwiU 8 $ $ aAaz 0 18,A§2A0 foamaHw&Aaes 23MMM 1Qg9 Tabs( Par as 55ees & Acosodes S M Counter top 32,WA0 0. 00 AtpaWami� $ 22,154.00 PG"ng $ 1,104.00 Electrw i 45.2s4.oa a i 1T8,834A0 ( Taiwer Anchar4Vke D onrttwd Taw Coat 8 1,875.0 s Swum S 1,071.00 $ GlAs 90 $ 179,8340b a. IiQ150.00 $ aeq,3ae,4o a 'f1I0,17A.00 S 2�a,45oAn a 1,a4eeoc,4o tsar Yam l 9 3 Porno Radio 10,500.00 FwWr TrenOft A FXCWRIM $ 14922.00 Fauada m &SIB $ 5S,mm Bfolltvm $ Gama0 �tPag 23MMM Cautrtertap S 0910 Rwft S 32,WA0 rnsula0on $ R RS um hams & tlmdmm $ S.Mm F0 $ 23,070.0 kre a 3MAO a $ 230,190.0 $ e80,386Aa Ra )* BtdkSng U an $ 10,500.00 FwWr s 29.(10.00 Drpwl $ 14.e89.00 Lreumba 8 4,82500 1$,mena Cautrtertap $ $ 32,WA0 $ 180,174,a0 n U • FROM :LANAK AND HANNA • FAX NO. :7145500734 • May. 02 2005 02:55PM PS a EXHIBIT "C" FROM :LANAK AND HANNA FAX N0.- :7145500734 �ay. 02 2006 02:55PM P9 APR -26 -2907 wom FROM-WRICN CONSTR ON INC +T14 TT7 6668 T -892 P- 096/006 F-T82 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NOTICE INVITING BIDS Seated bids may be received at the office of the City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, CA 92663 until 11:00AM on the 170i day of April, 2047, at-which time such bids shall be opened and read for: 3742 Contract Number 111 Ir ;• ' J=y & st-7 yen 0. Badum i Works )director Prodpective bidders may purchase a set of bid documents for $75 of the office of the Public Works Department, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, CA 92663 Contractor 11dense classiflcatlon required; "B" For teohnia d Information an project (1), cell Jason Briscoe, Aral Mee at (M) 566-0080 For techrireal information on project (2), call Pav'id.Adams, structural Engineer, at (55) 688 = Wty 3 For Eechnical information bn projects (3) and (4), Gag Patti Ruffing, Architect, at (948) 800.8062 For general Information on the aontmot, call Lloyd Dalton, Project Manager, of (949) 844-3328 FROM :LANAK AND HANNA . FAX NO. :7145500734 • May. 02 2006 02:56PM P10 APR- 28 -2DBT Oe:O1PM FROM-MkCERICH CM&TI. AN INC }714 TTT 8838 T -882 P.08T /BBB F-T32 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH If PUBLIC WORKS DEPAR.TMr;NT P O -12ly4 4 (1) NFW ORT THl:ATRf= ARTS ( NTP_it LOBBY ADDITION! (2) RETROFIT OF Q 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) 11TILTi1 3 YARD RADIO BUILDING, ND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 3742 To'the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, Csitfomia 92663 Oentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the wgrk, has read the lnstruakons to the BTdd ®rs, has examined the Plans and Special Pn�Visions, and hereby l proposes to furnish all materials except, that maferial supplied by the City and shall perForm I J all work required to complete Contract No. 3742 In accordance with the Plans and Special — �rawsroris; widvlff a cry in M' pa r end iho ®ire the f6i! Whg unit pflces for 15d 'work; complete in place, to wit ITEM VANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP TOTAL Atab UNIT SUM PRICE WRIi'TEN IN WORDS_ PRICE 1. Lurhp Sum Mobilization and may' Cents . $ Per Lump Sum 2. Lump Sum Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby AddMon Aryr -jrpa drpollars and' Cents $ I sr�_ • — � � Per Lump Sum 3. Lump Sum Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower boilers 0 and .v �+ Cents $ go rnra, t7z Per Lump Sum FROM :LRNAK AND HANNA • FAX NO- = 7145500734 &dy. 02 2006 02.56PM P11 AM-20 -2087 03:02P9 FRM- 0MRICR CORSn. ON INC 1.714 777 8830 x-082 P•008 /008 ,F-732 PR 2 of 2 1EM QUANTITY AND UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION AND LUMP SUM PFZIGE WRii'(EN IN WORDS TOTAL•, PRICE _ 4. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Radio Building e�a�Q� ea gaffd Dollars Cents . Per Lump Sum 5. Lump Sum Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel - (� ��a✓�,� i��f'�7�'� tars and ..r.� Cents $ !9-ee°• rte? Per Lump Sum TOTAL PRICE (Figures) TOTAL, PRICE (Words) -may E;,� AW �w�4,-4 Dollars _ ) and Cents el -/7 x�r Date 7M --277 MCC? eiddW.6 Telephone and Fax Numbers Z9/ow A Bidders License No. and Classification fL�il�ii P WFA yni(da,-dr—�s = _ e.40 Bidder's e-Maii Address Bidder B18der's Authorized Signature and Title Bidder's Address &Argd= ft &! , — } Within two calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the four lump sum eonsuuetion Items fisted in his proposal. The Engineer will use said schedule to calculate monthly progress paymants during the term of construction. The Lump Sum for Mobilization will be divided in half for payment at the two sites. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT 11..� TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, PE 949 - 644 -3328 or Idalton @city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: NEWPORT THEATER ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION — REJECT ALL BIDS FOR CONTRACT NO. 3742 RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Reject all bids. 2. Direct staff to combine this project with future building work and rebid at a later date. DISCUSSION: At 2:00 pm on May 11, 2006, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for this project: Bidder Total Bid .Price Low Klassic Engineering & Construction, Inc. $374,400 2 Big West Construction Corp. $442,000 3 Newman Midland Corp. $458,000 Apsor 4z4JW The low bidder, Klassic Engineering & Construcrion, Inc., possesseMen;rd Building Contractor Class B License as specified in the contract documents. Klassic is a seven year -old firm that has satisfactorily completed building projects for other agencies. Work at Newport Theater Arts Center (NTAC) includes demolishing certain portions of the lobby, constructing a 445 .square foot lobby addition, and making accessibility modifications to the public's path of travel and lobby restrooms. Plans and specifications for the remodeling work at NTAC were prepared by Jorgensen Architects, working hand -in -hand with the Friends of NTAC: Jorgensen's construction estimate for the work was $250,000. Knowing full -well that construction projects are being bid much higher than estimated, staff increased the architects' estimate by 20% and advertised the project at $300,000. The low Total Bid Price is 50% above Jorgensen's estimate and 25% above staffs adjusted estimate. Nil eject Bids for Contract No. 3742 Newport Theater Arts Center Lobby Kt Ad May 23,2006 Page 2 Staff feels. ftt the bid prices are much too high and that the low bid, at $840/sq. ft., is not approprt -V'r the project. In addition, only $180,000 is budgeted for construction, wh6 reas more than $400,000 would be required to award the contract and provide a contingency amount. Accordingly, staff recommends that the bids be rejected and the project be rebid with other City building work at some future date. Prepared by: Submitted Lloyd 9, P.E. epVqr(G. Badum Design Engineer PuOdWorks Director -0 Ci' of Newport Beach BUDGET AMENDMENT 2006 -07 °ECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: Increase Revenue Estimates FXI X Increase Expenditure Appropriatiom AND X Transfer Budget Appropriations SOURCE: X from existing budget appropriations X from additional estimated revenues X from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: NO. BA- 07BA -076 AMOUNT: $515,080.00 Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance To increase revenue estimates and increase and transfer expenditure appropriations for multiple projects including: Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition, County Radio Tower and Building and the Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel. [Recommendation A] ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE Fund Account 010 3605 REVENUE ESTIMATES (3601) Fund/Division Account 250 4913 EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Description General Fund - Fund Balance Description County Radio Tower Description Division Number 7011 General Fund - Facilities CIP Account Number C5100809 Npt Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition Division Number 7251 Contributions Fund - Capital Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower Division Number 7017 General Fund - Automation & Communication CIP Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower Division Number 7501 Water Fund - Distribution & Piping Account Number C5100277 Alley Replacement Program Account Number C5500074 Water Main Master Plan Improvements Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower Account Number C5500074 Water Main Master Plan Improvements Account Number C5500930 Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel Signed: Signed: Amount Debit Credit $71,44625 ' $221,500.00 $35,639.00 $32,677.25 $153,817.50 $3,130.00 $221,500.00 $68,316.25 $68,316.25 $153,817.50 Financial Approval: Administrative ervices Director Date SLY Administrative Approv : City Manager City Council Approval: City Clerk Date Cil f Newport Beach • VDGET AMENDMENT 2006 -07 EFFECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: MXL' Increase Revenue Estimates Increase Expenditure Appropriation: AND Transfer Budget Appropriations I Ix SOURCE: I X X from existing budget appropriations X from additional estimated revenues from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: NO. BA- 07BA -076 AMOUNT: $slo,zo2.00 Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance, Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance To increase revenue estimates and increase and transfer expenditure appropriations for multiple projects including: Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition, County Radio Tower and Building, and the Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel. [Recommendation B] ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARYFUND EALANCE Amount Fund Account Description Debit Credit 010 3605 General Fund - Fund Balance $118,178.50 ' REVENUE ESTIMATES (3601) Fund/Division Account 250 4913 Description County Radio Tower $221,500.00 EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Description Division Number 7011 General Fund - Facilities CIP Account Number C5100809 Npt Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition $35,990.00 Division Number 7251 Contributions Fund - Capital Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower $221,500.00 Division Number 7017 General Fund -Automation & Communication CIP Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower $82,188.50 Division Number 7501 Water Fund - Distribution & Piping Account Number C5100277 Alley Replacement Program $35,639.00 Account Number C5500074 Water Main Master Plan Improvements $24,725.00 Account Number C5100768 West Newport Pavement Rehabilitation $21,824.50 Account Number C5100976 County Radio Tower $82,188.50 Account Number C5500074 Water Main Master Plan Improvements $188,335.00 Account Number C5500930 Utilities Yard Building 3 Remodel $188,335.00 ` Automatic System Entry. Signed:J?� Financial Approval: Administrativ ervices Director Date Signed: t,;� , ag 6 Administrative Appro I: City Manager Date Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Date c r ,a MaTeb kW BIDS • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. 8 May 23, 2006 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, PE 949 -644 -3328 or Idalton @city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: NEWPORT THEATER ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION — REJECT ALL BIDS FOR CONTRACT NO. 3742 RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Reject all bids. 2. Direct staff to combine this project with future building work and rebid at a later date. DISCUSSION: At 2:00 pm on May 11, 2006, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for this project: Bidder Total Bid Price Low Klassic Engineering & Construction, Inc. $374,400 2 Big West Construction Corp. $442,000 3 Newman Midland Corp. $458,000 The low bidder, Klassic Engineering & Construction, Inc., possesses a General Building Contractor Class B License as specified in the contract documents. Klassic is a seven year -old firm that has satisfactorily completed building projects for other agencies. Work at Newport Theater Arts Center (NTAC) includes demolishing certain portions of the lobby, constructing a 445 square foot lobby addition, and making accessibility modifications to the public's path of travel and lobby restrooms. Plans and specifications for the remodeling work at NTAC were prepared by Jorgensen Architects, working hand -in -hand with the Friends of NTAC. Jorgensen's construction estimate for the work was $250,000. Knowing full -well that construction projects are being bid much higher than estimated, staff increased the architects' estimate by 20% and advertised the project at $300,000. The low Total Bid Price is 50% above Jorgensen's estimate and 25% above staffs adjusted estimate. • Newport Theater Arts Center Lobby Aar- Reject Bids for Contract No. 3742 May 23, 2006 Page 2 Staff feels that the bid prices are much too high and that the low bid, at $840 /sq. ft., is not appropriate for the project. In addition, only $180,000 is budgeted for construction, whereas more than $400,000 would be required to award the contract and provide a contingency amount. Accordingly, staff recommends that the bids be rejected and the project be rebid with other City building work at some future date. Prepared by: I �. r �- . Engineer Submitted G. Badum orks Director 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK Lellani I. Brown, MMC September 23, 2009 Big West Construction Corporation 2691 Richter Avenue #123 Irvine, CA 92606 Subject: Newport Theatre Arts (C- 3742). To Whom It May Concern: On September 23, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Labor & Materials Bond was released on November 13, 2008. The Surety for the contract is North American Specialty Insurance Company, and the bond number is 2064774. Enclosed is the Faithful Performance Bond. Sincer y, v` Y� r Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us • BOND PREMIUM IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON FINAL CONTRACT PRICE BOND ISSUED IN SET OF THREE ORIGINAI DOCUMENTS BOND PREMIUM IS 317.595 00 CITY Of NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (1) NEWPQRT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LORRY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF M 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING. AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL CONTRACT NO, 3742 BOND NO. 2064774 FAITHFUL PERFQBfi[A 8 The premium charges on this Bond is $ 13,595.00 being al Bre rate of S 1.346701 PER thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, tG ovE'sTTaA tpc(T Cly Of Newport Beach, Stall of Cafilonn by motion adopted, awarded tOCORPORATION hereinafter designated as the -PNnoiper, a oOntract for construction of (1) r4ein, w e r r ncATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (F) 320' GUYED TOWER, (3) Lmit iriEs YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL. Contract No. 3742 in the City of Newport Beach. in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are Incorporated herein by this refworwe. WHEREAS. Principal has execiAed or is about to execute Contract No. 3142 and the terms thereof require the fumishing of a Bond for the faithful performanoo of the Contact: NOW. THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY h�d�uly pa�u�thorized to0tfreanssallcdta business lvunder the laws of the State of Caftfomia as Surety ('ON�i IVAI. r JILS.'NO, F6u>2 NUNOaED Sf°vEy�7 unto the City of Newport Beech, m the sum of FIVE DOLLARS ($1,009,0475.0�011 la'�IfuI money of the United States of America, said sum using vyuai'- I%% of the estimated amount of the Contract. to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, arld assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind Ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns. OWly and severely, flrmy by thew present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, sun ssors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well aril truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, oond'Alons, end agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its pert, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, detend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein, stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the Same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified In this Bond; otherwise this obllgason shall become null end void. • 0 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addroon to the face amount specified in this Performance fiend, store shall be inducted costs and reasonablePxpencas and fees. tnckding reasonable attorneys fors, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in late or equity against Surety to onforce the oNgations of this Bond Surety. for value rocerved, stlptilates and agrees that no Change, extension of time. alterations or additions to the terms of @'w' Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifintrorw ac-companyIng the same shall in any way aff"I Ns obligations on this Bond. and it does hereby wawa notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications;. This FaW +1Li Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Princip-al in full iorce and effect for one (1) year followwg the date of fomtai acceptance of the Project by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an Individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligaUOnB under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Instrument has been duly executed by the Pnncipul and Suroty above named, on li _ 241Hday of MAY . 2007. BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized S' rerrd NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety %YUNfGF, Age S urs rN G'O THE BOND EXCHANGE 21800 CHRISANTA DR SUITE 160. MISSION VIEJO. CA 91697 ICK. ATTORNEY -IN - FACT Address of Surety and TiUo (919) 161 -7000 Telephone NOTARY ACKNOwLEUCMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED EE STATE OF CALIFORNIA) ) ss: COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On May 30, 2007, before me, M Locey personally appeared Thomas R. Carr, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they has executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said S Official Notarial Seal CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) 141611j►1 r"* ORANGE On QL, ,la before me, JENNIFER K. SMITH, Notary Public NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared, YUNG T. MULLICK, ATTORNEY -IN -FACT personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) istare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. y JENNIFER K. SMITH N ' COMM. 1479028 -e' NOTARY A7a� :swFORIM N ORANGE COUNTY N Th Cb Ex" MAR x, tool W LV`,l.iCiT`J �&- 'UVYLL 1 ► ' (SEAL) T RY PUBLIC SIGNATURE OPTIONAL INFORMATION TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT DATE OF DOCUMENT • NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESE117 i, THAT North Amaticso Specialty insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and ranting under laws of the Stare of New Hsmpahac, and having its principal office In the City of Mancbester, New Hampshire, and Washington Imeroational Insurance Company. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca. Illinois, each does hereby rake, conshmte and appoint JENNIFER C. OJHONEY, JAMES W. MOMANEN AND YING T. MULLICK JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its true and lawful Anorney(s) -in-Fact, to make, execute, seal aid deliver, for and of Its behalf and r its act and deaf, bonds or other wntings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, a surety, on contracts of suretyship as ore or may be required a permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undartakiug a contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the ancium of: TEN MILLION (10.000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and u signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of bah North Amenun Specialty Insurance Company ad Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held od the Z0 of March. 2000 "RESOLVED. that any two of the President, any EAecutive Via President, any Vmc Ptesident, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or airy of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attomry named in the given Power of Aaomry to execute on behalf of the CmWacy bonds, undertaimits aid till ttmtiwts of very; and *A: cneb a any zf them be: shy is eutho —..zed h imeat to the execution of any such Powa of Amorney and to attach themn the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the awl of the Company may be afflxed to any auch Power of Attorney or to any cernficata relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate beariag such ficaireile signature in facsimile Seel shall be binding upon the Company wbm so affixed and in the fbmre with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety W which it is attached." by SEAL Yllat K,a�(,t�� scot. s. a.aysy. ny�I.tei �rNe.s Adle�i a,ew..Nr «e. ECe..e.4 ✓t�was uwwra ge"".vn� JL )a' by Dlwa Il t/1ar, N[Y ataMrel ✓ W bivMnY —GPmT Y4Y a w1L�r ft.. yr.l,er Iw,ua<� IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty luminance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have cawed thah official seals to be hereunto affixed, soul thasa prasents to be signed by their authorized Offiara this 25 dory of July , 2005 . North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington Intarnationsl lataraoce Company State of Illinois Canary of Du Page ss' On this 25 day of July , 2005 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P Anderson , President and CEO of Wasbington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and David N'1. Layman , Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Via President of North American Specialty 11141Uaxc ComP"Y, personally known to mc, who being by use duly swum, acknowledged that they signed fie above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged aid instrument to be the voiunrsry act and decd of their re spocnva cnnePan tes. / L SEAL' G� SUSMa ANGM — Natty PWic, Sim: d(rw Susan Ansel, Notary Public YyCammerai fleas 7bZard 1, James A. CA=ler , the duly Nxted Asaiataet ary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insuraoca Company, do bereby certify that Elie above and foregoing is a true and contact copy of a Power of Anornry given by Said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington international losurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1 have cat my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this day of MAY L- L�At+eTeiv, ear ItWei ArN�fr a ,✓>erwLYwPYearm. :— C:w+,nrMEer e... -. . New Nat1 ®afW> aa,n CeiroY 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK IaVonne M. Harkless. MMC Fp November 13, 2008 Big West Construction Corporation 2691 Richter Ave #123 Irvine, CA 92606 Subject: Newport Theatre Arts (C -3742) To Whom It May Concern: On September 23, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work of the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on September 30, 2008, Reference No. 20080004556,32. The Surety for the contract is North American Specialty Insurance Company and the bond number is 2064774. Enclosed is the Labor & Materials Payment Bond. Sincerely, �1 La o e M if rkless, MMC I City Clerk encl. 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach. California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us • •. BOND PREMIUM IS INCLUDED IN PERFORMANCE BOND BOND ISSUED IN SET OF THREE ORIGINALS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CONTRACT NO. 3742 BOND NO. 706 774 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the qft`YPyfVbRIM&LT%7N nfoWq ch. State of California, by motion adopted, has awarded V '}S. r designated as the 'Principal' a contract for construction of (1) NtyyPUKI irteAxrRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, (2) RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GDYED TOWER, (3) UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND (4) UTILITIES YARD 1UILDING 3 REMODEL, Contract No. 3742 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans. drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of iha City of Newport Beach, all of which are inoorp*mted herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or Is about to execute Contract No. 3742 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that it Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth, THEREFORE. We the undersigned Principal. rind, NOR77/,i,IrEkkII[[1jyy RICAN SPECIAL TYINSURANCE COMPANY duly aufhOrf2ed to transact business under the laws of the State of California, es Surety. (referred to herein as 'Surety) are 60LLARS bound uMo the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of ONE MILLION, NINE THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTYF lawful mono OT (S1.009,175.00 Y the United States Of America, ttald Sllrn being 8gU21 IO 100% Of Itta estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract: for which payment wetl and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors. or assigns, jointly and sovarally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplios, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the mark contracted to be done, or fir any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unernptoyment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted. withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sun specified In this Bond, and also, in base suit is brought to enforce the obligations of INS Bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to tw fixed by the Court as requred by the provisions of Section 3250 of the CWiI Code of the State of California. 27 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, Corrillaanies, and corporations entitled to He claims under Section 3181 of the California CrAI Code so as to give a right of action to them or their absrgns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by arKf in acoordanoe with Wa provision: of Sections 3247 at Saq of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of tho Contrail or In the work to he performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and R does hereby waive notice of any Such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, N is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate aria Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and surety, on the 24TH day of MAY , 2007 BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION Name of Contrectm (Principal) NORTH AMERICAN SPECIAL TY INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety C/O THE BOND EXCHANGE 24600 CHRISANTA DR. SUITE 160, MISSION wEJO, CA 92691 Address of Surety (949) 461.7wo Telephone I. �— Piye YUNG VMyLLICK ATTORNEYdN -FACT NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT S Of CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 28 0 0 STATE OF CALIFORNIA) ) ss: COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On May 30, 2007, before me, M Locev personally appeared Thomas R. Carr, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they has executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said St t M LOCEY _ Commission R 161 ISM Nolary PUMC - CdMOfLYO Oionpe Courvy My Comm. E)WM Oct 7.2 Official Notarial Seal CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA _ _) COUNTY OF ORANGE. On �_'Zt4 lL�+ before me, JENNIFER K. SMITH, Notary Public NAME OF NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared, YUNG T. MULLICK, ATTORNEY -IN -PACT personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 4% 43k [3M H11 NOTA UBLIC SIGNA I OPTIONAL INFORMATION TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT DATE. OF DOCUMENT JENNIFER K. SMIT r N = COMM. R 1479028 : =.: y e Nouavvue' acAuroRNU � ORANGE COUNTY N 4 :t Ny Comm Erprr NM 16, MOt (SFAL) SHERIFF- CORONER DEPARTMENT COUNTY OF ORANGE CALIFORNIA v 320 N. FLOWER STREET SANTA ANA CA 92703 (714) 947 -7000 October 7. 2008 George Murdoch Operations Manager City of Newport Beach — Utilities Department 3300 Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, Ca. 92658 -8915 RE: County/City Lease Execution Dear Mr. Murdoch, SANDRA HUTCHENS SHERIFF - CORONER EXECUTIVE COMMAND STAFF JACK ANDERSON J B DAVIS RICK DOSTAL CHARLES WALTERS The County's Chairman of the Board of Supervisors has signed the enclosed Leases for use of the communications site located at the City's Utilities Facility. Please get the authorized City signatures and return a live signature copy to my attention at the following address: (range County Sheriff's Department Real Property Services 320 N. Flower Street Santa Ana, Ca. 92703 Attn: Barry Permenter If you have any questions, please call me at (714) 834 -5391. Sincerely, OD Barry Permenter M.77 .-t . 1. AREAS OF ORANGE COUNTY AND THE FOLLOWING CITIES AND AGENCIES: ALISO VIEJO . DANA POINT . LAGUNA HILLS . LAGUNA NIGUEL . LACUNA WOODS . LAKE FOREST . MISSION VIEJO RANCHO SANTA MARGARITA . SAN CLEMENTE . SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO . STANTON . VILLA PARK OC PARKS . DANA POINT HARBOR . JOHN WAYNE AIRPORT . OCTA . SUPERIOR COURT DRUG USE IS AB > SANDRA HUTCHENS SHERIFF - CORONER Ut:I ART141t :NT COUNTY OF ORANGE. SHERIFF - CORONER { CALIFORNIA UNDERSHERIFF JOHN L SCOTT George Murdoch Utilities Operations Manager City of Newport Beacn 3300 Newport Beach Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 Re: Newport Beach and County of Orange Shared Radio Site Project Confirmation of Satisfactory Project Completion Dear George: This letter is confirmation that the County of Orange, California accepts the Newport Beach City Yard shared project radio site facility as completed, thereby fulfilling the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement. We thank the City of Newport Beach for their considerable effort and interest in making this a successful and beneficial project for both your city and for the county. The county will proceed with payment in full to Newport Beach as required in this agreement. Respectfully, Robert Stoffel Director Communications Division PROUDLY SERVING THE UNINCORPORATED AREAS OF ORANGE COUNTY AND THE FOLLOWING CITIES AND AGENCIES: ALISO VIEJO . DANA POINT . LAGUNA HILLS . LAGUNA NIGUEL . LAGUNA WOODS . LAKE FOREST . MISSION VIEJO RANCHO SANTA MARGARITA . SAN CLEMENTE . SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO . STANTON . VILLA PARK OC PARKS . DANA POINT HARBOR . JOHN WAYNE AIRPORT . OCTA . SUPERIOR COURT DRUG USE IS Is EXECUTIVE COMMAND JACK ANDERSON F 840 N. ECKHOFF STREET JOHN B DAVIS SUITE ORANGE. CA 928681021 C0:� MUNICATIONS RICK (714) 704-7900 HILLMHILLM MICHAEL R. ANN FAX (na) 704.7902 MIKE JAMES September 24, 2008 George Murdoch Utilities Operations Manager City of Newport Beacn 3300 Newport Beach Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 Re: Newport Beach and County of Orange Shared Radio Site Project Confirmation of Satisfactory Project Completion Dear George: This letter is confirmation that the County of Orange, California accepts the Newport Beach City Yard shared project radio site facility as completed, thereby fulfilling the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement. We thank the City of Newport Beach for their considerable effort and interest in making this a successful and beneficial project for both your city and for the county. The county will proceed with payment in full to Newport Beach as required in this agreement. Respectfully, Robert Stoffel Director Communications Division PROUDLY SERVING THE UNINCORPORATED AREAS OF ORANGE COUNTY AND THE FOLLOWING CITIES AND AGENCIES: ALISO VIEJO . DANA POINT . LAGUNA HILLS . LAGUNA NIGUEL . LAGUNA WOODS . LAKE FOREST . MISSION VIEJO RANCHO SANTA MARGARITA . SAN CLEMENTE . SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO . STANTON . VILLA PARK OC PARKS . DANA POINT HARBOR . JOHN WAYNE AIRPORT . OCTA . SUPERIOR COURT DRUG USE IS Is Project No: GA 055485- 2200 -20 -2 2 Project Name: 800 MHz Communications Site Project Location: City of Newport Beach — 949 West 16 "' Street 4 { City Utilities Department Yard 6 EXHIBIT 2 I 10 1 LEASE 12 1 THIS LEASE ( "Lease ") is made thisAC01 day ofScp (mPx (L , 2W8 , by and between the COUNTY OF ORANGE, a political subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter 14 referred to as "COUNTY," and the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as "LESSOR." 16 RECITALS 18 A. LESSOR is the owner of that certain real property ( "Property ") located at 949 West 16 "' 20 Street in the City of Newport Beach, County of Orange. State of California. A depiction of the Property is attached hereto as Exhibit A which is incorporated herein by this reference. 22 B The Property's primary purpose is for use by LESSOR as its Utilities Department 24 operations yard. 26 C. On M hV ZZ 2007, LESSOR and COUNTY entered into a Reimbursemen; Agreement which this Lease is an Exhibit to. whereby LESSOR agreed to upgrade an 28 existing LESSOR owned communications tower ("Towe(') and construct a new equipment building ("Equipment Building ") on the Property at shared expense with COUNTY. The 30 Reimbursement Agreement is incorporated herein by this reference. 32 D. COUNTY desires and LESSOR agrees to provide COUNTY with a long -term Lease of a portion of the Property for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, maintaining, 34 repairing and altering COUNTY's 800 MHz radio mobileMireless communications system and appurtenant equipment ("800 MHZ System "). 36 In consideration of which, and the other considerations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto 38 mutually agree as follows. 40 I 1. DEFINITIONS (1.2 S) 42 "Board of Supervisors" means the Board of Supervisors of the County of Orange, a political subdivision of the State of California. 44 "Sheriff" means the Sheriff of the County of Orange, or designee, or upon written notice to 46 LESSOR, such person or entity as shall be designated by the Board of Supervisors. 48 "Communications Director' means the Director, Sheriff/Communications, County of Orange, or designee, or upon written notice to LESSOR, such other person or entity as shall be 50 designated by the Sheriff- Coroner. 52 1 "County Counsel" means the County Counsel, County of Orange, or designee, or upon written I is 6A 055 485 22(10 21) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 0 0 notice to LESSOR, such other person or entity as shall be designated by the Executive Officer or the Board of Supervisors. "Corporate Real Estate" means the Resources Development and Management Department, Internal Services, Real Estate Division, Corporate Real Estate for the County of Orange, oil upon written notice to LESSOR, such entity as shall be designated by the County Executive Officer or the Director, Resources Development and Management Department. 2. PREMISES (1.3 N) As provided in this section. LESSOR leases to COUNTY that certain real property hereinafter referred to as "Premises," composed of an exclusive right to use a portion of the Tower (as designated on Exhibit B. page 2), one -half of the interior area of the Equipment Building (as designated on Exhibit B, page 1) and the exterior area of the Equipment Building where the COUNTY's diesel generator and diesel fuel storage tank are located (as designated on Exhibit B, page 1). Exhibit B is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. The parties hereto agree that (i) the sidewalk areas depicted on Exhibit B. page 1, shall be jointly used by the parties, the COUNTY shall have exclusive and unencumbered use of space, as described above and identified on Exhibit B, on the Tower for the installation, operation, repair and maintenance of its 800 MHz System communications equipment. COUNTY and LESSOR agree that the LESSOR shall have the right to: (1) use all other areas of the Tower not specifically designated for COUNTY use; (ii) run cable and material over the COUNTY'S portion of the Tower as necessary to connect to equipment installed on the Tower provided that these items do not disturb, alter or interfere with COUNTY'S 800 MHz System equipment installed on the Tower. and (iii) the right to ingress and egress over the portion of the Tower designated for COUNTY use provided that the LESSOR does not disturb, alter or interfere with COUNTY'S 800 MHz System equipment installed on the Tower. COUNTY, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of its 800 MHz system and Facility, as defined in Clause 4 of this Lease COUNTY shall not be responsible for costs, expenses or other sums related to LESSOR's activities on or within its occupied portion of the Property. 3. ACCESS (N) The parties acknowledge that the Property is a secured facility and that LESSOR has a right to impose as a condition of this Lease reasonable security measures. COUNTY shall comply with any reasonable security measures required by LESSOR, COUNTY shall have the non- exclusive right of ingress and egress to and from the Premises on, within, aver and across the Property, an access way to and from the nearest public street and driveway, and parking areas for COUNTY's personnel, vehicles and equipment, as necessary on and within the Property for the installation, operation, maintenance and alteration of COUNTY's 800 MHZ System. Facility, equipment and other items located on the Premises, and to electrical power facilities, connections and other utilities as needed to service COUNTY's 800 MHz System and Facility. LESSOR agrees that COUNTY shall have access to the Property and Premises on a twenty - four (24) hour per day basis on every day of each year of the term of this Lease and any reasonable security measures imposed by LESSOR shall not prohibit said access. LESSOR shall provide COUNTY, at no charge or deposit, with as many keys and/or access cards as needed for gates or other secured entries to the Property and the Premises. COUNTY shall provide, at its sole expense, all security provisions it deems necessary to protect its Facility and the Premises. 0 0 2 COUNTY shall comply with all fire and safety codes and shall not obstruct access of emergency vehicles to and within the Property. 4 4. USE (2.1 N) 6 COUNTY Use: 8 The Premises shall only be used by COUNTY during the term of this Lease for a 10 governmental use (i.e. non - commercial use) and lawful activities related to the construction, installation, alteration, operation, repair, and maintenance of its 800 MHz System and 12 appurtenant structures including, without limitation, the installation of an exclusive use communications equipment room, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel storage tank, auto 14 transfer switch, air conditioning unit, and Tower mounted microwave dishes and antennas ( "Facility"). The microwave dishes and antennas shall be used for the transmission and the 16 reception of radio communication signals on various frequencies. COUNTY shall not cause or allow Premises to be used for any purpose other than for those uses described in this Clause. 18 Permits, Licenses, Approvals: 20 LESSOR agrees to reasonably cooperate with COUNTY, at COUNTY's sole cost and 22 expense, in making application for and obtaining all licenses, permits, and any and all other necessary approvals that may be required for COUNTY's use of the Premises. 24 Representatives: 26 LESSOR and COUNTY shall each identify to the other party a representative as a point of 28 contact for this Lease, and at all times during the term of this Lease shall maintain a viable point of contact to ensure LESSOR and COUNTY have reasonable access to LESSOR and 30 COUNTY personnel knowledgeable about the Property and the Premises and the operation and maintenance of the respective communications systems. 32 Use By Third Parties: 34 Prior to the authorization by LESSOR to any third -party to install any communications 36 equipment on the Tower, within LESSOR's portion of the Equipment Building or at any other location within the Property or Premises, LESSOR shall first submit the proposed use in 38 writing to COUNTY Said proposed use shall be subject to the written approval of the Communications Director based on and consistent with the provisions of Clause 5, Mutual 40 Non - Interference, herein and said approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. COUNTY shall respond within thirty (30) days from the date of receiving written notice of the proposed 42 use from LESSOR to LESSOR with its approval, rejection or required reasonable mitigations for the proposed use. Failure of the COUNTY to respond within thirty (30) days shall be 44 deemed to be approval by the COUNTY. 46 Alteration By LESSOR /COUNTY 48 LESSOR shall not substantially alter or modify any improvement within the Premises without the prior written approval of COUNTY. Likewise, COUNTY shall not substantially alter or 50 modify any improvement within the Premises without the prior written approval of LESSOR. 52 5. MUTUAL NON - INTERFERENCE (N) 54 Upon activation of the COUNTY communications equipment, COUNTY shall confirm, at rdc 6A 055.485.22W 2u.2 4 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 • • COUNTY's sole cost and expense, that COUNTY's radio equipment is not interfering w existing systems operating on the Tower and at the Property. Any modification necessary LESSOR's communications equipment, operating on the Tower or at the Property, accommodate COUNTY's operation of its Facility and 800 MHz System, shall be COUNTY's sole cost and expense and shall be completed prior to the COUNTY's operation the Facility and 800 MHz System. COUNTY shall operate its Facility in such a manner so as not to interfere with LESSOR's u; of the Property or use of the Property by other LESSOR authorized parties, and LESSO shall operate its radio communications system and other activities on the Property in a mann so as not to interfere with COUNTY's use of the Premises and its Facility. All operations t LESSOR and COUNTY shall be lawful and in compliance with all Federal Communicatior Commission ( "FCC ") requirements and State and local codes and ordinances. LESSOR and COUNTY agree to reasonably cooperate with each other to prevent and mitigate any interference with each other's facilities and equipment and use of the Premises and Property. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4, Use, herein, LESSOR shall not permit any third party user of the Tower or any other portion of the Property to interfere with, or in any other circumstance cause interference with, the transmission of signals to or from COUNTY's radio communications facilities. In the event any such interference occurs, COUNTY shall have the right to bring action to enjoin such interference. Prior to authorizing any third party to operate equipment from the Property, LESSOR shall require said third party to test its transmissions to determine if any interference exists with COUNTY's radio signals. COUNTY shall have the right to attend such test. In the event that interference does exist. LESSOR agrees to require the third party to modify and/or eliminate equipment found to be the cause of interference to the satisfaction of the Communications Director. 6. TERM (2.2A S) The term of this Lease shall be twenty (20) years, commencing the first day of the first full calendar month following the date of execution by COUNTY and LESSOR ( "Commencement Date "). Parties agree that the Commencement Date of this Lease will be confirmed in writing by either party upon demand by the other. Following the initial 20 -year term of this Lease. the term may be renewed and extended by mutual agreement of LESSOR and COUNTY subject to Clause 5, Amendment, of the General Conditions of this Lease. 7. OPTION TO TERMINATE LEASE (2.4 N) COUNTY shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease at any time and for any reason upon giving LESSOR written notice at least sixty (60) days prior to said termination date. LESSOR shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by providing the COUNTY with sixty (60) days written notice of the termination date if. (i) the 800 MHz System, and or an approved successor or assign, fail to operate the 800 MHz System for twelve (12) consecutive months; or (2) any federal, state, or local law. statute, ordinance, rule, or regulation prohibits the Facility or 800 MHZ System from operating at the Property or Premises. In the event of early termination of this Lease pursuant to this paragraph 7, and in addition to any other obligations of COUNTY herein, COUNTY is obligated to remove the Facility including all personal property, and repair the Premises pursuant to Clause 9, Construction 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 • • and Alterations, of this Lease. 8. RENT (N) This Lease shall be rent -free to the COUNTY for the duration of the Lease term and extension thereof. 9. CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATIONS (4.4 N) At its own expense, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all code and permit requirements of all local, county, state, and federal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and subject to the provisions of Clause 5, Mutual Non - Interference, of this Lease, COUNTY may, at any time during the term of the Lease, make improvements and modifications to Its 800 MHz System and Facility located on the Premises, including but not limited to the installation of communications equipment, appurtenant structures, auto transfer switch, air conditioning, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel tank, fixtures, partitions, counters, shelving, and other ancillary equipment as deemed necessary or appropriate Prior to initial construction or any major renovation of the 800 MHz System and Facility located on the Premises, COUNTY shall obtain LESSOR's written approval of COUNTY's plans and specifications for COUNTY's work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. LESSOR shall give such approval or provide COUNTY with its requests for changes within twenty (20) working days of LESSOR's receipt of COUNTY's plans and specifications. COUNTY shall have the right to improve existing utilities and bring any new utilities across the property needed to service the 800 MHz System and Facility, subject to reasonable conditions and provided that the existing conditions are repaired to their original condition in a timely manner. It is agreed that any such communications equipment, appurtenant structures, auto trans switch. air conditioning, emergency diesel generator, diesel fuel tank, fixtures, partitio counters, shelving, or other ancillary equipment attached to or placed upon or within I Premises or Property by COUNTY shall be the personal property of COUNTY. COLIN shall remove, at COUNTY's sole expense, the 800 MHz System, Facility and all perso property by the last day of the Lease term (or extended Lease term), or if earlier terminate within sixty (60) days after termination. COUNTY agrees that the Premises shall be left in good condition as when received, reasonable wear and tear excepted. 10. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE (5.1 N) LESSOR Obligations LESSOR shall maintain, in good condition and repair and at its sole expense, the Tower the foundation, all structural components, roof. exterior walls and drainage systems of Equipment Building. LESSOR shall ensure COUNTY's access to its Premises unobstructed. LESSOR shall keep the area immediately surrounding the Tower a Equipment Building unobstructed, and free and clear of rubbish and litter. LESSOR shall, at all times during the term of this Lease and at its sole expense, maintain good operating condition all Federal Aviation Administration ( "FAA ") required Tower lighti and markings. LESSOR shall additionally be responsible for providing any FAA requir lighting outage notifications and complying with all current and future FAA requiremer hic GA 1155485 -''2W -211 -2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 0 0 relating to the Tower COUNTY Obligations: COUNTY expressly agrees to maintain the Premises in a safe, clean, wholesome, sanitary condition and in compliance with all applicable laws COUNTY, at its sole cost and expense. shall maintain in good condition and repair the Premises, the 800 MHz System, its Facility, and its portion of the Equipment Building including interior walls, floor, ceiling, all wiring, plumbing and utility connections, the diesel generator, auto transfer switch, fuel tank and fuel storage area. COUNTY also agrees to install any necessary materials or devices to protect its equipment and facilities installed in the Equipment Building from temporary leaks in the roof that may occur so that the COUNTY's equipment and facilities are not damaged. The COUNTY agrees to immediately notify the LESSOR of any condition caused by the LESSOR or that LESSOR is responsible for that COUNTY believes may cause damage to the COUNTY's Facility and /or equipment installed in the Equipment Building so that the LESSOR can take any required action. Air Conditioning Maintenance: LESSOR and COUNTY shall each be responsible for the maintenance, servicing and repair of their respective separate air conditioning systems and the cost and expense thereof. 11. TOWER WORK (N) Any contractor or other party performing work on the Tower shall comply with all safety and hourly requirements for employees, in accordance with Federal, State and local governmental safety and health regulations, and laws as well as reasonable security measures required by LESSOR. Contractors shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained and currently certified tower climbers, using all required climbing safety equipment. The contractor shall utilize a program of regular climbing apparatus testing. Proof of current certification and documentation of compliance and testing for each employee shall be submitted to the COUNTY and LESSOR. Contactors shall assure that all Tower workers and supervisors are trained in EME Safety compliance and possess RF Safety dosimeter monitoring devices. These devices shall be operated when working on the Tower. No Tower work shall be performed without the presence of a contractor provided safety person on the Premises. Where necessary. COUNTY and LESSOR operated transmitters shall be turned off to meet FCC EME Safety and occupational regulations for tower workers. Contractor's on -site safety person shall be trained and currently certified in first aid and Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), and maintain an industrial first aid kit in their vehicles at all times. COUNTY and LESSOR agree that all Tower work contractors. climbers and others involved in Tower work shall be required to have insurance coverage in a form and amount as is deemed necessary by the COUNTY and LESSORS Risk Managers to adequately protect COUNTY and LESSOR, and who shall be named as additional insureds. COUNTY and LESSOR Risk Managers approval shall be required prior to any work being performed on the Tower. 12. ACCESS BY LESSOR (N) File. CA 055- 485 - 22110 -20 -2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 0 0 Upon 24 -hours prior written notice to COUNTY (voice -mail, or other form of voice - recorded messages are not considered prior notice), LESSOR and LESSOR's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises and the Facility during reasonable business hours for the purpose of inspecting the same to ensure compliance with this Lease, so long as such entry does not unreasonably interfere with the COUNTY's operation of its Facility. Access to the Premises shall not be permitted without proper escort designated by the Communications Director. Except in the event of a life or property threatening emergency, LESSOR shall not access the Premises without prior written notice to the COUNTY. 13. LIENS (N) COUNTY shall not cause liens of any kind to be filed or placed against the Premises or Property, including without limitation, mechanics liens, liens for materials, wages, labor or services If any liens are filed, and such liens are the result of any act, directive or action of COUNTY, its agents or employees, COUNTY shall upon receipt of written notice from LESSOR, at COUNTY's sole cost and expense, take whatever action(s) necessary to cause such lien to be satisfied and discharged or to cause any such lien to be removed of record. 14. UTILITIES (5.2 N) COUNTY shall be responsible for and pay all charges for all utilities supplied to the Premises and the initial utilities connection from the nearest available access point within the Property to its portion of the Equipment Building for the support of its 800 MHz System and Facility as shown in Exhibit B. Such charges for utility service shall be determined by a separate meter installed by COUNTY to monitor COUNTY's utility usage. 15. SIGNS (N) COUNTY agrees not to construct, maintain, or allow any signs, banners, flags, etc., upon the Property or Premises except as approved in writing by LESSOR, or as required by any govemmental agency with jurisdiction for regulatory purposes. 16. INSURANCE (5.3 N) LESSOR Insurance: COUNTY recognizes that LESSOR is self- insured and provides coverage through its self- insurance program. LESSOR will provide COUNTY with a letter of self insurance to verify liability coverage. COUNTY and LESSOR AGREE THAT LESSOR does not carry public liability or property damage insurance to compensate COUNTY or any other person from any loss, damage or injury except those resulting from situations where LESSOR would be legally liable for such loss, damage or injury. LESSOR agrees it shall self insure for a combined coverage of bodily injury and property damage in the amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease and upon renewal of such policies, LESSOR shall submit to COUNTY a suitable letter of self - insurance. Contractors Liability Insurance: All contractors, subcontractors and others performing work on behalf of LESSOR and/or COUNTY pursuant to this Lease shall obtain insurance in the form and amounts approved by the COUNTY and LESSOR Risk Managers, COUNTY's requirements for contractor's insurance are set forth in "Exhibit C" County Contractor's Insurance Requirements, is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. LESSOR and COUNTY shall not allow contractors or subcontractors to work if contractors or subcontractors have less than the level of coverage required by the COUNTY and LESSOR 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 0 0 Risk Managers. It is the obligation of LESSOR and COUNTY to provide notice of insurance requirements to every contractor and to receive proof of liability insurance coverage prior to allowing any contractor to begin work within the Premises. Such proof of insurance must be maintained by LESSOR and COUNTY through the entire term of this Lease and be available for inspection by LESSOR and COUNTY representatives at any reasonable time. The COUNTY and LESSOR shall be named as additional insureds on said policies. COUNTY Insurance LESSOR recognizes that the COUNTY is self-insured for general liability including bodily injury and property damage, and provides coverage through its self - insurance program. COUNTY will provide LESSOR with a letter of self insurance to verify coverage in the amount of not less than One Mllion Dollars ($1,000,000). 171. LIMITATION OF LESSOR'S LIABILITY FOR COUNTY PERSONAL PROPERTY EXCEPT FOR THE SOLE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE LESSOR, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS, AND AS A FURTHER CONSIDERATION FOR THE USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, COUNTY AGREES THAT LESSOR, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO COUNTY, ITS CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO COUNTY PROPERTY, AS THE RESULT OF THE USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES. IT IS FURTHER AGREED THAT ANY STORED PROPERTY, PLACED ON OR IN THE PREMISES IS DONE SO AT COUNTY'S SOLE RISK, AND LESSOR, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND ASSIGNS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO SAID PROPERTY FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, EXCEPT FOR THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE CITY, ITS CITY COUNCIL, BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, COUNTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LESSOR DOES NOT WARRANT OR REPRESENT THAT STORED PROPERTY AT THE PREMISES WILL BE SAFELY KEPT, NOR THAT IT WILL BE SECURE AGAINST THEFT NOR THAT THE PREMISES ARE SECURE AGAINST HAZARDS CAUSED BY THEFT, MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCE, PESTS, WATER, FIRE, FLOOD OR THE ELEMENTS OF WEATHER OR EARTHQUAKE. IT IS AGREED BY COUNTY THAT THIS RELEASE OF LESSOR'S LIABILITY IS A BARGAINED FOR CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT WERE LESSOR NOT RELEASED FROM LIABILITY AS SET FORTH HERE, THE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT WOULD HAVE REQUIRED ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTION BY THE COUNTY AND /OR RENT WOULD HAVE BEEN REQUIRED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, COUNTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT COUNTY HAS READ, UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO THE TERMS OF PARAGRAPH 17. 18. INDEMNIFICATION (5.5 S) COUNTY shall defend, indemnify and save harmless LESSOR, its officers, agents, and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, or liabilities of any kind or nature which LESSOR, its officers, agents, and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them for injury to or death of persons, or damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, the sole negligence of COUNTY, its officers, agents, employees, subtenants, invitees, or licensees, in connection with the occupancy and use of the Premises by COUNTY. Likewise, LESSOR shall defend, indemnify and save harmless COUNTY, its officers, agents, File: GA 055485 -2200 -20 -2 10 12 14 16 IR 20 22 74 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 0 0 and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, or liabilities of any kind or nature which COUNTY, its officers, agents, and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them for injury to or death of persons, or damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, the sole negligence of LESSOR, its officers, agents, employees, invitees, or licensees, in connection with the ownership, maintenance, or use of the Premises. 19. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS (5.6 N) All taxes and assessments which become due and payable upon and which are directly attributable to the COUNTY's Facility upon the Premises shall be the full responsibility of COUNTY, and COUNTY shall cause said taxes and assessments to be paid prior to the due date. COUNTY shall pay all real property taxes and all other taxes, fees and assessments attributable to the Premises and this Lease. COUNTY, when possible, shall cause the Facility and any other personal property, fixtures, and/or equipment of COUNTY to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of LESSOR. 20. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE (N) COUNTY shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of LESSOR, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. COUNTY AND LESSOR agree that COUNTY shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof for a non - governmental use (i.e. commercial use). In the event COUNTY desires to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, COUNTY shall deliver all documents relating to such assignment or sublease to LESSOR and LESSOR shall respond in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of all documents relating to such assignment or sublease that it consents or does not consent to such assignment or sublease on the same terms as those proposed. Said consent by LESSOR shall not be unreasonably withheld. LESSOR's failure to respond within said time period shall be deemed an approval by LESSOR. In the event LESSOR consents to any proposed assignment contemplated hereunder, COUNTY shall have no further liability under this Lease from and after the effective date of such assignment. 21. SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NON - DISTURBANCE (6.4 N) This Lease and all rights of the COUNTY hereunder are subject and subordinate to any indebtedness secured by the Property or the Premises including but not limited to a mortgage or deed of trust ( "Indebtedness ") which does now or may hereafter cover the Premises or any interest of LESSOR therein, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such Indebtedness except, insofar as COUNTY is meeting its obligations under this Lease, any foreclosure of any Indebtedness shall not result in the termination of this Lease or the displacement of COUNTY. 46 In the event of transfer of title of the Premises, including any proceedings brought for 48 foreclosure or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any instrument securing an Indebtedness, or by any other transfer of title covering the Premises, COUNTY shall attorn 50 to and recognize any subsequent title holder as the LESSOR under all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. COUNTY's possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the 52 LESSOR, or its successors in interest, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Said attomment shall be effective and self- operative immediately upon succession of the 54 current titleholder, or its successors in interest, to the interest of LESSOR under this Lease. 9 1 lic 6A 055 485 2210 20 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 0 0 Notwithstanding the above, this Lease is contingent upon LESSOR obtaining a Subordination, Attomment and Non - Disturbance Agreementfrom any current lenders on the Premises, within thirty (30) days of LESSOR's execution of this Lease. LESSOR shall require all future lenders on the Premises, upon initiation of their interest in the Premises, to enter into a Subordination, Attomment and Non - Disturbance Agreement with COUNTY, thereby insuring COUNTY of its leasehold interests in the Premises. Said Subordination, Attomment and Non - Disturbance Agreement shall be in the form of COUNTY s standard form Subordination, Attomment and Non - Disturbance Agreement or in a form approved by the Communications Director, or designee, Corporate Real Estate and County Counsel. Foreclosure shall not extinguish this Lease, and any tender or any third party purchasing the Premises at foreclosure sale shall do so subject to this Lease and shall thereafter perform all obligations and be responsible for all liabilities of the LESSOR under the terms of this Lease. 22. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE (6.5 S) COUNTY agrees that its Communications Director, or designee, shall furnish from time to time upon receipt of a written request from LESSOR or the holder of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises or any interest of LESSOR therein, COUNTY s standard form Estoppel Certificate containing information as to the current status of the Lease. The Estoppel Certificate shall be approved by the Communications Director, or designee, Corporate Real Estate, and County Counsel. 23. TOXIC MATERIALS (5.9 S) COUNTY hereby warrants and represents that COUNTY will comply with all laws and regulations relating to the storage, use and disposal of hydrocarbon substances and hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including, but not limited to, those materials identified in Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively "Toxic Materials "). COUNTY shall be responsible for and shall defend, indemnity and hold LESSOR, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives, harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attomeys' fees and costs arising out of or in connection with the storage, use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by COUNTY. If the storage, use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by COUNTY results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than maximum allowable levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, COUNTY shall promptly take any and all action necessary to clean up such contamination. Likewise, LESSOR hereby warrants and represents that LESSOR has in the past and will hereafter comply with all laws and regulations relating to the storage, use and disposal of hydrocarbon substances and hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including, but not limited to, those materials identified in Title 26 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively "Toxic Materials "). LESSOR shall be responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold COUNTY, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives, harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attomeys' fees and costs arising out of or in connection with the previous, current and future storage, use and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises (or building if the premises comprises only a portion of said building) by LESSOR. If the previous, current and future storage, use, and disposal of Toxic Materials on the Premises by LESSOR results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than maximum allowable levels established by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, LESSOR shall promptly take any and all action necessary to clean up such contamination. 10 File GA 055 485 2200 20.2 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 0 0 24. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES (6.8 N) The occurrence of a failure to perform any obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease shall constitute an event of default. In the event of any breach of this Lease by COUNTY, LESSOR shall notify COUNTY in writing of such breach and COUNTY shall have thirty (30) days in which to initiate action to cure said breach. COUNTY understands that time is of the essence and will work diligently to cure any breach. In the event of any breach of this Lease by LESSOR. COUNTY shall notify LESSOR in writing of such breach and LESSOR shall have thirty (30) days in which to initiate action to cure said breach. LESSOR understands that time is of the essence and will work diligently to cure any breach. COUNTY and LESSOR shall have the right to pursue all remedies available under the law. 25. DISPUTES (N) In the event a dispute relating to this Lease shall arise between the parties to this Lease, the COUNTY and LESSOR shall first attempt to resolve the dispute informally through good faith negotiation. If the dispute is not resolved by negotiation within a reasonable period of time, it is hereby agreed that the dispute shall be referred to a neutral unbiased party agreed to in writing by COUNTY and LESSOR for mediation. The COUNTY and LESSOR further agree that their participation in mediation is a condition precedent to any party pursuing any other available remedy in relation to the dispute. Either party to the dispute may give written notice to the other party of its desire to commence the mediation process, and a mediation session shall take place within thirty (30) days after the date that such notice is given, or at such other time as mutually agreed upon in writing by COUNTY and LESSOR. The mediator shall determine the mediation process. The parties further agree to share equally the costs of the mediation, which costs shall not include costs incurred by either party for representation by counsel in the mediation process. 26. AUTHORITY (N) LESSOR and LESSOR's signatories represent that the signatories to this Lease hold the positions set forth below their signatures and that the signatories are authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of LESSOR and to bind LESSOR hereto. 27. RECITALS (N) The Recitals paragraphs above are hereby incorporated in this Lease by this reference. 28. NOTICES (8.1 S) All notices pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed as set forth below or as either party may hereafter designate by written notice and shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery, delivery via fax machine, or seventy -two (72) hours after deposit in the United States IVbll. I I File GA 055485 221XI 20 2 4 6 8 l0 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 TO: LESSOR TO: COUNTY City of Newport Beach Sheriff - Coroner Department 3300 Newport Blvd. Communications Division Newport Beach, CA 92658 840 N. Eckhoff St., Suite 104 Altn: Utility Services Director Orange, CA 92868 -1021 Attn: Communications Director and and City of Newport Beach Sheriff Real Property Services 3300 Newport Blvd 320 N. Flower Street, Ste. 108 Newport Beach, CA 92658 Santa Ana, Ca. 92703 Attn City Attomey Attn: Real Property Agent 29. ATTACHMENTS (9.2 S) This Lease includes the following, which are attached hereto and made a part hereof: L GENERAL CONDITIONS II. EXHIBITS A Description - Property B Site Plan - Premises C. County Contractor's Insurance Requirements 12 h1c GA 055- 485.22(x) -20 -2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 0 0 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease the day and year first above written. COUNTY APPROVED AS TO FORM: County Counsel By: 11w� -A (Vl Deputy Date: 1 r - I SIGNED AND CERTIFIED THAT A COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE CHAIRMAN OF BOARD OF SUPERVISORS A e1W/1:S'I :/: onL 4 •�UK1 •::• DARLENE J B OOM Clerk of the Boakibf Supervisors of Orange County, California COUNTY OF ORANGE Ch lrman, Boar f Supervil6rs LESSOR APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attomey By A, (- -,- Assistant CityAttomey Date. 9 CITY OF N PORT BEACH l Mayor ATTEST: By m' kd"" CityClerk 13 File GA 055385 -22W -202 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 u Project No.: GA 055 -485- 2200 -20 -2 Project Name: 800 MHZ Communications Site (Lease) Project Location: City of Newport Beach City Utilities Department Yard GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. LEASE ORGANIZATION (9.1 S) The various headings in this Lease, the numbers thereof, and the organization of th Lease into separate sections and paragraphs are for purposes of convenience only and shall not be considered otherwise. 2. INSPECTION (9.2 S) LESSOR or his authorized representative shall have the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice to COUNTY to inspect the Premises to determine, if COUNTY is complying with all the provisions of this Lease. 3. SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST (9.3 S) Unless otherwise provided in this Lease, the terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators, and assigns of all the parties hereto, all of whom shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. 4. DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES (9.4 N) "Partial Destruction" of the Premises shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises or Tower, for which the repair cost is less than twenty -five percent (25 %) of the then replacement cost of the Premises or Tower, excluding the value of the land. "Total Destruction" of the Premises shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises or Tower, for which the repair cost is twenty -five percent (25 %) or more of the then replacement cost of the Premises or Tower, excluding the value of the land. Partial Destruction In the event of a Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower, LESSOR shall immediately pursue completion of all repairs necessary to restore the Premises or Tower to the condition which existed immediately prior to said Partial Destruction. Said restoration work (including any demolition required) shall be completed by LESSOR, at LESSOR's sole cost and expense, unless the Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower was caused by COUNTY in which event the COUNTY shall be solely liable for said cost and expense, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of said Partial Destruction or within an extended time frame as may be authorized, in writing, by COUNTY The Partial Destruction of the Premises or Tower shall in no way render this Lease null and void. Should LESSOR fail to complete necessary repairs, for any reason, within ninety (90) Paec I kit i 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 0 0 days, or other time frame as may be authorized by COUNTY. COUNTY may, COUNTY's sole option, terminate the Lease or complete necessary repair work. Total Destruction A. In the event of Total Destruction of the Equipment Building or the Premi (excluding the Tower) being legally declared unsafe or unfit for use occupancy, this Lease shall in no way be rendered null and void and LESS shall immediately instigate action to rebuild or make repairs, as necessary restore the Premises (including replacement of all tenant improvements) to condition which existed immediately prior to the destruction. In the ev LESSOR refuses to diligently pursue or is unable to restore the Premises to useable and occupiable condition (including replacement of all ten improvements) within 180 days of the occurrence of said destruction or within extended time frame as may be authorized, in writing, by COUNTY, COUN may, at COUNTY's sole option, terminate this Lease or complete the restoratic B. In the event of Total Destruction of the Tower to the extent that COUNTY* operation of its 800 MHz System is not reasonably possible. or the Tower bein legally declared unsafe or unfit for its use as provided in this Lease, this Leas shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. 5. AMENDMENT (9.5 S) The Reimbursement Agreement and this Lease sets forth the entire agreement I LESSOR and COUNTY and any modification must be in the form of a amendment. 6. PARTIAL INVALIDITY (9.6 S) If any term, covenant, condition, or provision of this Lease is held by a court competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affect impaired, or invalidated thereby. 36 1 7. CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH EXCUSE PERFORMANCE (9.7 S) 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 If either party hereto shall be delayed or prevented from the performance of any required hereunder by reason of acts of God, performance of such act shall be excu! for the period of the delay; and the period for the performance of any such act shall extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. Financial inability shall be considered a circumstance excusing performance under this Lease. 8. WAIVER OF RIGHTS (9.9 S) The failure of LESSOR or COUNTY to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms conditions, and covenants in this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any right o remedy that LESSOR or COUNTY may have, and shall not be deemed a waiver of an right or remedy for a subsequent breach or default of the terms, conditions, an covenants herein contained. 0 0 9. HOLDING OVER (9.10 S) 2 In the event COUNTY shall continue in possession of the Premises after the term of this 4 Lease, such possession shall not be considered a renewal of this Lease but a tenancy from month to month and shall be governed by the conditions and covenants contained 6 in this Lease. 8 10. QUIET ENJOYMENT (9.13 S) 10 LESSOR agrees that, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, COUNTY may, upon observing and complying with all terms, covenants and conditions 12 of this Lease, peaceably and quietly occupy the Premises 14 11. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE (9.16 S) 16 This agreement has been negotiated and executed in the State of California and shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California. In the event of any 18 legal action to enforce or interpret this agreement, the sole and exclusive venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California, and the parties 20 hereto agree to and do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court, notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure section 394. 22 12. TIME (9.17 S) 24 Time is of the essence of this Lease. Page 3 of 3 cow � giotqe Overview i ew .J ........... Project No. GA 055-485-2200-20-2 CCCS 800 MM Communications site County of Orange & City of Newport Beach Newport Beach City Utilities Yard EXHIBIT A Lease I PARKING �_ lIJ TRANS. I ELECT DIST ROOM BUILDING $14 Project No. CA 055485- 2200 -20 -2 CCCS 800 MHZ Communications Site Counh of Orange & Cit% of Newport Reach EXHIBIT B (page 1 of 2) Newport Reach Cih Utilities Yard Lease - Site Plan 949 W. 16" Street Premises W • • M. C 320' A 300' C 280' 260' 240' 180' 120' 70' 60' 40 ANTENNA DATA A COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS Rx B COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS Tx C COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS Tx D COUNTY 800 MHz CCCS 6' HP MICROWAVE ANTENNA 104 DEG. AZIMUTH NOTE 01 40' -70' COUNTY OF INDICATED BY ORANGE HIGHLIGHTED EXCLUSIVE AREA USE AREA NOTE N2 260' -320' COUNTY OF INDICATED BY ORANGE HIGHLIGHTED EXCLUSIEVE AREA USE AREA I roject No. GA 055 -485- 2200 -20 -2 CC'S 800 MtlZ Communication% Site ounty of Orange &City of Newporl Reach EXHIBIT K (page 2 of -') ewporl Beach ('ity Utilities 1 and - fowcr Lease -'I o%er I'lan 49 W. 16'" Street PrcmiW% — `J E 0 0 Project No.: GA 055 - 485 - 2200 -20 -2 Project Name: 800MHz Communications Site (Lease) Project Location: City of Newport Beach City Utilities Yard Contractor's Insurance Requirements Exhibit C Prior to the provision of services under this contract or payment therefore, the contractor agrees to purchase all required insurance at contractor's expense and to deposit with the COUNTY certificates of insurance, including all endorsements required herein, necessary to satisfy the COUNTY that the insurance provisions of this contract have been complied with and to keep such insurance coverage and the certificates and endorsements therefore on deposit with the COUNTY during the entire term of this contract. In addition, all subcontractors performing work on behalf of contractor pursuant to this contract shall obtain insurance subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth herein for contractor. Contractor shall not allow subcontractors to work if subcontractors have less than the level of coverage required by the COUNTY from the contractor under this contract. It is the obligation of the contractor to provide notice of the insurance requirements to every subcontractor, and to receive proof of insurance prior to allowing any subcontractor to begin work. Such proof of insurance must be maintained by contractor through the entirety of the project for inspection by COUNTY representative at any reasonable time. All insurance policies required by this contract shall declare any deductible or self- insured retention (SIR). The maximum deductible or SIR amount shall be $25,000 for general liability and S5,000 for automobile liability. The contractor shall be responsible for reimbursement of any deductible to the insurer. Any self - insured retentions (SIRS) or deductibles shall be clearly stated on the Certificate of Insurance. If the contractor fails to maintain insurance acceptable to the COUNTY for the full term of this contract, the COUNTY may terminate this contract. Qualified Insurer The policy or policies of insurance must be issued by an insurer licensed to do business in the state of California (California Admitted Carrier). Minimum insurance company ratings as determined by the most current edition of the Best's Key Rating Guide /Property - Casualty /United States or ambest.com shall be A- (Secure Best's Rating) and VIII (Financial Size Category). 0 0 If the carrier is a non - admitted carrier in the state of California, CEO /Office of Risk Management retains the right to approve or reject carrier after a review of the company's performance and financial ratings. The policy or policies of insurance maintained by the Contractor shall provide the minimum limits and coverage as set forth below: Coverage Minimum Limits Commercial General Liability including broad $1,000,000 combined single form property damage, operations, products, limit per occurrence completed operations, contractual liability, $2,000,000 aggregate and XCU (explosion, collapse and underground property damage hazards) Automobile Liability including coverage for owned, non -owned and hired vehicles Workers' Compensation Employers' Liability Insurance Builder's Risk Policy $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence Statutory $1,000,000 per occurrence When required, as specified below All liability insurance required by this contract shall be at least $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence. The minimum General Aggregate limit for the Commercial General Liability policy shall be $2,000,000. The minimum aggregate limit for the completed operations shall be $1,000,000. The City of Newport Beach and County of Orange shall be added as an additional insured on all insurance policies required by this contract with respect to work done by the contractor under the terms of this contract (except Workers' Compensation /Employers' Liability). An additional insured endorsement evidencing that the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange are an additional insured shall accompany the Certificate of Insurance. The inclusion of the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange as an additional insured shall not affect any right which such organizations would have as a claimant if not so included. All insurance policies required by this contract shall be primary insurance, and any insurance maintained by the City of Newport Beach and County of Orange shall be excess and non - contributing with insurance provided by these policies. An endorsement evidencing that the contractor's insurance is primary and non- 0 0 contributing shall specifically accompany the Certificate of Insurance for the Commercial General Liability. All insurance policies required by this contract shall give the County of Orange 30 days notice in the event of cancellation. This shall be evidenced by an endorsement separate from the Certificate of Insurance. In addition, the cancellation clause must include language as follows, which edits the pre - printed ACORD certificate: SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. All insurance policies required by this contract shall waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY and County of Orange and members of the Board of Supervisors, its elected and appointed officials, officers, agents and employees when acting within the scope of their appointment or employment. The Commercial General Liability policy shall contain a severability of interests clause. The Contractor is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or be self- insured in accordance with provisions of that code. The contractor will comply with such provisions and shall furnish the COUNTY satisfactory evidence that the contractor has secured, for the period of this contract, statutory Workers' Compensation insurance and Employers' Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a Builder's Risk policy upon the entire work for new construction amounting to 100 percent of the insurable value of the work. A Builder's Risk policy shall also be required for additions to existing buildings /structures, or major alterations to existing buildings /structures. A Loss Payee endorsement must name the County of Orange as the Loss Payee. The contractor shall be responsible for securing and maintaining appropriate insurance on any tool, equipment or supply which is expected to remain his property. Insurance certificates and endorsements should be forwarded to the agency /department address listed on the contract documents. z If the contractor fails to provide the insurance certificates and endorsements within seven business days of notification, award may be made to the next qualified contractor. COUNTY expressly retains the right to require Contractor to increase or decrease insurance of any of the above insurance types throughout the term of this Contract. Any increase or decrease in insurance will be as deemed by County of Orange Risk Manager as appropriate to adequately protect COUNTY. COUNTY shall notify Contractor in writing of changes in the insurance requirements. If Contractor does not deposit copies of acceptable certificates of insurance and endorsements with COUNTY incorporating such changes within thirty days of receipt of such notice, this Contract may be in breach without further notice to Contractor, and COUNTY shall be entitled to all legal remedies. The procuring of such required policy or policies of insurance shall not be construed to limit Contractor's liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions and requirements of this Contract. The County of Orange Certificate of Insurance and the Special Endorsement for the County of Orange can be utilized to verify compliance with the above - mentioned insurance requirements in place of commercial insurance certificates and endorsements. 4 • This Document w- electronically recorded by Wort Mail C Qcorded in Official Records, Orange County RECORDING REQUEST {C 1 /C C ® m Daly, Clerk- Recorder WHEN RECORDED RET1uR-6 AM 9: 3211111111111111 NO FEE City Clerk llUU66 OCT OC 2008000455632 10:15am 09/30108 City of Newport Beach _ t. � �„� �� 213 8 N12 1 3300 Newport Boulevard r' o.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Newport Beach, CA 92663' "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California, 92663, as Owner, and Big West Construction Corporation, of Irvine, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on May 22, 2007. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Theater Arts Center Lobby Addition (C -3742) Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on September 23, 2008, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner, and the Surety for said Contract is North American Specialty Insurance Company. $Y Norks Director Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. / d Executed on �`7 , oZCl�p at Newport Beach, California. i / ili ♦ L w L] CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. 10 September 23, 2008 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Fong Tse 949 - 644 -3321 or ftse @city.newport - beach.ca.us SUBJECT: Newport Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition, Retrofit of (E) 320' Guyed Tower at Utilities Yard, Utilities Yard Radio Building, and Utilities Yard Building -3 Remodel — Completion and Acceptance of Contract No. 3742 RECOMMENDATIONS: Accept the completed work. 2. Authorize the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion. 3. Authorize the City Clerk to release the Labor and Materials bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion has been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code. 4. Release the Faithful Performance Bond 1 year after Council acceptance. DISCUSSION: On May 22, 2007, the City Council authorized the award of this multiple - buildings project to the second low bidder, Big West Construction Corp. The work completed by this project is as follows: NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER (NTAC) LOBBY ADDITION: Portions of the NTAC lobby was demolished and the surrounding ground below excavated to construct additional footings necessary for the 445 square foot lobby addition which included walls, glass panels, flooring, ceiling, and lighting. Accessibility modifications were made to the public's path of travel to the theater and its restrooms. The consultant Architect's lack of responsiveness in resolving issues that arose from its inadequate plans caused several work stoppages that delayed the construction. The contractor performed as required. RETROFIT OF EXISTING 320' GUYED TOWER: The City's 320 -foot high guyed tower at the Utilities Yard was retrofitted with additions to the existing guy anchor posts and footings. Unused antennas and other apparatus W port Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition- Comp!et *d Acceptance of Contract No 3742 September 23, 2008 Page 2 were removed from the tower and new antennas and apparatus were added to the tower. In addition to the broadcast radio transmissions between City staff that it served, the retrofitted tower now also broadcasts under lease agreement with the County of Orange 800 MHz transmissions by the Orange County Sheriffs Department and local law enforcement agencies to and from areas that are poorly served by the Sheriffs other transmission towers. UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING: This portion of the work removed surface parking and planter improvements adjacent to the guyed tower, constructed a 20' X 30' heated - and - air - conditioned masonry radio building and site improvements, installed an emergency power generator and fuel tank, and extended utility services into the new building. The County of Orange cost - shared the construction of the co- occupied building. The construction of this portion of the project was delayed by a number of County operational and permit issues of which City staff was not made aware by the County during project design. The contractor performed as required. UTILITIES YARD BUILDING 3 REMODEL: The interior of the formerly unused two story building that fronts 16th Street was demolished and new second floor framing, stairway and restroom was constructed for Utilities Department personnel. New windows and doors were added to the southerly and westerly sides of the building. The 1,535 square feet remodelled office space is heated and air conditioned. With this remodel, the public now has direct access to Utilities staff from 16th Street rather than through the restricted Utilities Yard. The contract has now been completed to the satisfaction of the Public Works Department. A summary of the contract cost is as follows: Original bid amount: $1,009,475.00 Actual amount of bid items constructed: $1,009,475.00 Total amount of change orders: $86,062.20 Final contract cost: $1,095,537.20 The increase in the amount of actual bid items constructed over the original bid amount resulted from twenty -nine change orders totaling $86,062.20 as listed on the attached. The final overall construction cost including the change orders was 8.53 percent over the original bid amount. Environmental Review: The work was categorically exempted from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15303, Class 3 pertaining to the construction of limited numbers of new, small facilities and the conversion of existing small structures, and Section 15301, Class 15301 pertaining to the minor alteration of existing facilities involving negligible or no expansion of use Ne:q,ort Theatre Arts Center Lobby Addition. Cv-nple.os Acceptance of Contract No 3742 September 23. 2008 Page 3 beyond that existing at the time of the lead agency's determination. Notices Exemption were filed with and posted by the County Clerk as required by law. Funding Availability: In addition to the primary construction contract, this project involved other expenses. Total project expenses are summarized as follows: Construction $1,095,537.20 Architectural Services - Rossetti Architects 32,361.29 Materials Testing - Harrington Geotechnical, Inc. 27,000.00 Landscaping - Park West Landscape 10,433.00 Construction Inspection - Project Partners 3,839.18 Structural Engineering - RMS Engineering 2,576.75 Incidentals 1,874.21 Total Project Cost $1,173,621.63 Funds for the construction contract were expended from the following accounts: Account Description Account Number Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Gen Fund 7011- C5100809 Newport Theatre Arts Ctr Lobby Addition - Contribution 7251- C5100809 Tower and Radio Building costs - Orange County's share 7251- C5100976 Tower and Radio Building - General Fund 7017- C5100976 Tower and Radio Building - Water Fund 7501- C5100976 Building 3 - Wastewater Fund 7531- C5500930 Building 3 - Water Fund 7501- C5500930 Total: Amount $337,439.94 221,500.00 82,188.50 78, 708.50 51,939.79 298,760 47 $1,095,537 20 All work was completed by August 21, 2008, approximately six months past the estimated completion date of February, 2008. Extra time was needed to complete the project due to delays caused by construction stoppages at NTAC and by the unexpected County of Orange requirements at the Utilities Yard Radio Building. The following is a summary of the project schedule: Schedule Summary Project award for construction: Estimated completion date at award: Actual completion date: Fdn Prin cW Civil Engineer Attachment: Orders Summa May 22, 2007 February 15, 2008 August 21, 2008 Submitted by: Director 0 0 CHANGE ORDERS SUMMARY NEWPORT THEATRE ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION, RETROFIT OF (E) 320' GUYED TOWER AT UTILITIES YARD, UTILITIES YARD RADIO BUILDING, AND UTILITIES YARD BUILDING -3 REMODEL - COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT NO. 3742 Change Order Description Amount 1 Radio Building: 44" conduit installation changes $3,572.00 2 Radio Tower: Additional communications conduits $2,382.00 3 Building 3: Conduit upgrade $4,298.00 4__ Building 3: Drywall first floor $4,700.00 5 Electrical service panel $3,329.00 6 Through bolt steel backing $2,475.00 7 Glass frame anodizing $1,650.00 8 Building 3: Wall cell grouting $6,803.00 9 Radio Buildin : Additional concrete paving $3,115.00 10 Building 3: 1$ floor wall furring $1,435.50 11 Radio Building: Condensate line relocation $559.50 12 Radio Building: Security picket u size $770.00 13 Building 3: Storage room ceiling drywall $1,265.00 14 NTAC: Extend deep footing at equipment room $2,860.00 15 Building 3: Added framed wall at stairwell $1,067.00 16 _ Building 3: Condensate line roof repair $275.00 17 NTAC: Foundation conflict and delay 5,522.00 18 NTAC: Foundation wall waterproofing $4,235.00 19 Building 3: Handrail modification $462.00 20 1 Radio Building: Wiring for electrical service run $3,602.00 21 Radio Building: Exterior wall /sidewalk seal $625.00 22 NTAC: Existing footing temporary shoring $1,595.00 23 NTAC: Added restroom ADA lavatories $1,313.40 24 NTAC: Added foundation reinforcement/dowels $1,650.00 25 Building 3: Security storefront $7,590.00 26 Radio Building: Generator filter $12,633.20 27 NTAC: Various extra work items $14,591.60 28 NTAC: Landscape restoration deduction $8,313.00 29 NTAC: Teak wall covering/seat wall credit $0 Total Project Change Orders $86,062.20 0 September 24, 2008 Orange County Recorder P. O. Box 238 Santa Ana, CA 92702 E CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK LaVonne M. liarkless. MMC RE: Newport Theater Arts Center Lobby Addition (C -3742) Police Facility Lobby Renovation (C -3902) Buffalo Hills, Bonita Creek & San Miguel Park Lighting Improvements (C -3964) San Joaquin Hills Road Median Trees (C -4008) Please record the enclosed documents and return them to the City Clerk's Office. Thank you. Sincerely, LaVonne M. Harkless, MMC City Clerk Encl. 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach. California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949( 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us 0 0 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California, 92663, as Owner, and Houalla Enterprises, LTD., dba Metro Builders & Engineers Group, LTD, of Newport Beach, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on April 8, 2008. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Police Facility Lobby Renovation (C -3902) Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on September 23. 2008, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner, and the Surety for said Contract is Western Surety Company. M1 f'GJjEiMerks "Director City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. / Executed on o�`l, aGbd� at Newport Beach, California. BY City Clerk Al V OJ40 41, PiDS I r CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. 8 May 23, 2006 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, PE 949- 644 -3328 or Idalton @city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: NEWPORT THEATER ARTS CENTER LOBBY ADDITION — REJECT ALL BIDS FOR CONTRACT NO. 3742 RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Reject all bids. 2. Direct staff to combine this project with future building work and rebid at a later date. DISCUSSION: At 2:00 pm on May 11, 2006, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for this project: Bidder Total Bid Price Low Klassic Engineering & Construction, Inc. $374,400 2 Big West Construction Corp. $442,000 3 Newman Midland Corp. $458,000 The low bidder, Klassic Engineering & Construction, Inc., possesses a General Building Contractor Class B License as specified in the contract documents. Klassic is a seven year -old firm that has satisfactorily completed building projects for other agencies. Work at Newport Theater Arts Center (NTAC) includes demolishing certain portions of the lobby, constructing a 445 square foot lobby addition, and making accessibility modifications to the public's path of travel and lobby restrooms. Plans and specifications for the remodeling work at NTAC were prepared by Jorgensen Architects, working hand -in -hand with the Friends of NTAC. Jorgensen's construction estimate for the work was $250,000. Knowing full -well that construction projects are being bid much higher than estimated, staff increased the architects' estimate by 20% and advertised the project at $300,000. The low Total Bid Price is 50% above Jorgensen's estimate and 25% above staffs adjusted estimate. Newport Theater Arts Center Lobby AM- Reject Bids for Contract No. 3742 May 23. 20D6 Page 2 Staff feels that the bid prices are much too high and that the low bid, at $840 /sq. ft., is not appropriate for the project. In addition, only $180,000 is budgeted for construction, whereas more than $400,000 would be required to award the contract and provide a contingency amount. Accordingly, staff recommends that the bids be rejected and the project be rebid with other City building work at some future date. Prepared by: VO,'iE Submitted m G. Badum Works Director ,, Ii ,. I January 16, 2008 1'o: Reported Owner: CITY OF BEACH 949 W. 16tH ST. IiSA ►►�ond►�ioning ......1A Imgrsl pnvwrb ow'nrJ In;A( dwributui NOTICE OF INTENT TO FILE A LIEN NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 CR# 0108/07.1352 %002 fo: Reported Prime Contractor: BIG WEST CONSTRUCTION 2691 RICHTER AVE. #123 IRVINE, CA 92618 CR# 0108/07- 1352/003 Re: Work of Improvement at: LTI-ILITY YARD & RADIO #3 949 W. 16711 ST. NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92663 To: All Concerned: (, 3 -7y-a A n �O Q To: Reported Lender: NONE REPORTED CR# 0108/07 - 1352/001 To: Sub - Contractor Purchaser: PERFORMANCE AIR SYSTEMS INC. 3900 E. MIRALOMA AVE. SI'E G ANAHEIM, CA 92806 -6205 CR# 0108/07 -1352 /004 With our Notice dated October 18, 2007 we complied with the provision of Section 3097 of the California Civil Code; however we are reluctant to file a Mechanic's Lien without again notifying all concerned parties. Plcase be advised that we famished materials for the improvement reference at the request of the subcontractor - purchaser listed above. We have not received payment in the amount of $5,259,64 Our failure to receive full payment of the unpaid amount by January 21, 2008 will cause us to record a Mechanics Lien andi'or proceed with any other collection measures we may consider necessary for the protection of our interests. If anyone possesses information which would change the Credit situation concerning this project, please contact the undersigned munedietely. o.IR 1� Sincerely, Debbie Garcia Credit Manager Ref. 38470/UTILITY YARD /07- 1352 [] 1 h)iN (hhrnw Sneer. ( ttv ul klu,f. , ( A 91748.1012 • PO &,ti i 111. 1� Puente. (A 01749-11 ) I • 626 /854 -4500 • Fw 626/ >', t- i , V